Insidious Meme

Clif High Returns: Aliens Antarctica the Big Event and even more Chaos is coming (2of2) – 2023-11-16

Clif High Returns: Aliens Antarctica the Big Event and even more Chaos is coming (2of2) - 2023-11-16

Clif High Returns: Aliens Antarctica the Big Event and even more Chaos is coming (2of2) - 2023-11-16

Episode Summary:

The document discusses various unconventional and controversial topics, ranging from extraterrestrial beings, their societal structure, and their interaction with humanity, to predictions about future events on Earth involving cultural, financial, and political upheavals.

A significant focus is on the Elohim, described as extraterrestrial beings with a complex social order, including various genders and roles like breeders and administrators. The discussion delves into the origins of the word 'Satan,' linking it to a role within the Elohim society, and examines concepts like the physical and societal attributes of these beings.

The text touches upon advanced technologies like Leela's quantum technology, which reportedly enhances health and neutralizes electromagnetic field effects. There's an emphasis on the potential impact of human emotions and beliefs on reality, citing examples from political and social events.

The document predicts a series of 'big events,' including man-made and energetic events, that are expected to significantly impact human society. These predictions encompass global financial resets, invasions, and wars, particularly emphasizing the United States' involvement. It also foresees a period of widespread armed citizenry and diminished law enforcement intervention.

The topic of a 'great culling' is explored, speculated to be driven by vaccines, wars, and other factors. This section predicts a significant die-off in the coming years, linked to various global crises.

There's a discussion on potential societal upheavals in Europe, predicting violent conflicts leading to massive casualties and political changes. The document suggests that these conflicts will be ethnic or cultural in nature, involving military intervention and citizen uprisings.

The text further delves into theories about the Moon being a spacecraft, proposing that it could house a population far greater than Earth's. This leads to speculations about the presence of extraterrestrial societies on the Moon and their technological capabilities.

The concept of remote viewing and its potential implications on perception and reality is discussed, along with the limitations and dangers of such practices.

The document also touches upon various conspiracy theories and speculations, including the role of media and celebrities in shaping public perception and the potential for significant social and political upheavals in the near future.

In summary, the document presents a blend of conspiracy theories, predictions, and speculative discussions on extraterrestrial life, human society, and future global events. It combines elements of science fiction, pseudoscience, and controversial viewpoints to offer a unique perspective on the state of the world and its potential future.

#ClifHigh #Aliens #Elohim #Extraterrestrial #GlobalUpheaval #FuturePredictions #QuantumTechnology #HumanEmotions #RemoteViewing #MoonSpacecraft #ArmedUprisings #VaccineEffects #FinancialResets #Invasions #Wars #EthnicConflicts #PoliticalChanges #AdvancedTechnologies #ConspiracyTheories #MediaInfluence #CelebrityRoles #SocialPerception #Pseudoscience #ScienceFiction #CulturalUprisings #MilitaryIntervention #GlobalCrises #DieOff #PublicPerception #SecretTrials #CloningSpeculations #MindControl #Hypothalamus #EnergeticEvents #ManMadeEvents #TechnologicalCapabilities #SocietalImpacts

Key Takeaways:
  • Ancient aliens were likely mistaken for gods due to their advanced technology.
  • Global systems, especially the food supply, are collapsing, emphasizing the need for self-reliance in food production.
  • Many religious and historical texts contain mistranslations and misinterpretations
Chat with this Episode via ChatGPT

Clif High Returns: Aliens Antarctica the Big Event and even more Chaos is coming (2of2) - 2023-11-16

Artificially. They have six genders between breeding male and breeding female. Is it like a TRA? Is it like a transition from male to transition to female? I mean, is it like sort of none of the six genders in between?

The breeders obviously can breed, okay? They're created for specific reasons. It's not natural. So in the midst of there are their administrators, the Satan. Okay, so Lucifer is not able to breed.

Lucifer is a Satan, a shy, tan, a lawyer. Okay? That's their whole function. It's a title, it's a role. And so they are created to be a certain type of mentitian and keep the structure of the Elohim their social order altogether.

Is that where the word Satan came from? Correct. It means lawyer. Satan means lawyer. I guess I would agree with that.

I would agree with that too. Okay. Experience the groundbreaking advancements of Leela's quantum technology. Now backed by over 40 placebo controlled studies conducted by elite institutions and renowned universities worldwide, this revolutionary technology surpasses previous achievements as confirmed by prestigious organizations such as the Yamoto Institute in Japan. Scientific investigations reveal that Lila's technology not only enhances blood health and circulation, but also neutralizes the adverse effects of electromagnetic fields, expedites wound healing, and elevates ATP production on human cells.

Embrace the extraordinary benefits of Leela's tech as recognized and utilized by world class athletes, esteemed functional medicine practitioners, and leading figures in the field of biohacking. Explore a range of transformative products from the heel capsules shielding you from harmful EMFs to the quantum block, allowing you to infuse frequencies into your cherished possessions. Dive into the realm of innovation and wellness@sarahwestall.com shop or by following the link below. I know. Anyway, so we're going to go through this period of time where the mask holes are going to really freak out.

Awesome. As will most of the population, I think. Right. We'll see which people have the ability to float with things very much as we go forward in these next few months because we're just starting into this series of big events now. It is true, giving Kerry Cassidy some credit here, it is true.

I do expect another big event, but I'm not saying it's going to know earth changes or any of that. And in fact, I expect it to be man made. More cultural, right? More cultural. No, that kind of stuff is continuing regardless.

I'm talking about an energetic event, okay? They need one more of these energetic events. So they need another Maui or they need another Al Capoco. That's what I think is our way. Okay, is Gaza an energetic event in your mind or is that different?

No, it is, and it has accomplished bringing us up from about 28% on release language up into the mid 40s. Right. Wow. Okay, so it doubled the amount of release language, more or less that we had experienced, but it didn't take us all the way up to 81. This is why I think we have another event coming because there's still the release language or building, because you have us measured at about 81.

So we need to get up there. So these events are going to get us there. And like Dick Algae and Reardon and all those guys say that there's a big event coming too. And I know you talk to them a lot. Have you come to some conclusions?

They don't really want to say some of the things they have concluded because they're afraid. They don't want to scare people.

There's also the thing about preloading, okay? So there's so much we don't know about the technology of remote viewing, all right? And so it might be possible that a lot of the event dynamics could be controlled by emotion on a vast scale. So they may be reluctant to say because they don't want to front load people. So in other words, if they were to say, oh, well, we know someone to run on up and shut off Niagara Falls, we expect them to do something to shut off Niagara Falls.

Well, from that point on, everybody's going to be looking at Niagara Falls. We're going to be expecting something, we're going to be putting energy into it and so on. And even if they were correct, that may not be the appropriate thing to do to magnify that at an emotional level, right? So I've learned stuff over these past 30 years of doing all this work, and that is that emotional participation, at least especially in my level, which is picking up language, does produce concrete results in our material world. You can see this with that poor bastard that went to jail for meming about Hillary during the election, right?

He's one of millions. But they decided Hillary got a bee upper butt or something and couldn't take his meme, and so this guy goes to jail. So we have a lot of these kind of emotional amplifications that translate into physical reality through people's actions and dynamism. So I agree with Dick Algae. There's no point, for instance, in saying, oh, we see a giant meteor coming down and destroying Earth, okay?

There wouldn't be anything anybody could do about it. You'd get everybody all whipped up. If it's going to happen better, we should all die reasonably peaceful and surprised, right? But there would be points in saying, we see a meteor coming, and it sure looks like it's going to take out the Seychelle Islands. And then if you were living in the Seychelles, maybe you could move, right?

And that kind of thing. So a limited event, that sort of a deal, they would certainly have reason to be cautious about, just because if they're wrong, they're going to create all kinds of chaos. And that's what all of us fear, because the human mind lies to us continuously, especially in RV work. This is why I don't trust almost all the RV people and will never trust any channeler because none of these people have any kind of a rigor or a discipline to screen out their own mind from the process. Unlike Dick.

Algier. Unlike Ed, right? These guys have a defined they've been working at it, and it's a defined protocol that has been proven to actually well, they have two things that they said, and it kind of connects some dots. And I want to see with your altar reports, which we got to get into. They think it's financial.

They think there's going to be and obviously there's something financial happening with the bricks and the change, the reset of the currency and everything. They also think that or they've said that they've seen bombs go off across the country and with 80,000 plus special interest people pouring through the borders, that could be very possible. I mean, it kind of connects to what we are seeing. Okay, so I expect that okay, so I expect that over the course of the next few years, there's going to be a huge war, lots of people dead, and this kind of thing here in continental United States, and mostly it's going to go very bad for the invaders. They're going to be successful in doing things like burning down the number ten freeway in California as they did recently.

They're going to be successful in disrupting a lot of things. And then there will come a time, maybe April ish, I don't know. So maybe next year, in which most of the citizens that have the ability will walk around armed. You will have open carry everywhere and people carrying AK forty seven s and armed to the hilt, right? Rambo kind of shit.

Because they're going to be so paranoid. And anytime anybody pops up and pops off a gun, there are going to be 19 or 20 of them. They're going to put him down and no one's going to care about it anymore. There won't be any law enforcement reaction to that. Like arresting you for murder, that sort of thing.

It just is not going to be happening. This period of time will persist for maybe months, maybe a year or more. Okay? During that period of time is when we're going to get into all of this elohim stuff as well. So this hyper novelty is just going to be piling on, piling on, piling on, all of this stuff going on all the time.

It's going to be disruptive for law enforcement. They won't know what to do, but they certainly won't be intruding on people's right, to pack weapons and carry weapons. Even when that state says thou shalt not own a gun or you shalt not own a gun, they'll agree with it, right?

I don't care if they agree with it. It won't make any difference. There just won't be anything they can do about it. So if a cop goes into a safeway store and he looks around and everybody's carrying an AK 47. What the fuck is he going to do?

He can't arrest anyone. But I think they would secretly, I mean, if we actually have invaders here, I would think they would. That's the way it is out here where I live. And I'm in a captured state. We've been in communist controlled since 1990s.

But the law enforcement people out here who I cultivate, I mean, I take the time to get to know. So I know all my deputy sheriffs, et cetera. They're like regular humans, they're not communists. And I don't think they're going to intrude on me shooting a savator, right, that kind of thing. And they would be treating me with kid gloves anyway.

I know this for a fact because I've been assaulted by these fuck tard stalkers, okay? And when I've had to call the sheriffs, they've been very sympathetic to my position, especially me being an old man right now. Okay? So I've gained back a little weight and I'm looking a little bit fiercer. So they're not quite as sympathetic.

Right? So they tell me, don't hit them so hard next time, that kind of thing, right. But they're not hassling me for being a victim, as are some victims in other circumstances. Yeah, which is really too bad. Let's talk about the great culling.

Right? I've had people on, I've done research. It's really well documented. They call it the great culling. It hasn't happened to the degree yet that they have been planning, although we are seeing dying death kind of all over.

When do you think the great die off is actually going to get into supercharged situation? And how is it going to occur? Is it just the vaccine? Is it war? What is it?

Okay, so the vaccine had to take two to two and a half years before it really started kicking in and killing off people. That's where we're at now. That's where we're seeing more people die, right? And that has a predictable camel's hump kind of an approach that we're about six or eight months away from beginning that peak. Okay, so we haven't yet seen the peak of the rate of death.

But it's not going to be just the vaccine, okay? It's the vaccine. It's the wars, the invasion of the countries. It's not just here. I mean, it's all throughout Europe.

Sure, yeah. Okay, so back in 2003, 4579, that kind of thing, my data was saying it'll begin in Sweden. A Swede will stand up and he'll start kicking the shit out of all these black people from Africa that have been imposed on his country who have a culture that he doesn't like. And it will start with him, it will compound. His government will become very angry with him.

I mean, I'm describing what the data describes, right? This one, speed gets into a fight. Basically it's videoed, it goes out, it becomes viral. The government decides they've got to act against him. They do that and the government ends up falling because they did that.

Because so many people will go and stand up with this guy that it starts this movement, the expulsion, the great expulsion, and it travels from Sweden all the way down through Italy. Millions die. Okay, let's not minimize. How do they die? Is it become a violent uprising?

Yeah. Okay. The Swedes are going to start pushing back against the Atrians and the Ethiopian gangs. The gangs will fight the Swedes. They'll start fighting each other.

The military will get involved. The military will defect to the side of the citizens. The military will start killing politicians. And it becomes a general. Well, let's just say ethnic cleansing.

It's a pushback. Okay? So we're going to have a pushback there. We'll also have a pushback here in the United States. So there's 8 million invaders that have come on in.

Maybe there's 2 million that are trained. Okay, trained, actual infiltrators Saboteurs, Chinese, et cetera. Maybe there's 2 million of them. I suspect there'll be about 10 million Americans die in killing those 2 million. Okay.

And the others that have come on in will be expelled primarily because of fear. Once this starts, all of the invaders that are female and with children will get the hell out. They're not going to stick around for what's coming. Right. They'll see the signs on the wall, and it's going to be a mass exodus out the other way, only they won't be supported this time.

So you won't have buses, airplanes and stuff moving them around, paid for by the Democratic Party and by the mother. Weffers you won't have that. So we're going to have literally people walking to try and get the hell out of very dangerous situations from Canada all the way down to the southern border. They will be trying to escape. This is about two years out.

That'll be the thick of it. 2025. 2026. That's when I also expect that we're going to be getting into it with the space aliens. And no, we're not going to be living in brotherly love with these guys.

These are the elohim. They will kill many of us, but we will destroy them. Well, and when Stephen Greer says stephen Greer says that we should accept these aliens because they're all good and loving and everything stephen Greer is an asshole. Anybody that's talked to him outside of even on, knows this. Right?

I mean, he's kind of a jerk, but still. Even so, okay, I don't care about him and his personality. His thinking is thinking he's stupid. He's really fucking dumb. Okay?

I think he's kind of an arrogant person. That aside. Yeah. So he thinks that I saw a clip of him from a long time ago where he was sitting with a bunch of people saying, we're going to invite these aliens in, and when they come, when we get on their spaceship, you're going to sit here, and he points where everybody's going to be sitting on the spaceship. I so wish I would have saved that video.

Yeah, I agree. I would have liked to have seen that. Oh God, I wish I would have saved it. But there's a lot of the Woo people that are like that, that it's all light and love and all of that and they're coming back to save us and this sort of thing. And I ignore those people.

They're just a waste of my time. They're dangerous, right. They're going to get a lot of people killed. That's probably true. I mean, we can't be naive.

We got to be checking what's going on. Yeah, actually go read some of these ancient books. Right? So archangels are newts, okay? They have their sexual organs removed.

So in the Talmud, about Babylonian Talmud and the other formal Jewish Talmud, which is composed of two parts. But in there they talk about there's six genders between breeding female and breeding male. That's the way it is. Yellow heme. Okay?

In the Elohim, they have six genders artificially. They have six genders between breeding male and breeding female. Is it like a transition from male to transition to female? I mean, is it like sort of, sort of. Okay, none of the six genders in between, the breeders obviously can breed, okay?

They're created for specific reasons. It's not natural. So in the midst of there are their administrators, the Satan. Okay, so Lucifer is not able to breed. Lucifer is a Satan, a Shaitan, a lawyer.

Okay? That's their whole function. It's a title, it's a role. And so they are created to be a certain type of mentitian and keep the structure of the Elohim their social order altogether. Is that where the word Satan came from?

Correct. It means lawyer. Satan means lawyer. I guess I would agree with that. I would agree with that too.

Okay. The archangels are this, okay? So the angels are the messengers, the Ang l, okay? The ong is the bringer. The L is who they bring it from.

They bring you the word of the l for you to do something that's their whole function is to be a messenger, to bring the word of the God down to you, to tell you to get your ass out in that field and work. Well. The archangels are the enforcers. The Ark word is the word defining their martial prowess and their military ability. So Gabrielle and Michael are Archangels.

Their job is to enforce and do the will of the Council. These are the beings that would go and artificially inseminate the women in order to create the GMO humans. Okay? These are the minions of the Council, the archangels. They have no sex.

They're a gender, but they have no sex. Right. They're made in such a way that they have no sex, no sex drive or whatever. Well, turns out they're really pissed all the time. Okay, so all of the literature we have says, if you see an archangel on the road, the one that was most impressive was this Egyptian guy that had traveled through Judea and wrote all this down.

And he says, if you see an archangel, an l on the road, you'll know them by all these things. First off, they're like 8ft high, and they weigh, like, 5600 pounds. And he says, what you must do is fling yourself into the ditch on the side of the road, bury your face in the dirt, and hope to hell they do not notice you. Okay? This guy describes a situation where he's on the road, and he sees this archangel further down the road, and he sees this little interaction with this guy and the archangel where the guy apparently didn't bow deep enough or whatever, and so the archangel literally takes his finger and just rams it right through the guy's skull.

Kills him dead on the spot. And then because the guy's family wailed and cried, he killed all of them.

If you've been paying attention, you know the global economy is transforming. The BRICS nations want to see the end of the dollar reserve currency, and many countries are joining their effort. The Western banking system is the most fragile it's been since 2008. The highly respected white research group accurately provided advanced warning on which banks are going to fail with 99.3% accuracy. After the 2008 crisis, they are now predicting that a whopping 4243 banks are vulnerable to failure, and 1210 of those banks face imminent failure.

When this situation comes to pass, it will dwarf the 2008 banking cris. The only asset that has historically weathered a storm this severe has been precious metals. It has never been a better time to buy gold and silver to protect your family. Contact Miles Franklin at info@milesfranklin.com. Tell them Sarah sent me, and you will get the best service and the best prices on gold and silver in the country.

That is a guarantee from them to me. Remember info@milesfranklin.com. Tell them Sarah sent me. Do this now to protect your assets and the ones you love. Okay, so he killed 20 people because they were throwing a fit that he'd killed this other guy.

The Egyptian writes all this down, and he said the Egyptian is talking about his own reaction. He said he was digging his way into that dirt heck out of there, right? He also talks about when the archangel walks by the boom and the earth moving under the weight of this being walking on that road. And then he describes some other stuff in this long description of his travels through Judea, but these are not nice beings, okay? So people worshiping the archangels because you find all these Christian sects where they're all hot on Michael and Gabriel and all this.

It's like, whoa, dude, you do not know what you do. Right? Your ignorance is just huge. And we're coming to the point where over the next four or five years, ignorance will fall away from lots and lots and lots of the mass of our social order. And so basically we can think of it this way.

All of the stupid ass normies that were compliant, all the mask holes and all of those people that were compliant to COVID are being upgraded. They're either going to die off because they were compliant, or they're going to be part of a mass that will see just enough that they wouldn't fall for that kind of stuff again. And the reason that they're going to get elevated is because of the shit we're going to go through these next few years. That's going to destroy their understanding. That's going to destroy any concept of authority in their mind.

Now I know what authority is, okay? I was born into the military as an army brat. So for the first 17 years of my life, I lived under authority at a level you cannot understand unless you've been through it. You can be thrown into jail there just for transgressing on the wrong lawn as a kid, right. You get shit for all kinds of weird stuff there anyway, though.

So without authority, how will these people think? That'll be really interesting because I guess people really need that parent. It's almost like they need that parental structure and their parents are going to go away. That's what's keeping them from straying anyway. They don't want to admit their parents don't love them.

That's how I compare it. It's like they don't want to reject their parents. There's a lot of that in there. And look at how parental all of the Abrahamic religions are. Yes, right.

That is their whole function. They call it your father, right? Yeah. And especially Judaism, right. Where they have whole councils, rabbinical people to act as your parents rabbinical.

The rabbi structure is not priests, they're not prelates, they're not pastors. They have no analog that way. They are enforcers. They are the archangels substitute in a collective version to enforce behavior. That's all the rabbinical councils do.

That they may try and guide you into some understanding where you're not pissed about being enforced is a side aspect of their job. But their job, their existence, is to maintain the Kali Yuga mindset that came with the Elohim. That's their whole function. And all this is going to fall away. So I feel really bad for all the Jewish people, for all the Israelis, for all the deeply believing Christians who will be forced by the nature of their own belief in their own mind to examine this stuff and come to some very interesting conclusions that are antithetical to their current mindset.

Now, there's going to be a lot of these people that will just refuse. No, I'm not going to look at that. You're trying to delude know you're one of Satan's menus, that kind of thing. You're Satan. But it's going to be very few of those individuals because we will be actively fighting UFOs in the sky.

There'll be all kinds of shit going on, so much other chaos. Right. And we will know that there's aliens on the Moon in quantity. Now, that's interesting. You talked about something the other day about how just some craters, right?

Right. They've been bulldozed over. And the NASA people you had some guy you were talking about and the NASA people didn't even flinch. Like it was he was expecting them to be like, holy crap, where's the craters? And they didn't even flinch.

That, to me, was the big steal of your story. Exactly. And so the Moon is not, as we understand it, people. When I say the Moon is hollow, they think it's like a big rock that somebody's tunneled into. But if we examine something here let me draw a little quick picture.

So if we just take the measurements of the Moon that we would think we're seeing and we just say that this is our Moon. If it were a spaceship, we would have like, as I just describe it, we'd have something like this, where all of this stuff out here is all of their source material. It's lithium and dust, it's calcium. All these minerals in a dust form that's been laid on top of the shell of the spaceship. We know this is factual because all of the people that have been to the Moon and all the samples and everything they took, they said the atmosphere of the Moon is toxic, that all that dust and stuff is just terribly toxic.

And it's refined rare Earths in there. And so all different kinds of stuff. So it's basically just giant dust, piles of raw materials for the people living in the Moon. If we do this, if we said that this layer right here was three let's just do it this way in terms of percentage, was 10% of this total space. So that we got 5% here and 5% there, that gives us a known volume.

If we were to cut that in half and put in two floors. And so these would be like floors in an office building, right? And the distance between these right here would be 500 meters. Okay? So half a kilometer.

So you would have half of a kilometer of headspace between you and the ceiling on the floor you're in, right? But get this. Because of the Moon, because of the gravity, you could live on this side of it, but you could also live up there. So you could have people living 500 meters up over your head and stuff they drop, wouldn't fall towards you, it would come back to the floor on them because of the nature of our reality. But here's the thing.

If we were to do that in these three floors, on both sides of these three floors, you could get four times the population of the United States, Canada and Mexico on just one floor or on all four floors? On three floors. On these three floors we could fit. And there's 6950 such floors on the Moon. Now, obviously, when you're getting up here, they're very much smaller.

Right? But I did the math with AI. We can ten times Earth's population in the Moon if they have 500 meters between the floors, if they can fly their airplanes and shit between the floors. Are there people that have seen the floors? I mean, how do you know there's floors in there?

Have people come back? Okay, so I am speculating that it is created that way. I'm not actually saying this would just be one way to conceptualize it. Okay. I actually think that it's built in a different way as, like, shells.

Okay. So I think the floors run that way as opposed to running across, and you'd actually get even more if you had shells, you wouldn't have 6950 if you did the shells appropriately, you'd have closer to 7100 of these shells, but you wouldn't even have to. But my point being the volume inside the Moon can take more people than we have on Earth. We're only one 10th of what they could be living in the Moon right now. Wow, that's really and do you think that's the Elohim or do you think it's that version of because we have a planet that used to be there that was between the belt, the asteroid belt was a planet?

Yeah. Do you think it's remnants from that, or do you think it's like the Elohim or what do you think is up there? Well, there's a thing is that we don't know. It's all speculation. I don't know that the Elohim are not the remnant of the destroyed planet.

These are very aggressive beings, and I can see a lot of people wanting to destroy them. Right. So that makes a lot of sense to me that they might be native to our solar system and not travelers. Okay. There's a lot of issues with extra solar system travel in volume, and I don't really want to get involved with that.

So if you got to a certain size, like if you get up to the Oumuamua size, you've got to go through material space. You cannot do like, light travel, like time travel. Okay, so I call it time travel. But what actually is going on is that you isolate yourself from time, put in another numeric value for that, and you appear somewhere else in reality the next time that the pulse goes through. Okay, so you basically change your location not by physically moving yourself, but rather by changing your universal ID as to where you are located.

That would make sense if we live in a matrix and our ID correct if you thought about it that way. Right. You're at this node and identified as number 19. And you just tell it next time you reform, the next time you reboot. This whole solar system, which it's doing 22 trillion times a second.

Put me over at number node number 39. Right? And so next time it reboots, you're over in node number 39. Isn't that how remote viewers work too? Isn't it based on that whole matrix thing?

Right. Okay, but here's something too. Even the remote viewers will tell you this, and we see it in the literature that escapes from the dark control of the military sciences and stuff, right? But that kind of travel exists where you just change your location without going through the intervening space. All right?

So it's a non spatial way of travel. It's not interdimensional. It's not time travel. I call it that because I think time powers all of universe, but it's not time travel in that sense. You're here in 122 trillionth of a second, and then the next 22,000,000,000,000th of a second, you're in that other spot.

Okay? So there's not like, lost time in between. This was described in the by people that were associated with Tea Towns and Brown and others that were associated with Lear and the research facilities in the Southwest. They described being involved with these space alien replica vehicles, and they described going and traveling. And in several of these, the language is such that I actually think that it is a factual bit of information that leaked out because of the nature of the language itself.

And in one of them, it describes the guy telling the manager of the experiment, telling all these people that are going to get into this vessel and go someplace. He tells them, when you get there, you will get out. When you get out, remember to reach down and pick up a rock, get a handful of dirt, get a small plant, okay, any of those things. Get a piece of wood, whatever is there, pick something up off the ground and put it in your pocket.

They do this because you don't have any memory or understanding of the transition. And so you're here talking to me. And within a space of time so small that it is not even measurable as a fraction of a second, you're suddenly in another place. You grab something off the ground and put it into your pocket, because those few seconds of that activity are all you have in a memory of that place. And when you come back here, you need to reach your hand in and feel that dirt to convince yourself it actually happened because that no time aspect.

Right. And so this freaks people out. There were many reports I found not of the experiences of the people going on these vessels, but rather the experiences of the doctors that had to treat them afterwards and how they all had this mind disassociation that was sometimes so bad that the guy was destroyed as a scientist for months and months and months and months. Okay? Couldn't think for months because of the reaction of this process.

Now, this is this is a really deep subject, okay? It was those reports that got me thinking about the mind to machine interface and all the stuff I'd read about yoga and Budhism and all of this kind of stuff where it's all this Entantra and Shintoism where it's all this stuff about your mind and making your mind behave a particular way. And then we get into deep Sanskrit and go back to Avastan, which is a Sanskrit script precursor and some of these other languages. And we get descriptions if you strip the religious stuff out of know all of the deity kind of stuff and divine kind of stuff. It's a description of humans trying to interact with their society, their own minds, as a result of having gone through the process of running these mind to machine interfaces, okay?

So those people that were captured by the Elohim, captured by these other space aliens and made to be the computers for these ships, the Vimanai and these other forms of ships don't do well in the process. They die very young, okay? Because what they're basically doing is they're making your mind their computer. So the Elohim do not have they don't have silicon technology. They don't have computers the way we do.

They have wet computers. And it's carbon based. It's a carbon based semiconductor. That's what your brain is. It's actually transducer.

You put in energy at one level, and it transduces it into any number of different kinds of energy. They put you into these machines and make you run these machines and you die in the process. And then they go get another one. They don't run the machines themselves, probably because they know the effect on their own mind, right? So do they have armies?

It's almost like the Matrix movies where they have people tied up and who are running their machines. That's essentially what that is. That is essentially so there's no new thing in our universe. The fact that the Matrix movie was invented means there has to be an analog somewhere else, a reality that caused that idea to filter through. There is no such thing as invention.

There's no novelty at that level in this universe. Well, Tom Aldhaus, who wrote the he says that it was downloaded, and he goes, all this stuff was downloaded to me. Yeah. So here's the thing. Remote viewers, remote viewing the moon, see that it's an all male society in many of these places and that these males are described by the remote viewers as alkalites.

They're wearing robes, they're chanting, they're ritual bound. Their minds are just befogged by ritual, et cetera. So these are like zombies, in my opinion, okay? These guys serve the elohim. The Elohim issue instructions to them.

The remote viewers have captured the issuance of the instructions. They've witnessed these events. And I would say that you're correct that they have armies. These armies are hominids or humans that are not operating as individuals. Okay?

The hive mind thing that Elon Musk is trying to do is essentially what they're doing with humans. Now, I don't know that it's hardware based. Okay, so here's the thing. It's just frequency and advanced technology, but the same thing. Go ahead.

Same thing. But you start saying frequency and people are going to start thinking rife machines and all of that kind of stuff, right? It's not that way. It's a wet wear, truly. We see the symbol here of Horace's eye and the Horus's eye symbol, just like that.

This maps to a particular part of our brain where this is the thalamus, and this little area down here is the hypothalamus. And then these are the pituitary glands, and then there's other glands that are represented by this. This symbol is found all over relative to the mind and machine interface in a dozen different languages and is even in the images in mesoamerica. This is all focusing on the hypothalamus. The hypothalamus is a funny little gland.

It's not like the other glands in the body. It's a pool. It's a little place at the end of the thalmus that literally just collects hormones and stuff.

When you TASE somebody, it's the hypothalamus getting hit by the electricity that causes them to go and ride the lightning that it blanks out their mind. It's not the shooting of the electricity into the neural mass. It's not the neurone involvement of the nerves themselves getting hit by the electricity. Although that happens, they can take it. You can accidentally get an electrical shock and feel it up your arm and into your brain, but you don't go fall over and get zapped.

It's because the hypothalamus is this little gland that collects all of these triggers for our hormones. And so the Elohim control what happens in our hypothalamus because it's a liquid. So liquids are ever so much more dynamic in response to waves of energy, all right? And you can get them to have this effect where they amplify because liquids are not compressible in the main, they amplify energy that's being put in. So that's how they control our minds is through the hypothalamus.

This is what that symbol part of what that symbol was attempting to tell us throughout history. So we've had reb l, okay? So we've had rebels, people that get rid of the L deny. Oh, that's interesting. Yeah.

Oh, look at how many words. Oh, you're so cruel. Oh, interesting. Well, then you also brought up Satan. I think our ancients, our ancestors are trying to tell us these people are correct.

Correct. And it's been subsumed by the Elohim denial cult taking over all of that and mistranslating it to our current state of religions, which we're going to have to encounter starting well, starting already, but next year in a serious way. But do you think the leaders and things that follow this cult because there's this huge religion around this cult. Do you think that they're snowed to think that l are really some other they really think they're God still and they're snowed to think that they have all this power and they're controlling them when they're really I've always thought that there was some technology they're using on them to convince them they have all this power and it's all bullshit. It's not all bullshit.

They do have technology, okay? But as far as them being the god and the creator and all that, that's all bullshit. And they're using their technology. Well, if we were very unsophisticated, which we are to a large part, and they came down with this technology that's thousands of years ahead, you would believe that. But even they use this technology, it's like in Star Trek or whatever, if you go to a civilization and you use your beam me up and all this stuff, they're going to think that you're gods.

And so if you use that technology to screw with them that's what I'm saying is BS when it's just their technology that they're using. Yes, correct. And our ancestors having had no technological acumen or sophistication because they were in the Kaliyuga, because we had shed technology as our minds become dumber over time. So humans get stupid in the Kaliyuga because we don't have galactic center emanations. The l know this.

So they had a window of opportunity that was 2400 years long and they maximized that. Then they tried to keep us in this Kaliyuga mindset for this additional 326 years. We're out of it 326 years now and it's falling off of us. There's nothing making it, but we're still in kind of a dense area era. And that's what the cycles of humanity is.

Every 12,000 years or whatever, when we become peak and then we die down. And so the cycles of humanity. Yeah. And so when you look at what was the ancient that Plato talked about Atlantis to me, atlantis and stuff, that was like when we were at the peak. Correct.

That's also Antarctica. And we know this and we know that when the L invaded, okay? So Antarctica was warm. It was tropical. And it was tropical because of the configuration of the planet Earth, okay?

So we had at the time that Atlantis thrived, the Northern Hemisphere was in a huge ice age. And if we had Northern hemisphere and here we have Central America badly drawn. There's Florida, and then we come down into South America, very much made short. And then here's Antarctica. Down here.

There used to be this island. There was giant island out here about the size of England, okay? Not the size of Great Britain, but the mass of England. This island doesn't exist anymore. We find the remnants of this island scattered out over the bottom of the ocean out over here.

When this island was removed, a key geological feature was gone. This used to keep warm air coming down this way. Okay. Now, the warm air comes down here and goes that way. And now if you look at Planet Earth all around Antarctica, if that's Antarctica, all around Antarctica, we have the roaring fifty s fifty degrees of latitude.

There is no land obstruction. So there's continuous winds. Continuous winds. This is why people haven't circumnavigated Antarctica. Not because the 13,000 miles of its coastline are daunting, but you can't sail that as a human because of the constant storm that's in the latitude around Antarctica.

It's tremendous there. You've got waves that are 40 and 50ft high. They have circumnavigated Antarctica with drones where they just put in ocean going drones and let them sail around the continent. And it took them forever because of the storms there, because of the roaring 50. But they did it.

They did it. Sure. So we have it mapped out. So what do you think of the people? I want to hear your thoughts on this one on the Flat Earth.

Do you think it's a big Psyop, or do you think sure, no, we saw it arise in the language in the run that we did in 2000 and the run I did again in 2001. And it came from what's known as the earring of the DoD. Okay, so the earring of the Pentagon the fifth floor out of the Pentagon is the psychological ops area, and it was designed by the Pentagon. It was released in 2002. Why did they want to screw with people on that?

I mean, what relevance is it is they just practicing? No, this was something they were attempting to okay, so they always use them for more than one purpose. So I'm certain that there were people that were monitoring this at all different kinds of levels to find out how information spreads and who believes it and that sort of thing. But there was a goal for it. But it'd be speculation as to what the hell they were doing there, because these people are part of that Elohim cult, that Elohim denial cult, and their minds don't really work very well.

Okay, so it's difficult for me to think as they do to speculate as to why they might want to create this Flat Earth thing. At the same time. You'll notice, though, there was the beginning of the Fomenko history reexamination the introduction of the larger mass of information about Tartaria. So there may have been some level of pollution that they were trying to cause as they put out the flat Earth meme. The flat Earth meme is still being paid for by DoD.

Okay, so is Flat Earth days part of that Psyop, or is he just someone who really believes it? I don't know. Right? It's hard to know. Right.

Does Eric Weinstein really believe E equals MC squared? Or does he know that the ether exists and that Einstein was an idiot and he's just playing along because he's incentivized to it's hard to say on any given individual, so you can say that. Well, so and so, Ben Shapiro supports the death of Palestinians of all.

So we can say that Ben Shapiro is either paid to hold that position, which I doubt because of the emotional intensity, or it is his factual position. Therefore, he is hugely involved in the Elohim denial cult and we can just pass him by because he can't think right. He's basically something clearly wrong with right. Right. We see this with Laura Loomer.

I think she's paid. I think she's paid to have that opinion and to promulgate it. There's a lot of these people that are incentivized to not look at their own reasons for doing these. Okay, so especially a lot of celebrities, anybody that has money as a result of presence, that presence promoted by the media, they're paid to not notice, they're paid to not pay attention. Right.

And a lot of them are going to be falling away. A lot of them will be arrested or killed or whatever. I think that there will be many assassinations over these next few years in the chaos of what's going to be coming to North America. Yes, but do you think in that chaos and in that assassinations there will be people be brought to justice? Because I expect people like the major media players to just be popped off and killed because people can't stand them.

And it's an opportunistic thing. So you're out there, there's a big melee, there's shooting, there's some kind of a firefight going on, and you spot your local media celebrity that you don't like, well, you don't have to worry about them anymore, they were just killed in the action. Something happened. Right, well, we have to be careful too, both ways, right? Actually, I don't worry about it.

Okay, so I've been dead three times. Being dead is not a problem. Getting dead is the real bitch. Right. And I know that on my fourth getting dead, it's going to be quick, and so I don't have to worry about the 30 years of suffering of the colon cancer.

And my only concern is will I be granted enough time to demonstrate my art when they demonstrate theirs? So it's just going to be will I have enough time to really react the way I would want to? Right. And that's my only concern. That being dead part, you get used to it real quick.

But in any event, though, so I do expect that we've had it in the data. I think we have to go through that. Go ahead, talk about your data. Yeah, well, I just think that come to justice stuff has to happen. Otherwise there's too many people with people dying and losing your loved ones, it's unnatural right now for something not to happen, but tell me what you're doing.

Okay, so they're working that too. Okay, so the same people that put out the flat earth stuff, right. The E Ring of the DoD is also putting out med beds and fake med bed information, trying to promote hope for all the people that are dying, et cetera, et cetera, trying to string them along, keep them from acting. And they're also putting out this weird meme of secret trials and secret executions. Do you know that Oprah was hung in Guantanamo?

They hung her six times. They were so pleased with their work. Right. And so my point being that there's no point at all to any kind of secret execution and replacing someone with a clone, okay? This is just like horseshit gone batshit, because the point of an execution is the public reaction.

That's right. Not the killing of the people. Getting rid of Falki is like, who cares? Right. But the impact of him being publicly executed on the populace is going to be huge.

It's the closure. Yeah. It's somebody being punished for the injustice that we've all suffered through. And you don't have justice in secret? No.

Okay, so there's no secret executions. There's no secret trials of these people. There may be, indeed, secret trials of individuals in order to pressure those individuals into turning on other people that I can see quite that's ongoing, but that's what they do. Normal. Yeah.

Correct. Okay. And so there might be a ramped up version of that, but there's no secret execution of all of these. Just it does not make any sense from anybody's viewpoint. And then there's this issue of the cloning, okay?

So we have Dolly the Sheep, we've cloned a sheep, okay? We can clone Sarah, but we have no ability to clone Sarah Westall and put that clone into some kind of a chamber and turn her into the Sarah Westall that is an adult. Now, absent that individual growing all of those years, it would be a and the clone would be a baby that has to grow up. Correct. And will it grow up to be an identical you?

No way in hell. No way in hell will that ever happen. Right. And thus the whole idea of cloning, absent time travel, absent the ability to compress time around that individual such that they go through decades all of a sudden, absent that ability, cloning makes no sense whatsoever. And so does here's one thing.

I'm getting off on a tangent. Could you clone me, have them develop into an adult, and then place my whole memories in them? See, I don't even think that would work, because the memories is muscle memory and heart and stomach, and there's so much more to us than just our brain. Right, exactly. So here's something.

If you get stabbed and then they stitch you up, all those cells get replaced every seven years, down to the bone that was nicked, the tendons, the ligaments, the flesh, the skin, all of that is 100% new every seven years. The skin turns over quite rapidly, muscles a little bit slower, et cetera, et cetera. Right. Your eyes turn over quite rapidly. Why then, do scars exist?


View me!

The number-one best-selling pioneer of "fratire" and a leading evolutionary psychologist team up to create the dating book for guys. Whether they conducted their research in life or in the lab, experts Tucker Max and Dr. Geoffrey Miller have spent the last 20-plus years learning what women really want from their men, why they want it, and how men can deliver those qualities. The short answer: Become the best version of yourself possible, then show it off. It sounds simple, but it's not. If it were, Tinder would just be the stuff you use to start a fire. Becoming your best self requires honesty, self-awareness, hard work, and a little help. Through their website and podcasts, Max and Miller have already helped over one million guys take their first steps toward Miss Right. They have collected all of their findings in Mate, an evidence-driven, seriously funny playbook that will teach you to become a more sexually attractive and romantically successful man, the right way: No "seduction techniques" No moralizing No bullshit Just honest, straightforward talk about the most ethical, effective way to pursue the win-win relationships you want with the women who are best for you. Much of what they've discovered will surprise you, some of it will not, but all of it is important and often misunderstood. So listen up, and stop being stupid!

Words of affirmation, quality time, gifts, acts of service, physical touching - learning these love languages will get your marriage off to a great start or enhance a long-standing one! Chapman explains the purpose of each "language" and shows you how to identify the one that's meaningful to your spouse now. Updated to reflect the complexities of relationships in today's world, this new edition of The 5 Love Languages reveals intrinsic truths and provides action steps in each chapter that will help you on your way to a healthier relationship. Also includes an updated personal profile. With a divorce rate that hovers around 50 percent, don't let yourself become a statistic. In Things I Wish I'd Known Before We Got Married, Gary Chapman teaches you and your future spouse how to work together as an intimate team! He shares with engaged couples practical tips he wishes he knew before he got married. Discussion centers around love, romance, conflict resolution, forgiveness, and sexual fulfillment. Included are insightful questions, suggestions, and exercises.

A one-page tool to reinvent yourself and your career. The global best seller Business Model Generation introduced a unique visual way to summarize and creatively brainstorm any business or product idea on a single sheet of paper. Business Model You uses the same powerful one-page tool to teach listeners how to draw "personal business models," which reveal new ways their skills can be adapted to the changing needs of the marketplace to reveal new, more satisfying, career and life possibilities. Produced by the same team that created Business Model Generation, this audiobook is based on the Business Model Canvas methodology, which has quickly emerged as the world's leading business model description and innovation technique. This book shows listeners how to: - Understand business model thinking and diagram their current personal business model - Understand the value of their skills in the marketplace and define their purpose - Articulate a vision for change - Create a new personal business model harmonized with that vision - And most important, test and implement the new model When you implement the one-page tool from Business Model You, you create a game-changing business model for your life and career.

The bible for bringing cutting-edge products to larger markets—now revised and updated with new insights into the realities of high-tech marketing In Crossing the Chasm, Geoffrey A. Moore shows that in the Technology Adoption Life Cycle—which begins with innovators and moves to early adopters, early majority, late majority, and laggards—there is a vast chasm between the early adopters and the early majority. While early adopters are willing to sacrifice for the advantage of being first, the early majority waits until they know that the technology actually offers improvements in productivity. The challenge for innovators and marketers is to narrow this chasm and ultimately accelerate adoption across every segment. This third edition brings Moore's classic work up to date with dozens of new examples of successes and failures, new strategies for marketing in the digital world, and Moore's most current insights and findings. He also includes two new appendices, the first connecting the ideas in Crossing the Chasm to work subsequently published in his Inside the Tornado, and the second presenting his recent groundbreaking work for technology adoption models for high-tech consumer markets.

Endless terror. Refugee waves. An unfixable global economy. Surprising election results. New billion-dollar fortunes. Miracle medical advances. What if they were all connected? What if you could understand why? The Seventh Sense is the story of what all of today's successful figures see and feel: the forces that are invisible to most of us but explain everything from explosive technological change to uneasy political ripples. The secret to power now is understanding our new age of networks. Not merely the Internet, but also webs of trade, finance, and even DNA. Based on his years of advising generals, CEOs, and politicians, Ramo takes us into the opaque heart of our world's rapidly connected systems and teaches us what the losers are not yet seeing -- and what the victors of this age already know.

This lushly illustrated history of popular entertainment takes a long-zoom approach, contending that the pursuit of novelty and wonder is a powerful driver of world-shaping technological change. Steven Johnson argues that, throughout history, the cutting edge of innovation lies wherever people are working the hardest to keep themselves and others amused. Johnson’s storytelling is just as delightful as the inventions he describes, full of surprising stops along the journey from simple concepts to complex modern systems. He introduces us to the colorful innovators of leisure: the explorers, proprietors, showmen, and artists who changed the trajectory of history with their luxurious wares, exotic meals, taverns, gambling tables, and magic shows. In Wonderland, Johnson compellingly argues that observers of technological and social trends should be looking for clues in novel amusements. You’ll find the future wherever people are having the most fun.

Nothing “goes viral.” If you think a popular movie, song, or app came out of nowhere to become a word-of-mouth success in today’s crowded media environment, you’re missing the real story. Each blockbuster has a secret history—of power, influence, dark broadcasters, and passionate cults that turn some new products into cultural phenomena. Even the most brilliant ideas wither in obscurity if they fail to connect with the right network, and the consumers that matter most aren't the early adopters, but rather their friends, followers, and imitators -- the audience of your audience. In his groundbreaking investigation, Atlantic senior editor Derek Thompson uncovers the hidden psychology of why we like what we like and reveals the economics of cultural markets that invisibly shape our lives. Shattering the sentimental myths of hit-making that dominate pop culture and business, Thompson shows quality is insufficient for success, nobody has "good taste," and some of the most popular products in history were one bad break away from utter failure. It may be a new world, but there are some enduring truths to what audiences and consumers want. People love a familiar surprise: a product that is bold, yet sneakily recognizable. Every business, every artist, every person looking to promote themselves and their work wants to know what makes some works so successful while others disappear. Hit Makers is a magical mystery tour through the last century of pop culture blockbusters and the most valuable currency of the twenty-first century—people’s attention. From the dawn of impressionist art to the future of Facebook, from small Etsy designers to the origin of Star Wars, Derek Thompson leaves no pet rock unturned to tell the fascinating story of how culture happens and why things become popular. In Hit Makers, Derek Thompson investigates: · The secret link between ESPN's sticky programming and the The Weeknd's catchy choruses · Why Facebook is today’s most important newspaper · How advertising critics predicted Donald Trump · The 5th grader who accidentally launched "Rock Around the Clock," the biggest hit in rock and roll history · How Barack Obama and his speechwriters think of themselves as songwriters · How Disney conquered the world—but the future of hits belongs to savvy amateurs and individuals · The French collector who accidentally created the Impressionist canon · Quantitative evidence that the biggest music hits aren’t always the best · Why almost all Hollywood blockbusters are sequels, reboots, and adaptations · Why one year--1991--is responsible for the way pop music sounds today · Why another year --1932--created the business model of film · How data scientists proved that “going viral” is a myth · How 19th century immigration patterns explain the most heard song in the Western Hemisphere

Ours is often called an information economy, but at a moment when access to information is virtually unlimited, our attention has become the ultimate commodity. In nearly every moment of our waking lives, we face a barrage of efforts to harvest our attention. This condition is not simply the byproduct of recent technological innovations but the result of more than a century's growth and expansion in the industries that feed on human attention. Wu’s narrative begins in the nineteenth century, when Benjamin Day discovered he could get rich selling newspapers for a penny. Since then, every new medium—from radio to television to Internet companies such as Google and Facebook—has attained commercial viability and immense riches by turning itself into an advertising platform. Since the early days, the basic business model of “attention merchants” has never changed: free diversion in exchange for a moment of your time, sold in turn to the highest-bidding advertiser. Full of lively, unexpected storytelling and piercing insight, The Attention Merchants lays bare the true nature of a ubiquitous reality we can no longer afford to accept at face value.

Some people think that in today’s hyper-competitive world, it’s the tough, take-no-prisoners type who comes out on top. But in reality, argues New York Times bestselling author Dave Kerpen, it’s actually those with the best people skills who win the day. Those who build the right relationships. Those who truly understand and connect with their colleagues, their customers, their partners. Those who can teach, lead, and inspire. In a world where we are constantly connected, and social media has become the primary way we communicate, the key to getting ahead is being the person others like, respect, and trust. Because no matter who you are or what profession you're in, success is contingent less on what you can do for yourself, but on what other people are willing to do for you. Here, through 53 bite-sized, easy-to-execute, and often counterintuitive tips, you’ll learn to master the 11 People Skills that will get you more of what you want at work, at home, and in life. For example, you’ll learn: · The single most important question you can ever ask to win attention in a meeting · The one simple key to networking that nobody talks about · How to remain top of mind for thousands of people, everyday · Why it usually pays to be the one to give the bad news · How to blow off the right people · And why, when in doubt, buy him a Bonsai A book best described as “How to Win Friends and Influence People for today’s world,” The Art of People shows how to charm and win over anyone to be more successful at work and outside of it.

Business Model Generation is a handbook for visionaries, game changers, and challengers striving to defy outmoded business models and design tomorrow's enterprises. If your organization needs to adapt to harsh new realities, but you don't yet have a strategy that will get you out in front of your competitors, you need Business Model Generation. Co-created by 470 "Business Model Canvas" practitioners from 45 countries, the book features a beautiful, highly visual, 4-color design that takes powerful strategic ideas and tools, and makes them easy to implement in your organization. It explains the most common Business Model patterns, based on concepts from leading business thinkers, and helps you reinterpret them for your own context. You will learn how to systematically understand, design, and implement a game-changing business model--or analyze and renovate an old one. Along the way, you'll understand at a much deeper level your customers, distribution channels, partners, revenue streams, costs, and your core value proposition. Business Model Generation features practical innovation techniques used today by leading consultants and companies worldwide, including 3M, Ericsson, Capgemini, Deloitte, and others. Designed for doers, it is for those ready to abandon outmoded thinking and embrace new models of value creation: for executives, consultants, entrepreneurs, and leaders of all organizations. If you're ready to change the rules, you belong to "the business model generation!"

#1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER If you want to build a better future, you must believe in secrets. The great secret of our time is that there are still uncharted frontiers to explore and new inventions to create. In Zero to One, legendary entrepreneur and investor Peter Thiel shows how we can find singular ways to create those new things. Thiel begins with the contrarian premise that we live in an age of technological stagnation, even if we’re too distracted by shiny mobile devices to notice. Information technology has improved rapidly, but there is no reason why progress should be limited to computers or Silicon Valley. Progress can be achieved in any industry or area of business. It comes from the most important skill that every leader must master: learning to think for yourself. Doing what someone else already knows how to do takes the world from 1 to n, adding more of something familiar. But when you do something new, you go from 0 to 1. The next Bill Gates will not build an operating system. The next Larry Page or Sergey Brin won’t make a search engine. Tomorrow’s champions will not win by competing ruthlessly in today’s marketplace. They will escape competition altogether, because their businesses will be unique. Zero to One presents at once an optimistic view of the future of progress in America and a new way of thinking about innovation: it starts by learning to ask the questions that lead you to find value in unexpected places.

Why should I do business with you… and not your competitor? Whether you are a retailer, manufacturer, distributor, or service provider – if you cannot answer this question, you are surely losing customers, clients and market share. This eye-opening book reveals how identifying your competitive advantages (and trumpeting them to the marketplace) is the most surefire way to close deals, retain clients, and stay miles ahead of the competition. The five fatal flaws of most companies: • They don’t have a competitive advantage but think they do • They have a competitive advantage but don’t know what it is—so they lower prices instead • They know what their competitive advantage is but neglect to tell clients about it • They mistake “strengths” for competitive advantages • They don’t concentrate on competitive advantages when making strategic and operational decisions The good news is that you can overcome these costly mistakes – by identifying your competitive advantages and creating new ones. Consultant, public speaker, and competitive advantage expert Jaynie Smith will show you how scores of small and large companies substantially increased their sales by focusing on their competitive advantages. When advising a CEO frustrated by his salespeople’s inability to close deals, Smith discovered that his company stayed on schedule 95 percent of the time – an achievement no one else in his industry could claim. By touting this and other competitive advantages to customers, closing rates increased by 30 percent—and so did company revenues. Jack Welch has said, “If you don’t have a competitive advantage, don’t compete.” This straight-to-the-point book is filled with insightful stories and specific steps on how to pinpoint your competitive advantages, develop new ones, and get the message out about them.

The number one New York Times best seller that examines how people can champion new ideas in their careers and everyday life - and how leaders can fight groupthink, from the author of Think Again and co-author of Option B. With Give and Take, Adam Grant not only introduced a landmark new paradigm for success but also established himself as one of his generation’s most compelling and provocative thought leaders. In Originals he again addresses the challenge of improving the world, but now from the perspective of becoming original: choosing to champion novel ideas and values that go against the grain, battle conformity, and buck outdated traditions. How can we originate new ideas, policies, and practices without risking it all? Using surprising studies and stories spanning business, politics, sports, and entertainment, Grant explores how to recognize a good idea, speak up without getting silenced, build a coalition of allies, choose the right time to act, and manage fear and doubt; how parents and teachers can nurture originality in children; and how leaders can build cultures that welcome dissent. Learn from an entrepreneur who pitches his start-ups by highlighting the reasons not to invest, a woman at Apple who challenged Steve Jobs from three levels below, an analyst who overturned the rule of secrecy at the CIA, a billionaire financial wizard who fires employees for failing to criticize him, and a TV executive who didn’t even work in comedy but saved Seinfeld from the cutting-room floor. The payoff is a set of groundbreaking insights about rejecting conformity and improving the status quo.

In The $100 Startup, Chris Guillebeau tells you how to lead of life of adventure, meaning and purpose - and earn a good living. Still in his early 30s, Chris is on the verge of completing a tour of every country on earth - he's already visited more than 175 nations - and yet he’s never held a "real job" or earned a regular paycheck. Rather, he has a special genius for turning ideas into income, and he uses what he earns both to support his life of adventure and to give back. There are many others like Chris - those who've found ways to opt out of traditional employment and create the time and income to pursue what they find meaningful. Sometimes, achieving that perfect blend of passion and income doesn't depend on shelving what you currently do. You can start small with your venture, committing little time or money, and wait to take the real plunge when you're sure it's successful. In preparing to write this book, Chris identified 1,500 individuals who have built businesses earning $50,000 or more from a modest investment (in many cases, $100 or less), and from that group he’s chosen to focus on the 50 most intriguing case studies. In nearly all cases, people with no special skills discovered aspects of their personal passions that could be monetized, and were able to restructure their lives in ways that gave them greater freedom and fulfillment. Here, finally, distilled into one easy-to-use guide, are the most valuable lessons from those who’ve learned how to turn what they do into a gateway to self-fulfillment. It’s all about finding the intersection between your "expertise" - even if you don’t consider it such - and what other people will pay for. You don’t need an MBA, a business plan or even employees. All you need is a product or service that springs from what you love to do anyway, people willing to pay, and a way to get paid. Not content to talk in generalities, Chris tells you exactly how many dollars his group of unexpected entrepreneurs required to get their projects up and running; what these individuals did in the first weeks and months to generate significant cash; some of the key mistakes they made along the way, and the crucial insights that made the business stick. Among Chris’s key principles: if you’re good at one thing, you’re probably good at something else; never teach a man to fish - sell him the fish instead; and in the battle between planning and action, action wins. In ancient times, people who were dissatisfied with their lives dreamed of finding magic lamps, buried treasure, or streets paved with gold. Today, we know that it’s up to us to change our lives. And the best part is, if we change our own life, we can help others change theirs. This remarkable book will start you on your way.

Bold is a radical, how-to guide for using exponential technologies, moonshot thinking, and crowd-powered tools to create extraordinary wealth while also positively impacting the lives of billions. Exploring the exponential technologies that are disrupting today's Fortune 500 companies and enabling upstart entrepreneurs to go from "I've got an idea" to "I run a billion-dollar company" far faster than ever before, the authors provide exceptional insight into the power of 3-D printing, artificial intelligence, robotics, networks and sensors, and synthetic biology. Drawing on insights from billionaire entrepreneurs Larry Page, Elon Musk, Richard Branson, and Jeff Bezos, the audiobook offers the best practices that allow anyone to leverage today's hyper connected crowd like never before. The authors teach how to design and use incentive competitions, launch million-dollar crowdfunding campaigns to tap into tens of billions of dollars of capital, and build communities - armies of exponentially enabled individuals willing and able to help today's entrepreneurs make their boldest dreams come true. Bold is both a manifesto and a manual. It is today's exponential entrepreneur's go-to resource on the use of emerging technologies, thinking at scale, and the awesome impact of crowd-powered tools.

The answer is simple: come up with 10 ideas a day. It doesn't matter if they are good or bad, the key is to exercise your "idea muscle", to keep it toned, and in great shape. People say ideas are cheap and execution is everything but that is NOT true. Execution is a consequence, a subset of good, brilliant idea. And good ideas require daily work. Ideas may be easy if we are only coming up with one or two but if you open this book to any of the pages and try to produce more than three, you will feel a burn, scratch your head, and you will be sweating, and working hard. There is a turning point when you reach idea number six for the day, you still have four to go, and your mind muscle is getting a workout. By the time you list those last ideas to make it to 10 you will see for yourself what "sweating the idea muscle" means. As you practice the daily idea generation you become an idea machine. When we become idea machines we are flooded with lots of bad ideas but also with some that are very good. This happens by the sheer force of the number, because we are coming up with 3,650 ideas per year (at 10 a day). When you are inspired by an extraordinary idea, all of your thoughts break their chains, you go beyond limitations and your capacity to act expands in every direction. Forces and abilities you did not know you had come to the surface, and you realize you are capable of doing great things. As you practice with the suggested prompts in this book your ideas will get better, you will be a source of great insight for others, people will find you magnetic, and they will want to hang out with you because you have so much to offer. When you practice every day your life will transform, in no more than 180 days, because it has no other evolutionary choice. Life changes for the better when we become the source of positive, insightful, and helpful ideas. Don't believe a word I say. Instead, challenge yourself.

A Guide to Resilience: How to Bounce Back from Life's Inevitable Problems Christian Moore is convinced that each of us has a power hidden within, something that can get us through any kind of adversity. That power is resilience. In The Resilience Breakthrough, Moore delivers a practical primer on how you can become more resilient in a world of instability and narrowing opportunity, whether you're facing financial troubles, health setbacks, challenges on the job, or any other problem. We can each have our own resilience breakthrough, Moore argues, and can each learn how to use adverse circumstances as potent fuel for overcoming life's hardships. As he shares engaging real-life stories and brutally honest analyses of his own experiences, Moore equips you with 27 resilience-building tools that you can start using today - in your personal life or in your organization.

What if someone told you that your behavior was controlled by a powerful, invisible force? Most of us would be skeptical of such a claim--but it's largely true. Our brains are constantly transmitting and receiving signals of which we are unaware. Studies show that these constant inputs drive the great majority of our decisions about what to do next--and we become conscious of the decisions only after we start acting on them. Many may find that disturbing. But the implications for leadership are profound. In this provocative yet practical book, renowned speaking coach and communication expert Nick Morgan highlights recent research that shows how humans are programmed to respond to the nonverbal cues of others--subtle gestures, sounds, and signals--that elicit emotion. He then provides a clear, useful framework of seven "power cues" that will be essential for any leader in business, the public sector, or almost any context. You'll learn crucial skills, from measuring nonverbal signs of confidence, to the art and practice of gestures and vocal tones, to figuring out what your gut is really telling you. This concise and engaging guide will help leaders and aspiring leaders of all stripes to connect powerfully, communicate more effectively, and command influence.

New York Times bestselling author and social media expert Gary Vaynerchuk shares hard-won advice on how to connect with customers and beat the competition. A mash-up of the best elements of Crush It! and The Thank You Economy with a fresh spin, Jab, Jab, Jab, Right Hook is a blueprint to social media marketing strategies that really works. When managers and marketers outline their social media strategies, they plan for the "right hook"—their next sale or campaign that's going to knock out the competition. Even companies committed to jabbing—patiently engaging with customers to build the relationships crucial to successful social media campaigns—want to land the punch that will take down their opponent or their customer's resistance in one blow. Right hooks convert traffic to sales and easily show results. Except when they don't. Thanks to massive change and proliferation in social media platforms, the winning combination of jabs and right hooks is different now. Vaynerchuk shows that while communication is still key, context matters more than ever. It's not just about developing high-quality content, but developing high-quality content perfectly adapted to specific social media platforms and mobile devices—content tailor-made for Facebook, Instagram, Pinterest, Twitter and Tumblr.

From the best-selling author of The Black Swan and one of the foremost thinkers of our time, Nassim Nicholas Taleb, a book on how some things actually benefit from disorder. In The Black Swan Taleb outlined a problem, and in Antifragile he offers a definitive solution: how to gain from disorder and chaos while being protected from fragilities and adverse events. For what Taleb calls the "antifragile" is actually beyond the robust, because it benefits from shocks, uncertainty, and stressors, just as human bones get stronger when subjected to stress and tension. The antifragile needs disorder in order to survive and flourish. Taleb stands uncertainty on its head, making it desirable, even necessary, and proposes that things be built in an antifragile manner. The antifragile is immune to prediction errors. Why is the city-state better than the nation-state, why is debt bad for you, and why is everything that is both modern and complicated bound to fail? The audiobook spans innovation by trial and error, health, biology, medicine, life decisions, politics, foreign policy, urban planning, war, personal finance, and economic systems. And throughout, in addition to the street wisdom of Fat Tony of Brooklyn, the voices and recipes of ancient wisdom, from Roman, Greek, Semitic, and medieval sources, are heard loud and clear. Extremely ambitious and multidisciplinary, Antifragile provides a blueprint for how to behave - and thrive - in a world we don't understand, and which is too uncertain for us to even try to understand and predict. Erudite and witty, Taleb’s message is revolutionary: What is not antifragile will surely perish.

The Cluetrain Manifesto began as a Web site in 1999 when the authors, who have worked variously at IBM, Sun Microsystems, the Linux Journal, and NPR, posted 95 theses about the new reality of the networked marketplace. Ten years after its original publication, their message remains more relevant than ever. For example, thesis no. 2: “Markets consist of human beings, not demographic sectors”; thesis no. 20: “Companies need to realize their markets are often laughing. At them.” The book enlarges on these themes through dozens of stories and observations about business in America and how the Internet will continue to change it all. With a new introduction and chapters by the authors, and commentary by Jake McKee, JP Rangaswami, and Dan Gillmor, this book is essential reading for anybody interested in the Internet and e-commerce, and is especially vital for businesses navigating the topography of the wired marketplace.

From the founders of the trailblazing software company 37signals, here is a different kind of business book one that explores a new reality. Today, anyone can be in business. Tools that used to be out of reach are now easily accessible. Technology that cost thousands is now just a few bucks or even free. Stuff that was impossible just a few years ago is now simple.That means anyone can start a business. And you can do it without working miserable 80-hour weeks or depleting your life savings. You can start it on the side while your day job provides all the cash flow you need. Forget about business plans, meetings, office space - you don't need them. With its straightforward language and easy-is-better approach, Rework is the perfect playbook for anyone who's ever dreamed of doing it on their own. Hardcore entrepreneurs, small-business owners, people stuck in day jobs who want to get out, and artists who don't want to starve anymore will all find valuable inspiration and guidance in these pages. It's time to rework work.


Tesla's main source of inspiration.
Roger Joseph Boscovich, a physicist, astronomer, mathematician, philosopher, diplomat, poet, theologian, Jesuit priest, and polymath, published the first edition of his famous work, Philosophiae Naturalis Theoria Redacta Ad Unicam Legem Virium In Natura Existentium (Theory Of Natural Philosophy Derived To The Single Law Of Forces Which Exist In Nature), in Vienna, in 1758, containing his atomic theory and his theory of forces. A second edition was published in 1763 in Venice

Bill Clinton's Georgetown mentor's history of the Conspiracy since the Boer War in South Africa.
TRAGEDY AND HOPE shows the years 1895-1950 as a period of transition from the world dominated by Europe in the nineteenth century to the world of three blocs in the twentieth century. With clarity, perspective, and cumulative impact, Professor Quigley examines the nature of that transition through two world wars and a worldwide economic depression. As an interpretative historian, he tries to show each event in the full complexity of its historical context. The result is a unique work, notable in several ways. It gives a picture of the world in terms of the influence of different cultures and outlooks upon each other; it shows, more completely than in any similar work, the influence of science and technology on human life; and it explains, with unprecedented clarity, how the intricate financial and commercial patterns of the West prior to 1914 influenced the development of today’s world.

This is the July, 2016 ALTA (Asymmetric Linguistic Trends Analysis) Report. Also known as 'the Web Bot' report, this series is brought to you by halfpasthuman.com. This report covers your future world from July 2016 through to 2031. Forecasts are created using predictive linguistics (from the inventor) and cover your planet, your population, your economy and markets, and your Space Goat Farts where you will find all the 'unknown' and 'officially denied' woo-woo that will be shaping your environment over these next few decades.

Time is considered as an independent entity which cannot be reduced to the concept of matter, space or field. The point of discussion is the "time flow" conception of N A Kozyrev (1908-1983), an outstanding Russian astronomer and natural scientist. In addition to a review of the experimental studies of "the active properties of time", by both Kozyrev and modern scientists, the reader will find different interpretations of Kozyrev's views and some developments of his ideas in the fields of geophysics, astrophysics, general relativity and theoretical mechanics.

How UFO Time Engines work - Clif High

The webpage discusses the workings of UFO time engines according to N.A. Kozyrev's experiments. The LL1 engine is described as a hollow metal sphere with a pool of mercury metal inside. When activated by electrical energy, it creates a uni-polar magnetic field causing the mercury to spin at a high rate and induce "time stuff" to accumulate on its surface. The accrued time stuff is siphoned down magnetically to the radiating antennae on the bottom of the vessel, providing self-sustaining power and allowing for time travel. The environment inside UFOs is likely volatile and not suitable for humans.

The Body Electric tells the fascinating story of our bioelectric selves. Robert O. Becker, a pioneer in the filed of regeneration and its relationship to electrical currents in living things, challenges the established mechanistic understanding of the body. He found clues to the healing process in the long-discarded theory that electricity is vital to life. But as exciting as Becker's discoveries are, pointing to the day when human limbs, spinal cords, and organs may be regenerated after they have been damaged, equally fascinating is the story of Becker's struggle to do such original work. The Body Electric explores new pathways in our understanding of evolution, acupuncture, psychic phenomena, and healing.

Unique, controversial, and frequently cited, this survey offers highly detailed accounts concerning the development of ideas and theories about the nature of electricity and space (aether). Readily accessible to general readers as well as high school students, teachers, and undergraduates, it includes much information unavailable elsewhere. This single-volume edition comprises both The Classical Theories and The Modern Theories, which were originally published separately. The first volume covers the theories of classical physics from the age of the Greek philosophers to the late 19th century. The second volume chronicles discoveries that led to the advances of modern physics, focusing on special relativity, quantum theories, general relativity, matrix mechanics, and wave mechanics. Noted historian of science I. Bernard Cohen, who reviewed these books for Scientific American, observed, "I know of no other history of electricity which is as sound as Whittaker's. All those who have found stimulation from his works will read this informative and accurate history with interest and profit."

The third edition of the defining text for the graduate-level course in Electricity and Magnetism has finally arrived! It has been 37 years since the first edition and 24 since the second. The new edition addresses the changes in emphasis and applications that have occurred in the field, without any significant increase in length.

Objects are a ubiquitous presence and few of us stop and think what they mean in our lives. This is the job of philosophers and this is what Jean Baudrillard does in his book. This is required reading for followers of Baudrillard, and he is perhaps the most assessable to the General Reader. Baudrillard is most associated with Post Modernism, and this early book sets the stage for that journey to the post modern world.
We are all surrounded by objects, but how many times have we thought about what those objects represent. If we took the time to think about the symbolism, we could arrive at easy solutions. We have been so accustomed to advertising the automobile representing freedom is an easy conclusion. But what about furniture? What about chairs? What about the arrangement of furniture? Watches? Collecting objects? Baudrillard literally opens up a new world and creates the universe of objects.
It is not that the critique of a society or objects has not been done before, but Baudrillard’s approach is new. Baudrillard examines objects as signs with a smattering of Post-Marxist thought. In his analysis of objects as signs, he ushers in the Post-Modern age and world for which he would be known. Heady stuff to be sure, but is presented by Baudrillard in a readily accessible manner. He articulates his thesis in a straightforward manner, avoiding the hyper-technical terminology he used in his later writings.

Moving away from the Marxist/Freudian approaches that had concerned him earlier, Baudrillard developed in this book a theory of contemporary culture that relies on displacing economic notions of cultural production with notions of cultural expenditure.

The book begins with Sidis's discovery of the first law of physical laws: "Among the physical laws it is a general characteristic that there is reversibility in time; that is, should the whole universe trace back the various positions that bodies in it have passed through in a given interval of time, but in the reverse order to that in which these positions actually occurred, then the universe, in this imaginary case, would still obey the same laws." Recent discoveries of dark matter are predicted by him in this book, and he goes on to show that the "Big Bang" is wrong. Sidis (SIGH-dis) shows that it is far more likely the universe is eternal

In this book you will encounter rare information regarding your true identity - the conscious self in the body - and how you may break the hypnotic spell your senses and thinking have cast about you since childhood.

Do we see the world as it truly is? In The Case Against Reality, pioneering cognitive scientist Donald Hoffman says no? we see what we need in order to survive. Our visual perceptions are not a window onto reality, Hoffman shows us, but instead are interfaces constructed by natural selection. The objects we see around us are not unlike the file icons on our computer desktops: while shaped like a small folder on our screens, the files themselves are made of a series of ones and zeros - too complex for most of us to understand. In a similar way, Hoffman argues, evolution has shaped our perceptions into simplistic illusions to help us navigate the world around us. Yet now these illusions can be manipulated by advertising and design.
Drawing on thirty years of Hoffman's own influential research, as well as evolutionary biology, game theory, neuroscience, and philosophy, The Case Against Reality makes the mind-bending yet utterly convincing case that the world is nothing like what we see through our eyes.

At the height of the Cold War, JFK risked committing the greatest crime in human history: starting a nuclear war. Horrified by the specter of nuclear annihilation, Kennedy gradually turned away from his long-held Cold Warrior beliefs and toward a policy of lasting peace. But to the military and intelligence agencies in the United States, who were committed to winning the Cold War at any cost, Kennedy’s change of heart was a direct threat to their power and influence. Once these dark “Unspeakable” forces recognized that Kennedy’s interests were in direct opposition to their own, they tagged him as a dangerous traitor, plotted his assassination, and orchestrated the subsequent cover-up.

2020 saw a spike in deaths in America, smaller than you might imagine during a pandemic, some of which could be attributed to COVID and to initial treatment strategies that were not effective. But then, in 2021, the stats people expected went off the rails. The CEO of the OneAmerica insurance company publicly disclosed that during the third and fourth quarters of 2021, death in people of working age (18–64) was 40 percent higher than it was before the pandemic. Significantly, the majority of the deaths were not attributed to COVID. A 40 percent increase in deaths is literally earth-shaking. Even a 10 percent increase in excess deaths would have been a 1-in-200-year event. But this was 40 percent. And therein lies a story—a story that starts with obvious questions: - What has caused this historic spike in deaths among younger people? - What has caused the shift from old people, who are expected to die, to younger people, who are expected to keep living?

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

The Tavistock Institute, in Sussex, England, describes itself as a nonprofit charity that applies social science to contemporary issues and problems. But this book posits that it is the world’s center for mass brainwashing and social engineering activities. It grew from a somewhat crude beginning at Wellington House into a sophisticated organization that was to shape the destiny of the entire planet, and in the process, change the paradigm of modern society. In this eye-opening work, both the Tavistock network and the methods of brainwashing and psychological warfare are uncovered.

A seminal and controversial figure in the history of political thought and public relations, Edward Bernays (1891–1995), pioneered the scientific technique of shaping and manipulating public opinion, which he famously dubbed “engineering of consent.” During World War I, he was an integral part of the U.S. Committee on Public Information (CPI), a powerful propaganda apparatus that was mobilized to package, advertise and sell the war to the American people as one that would “Make the World Safe for Democracy.” The CPI would become the blueprint in which marketing strategies for future wars would be based upon.
Bernays applied the techniques he had learned in the CPI and, incorporating some of the ideas of Walter Lipmann, as well as his uncle, Sigmund Freud, became an outspoken proponent of propaganda as a tool for democratic and corporate manipulation of the population. His 1928 bombshell Propaganda lays out his eerily prescient vision for using propaganda to regiment the collective mind in a variety of areas, including government, politics, art, science and education. To read this book today is to frightfully comprehend what our contemporary institutions of government and business have become in regards to organized manipulation of the masses.

Undressing the Bible: in Hebrew, the Old Testament speaks for itself, explicitly and transparently. It tells of mysterious beings, special and powerful ones, that appeared on Earth.
Aliens?
Former earthlings?
Superior civilizations, that have always been present on our planet?
Creators, manipulators, geneticists. Aviators, warriors, despotic rulers. And scientists, possessing very advanced knowledge, special weapons and science-fiction-like technologies.
Once naked, the Bible is very different from how it has always been told to us: it does not contain any spiritual, omnipotent and omniscient God, no eternity. No apples and no creeping, tempting, serpents. No winged angels. Not even the Red Sea: the people of the Exodus just wade through a simple reed bed.
Writer and journalist Giorgio Cattaneo sits down with Italy's most renowned biblical translator for his first long interview about his life's work for the English audience. A decade long official Bible translator for the Church and lifelong researcher of ancient myths and tales, Mauro Bilglino is a unicum in his field of expertise and research. A fine connoisseur of dead languages, from ancient Greek to Hebrew and medieval Latin, he focused his attention and efforts on the accurate translating of the bible.
The encounter with Mauro Biglino and his work - the journalist writes - is profoundly healthy, stimulating and inevitably destabilizing: it forces us to reconsider the solidity of the awareness that nourishes many of our common beliefs. And it is a testament to the courage that is needed, today more than ever, to claim the full dignity of free research.

Most people have heard of Jesus Christ, considered the Messiah by Christians, and who lived 2000 years ago. But very few have ever heard of Sabbatai Zevi, who declared himself the Messiah in 1666. By proclaiming redemption was available through acts of sin, he amassed a following of over one million passionate believers, about half the world's Jewish population during the 17th century.Although many Rabbis at the time considered him a heretic, his fame extended far and wide. Sabbatai's adherents planned to abolish many ritualistic observances, because, according to the Talmud, holy obligations would no longer apply in the Messianic time. Fasting days became days of feasting and rejoicing. Sabbateans encouraged and practiced sexual promiscuity, adultery, incest and religious orgies.After Sabbati Zevi's death in 1676, his Kabbalist successor, Jacob Frank, expanded upon and continued his occult philosophy. Frankism, a religious movement of the 18th and 19th centuries, centered on his leadership, and his claim to be the reincarnation of the Messiah Sabbatai Zevi. He, like Zevi, would perform "strange acts" that violated traditional religious taboos, such as eating fats forbidden by Jewish dietary laws, ritual sacrifice, and promoting orgies and sexual immorality. He often slept with his followers, as well as his own daughter, while preaching a doctrine that the best way to imitate God was to cross every boundary, transgress every taboo, and mix the sacred with the profane. Hebrew University of Jerusalem Professor Gershom Scholem called Jacob Frank, "one of the most frightening phenomena in the whole of Jewish history".Jacob Frank would eventually enter into an alliance formed by Adam Weishaupt and Meyer Amshel Rothschild called the Order of the Illuminati. The objectives of this organization was to undermine the world's religions and power structures, in an effort to usher in a utopian era of global communism, which they would covertly rule by their hidden hand: the New World Order. Using secret societies, such as the Freemasons, their agenda has played itself out over the centuries, staying true to the script. The Illuminati handle opposition by a near total control of the world's media, academic opinion leaders, politicians and financiers. Still considered nothing more than theory to many, more and more people wake up each day to the possibility that this is not just a theory, but a terrifying Satanic conspiracy.

This is the first English translation of this revolutionary essay by Vladimir I. Vernadsky, the great Russian-Ukrainian biogeochemist. It was first published in 1930 in French in the Revue générale des sciences pures et appliquées. In it, Vernadsky makes a powerful and provocative argument for the need to develop what he calls “a new physics,” something he felt was clearly necessitated by the implications of the groundbreaking work of Louis Pasteur among few others, but also something that was required to free science from the long-lasting effects of the work of Isaac Newton, most notably.
For hundreds of years, science had developed in a direction which became increasingly detached from the breakthroughs made in the study of life and the natural sciences, detached even from human life itself, and committed reductionists and small-minded scientists were resolved to the fact that ultimately all would be reduced to “the old physics.” The scientific revolution of Einstein was a step in the right direction, but here Vernadsky insists that there is more progress to be made. He makes a bold call for a new physics, taking into account, and fundamentally based upon, the striking anomalies of life and human life.

Using an inspired combination of geometric logic and metaphors from familiar human experience, Bucky invites readers to join him on a trip through a four-dimensional Universe, where concepts as diverse as entropy, Einstein's relativity equations, and the meaning of existence become clear, understandable, and immediately involving. In his own words: "Dare to be naive... It is one of our most exciting discoveries that local discovery leads to a complex of further discoveries." Here are three key examples or concepts from "Synergetics":

Tensegrity

Tensegrity, or tensional integrity, refers to structural systems that use a combination of tension and compression components. The simplest example of this is the "tensegrity triangle", where three struts are held in position not by touching one another but by tensioned wires. These systems are stable and flexible. Tensegrity structures are pervasive in natural systems, from the cellular level up to larger biological and even cosmological scales.

Vector Equilibrium (VE)

The Vector Equilibrium, often referred to by Fuller as the "VE", is a geometric form that he saw as the central form in his synergetic geometry. It’s essentially a cuboctahedron. Fuller noted that the VE is the only geometric form wherein all the vectors (lines from the center to the vertices) are of equal length and angular relationship. Because of this, it’s seen as a condition of absolute equilibrium, where the forces of push and pull are balanced.

Closest Packing of Spheres

Fuller was fascinated by how spheres could be packed together in the tightest possible configuration, a concept he often linked to how nature organizes systems. For example, when you stack oranges in a grocery store, they form a hexagonal pattern, and the spheres (oranges) are in closest-packed arrangement. Fuller related this principle to atomic structures and even cosmic organization.

To prepare Americans and freedom loving people everywhere for our current global wartime reality that few understand, here comes The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare (CG5GW) by Lieutenant General, U.S. Army (Retired) Michael T. Flynn and Sergeant, U.S. Army (Retired) Boone Cutler. General Flynn rose to the highest levels of the intelligence community and served as the National Security Advisor to the 45th POTUS. Sergeant Boone Cutler ran the ground game as a wartime Psychological Operations team sergeant in the United States Army. Together, these two combat veterans put their combined experience and expertise into an illuminating fifth-generation warfare information series called The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare. Introduction to 5GW is the first session of the multipart series. The series, complete with easy-to-understand diagrams, is written for all of humanity in every freedom loving country.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Biosphere :

  • Vernadsky defined the biosphere as the thin layer of Earth where life exists, encompassing all living organisms and the parts of the Earth where they interact. This includes the depths of the oceans to the upper layers of the atmosphere.
  • He posited that life plays a critical role in transforming the Earth's environment. In this view, living organisms are not just passive inhabitants of the planet, but active agents of change. This idea contrasts with more traditional views that saw life as simply adapting to pre-existing environmental conditions.
  • One example of this transformative power is the oxygen-rich atmosphere, which was created by photosynthesizing organisms over billions of years.

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Noosphere :

  • The concept of the noosphere can be seen as the next evolutionary stage following the biosphere. While the biosphere represents the realm of life, the noosphere represents the realm of human thought.
  • Vernadsky believed that, just as life transformed the Earth through the biosphere, human thought and collective intelligence would transform the planet in the era of the noosphere. This transformation would be characterized by the dominance of cultural evolution over biological evolution.
  • In this paradigm, human knowledge, technology, and cultural developments would become the primary drivers of change on the planet, influencing its future direction.
  • The term "noosphere" is derived from the Greek word “nous” meaning "mind" or "intellect" and "sphaira" meaning "sphere." So, the noosphere can be thought of as the "sphere of human thought."

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

A close analysis of the architecture of the stupa―a Buddhist symbolic form that is found throughout South, Southeast, and East Asia. The author, who trained as an architect, examines both the physical and metaphysical levels of these buildings, which derive their meaning and significance from Buddhist and Brahmanist influences.

Building on his extensive research into the sacred symbols and creation myths of the Dogon of Africa and those of ancient Egypt, India, and Tibet, Laird Scranton investigates the myths, symbols, and traditions of prehistoric China, providing further evidence that the cosmology of all ancient cultures arose from a single now-lost source.

It is at the same time a history of language, a guide to foreign tongues, and a method for learning them. It shows, through basic vocabularies, family resemblances of languages―Teutonic, Romance, Greek―helpful tricks of translation, key combinations of roots and phonetic patterns. It presents by common-sense methods the most helpful approach to the mastery of many languages; it condenses vocabulary to a minimum of essential words; it simplifies grammar in an entirely new way; and it teaches a languages as it is actually used in everyday life.
But this book is more than a guide to foreign languages; it goes deep into the roots of all knowledge as it explores the history of speech. It lights up the dim pathways of prehistory and unfolds the story of the slow growth of human expression from the most primitive signs and sounds to the elaborate variations of the highest cultures. Without language no knowledge would be possible; here we see how language is at once the source and the reservoir of all we know.

Taking only the most elementary knowledge for granted, Lancelot Hogben leads readers of this famous book through the whole course from simple arithmetic to calculus. His illuminating explanation is addressed to the person who wants to understand the place of mathematics in modern civilization but who has been intimidated by its supposed difficulty. Mathematics is the language of size, shape, and order―a language Hogben shows one can both master and enjoy.

A complete manual for the study and practice of Raja Yoga, the path of concentration and meditation. These timeless teachings is a treasure to be read and referred to again and again by seekers treading the spiritual path. The classic Sutras, at least 4,000 years old, cover the yogic teachings on ethics, meditation, and physical postures, and provide directions for dealing with situations in daily life. The Sutras are presented here in the purest form, with the original Sanskrit and with translation, transliteration, and commentary by Sri Swami Satchidananda, one of the most respected and revered contemporary Yoga masters. Sri Swamiji offers practical advice based on his own experience for mastering the mind and achieving physical, mental and emotional harmony.

William Strauss and Neil Howe will change the way you see the world - and your place in it. With blazing originality, The Fourth Turning illuminates the past, explains the present, and reimagines the future. Most remarkably, it offers an utterly persuasive prophecy about how America’s past will predict its future.

Strauss and Howe base this vision on a provocative theory of American history. The authors look back 500 years and uncover a distinct pattern: Modern history moves in cycles, each one lasting about the length of a long human life, each composed of four eras - or "turnings" - that last about 20 years and that always arrive in the same order. In The Fourth Turning, the authors illustrate these cycles using a brilliant analysis of the post-World War II period.

First comes a High, a period of confident expansion as a new order takes root after the old has been swept away. Next comes an Awakening, a time of spiritual exploration and rebellion against the now-established order. Then comes an Unraveling, an increasingly troubled era in which individualism triumphs over crumbling institutions. Last comes a Crisis - the Fourth Turning - when society passes through a great and perilous gate in history. Together, the four turnings comprise history's seasonal rhythm of growth, maturation, entropy, and rebirth.

4th Turning

Excess Deaths & Why RFK Jr. Can Win The Democratic Presidential Race - Ed Dowd | Part 1 of 2 - 06-21-2023

All original edition. Nothing added, nothing removed. This book traces the history of the ancient Khazar Empire, a major but almost forgotten power in Eastern Europe, which in the Dark Ages became converted to Judaism. Khazaria was finally wiped out by the forces of Genghis Khan, but evidence indicates that the Khazars themselves migrated to Poland and formed the cradle of Western Jewry. To the general reader the Khazars, who flourished from the 7th to 11th century, may seem infinitely remote today. Yet they have a close and unexpected bearing on our world, which emerges as Koestler recounts the fascinating history of the ancient Khazar Empire.

At about the time that Charlemagne was Emperor in the West. The Khazars' sway extended from the Black Sea to the Caspian, from the Caucasus to the Volga, and they were instrumental in stopping the Muslim onslaught against Byzantium, the eastern jaw of the gigantic pincer movement that in the West swept across northern Africa and into Spain.Thereafter the Khazars found themselves in a precarious position between the two major world powers: the Eastern Roman Empire in Byzantium and the triumphant followers of Mohammed.As Koestler points out, the Khazars were the Third World of their day. They chose a surprising method of resisting both the Western pressure to become Christian and the Eastern to adopt Islam. Rejecting both, they converted to Judaism. Mr. Koestler speculates about the ultimate faith of the Khazars and their impact on the racial composition and social heritage of modern Jewry.

Few people noticed the secret codewords used by our astronauts to describe the moon. Until now, few knew about the strange moving lights they reported.
George H. Leonard, former NASA scientist, fought through the official veil of secrecy and studied thousands of NASA photographs, spoke candidly with dozens of NASA officials, and listened to hours and hours of astronauts' tapes.
Here, Leonard presents the stunning and inescapable evidence discovered during his in-depth investigation:

  • Immense mechanical rigs, some over a mile long, working the lunar surface.
  • Strange geometric ground markings and symbols.
  • Lunar constructions several times higher than anything built on Earth.
  • Vehicles, tracks, towers, pipes, conduits, and conveyor belts running in and across moon craters.
Somebody else is indeed on the Moon, and engaged in activities on a massive scale. Our space agencies, and many of the world's top scientists, have known for years that there is intelligent life on the moon.

The article delves into the history of the Khazars, a polity in the Northern Caucasus that existed from the mid-seventh century until about 970 CE. Contrary to popular belief, the term "Khazars" is misleading as it was a multiethnic entity, and it's uncertain which specific group adopted Judaism. The Khazars first emerged in the seventh century, defeating the Bulgars, which led to the Bulgars' dispersion to various regions. The Khazar Empire was established through the expulsion of the Bulgars and was multiethnic in nature. The language spoken by the Khazars is debated, with some suggesting Turkic origins and others pointing to Slavic. The Khazars had several cities and fortresses, with significant archaeological findings. The Khazars had interactions with various empires, including wars with the Arabs and alliances with Byzantine emperors. By the mid-10th century, the Khazar capital of Itil was destroyed by the Russians. The article concludes that much of what is known about the Khazars is based on limited sources.

#Khazars #History #Caucasus #Judaism #Bulgars #Empire #Multiethnic #LanguageDebate #ArabWars #ByzantineAlliances #Itil #RussianInvasion #Archaeology #ReligiousConversion #TabletMag

In The Science of the Dogon, Laird Scranton demonstrated that the cosmological structure described in the myths and drawings of the Dogon runs parallel to modern science--atomic theory, quantum theory, and string theory--their drawings often taking the same form as accurate scientific diagrams that relate to the formation of matter.

Sacred Symbols of the Dogon uses these parallels as the starting point for a new interpretation of the Egyptian hieroglyphic language. By substituting Dogon cosmological drawings for equivalent glyph-shapes in Egyptian words, a new way of reading and interpreting the Egyptian hieroglyphs emerges. Scranton shows how each hieroglyph constitutes an entire concept, and that their meanings are scientific in nature.

The Dogon people of Mali, West Africa, are famous for their unique art and advanced cosmology. The Dogon’s creation story describes how the one true god, Amma, created all the matter of the universe. Interestingly, the myths that depict his creative efforts bear a striking resemblance to the modern scientific definitions of matter, beginning with the atom and continuing all the way to the vibrating threads of string theory. Furthermore, many of the Dogon words, symbols, and rituals used to describe the structure of matter are quite similar to those found in the myths of ancient Egypt and in the daily rituals of Judaism. For example, the modern scientific depiction of the informed universe as a black hole is identical to Amma’s Egg of the Dogon and the Egyptian Benben Stone.

The Science of the Dogon offers a case-by-case comparison of Dogon descriptions and drawings to corresponding scientific definitions and diagrams from authors like Stephen Hawking and Brian Greene, then extends this analysis to the counterparts of these symbols in both the ancient Egyptian and Hebrew religions. What is ultimately revealed is the scientific basis for the language of the Egyptian hieroglyphs, which was deliberately encoded to prevent the knowledge of these concepts from falling into the hands of all but the highest members of the Egyptian priesthood.

Anthony C. Yu’s translation of The Journey to the West,initially published in 1983, introduced English-speaking audiences to the classic Chinese novel in its entirety for the first time. Written in the sixteenth century, The Journey to the West tells the story of the fourteen-year pilgrimage of the monk Xuanzang, one of China’s most famous religious heroes, and his three supernatural disciples, in search of Buddhist scriptures. Throughout his journey, Xuanzang fights demons who wish to eat him, communes with spirits, and traverses a land riddled with a multitude of obstacles, both real and fantastical. An adventure rich with danger and excitement, this seminal work of the Chinese literary canonis by turns allegory, satire, and fantasy.

With over a hundred chapters written in both prose and poetry, The Journey to the West has always been a complicated and difficult text to render in English while preserving the lyricism of its language and the content of its plot. But Yu has successfully taken on the task, and in this new edition he has made his translations even more accurate and accessible. The explanatory notes are updated and augmented, and Yu has added new material to his introduction, based on his original research as well as on the newest literary criticism and scholarship on Chinese religious traditions. He has also modernized the transliterations included in each volume, using the now-standard Hanyu Pinyin romanization system. Perhaps most important, Yu has made changes to the translation itself in order to make it as precise as possible.

One of the great works of Chinese literature, The Journey to the West is not only invaluable to scholars of Eastern religion and literature, but, in Yu’s elegant rendering, also a delight for any reader.

The Oera Linda Book is a 19th-century translation by Dr. Ottema and WIlliam R. Sandbach of an old manuscript written in the Old Frisian language that records historical, mythological, and religious themes of remote antiquity, compiled between 2194 BC and AD 803.

  • The Oera Linda book challenges traditional views of pre-Christian societies.
  • Christianization is likened to a "great reset" that erased previous civilizations.
  • The Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people.
  • The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting patterns in history.
  • The importance of identity and understanding one's roots is highlighted.
  • The Oera Linda book offers wisdom and insights into several European languages.

The Oera Linda book offers a fresh perspective on our history, challenging the notion that pre-Christian societies were uncivilized. It suggests that the Christianization of societies was a form of "great reset," erasing and demonizing what existed before. The Oera Linda writings hint at an advanced civilization with its own laws, writing, and societal structures. Jan Ott's translation from the Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people. The text also touches upon the guilt many feel today, even if they aren't religious, about issues like climate change and historical slavery. It criticizes the way science is sometimes treated like a religion, with scientists acting as its preachers. The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting that understanding history requires recognizing patterns and cycles. Christianity is portrayed as one of the most significant resets in history, with sects fighting and erasing each other's scriptures. The importance of identity is highlighted, with a focus on the Fryans, a tribe that faced challenges from another tribe from Finland. This other tribe had a different moral compass, leading to conflicts and eventual assimilation. The text suggests that the true history of the Fryans and their values might have been distorted by subsequent Christian narratives. The Oera Linda book is seen as a source of wisdom, shedding light on the origins of several European languages and offering insights into values like freedom, truth, and justice.

#OeraLinda #History #Christianization #GreatReset #FryanLanguage #JanOtt #Civilization #OldTestament #Church #SpiritualAbuse #Identity #Fryans #Autland #Finland #Slavery #Christianity #Sects #Genocide #Torture #Bible #Freedom #Truth #Justice #Righteousness #Language #German #Dutch #Frisian #English #Scandinavian #Wisdom #Inspiration #European #Values

The Talmud is one of the most important holy books of the Hebrew religion and of the world. No English translation of the book existed until the author presented this work. To this day, very little of the actual text seems available in English -- although we find many interpretive commentaries on what it is supposed to mean. The Talmud has a reputation for being long and difficult to digest, but Polano has taken what he believes to be the best material and put it into extremely readable form. As far as holy books of the world are concerned, it is on par with The Koran, The Bhagavad-Gita and, of course, The Bible, in importance. This clearly written edition will allow many to experience The Talmud who may have otherwise not had the chance.

This five-volume set is the only complete English rendering of The Zohar, the fundamental rabbinic work on Jewish mysticism that has fascinated readers for more than seven centuries. In addition to being the primary reference text for kabbalistic studies, this magnificent work is arranged in the form of a commentary on the Bible, bringing to the surface the deeper meanings behind the commandments and biblical narrative. As The Zohar itself proclaims: Woe unto those who see in the Law nothing but simple narratives and ordinary words .... Every word of the Law contains an elevated sense and a sublime mystery .... The narratives of the Law are but the raiment Thin which it is swathed.

Twenty-one years ago, at a friend's request, a Massachusetts professor sketched out a blueprint for nonviolent resistance to repressive regimes. It would go on to be translated, photocopied, and handed from one activist to another, traveling from country to country across the globe: from Iran to Venezuela―where both countries consider Gene Sharp to be an enemy of the state―to Serbia; Afghanistan; Vietnam; the former Soviet Union; China; Nepal; and, more recently and notably, Tunisia, Egypt, Yemen, Libya, and Syria, where it has served as a guiding light of the Arab Spring.

This short, pithy, inspiring, and extraordinarily clear guide to overthrowing a dictatorship by nonviolent means lists 198 specific methods to consider, depending on the circumstances: sit-ins, popular nonobedience, selective strikes, withdrawal of bank deposits, revenue refusal, walkouts, silence, and hunger strikes. From Dictatorship to Democracy is the remarkable work that has made the little-known Sharp into the world's most effective and sought-after analyst of resistance to authoritarian regimes.

Bill Cooper, former United States Naval Intelligence Briefing Team member, reveals information that remains hidden from the public eye. This information has been kept in topsecret government files since the 1940s. His audiences hear the truth unfold as he writes about the assassination of John F. Kennedy, the war on drugs, the secret government, and UFOs. Bill is a lucid, rational, and powerful speaker whose intent is to inform and to empower his audience. Standing room only is normal. His presentation and information transcend partisan affiliations as he clearly addresses issues in a way that has a striking impact on listeners of all backgrounds and interests. He has spoken to many groups throughout the United States and has appeared regularly on many radio talk shows and on television. In 1988 Bill decided to "talk" due to events then taking place worldwide, events that he had seen plans for back in the early 1970s. Bill correctly predicted the lowering of the Iron Curtain, the fall of the Berlin Wall, and the invasion of Panama. All Bill's predictions were on record well before the events occurred. Bill is not a psychic. His information comes from top secret documents that he read while with the Intelligence Briefing Team and from over seventeen years of research.

The argument that the 16th Amendment (which concerns the federal income tax) was not properly ratified and thus is invalid has been a topic of debate among some tax protesters and scholars. One of the individuals associated with this theory is Bill Benson, who asserted that the 16th Amendment was fraudulently ratified. Here's a brief overview of the argument: 1. Research and Documentation: Bill Benson, along with another individual named M.J. "Red" Beckman, wrote a two-volume work called "The Law That Never Was" in the 1980s. This work was a product of Benson's extensive travels to various state archives to examine the original ratification documents related to the 16th Amendment. 2. Claims of Irregularities: In his work, Benson presented evidence that claimed many of the states either did not ratify the 16th Amendment properly or made mistakes in their resolutions. Some of these alleged irregularities included misspellings, incorrect wording, and other deviations from the proposed amendment. 3. Philander Knox's Role: In 1913, Philander Knox, who was the U.S. Secretary of State at the time, declared that the 16th Amendment had been ratified by the necessary three-fourths of the states. Benson's contention is that Knox was aware of the various discrepancies and irregularities in the ratification process but chose to fraudulently declare the amendment ratified anyway. 4. Legal Challenges and Court Rulings: Over the years, some tax protesters have used Benson's findings to challenge the legality of the income tax. However, these challenges have been consistently rejected by the courts. In fact, several courts have addressed Benson's research and arguments directly and found them to be without legal merit. The courts have repeatedly upheld the validity of the 16th Amendment. 5. Counterarguments: Critics of Benson's theory argue that even if there were minor discrepancies in the wording or format of the ratification documents, they do not invalidate the overarching intent of the states to ratify the amendment. Additionally, they assert that there's no substantive evidence that Knox acted fraudulently. It's worth noting that despite the popularity of this theory among certain groups, the legal consensus in the U.S. is that the 16th Amendment was validly ratified and is a legitimate part of the U.S. Constitution. Those who refuse to pay income taxes based on this theory have faced legal penalties.

The article delves into the evolution of the concept of the ether in physics. Historically, the ether was postulated to explain the propagation of light, with figures like Newton and Huygens suggesting its existence. By the late 19th century, Maxwell's electromagnetic theory linked light's propagation to the ether, a theory experimentally validated by Hertz in 1888. Lorentz expanded on this, focusing on wave transmission in moving media. The article contrasts the English approach, which sought tangible models, with the phenomenological view, which aimed for a descriptive approach without specific hypotheses. The piece also touches on various mechanical theories and models proposed over the years, emphasizing the challenges in defining the ether's properties and its evolving nature in scientific discourse.

As an Amazon Associate I earn from qualifying purchases.


Tension Software: Predicting a Storm – 10-10-2023

Tension Software: Predicting a Storm - 10-10-2023

TENSION SOFTWARE: PREDICTING A STORM - 10-10-2023

Episode Summary:

The PDF discusses a software that detects building and release tension in society, with the current tension being 13 times higher than usual. The author suggests that there's an impending event, which will be emotionally impactful, similar to or exceeding the magnitude of 9/11. This event is speculated to be a response to the current financial instability, with the dollar losing value, leading to potential hyperinflation. The author believes that this event won't be financial but rather a physical attack, possibly involving directed energy weapons (DEWs). The use of DEWs is seen as a cost-effective and efficient method of causing destruction without leaving much trace or requiring many people involved. The author speculates that this attack might target central US locations, possibly related to Cheyenne Mountain or Denver Airport, aiming to cause significant disruption and panic. This event is seen as a desperate attempt by some unseen powers to regain control and influence over the population for at least another year.

#Event #ClifHigh #Software #Control #Population #FinancialInstability #Hyperinflation #Dollar #PhysicalAttack #DirectedEnergyWeapons #DEWs #CentralUS #CheyenneMountain #DenverAirport #OremUT #Disruption #Panic #UnseenPowers #9/11 #EmotionalImpact #Predicted #Major #Target #Attempt #Regain #Influence #Desperate #Magnitude #CostEffective #Efficient #Destruction #Trace #Locations #Speculation #Response #Impactful

Key Takeaways:
  • Software detects unprecedented societal tension.
  • Predicted event with emotional impact similar to or greater than 9/11.
  • Event speculated to be a response to financial instability and potential hyperinflation.
  • Possible use of directed energy weapons in a physical attack.
  • Central US locations like Cheyenne Mountain or Denver Airport might be targeted.
  • Attack aims to cause significant disruption and panic.
  • Event seen as a desperate attempt to regain control over the population.
Predictions:
  • An impending event with significant emotional impact is predicted.
  • The event will likely be a physical attack, possibly involving directed energy weapons.
  • Targeted locations might be in central US, possibly related to Cheyenne Mountain or Denver Airport.
  • The event is speculated to be a desperate attempt to regain control and influence over the population amidst financial instability.
Chat with this Episode via ChatGPT

TENSION SOFTWARE: PREDICTING A STORM - 10-10-2023

To say geniuses out there that I consider like a mad scientist type of intellect. I love having you on the show, man. So thank you for coming back. Sure, no worries, guy. No worries.

Glad to do it. I've had so many guests on my show, both on YouTube and on my back channels. And I know this is going to go pretty deep, but it looks like we're right in the smack dab middle of this war. It looks like it's really starting to escalate. It looks like there's no slowing down.

Both sides are going all in. And I know you've created that software. Are you still using that software? What can you tell us? Cliff?

I'll let you have the floor. What are you seeing pan out right now? What are you seeing happening? What's going on?

All right, so my software has a certain bit of alarm showing. Right? Okay. So my software has a range of values for building and release tension. Okay.

So there are two different types of emotional tension, building tension, where you're getting ready to fight, and then the release, where you're releasing it. Right. So, like, Terry Cassidy the other day was releasing all over you. Okay. Anyway, a reminder.

Yeah. So here's the thing. So the top end of my scale is of the delta between the building tension and the release tension is 580. Sometimes the difference is only in the threes. Okay.

Now these are just numbers. The numbers are not in and of themselves meaningful because they change slightly as I adjust numbers on the words. But what's important is the level of the range has been consistent since more or less consistent. I've had to enlarge the range a couple of times since, say, like, 2001. All right, so now we have a situation where the delta is not within that range.

It's out here at 81 point something. Okay, so 13 times higher than our usual that is the tension in which are you talking about? Like, you could tell by the chatter on the Internet. Correct. My software is going through and picking up language that's being leaked, picking up the emotions, and it gets it right, and it gets it like that.

And we'd have building tension, and then you'd have release of that language. Right. And so what we're looking at now, this is release. That's like an outpouring, grief, suffering, wailing, all of that kind of shit. Right.

It could also be happiness. Okay. That's release partying. Let's party. That's release language now.

Right now it's hovering at 81 something.

This would be like, looking like building tension. Release tension. Building tension. Release tension. Building tension.

Release tension. Wow. Right? So here's the thing. Is there a way to tell between the two?

Between the release? Yeah, it's release language that is dominating what kind of release it is. I don't think it's a party. Okay. So I think it's pretty negative.

I get confirmation on my stuff by watching people that are psychic that have proven records as like remote viewers or psychic intuitives or whatever, right? And all over the Internet, no matter what language, iranian, Russian, Estonian, Albanian, all of the psychics are picking something up, all right? And my budy Dick Algae, and I'm going to talk to him tomorrow and we're going to do a video on this. He and his remote viewing group are also picking up something way big. Now, here's the thing with this.

I'm not going to get into the details on his, but he has talked about this on JC's, on Beyond Mystic Channel. They had a remote viewing, Dick and his group, everybody goes to Remote View and they all get this same subject, but it's nowhere near what the question was. And so everybody know we screwed up, something went wonky, so they do it again and it happens again. Everybody gets the same thing, but it's nowhere near what the question they were being asked. So basically what happens is like this if you're a psychic and you go out or a remote viewer.

So remote viewers are like, in my opinion, they are the black belts of psychic, okay? They're trained, all right? So they train themselves in a martial arts fashion to get better at their craft, whereas a psychic just goes along, right, and doesn't really know, they never examine it and so on honed in. Correct. Okay, so the remote viewers here are saying that they want to go and look at this target.

Here's the target. And that's where they're being sent by the remote viewing tasking. But their view is always pulled over this way, no matter what they do, okay? And it's because this thing is so damn big that it overshadows their ability to get at that some kind of event. Correct.

Okay, so here's the thing. I'll let Dick characterize it tomorrow in his group and stuff, right? But conceptually, this is the same thing that's happening with that 81 number, okay? We're going to have some event that's going to have so much release language following it that it's going to dominate everything. And so I'm saying that this is between three and 13 times as emotive as 911.

Holy shit. And bigger than Lahaina.

So if you really think about this and everything that's happening with the House hearings, the walls are closing in on them. They're going to start playing you don't think so they don't care about that. They don't care about that. That's a minor little ripple to them. But they have to make some kind of big move.

Correct. They have to make no. Okay. So in my understanding that would not be accurate. Okay?

Now what's driving everything is the dollar, the money, okay? And so here's the deal.

All of the financial records that would have exposed all of the deep state and everything were in building seven, and what happened to it? Magically, it disappeared, right, as along with all the records and we had that event that brought in the Patriot Act. So I would not be surprised right now that there was some dictatorial law 2000 pages of crap that's already ready to go for whatever this event is, okay? I believe that it's my thinking that this event is going to be triggered is triggered in the future by events that are going on now relative to the financial situation. And that outcome is for sure already.

So it could be some kind of a financial apocalypse? Well, no, it wouldn't be like that. Okay, so the financial apocalypse is already happening. So this is a little tricky. So stick with me on this, all right?

Hyperinflation is not an economic or a fiscal thing, okay? You're going along. You got inflation at 40%, and then in one month inflation could jump to 100 or 120%. Okay? It doesn't happen because of how much money they're putting into the system at that stage.

It is entirely a psychological wave that sweeps through the population where they say, holy shit, this is not worth toilet paper. I've got to spend this thing right now and get some level of value out of it because tomorrow it's going to be worth less. So if it took one of these to buy a sheet of toilet paper today, it'll take two or three of them to buy a sheet of toilet paper tomorrow, so I'd better spend it today. That's what hyperinflation is. It's this emotion, this tension, this building tension, value around the value of the currency, and it just triggers and the whole population within days because one person starts panic spending, buying everything they can, as though they were suddenly trying to hoard things, right?

And the grocery store owner sees this, mrs. Jones, why are you buying three carts full of steaks? That kind of thing. Right, exactly. Panic buying.

And the panic starts to spread. The panic ultimately spreads up into the financial people, all right? And so the people that the Federal Reserve cannot have a hyperinflationary episode work through the population of the US. They could sort of deal with it if it worked through dollars that are outside of our country. Right.

They could manage that a little bit. It would cause big problems. Here we'd get up to like maybe 60% inflation, but somewhere between where we're at now, which is like 40% inflation and 60% inflation is the potential to trigger over to hyperinflation, where everybody, as soon as you get paid, you spend it all that day. Okay? This has huge ramifications for a system that is run on credit, credit cards and electronics.

Because at the end of every month when people got paid with paychecks or the end of every week, there's going to be a massive spike of spending and then everything dries up in the rest of that week and it really alters the nature of the social order. So the powers that be the Federal Reserve, the mother Weffers, they're fighting among themselves all the time. Our Federal Reserve right now is caught in a quandary. Do they try and save the Federal Reserve note and thus themselves? Or do they pay attention to what Klaus Schwab and the mother Weffers want to do?

It is my thinking that the upcoming hyperinflationary wave that could hit the US. Has to be offset in a 911 kind of a fashion. They need an event to try and cover their ass. So I don't think we're talking about banks failing. I don't think we're talking about digital anything.

I think we're talking about a physical attack, and I believe it'll probably be directed energy weapons because of the efficiency of that attack. Okay, so there was all kinds of magic. So the Khazarian mafia employed thousands, thousands of Jewish witches prior to 911, and they worked the magic, right? And they worked it up for the entire month of August and for the first ten days of September. We watched this those of us that track this shit online, we watched this happen.

We didn't know what it was going to lead to, but it led to 911. Okay, so it is my thinking was at work before 911, they were going all in for that. Okay? Correct. So they're trying to work the spiritual side, the financial side, the psychological side, all of it together in a package.

This is how you have to think. Holistically right? And so, in my opinion, they will have an event, and they will try and capitalize on and control as much of their problems as they can with this one event. But to my way of thinking all right, so my way of thinking is that things are not static over time, that humans learn. Humans have an experience.

We harden with time. Right? And so if you beat me every day for a week about the shoulders, my shoulder is going to get pretty tough right. On that. Next week, they'll be sore.

Two weeks after that, you won't be able to beat my shoulders to any good effect at all because I will have toughened up. This is the nature of our reality. Okay, so my thinking is that this was 911, and that kept them going until 2020 on their plan. Right. But we can't have another 911.

Our emotional upheaval and stuff is way the hell up here already. Whatever higher than that. Correct. In order for them to control us, they need to have something, as I was saying, between three and 13 times higher than 911 to try and extend that out into 2024. Now, bear in mind, look how long they got with 911.

We're up so high that all they're hoping to do is to control one more year. So you see their desperation.

There you go. Now let's discuss that. Okay, so I'm not of the opinion that they can do a nuke. All right? And here's why?

In order for a nuke to be used, they would have to involve several thousands of people, all right? And they're not in a position now where they can go around and clean up those several thousands of people afterwards that they don't talk. And look at how shaky everything is in terms of their ability to ensure silence, right? You got all these whistleblowers people that used to be down and dirty, they ain't getting paid, so now they're talking, right?

And they can't be bribed anymore because the paper is no good because it's all interconnected and the paper doesn't have any purchasing power, right? So what if you get a million dollars? Big deal. That's just not going to keep you silent that long, especially at this level. This goes along with Juano Saban's vent of Cuban Missile Crisis 2.0.

Okay, let's stop right there, though. Okay, so that was nukes. Now, here's the thing about nukes. A small nuke, not like suitcase, but like a small nuke that could be used on a city, requires a big airplane. It requires a crew, requires fuel.

There's paper trails left everywhere. There's people involved. There's airports, there's the potential for security. That all is going to come back and bite them in the ass. And they're so desperate to control through this year that they don't want to deal with any kind of fallout in between from whatever the hell there is they're doing.

And it's a cost issue, okay? It costs you real money to bribe several thousands of people, even if they don't know why they're being bribed or what's going on. It is easier to have a screen in China, Indonesia, Malaysia, India, the United States, even somebody sitting behind a screen pushing a button on a drone that releases a series of energy weapons. There's a cost to this, but it's far less than thousands of people loading a nuke. It's only maybe 50 people.

Wait, you're talking about direct energy weapons. Correct. What we saw in Lahaina. But they had to blame climate change on that. Okay.

No. Okay, so track me on this. All right, so there's three types of directed energy weapons, all right? There's the sonic one, and we're not going to really deal with that at this time, but there's the lasers, and then there's the high power microwaves. Now, the lasers are part of the process, but the damage is done by the high power microwaves.

The high power microwaves, though, have a failure.

I would think I'm getting a picture here with a vaccine. I don't know. It's going to be really magnificently violent. But here's my thinking. Okay?

All right. So what I think they're going to do, because of the nature of what I've got in my data, and maybe I have yet to talk to Dick, and I have yet to even watch his video that he sent me on their debriefing. They're so kind to do that. Dick and his crew are just such nice guys. But anyway, so here's what I think that's going to happen.

We'll just say that down here there's a valley, and this is the target in the place that I think this is going to happen. There's a pretty consistent cloud cover.

What I think they're going to do is I think they're going to use a laser and they're going to disrupt the touch that your high power microwave can beam in through it. Because if a high power microwave starts beaming in and hits a high enough water level in the clouds, it does all of the damage and stuff up there. So my thinking because of some of the stuff I've got in the data is that this X right here, okay? So my description on this is this valley and mountains and other things that make me think of Cheyenne Mountain, denver Airport, and one other place I'm not going to go into, okay? So let's just assume that I'm correct about this, that it's going to be one of these mountainous places.

So I'm thinking that this attack that's going to take place is planned right now for central US. But they're going to blame it on a natural event. But it's not going to be climate change. It's going to be a meteor, it's going to be a system. Everything they're going to take, I think, right now, here's the thing, okay?

So my data sets have provided me hints, and that's all it is, okay? Just hints just made me psychically. Tune in and think of these three particular places cheyenne Mountain and the Denver Airport. Then there's this one other one that would be really bizarre. It has these kind of criteria in terms of what it looks like, but if they hit that one, it would break the backbone of the Internet for some period of time, especially in the US.

It would slice us into regions because of the place there has this particular set of equipment, right? And so it would be really strange. It would be like with the ten days of darkness. Correct? Only it wouldn't be ten days.

It'd be like in the United States, it'd be like ten years. Because we don't have enough replacement equipment. We don't have the people to do it. If they do this, bear in mind, down here, it's going to look like a nuke hit, okay? Because this directed energy weapon can just keep beaming on down there also.

So grasp this, this high power microwave. You'll sometimes see it as HPW for just regular wave the 911 towers as they were falling. That's what caused the free fall and the dustification of the 911 towers. So they just sighted down on the towers, hit a button and dissolved it on the way down. So there was 1.25 million tons of material in the towers.

Do you know how much they hauled off? Do you know how much they actually hauled off? 40 truckloads. 40 truckloads of material. Wow.

So where did the 1.25 million tons go? It was turned into dust and gas. And so this is what I think is going to happen. Now, if this is the Denver airport, they're after whatever the hell is underneath it. Okay?

So they would just keep going and going and going and going until there was just a big smoking crater in the ground because we also can say it would make sense. Also Cheyenne Mountain because correct. Trump shut down Cheyenne Mountain. That's basically their opposition right there. That's our stronghold.

And also Cheyenne Mountain was connected to whatever the hell is under Maui wow. So they got to take that out. I don't know. They got to take out Cheyenne Mountain. See, I think these guys are not very sophisticated, so I wouldn't do things this way, but I'm not a bad guy.

Okay. But I think they have to do something that is energetic and psychologically captivating. And the second part of it controls how much is the first part is used. They need so much energy into this that they capture our minds and hold them for a year. They want to get us into release language, know, in flux so that they can move us and control us.

For a Denver, denver would be a target. Not just the airport, the whole place. Well, there's the thing with the directed energy weapons. They spread out. They're precise, but they're not like pinpoint, right?

So they spread out in their effect. So just beaming it down in on the airport is probably going to do a lot of damage to the whole region. What may even affect all of Colorado for all I know, because they got to go through if they were going to get the Denver airport, they've got to get that huge layer on top. This has to happen, all right? And so in my opinion, this would have to happen before April 3 of next year.

And again, in my opinion I'm sorry, that's what Juanito says. He says the same thing. That the timeline. Okay, let me explain this. Let me just tell me this adds up to you.

October testing of the national emergency system is October 4. He said that lines up with about six months out, which would be November, December, January, February, March, April, April. Okay. It's a power number, a power time, April 4. Here's the deal about that, okay, so that's correct.

All of that's factual. There's another thing to take into consideration. These people are into the dark arts, our enemies, all right? So bear in mind we fight warlocks and witches. So I'm a shaman.

Okay? I know magic. I can do magic. I can do everything a warlock does. It's just I got better things to do, right?

So here's the thing. I know that and I know that they must cooperate in their magic with cycles. So I'm not so sure that they would let it go beyond the first part of March. It's going to be much better for them to do it in the winter than it is in the spring. Just, that's why things happen in the fall, right?

To set us up so that they can magnify the winter effect on our minds and control us that much longer. You know how you feel in the winter, right? Is it because it's so freezing? Why would they do it in the winter? Okay, because there's less light.

All right, this is really spooky, dude. We are light beings, okay? So if you wrap yourself up in tinfoil, not only will you overheat, you will have a fantastic experience in your pineal gland as all of your biophotons are pushed back into your body. I do not recommend this, okay?

But it is akin to a psychedelic without taking a drug. It is that powerful. We are light beings. We react to the sun, we react to light from the stars, we react to reflected light, et cetera, et cetera. In the winter, we have so much less because of the angles of the sun and stuff, especially up in the northern hemisphere, so they're going to try and harmonize.

So what if I wrap myself in tinfoil and take a psychedelic? Oh, you wouldn't survive. No way, dude. The bigger you are, the more biophotons you extrude. Okay, I'm sorry, bigger you are?

Is that you said or what did you say? Yeah, the larger mass you have, the physical mass, whether it's fat or muscle, doesn't matter much. There's slight gain with muscle over fat, but you emit more biophotons. Okay, so bigger people are going to suffer. The effects have a bigger trip, so to speak, than smaller, thinner people.

It's just the way it works. You're just not going to get as much of this bounce back into the pineal gland. Now if your pineal gland is calcified, you're not going to feel very much, you just get overheated and you're going to throw up. Right? And like I say, it can don't do this.

But my point being that we are light creatures and look, dude, how many times have you been treated with light for your injuries? The red light pads, all of those kind of things, right? Yeah, come to think of it, yes. And you know, if you were to be like up in the northeast in the winter, you know how you would feel less light in the day. You don't care so much about the cold, but it's the light that impacts you.

So I think these guys would harmonize and so of course I'm thinking they're going to maybe do it before January ish right, maybe it could get as far as February. But shortly thereafter the angles don't favor them. The next time they would have an opportunity would be the next fall. I don't think they can survive that long economically. I agree that's too late.

Juanito and I have talked about this, and I've had some other people on that. This fall looks like a vertical jump in the drama. Are you seeing that as well, this fall? Just because I'm saying it on my program. That's what that release language is.

Release language is Carrie Cassidy's drama that hit you the other day. She was like nine out of ten of her statements were release language. Yeah, that wet fish just slapping you upside the face. I mean, I could hear the blows over here while I was sweeping. Yeah, I'm abused.

I'm abused, Cliff. Yeah.

At least you heal quick. It's all right.

So then what happens after that, as that happens, and this event, whatever this event is, which you say is going to be your theory is it could be direct energy weapon, right, that makes the most sense. What's the aftermath of that? Do you have any kind of reading on that? Okay. All right.

The bad guys don't want you to know that this is part of the war, so they're going to have to do everything they can. So they are creating any warm temperatures that exist in their climate change model. That's all entirely hoaxed up. Right? So we would expect a massive, massive, massive psychological operation all focusing on this being a natural occurrence of a meteor hitting us.

They may even throw act of God.

You get a meteor, that kind of shit. They'll do everything just pile on the psychological crap after this supposed meteor hits us, and then they're going to get on the case and be serious about it. On any blowback that people would say it wasn't a meteor. But could it be? Maybe.

Could they play the alien card prematurely? Could they do that right now? Could that be the next thing? That's why they were so pissed about the congress yesterday or the other day. Okay, so, you know, they oh, Mexican.

Yeah. Mexican Congress. Okay, but see, here's the thing. There was verbiage, quite a bit of verbiage coming out of the Department of Defense that was saying, all this is bogus. And it's like, why does our Department of Defense give a crap about what the Mexican Congress hears about space aliens?

Maybe they care because they didn't want that whole shock value to be taken away from them. And it's already starting to spread around the planet. People are now starting to sell space alien artifacts on ebay, that kind of thing. Not the artifacts of the space aliens, but what the humans did in carving the space aliens that they interacted with, et cetera. Right.

So does this event, since you can foresee this coming, and I'm sure the white hats can, the good guys can. We all can. Now my audience can. Now that we see this event coming, can we stop this, or do we need to stop it, or does it need to happen? Okay, so there you go.

Dude, that's above my pay grade. That's a question for universe, all right? So I'm a doer in the body. My job is to do shit on this planet.

So I'm not the thinker, I'm not the knower of information like that. So I don't know if enough of us were looking at Denver or looking at Cheyenne Mountain, would they do it? If enough of us say it's not going to be a nuke, it's going to look like a meteor, they're going to fake a meteor, they're going to do it directly with energy weapons. Will they do it? What's his name just said he isn't going to run out of Utah.

Yeah. Okay, so why did he do that? Because enough of us are looking at him and saying crime, crime, crime. Okay. And look at what's happened with the mother weapons themselves.

The level of degradation is huge. The last conference, this is a panic move that they have to pay, they have to play this card. They have no choice right now. It could be stopped, okay? Not necessarily by you and me directly forming a huge mass of people that are all looking at the same place, but maybe because we all get excited about something like this.

Maybe because we're all psychic and we're feeling something coming like this. Our white hat guys pay attention and go do shit. Okay? So this is kind of like the quandary that you faced the other day when Carrie was hitting you with that mackerel, all right? Because she was saying that why didn't the interceptor platform stop it, why didn't the military stop it?

Well, we don't have interceptor platforms, that for one thing.

But anyway, though but you see my point here, right? I don't know if this has to happen, if it happens, then we must be moved by universe to fight fiercely. Any psychological stuff that comes on out because maybe we'll break them right there. Maybe so many people will know in advance that they're going to fake up a meteor. That when they come on out and say, oh look, Denver Airport just got hit by a meteor.

Everybody and their brother is just going to erupt and just be a giant riot on the internet and the planet and so on, and we'll get rid of them all. Wouldn't they have to use MSM to bring forth this problem? In other words, problem reaction, solution. So wouldn't they probably a month before the meteor hits, start putting it out on television and saying, oh, it's coming, there's something, or was that there's already been two of those really? Two new objects in our solar system?

One from about three months back. I remember Lester Holt talked about a mothership that came into our solar system. Yeah. And beyond all of the space aliens and all of that. But I'm saying that there's two rocks they've identified, so maybe they've got their candidates lined up, right?

Wow. So we could be looking at some kind of catastrophe. That's going to surpass 911. An attack it's not a catastrophe, an attack that they'll blame on nature. They'll have to blame it on nature, like some outside God, whatever.

That will probably be an event that happens before April. That's what we're we're not psychic. We're just saying this is our no, we are psychic. Everybody that gets on the Internet and just types shit, leaks out language because they're psychic and they don't have any other way to get it out. And I pick that up.

And also I talk to people that know they're psychic that have routines, that have rituals, or in the case of, like, the remote viewers that know rigid protocols, that have formality and that are successful and have a huge track record, and the psychics are saying, some shit's coming at us. Now, I'm going to talk to Dick Algae tomorrow afternoon, and he'll put it up on his site at some point, right? And he will show his drawings and these kind of things as to what he's got on this. And you go watch that, and then maybe you're going to want to interview Dick Algae and talk to him about that from his viewpoint, right? Did you make that connection?

Yes, I will. I will send you email. No worries. I'll tell Dick, et cetera, okay, he's in Hawaii, so you got time.

Uh, so you need to personally ask him questions about what he formal, how he did it, et cetera, et cetera, so that you will be assured, as I am, that he's, in essence, validating what I'm getting numerically. So bear in mind, what shocked me was not any particular kind of language coming through. It was the numeric sums that I run every damn time on this language in order to get the delta of the release versus tension to see if we're going to go into a building tension period or if we're going into release. Now, if I were to say it, I would suggest that an 81 level of a release value would last about a year. Could it be a coronal mass injection?

Could it be a solar flare that they blame it on? Might be. I don't know what they're going to pick, but they're going to cause it because I've seen some news on so maybe they use that. Okay, see, that's a little difficult. So here's their real problem, all right?

So think of it this way. If they use a directed energy weapon and slam into Cheyenne or any place in the United States, continental United States, right, it doesn't matter where, but if they use a do and they do that, then what's Putin going to say? What are all these world leaders going to say when these fuckers say, hey, it's meteor? Putin's going to say, no, we didn't see anything coming in. All these other places are going to say, no, it's no meteor.

We don't see shit coming. Know you guys are lying and Putin, he's based he'll call them liars to their face, right? And all of us and see, now we're at that point where they probably, in my estimation, are having ambivalence about every single move they make. And something this large is going to cause them many repeated trips to the toilet as they ponder this, right, because it's going to release their bowels every time they think about the potential blowback on this because it's so vulnerable to their psychological operation not working. And here's the thing.

So you're a professional fighter. Have you ever had any fights that were not in a ring, not supervised? Yeah, many. Okay, so you know the feeling then as the situation evolves into a fight and how the language builds up in tension, and then at some point it's no longer language, it shifts over into the physical, right? Okay.

At the point that it shifts over into the physical, that's the point at which we enter into an area of the unknown. We don't know how it's going to come out, right. But we know that two things about this. There's going to be that the fight is ongoing now and that the outcome is irreversible. You can't stop the fight in the middle and everybody go back to their positions.

It's not organized that way. So you will feel that issue of change, that state of flux, go through your body. And I bet you, you felt it in your gut, you would feel a little bit of butterflies before you started getting moving, right, as the language is rising, okay? So that's what's affecting them. And they've got butterflies like mad because it's going to be irreversible once they do it.

And with an 81 value on my metrics, and that would go for a year, imagine what would happen that would go for a year if we had enough normies that believed them, if there was enough control mechanisms that they could put in, what would be the other side of that 81 value in release language? Hang them. Right. Which is going to happen anyway. But no, there is that option, okay?

What I'm talking about is lynch mobs now, so I grew up in the south, okay? Streets. This will be the big one, right? So if they do this and they're not able to get enough normies to stifle the rest of the opposition to all the bullshit they're putting out because they'd need a certain mass of normies to be able to stand up to the rest of us saying, hang them. Right?

And if they don't, they'll be pulled out of airplanes, their limos will be stopped on the road. People will decide, I'm an assassin, I'm a hitman, and maybe they won't make it because of the security and so forth. But imagine Bill Gates being his security people, having to that's going freak that motherfucker right out. They'll quit. They won't put their life in danger that much.

They'll be done. Okay, so there's the problem guy. All right, so it's estimated that 1% of the human population at any given time is a psychopath. Okay? So we have 311 millions in the US.

That means we got 3.11 million psychopaths. So there's a lot of psychopaths. They don't react the way that and then there's this other group. It's estimated that there's 3% of the population are sociopaths. And a sociopath, he'll go along with the psychopath.

He'll the psychopath. Right? But the sociopath, they're not wedded to this ideology that the psychopath has, and they'll flee. So I agree with you. Those people would not put their lives at risk.

But I bet you Bill Gates got his security people out of that three percent.


View me!

The number-one best-selling pioneer of "fratire" and a leading evolutionary psychologist team up to create the dating book for guys. Whether they conducted their research in life or in the lab, experts Tucker Max and Dr. Geoffrey Miller have spent the last 20-plus years learning what women really want from their men, why they want it, and how men can deliver those qualities. The short answer: Become the best version of yourself possible, then show it off. It sounds simple, but it's not. If it were, Tinder would just be the stuff you use to start a fire. Becoming your best self requires honesty, self-awareness, hard work, and a little help. Through their website and podcasts, Max and Miller have already helped over one million guys take their first steps toward Miss Right. They have collected all of their findings in Mate, an evidence-driven, seriously funny playbook that will teach you to become a more sexually attractive and romantically successful man, the right way: No "seduction techniques" No moralizing No bullshit Just honest, straightforward talk about the most ethical, effective way to pursue the win-win relationships you want with the women who are best for you. Much of what they've discovered will surprise you, some of it will not, but all of it is important and often misunderstood. So listen up, and stop being stupid!

Words of affirmation, quality time, gifts, acts of service, physical touching - learning these love languages will get your marriage off to a great start or enhance a long-standing one! Chapman explains the purpose of each "language" and shows you how to identify the one that's meaningful to your spouse now. Updated to reflect the complexities of relationships in today's world, this new edition of The 5 Love Languages reveals intrinsic truths and provides action steps in each chapter that will help you on your way to a healthier relationship. Also includes an updated personal profile. With a divorce rate that hovers around 50 percent, don't let yourself become a statistic. In Things I Wish I'd Known Before We Got Married, Gary Chapman teaches you and your future spouse how to work together as an intimate team! He shares with engaged couples practical tips he wishes he knew before he got married. Discussion centers around love, romance, conflict resolution, forgiveness, and sexual fulfillment. Included are insightful questions, suggestions, and exercises.

A one-page tool to reinvent yourself and your career. The global best seller Business Model Generation introduced a unique visual way to summarize and creatively brainstorm any business or product idea on a single sheet of paper. Business Model You uses the same powerful one-page tool to teach listeners how to draw "personal business models," which reveal new ways their skills can be adapted to the changing needs of the marketplace to reveal new, more satisfying, career and life possibilities. Produced by the same team that created Business Model Generation, this audiobook is based on the Business Model Canvas methodology, which has quickly emerged as the world's leading business model description and innovation technique. This book shows listeners how to: - Understand business model thinking and diagram their current personal business model - Understand the value of their skills in the marketplace and define their purpose - Articulate a vision for change - Create a new personal business model harmonized with that vision - And most important, test and implement the new model When you implement the one-page tool from Business Model You, you create a game-changing business model for your life and career.

The bible for bringing cutting-edge products to larger markets—now revised and updated with new insights into the realities of high-tech marketing In Crossing the Chasm, Geoffrey A. Moore shows that in the Technology Adoption Life Cycle—which begins with innovators and moves to early adopters, early majority, late majority, and laggards—there is a vast chasm between the early adopters and the early majority. While early adopters are willing to sacrifice for the advantage of being first, the early majority waits until they know that the technology actually offers improvements in productivity. The challenge for innovators and marketers is to narrow this chasm and ultimately accelerate adoption across every segment. This third edition brings Moore's classic work up to date with dozens of new examples of successes and failures, new strategies for marketing in the digital world, and Moore's most current insights and findings. He also includes two new appendices, the first connecting the ideas in Crossing the Chasm to work subsequently published in his Inside the Tornado, and the second presenting his recent groundbreaking work for technology adoption models for high-tech consumer markets.

Endless terror. Refugee waves. An unfixable global economy. Surprising election results. New billion-dollar fortunes. Miracle medical advances. What if they were all connected? What if you could understand why? The Seventh Sense is the story of what all of today's successful figures see and feel: the forces that are invisible to most of us but explain everything from explosive technological change to uneasy political ripples. The secret to power now is understanding our new age of networks. Not merely the Internet, but also webs of trade, finance, and even DNA. Based on his years of advising generals, CEOs, and politicians, Ramo takes us into the opaque heart of our world's rapidly connected systems and teaches us what the losers are not yet seeing -- and what the victors of this age already know.

This lushly illustrated history of popular entertainment takes a long-zoom approach, contending that the pursuit of novelty and wonder is a powerful driver of world-shaping technological change. Steven Johnson argues that, throughout history, the cutting edge of innovation lies wherever people are working the hardest to keep themselves and others amused. Johnson’s storytelling is just as delightful as the inventions he describes, full of surprising stops along the journey from simple concepts to complex modern systems. He introduces us to the colorful innovators of leisure: the explorers, proprietors, showmen, and artists who changed the trajectory of history with their luxurious wares, exotic meals, taverns, gambling tables, and magic shows. In Wonderland, Johnson compellingly argues that observers of technological and social trends should be looking for clues in novel amusements. You’ll find the future wherever people are having the most fun.

Nothing “goes viral.” If you think a popular movie, song, or app came out of nowhere to become a word-of-mouth success in today’s crowded media environment, you’re missing the real story. Each blockbuster has a secret history—of power, influence, dark broadcasters, and passionate cults that turn some new products into cultural phenomena. Even the most brilliant ideas wither in obscurity if they fail to connect with the right network, and the consumers that matter most aren't the early adopters, but rather their friends, followers, and imitators -- the audience of your audience. In his groundbreaking investigation, Atlantic senior editor Derek Thompson uncovers the hidden psychology of why we like what we like and reveals the economics of cultural markets that invisibly shape our lives. Shattering the sentimental myths of hit-making that dominate pop culture and business, Thompson shows quality is insufficient for success, nobody has "good taste," and some of the most popular products in history were one bad break away from utter failure. It may be a new world, but there are some enduring truths to what audiences and consumers want. People love a familiar surprise: a product that is bold, yet sneakily recognizable. Every business, every artist, every person looking to promote themselves and their work wants to know what makes some works so successful while others disappear. Hit Makers is a magical mystery tour through the last century of pop culture blockbusters and the most valuable currency of the twenty-first century—people’s attention. From the dawn of impressionist art to the future of Facebook, from small Etsy designers to the origin of Star Wars, Derek Thompson leaves no pet rock unturned to tell the fascinating story of how culture happens and why things become popular. In Hit Makers, Derek Thompson investigates: · The secret link between ESPN's sticky programming and the The Weeknd's catchy choruses · Why Facebook is today’s most important newspaper · How advertising critics predicted Donald Trump · The 5th grader who accidentally launched "Rock Around the Clock," the biggest hit in rock and roll history · How Barack Obama and his speechwriters think of themselves as songwriters · How Disney conquered the world—but the future of hits belongs to savvy amateurs and individuals · The French collector who accidentally created the Impressionist canon · Quantitative evidence that the biggest music hits aren’t always the best · Why almost all Hollywood blockbusters are sequels, reboots, and adaptations · Why one year--1991--is responsible for the way pop music sounds today · Why another year --1932--created the business model of film · How data scientists proved that “going viral” is a myth · How 19th century immigration patterns explain the most heard song in the Western Hemisphere

Ours is often called an information economy, but at a moment when access to information is virtually unlimited, our attention has become the ultimate commodity. In nearly every moment of our waking lives, we face a barrage of efforts to harvest our attention. This condition is not simply the byproduct of recent technological innovations but the result of more than a century's growth and expansion in the industries that feed on human attention. Wu’s narrative begins in the nineteenth century, when Benjamin Day discovered he could get rich selling newspapers for a penny. Since then, every new medium—from radio to television to Internet companies such as Google and Facebook—has attained commercial viability and immense riches by turning itself into an advertising platform. Since the early days, the basic business model of “attention merchants” has never changed: free diversion in exchange for a moment of your time, sold in turn to the highest-bidding advertiser. Full of lively, unexpected storytelling and piercing insight, The Attention Merchants lays bare the true nature of a ubiquitous reality we can no longer afford to accept at face value.

Some people think that in today’s hyper-competitive world, it’s the tough, take-no-prisoners type who comes out on top. But in reality, argues New York Times bestselling author Dave Kerpen, it’s actually those with the best people skills who win the day. Those who build the right relationships. Those who truly understand and connect with their colleagues, their customers, their partners. Those who can teach, lead, and inspire. In a world where we are constantly connected, and social media has become the primary way we communicate, the key to getting ahead is being the person others like, respect, and trust. Because no matter who you are or what profession you're in, success is contingent less on what you can do for yourself, but on what other people are willing to do for you. Here, through 53 bite-sized, easy-to-execute, and often counterintuitive tips, you’ll learn to master the 11 People Skills that will get you more of what you want at work, at home, and in life. For example, you’ll learn: · The single most important question you can ever ask to win attention in a meeting · The one simple key to networking that nobody talks about · How to remain top of mind for thousands of people, everyday · Why it usually pays to be the one to give the bad news · How to blow off the right people · And why, when in doubt, buy him a Bonsai A book best described as “How to Win Friends and Influence People for today’s world,” The Art of People shows how to charm and win over anyone to be more successful at work and outside of it.

Business Model Generation is a handbook for visionaries, game changers, and challengers striving to defy outmoded business models and design tomorrow's enterprises. If your organization needs to adapt to harsh new realities, but you don't yet have a strategy that will get you out in front of your competitors, you need Business Model Generation. Co-created by 470 "Business Model Canvas" practitioners from 45 countries, the book features a beautiful, highly visual, 4-color design that takes powerful strategic ideas and tools, and makes them easy to implement in your organization. It explains the most common Business Model patterns, based on concepts from leading business thinkers, and helps you reinterpret them for your own context. You will learn how to systematically understand, design, and implement a game-changing business model--or analyze and renovate an old one. Along the way, you'll understand at a much deeper level your customers, distribution channels, partners, revenue streams, costs, and your core value proposition. Business Model Generation features practical innovation techniques used today by leading consultants and companies worldwide, including 3M, Ericsson, Capgemini, Deloitte, and others. Designed for doers, it is for those ready to abandon outmoded thinking and embrace new models of value creation: for executives, consultants, entrepreneurs, and leaders of all organizations. If you're ready to change the rules, you belong to "the business model generation!"

#1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER If you want to build a better future, you must believe in secrets. The great secret of our time is that there are still uncharted frontiers to explore and new inventions to create. In Zero to One, legendary entrepreneur and investor Peter Thiel shows how we can find singular ways to create those new things. Thiel begins with the contrarian premise that we live in an age of technological stagnation, even if we’re too distracted by shiny mobile devices to notice. Information technology has improved rapidly, but there is no reason why progress should be limited to computers or Silicon Valley. Progress can be achieved in any industry or area of business. It comes from the most important skill that every leader must master: learning to think for yourself. Doing what someone else already knows how to do takes the world from 1 to n, adding more of something familiar. But when you do something new, you go from 0 to 1. The next Bill Gates will not build an operating system. The next Larry Page or Sergey Brin won’t make a search engine. Tomorrow’s champions will not win by competing ruthlessly in today’s marketplace. They will escape competition altogether, because their businesses will be unique. Zero to One presents at once an optimistic view of the future of progress in America and a new way of thinking about innovation: it starts by learning to ask the questions that lead you to find value in unexpected places.

Why should I do business with you… and not your competitor? Whether you are a retailer, manufacturer, distributor, or service provider – if you cannot answer this question, you are surely losing customers, clients and market share. This eye-opening book reveals how identifying your competitive advantages (and trumpeting them to the marketplace) is the most surefire way to close deals, retain clients, and stay miles ahead of the competition. The five fatal flaws of most companies: • They don’t have a competitive advantage but think they do • They have a competitive advantage but don’t know what it is—so they lower prices instead • They know what their competitive advantage is but neglect to tell clients about it • They mistake “strengths” for competitive advantages • They don’t concentrate on competitive advantages when making strategic and operational decisions The good news is that you can overcome these costly mistakes – by identifying your competitive advantages and creating new ones. Consultant, public speaker, and competitive advantage expert Jaynie Smith will show you how scores of small and large companies substantially increased their sales by focusing on their competitive advantages. When advising a CEO frustrated by his salespeople’s inability to close deals, Smith discovered that his company stayed on schedule 95 percent of the time – an achievement no one else in his industry could claim. By touting this and other competitive advantages to customers, closing rates increased by 30 percent—and so did company revenues. Jack Welch has said, “If you don’t have a competitive advantage, don’t compete.” This straight-to-the-point book is filled with insightful stories and specific steps on how to pinpoint your competitive advantages, develop new ones, and get the message out about them.

The number one New York Times best seller that examines how people can champion new ideas in their careers and everyday life - and how leaders can fight groupthink, from the author of Think Again and co-author of Option B. With Give and Take, Adam Grant not only introduced a landmark new paradigm for success but also established himself as one of his generation’s most compelling and provocative thought leaders. In Originals he again addresses the challenge of improving the world, but now from the perspective of becoming original: choosing to champion novel ideas and values that go against the grain, battle conformity, and buck outdated traditions. How can we originate new ideas, policies, and practices without risking it all? Using surprising studies and stories spanning business, politics, sports, and entertainment, Grant explores how to recognize a good idea, speak up without getting silenced, build a coalition of allies, choose the right time to act, and manage fear and doubt; how parents and teachers can nurture originality in children; and how leaders can build cultures that welcome dissent. Learn from an entrepreneur who pitches his start-ups by highlighting the reasons not to invest, a woman at Apple who challenged Steve Jobs from three levels below, an analyst who overturned the rule of secrecy at the CIA, a billionaire financial wizard who fires employees for failing to criticize him, and a TV executive who didn’t even work in comedy but saved Seinfeld from the cutting-room floor. The payoff is a set of groundbreaking insights about rejecting conformity and improving the status quo.

In The $100 Startup, Chris Guillebeau tells you how to lead of life of adventure, meaning and purpose - and earn a good living. Still in his early 30s, Chris is on the verge of completing a tour of every country on earth - he's already visited more than 175 nations - and yet he’s never held a "real job" or earned a regular paycheck. Rather, he has a special genius for turning ideas into income, and he uses what he earns both to support his life of adventure and to give back. There are many others like Chris - those who've found ways to opt out of traditional employment and create the time and income to pursue what they find meaningful. Sometimes, achieving that perfect blend of passion and income doesn't depend on shelving what you currently do. You can start small with your venture, committing little time or money, and wait to take the real plunge when you're sure it's successful. In preparing to write this book, Chris identified 1,500 individuals who have built businesses earning $50,000 or more from a modest investment (in many cases, $100 or less), and from that group he’s chosen to focus on the 50 most intriguing case studies. In nearly all cases, people with no special skills discovered aspects of their personal passions that could be monetized, and were able to restructure their lives in ways that gave them greater freedom and fulfillment. Here, finally, distilled into one easy-to-use guide, are the most valuable lessons from those who’ve learned how to turn what they do into a gateway to self-fulfillment. It’s all about finding the intersection between your "expertise" - even if you don’t consider it such - and what other people will pay for. You don’t need an MBA, a business plan or even employees. All you need is a product or service that springs from what you love to do anyway, people willing to pay, and a way to get paid. Not content to talk in generalities, Chris tells you exactly how many dollars his group of unexpected entrepreneurs required to get their projects up and running; what these individuals did in the first weeks and months to generate significant cash; some of the key mistakes they made along the way, and the crucial insights that made the business stick. Among Chris’s key principles: if you’re good at one thing, you’re probably good at something else; never teach a man to fish - sell him the fish instead; and in the battle between planning and action, action wins. In ancient times, people who were dissatisfied with their lives dreamed of finding magic lamps, buried treasure, or streets paved with gold. Today, we know that it’s up to us to change our lives. And the best part is, if we change our own life, we can help others change theirs. This remarkable book will start you on your way.

Bold is a radical, how-to guide for using exponential technologies, moonshot thinking, and crowd-powered tools to create extraordinary wealth while also positively impacting the lives of billions. Exploring the exponential technologies that are disrupting today's Fortune 500 companies and enabling upstart entrepreneurs to go from "I've got an idea" to "I run a billion-dollar company" far faster than ever before, the authors provide exceptional insight into the power of 3-D printing, artificial intelligence, robotics, networks and sensors, and synthetic biology. Drawing on insights from billionaire entrepreneurs Larry Page, Elon Musk, Richard Branson, and Jeff Bezos, the audiobook offers the best practices that allow anyone to leverage today's hyper connected crowd like never before. The authors teach how to design and use incentive competitions, launch million-dollar crowdfunding campaigns to tap into tens of billions of dollars of capital, and build communities - armies of exponentially enabled individuals willing and able to help today's entrepreneurs make their boldest dreams come true. Bold is both a manifesto and a manual. It is today's exponential entrepreneur's go-to resource on the use of emerging technologies, thinking at scale, and the awesome impact of crowd-powered tools.

The answer is simple: come up with 10 ideas a day. It doesn't matter if they are good or bad, the key is to exercise your "idea muscle", to keep it toned, and in great shape. People say ideas are cheap and execution is everything but that is NOT true. Execution is a consequence, a subset of good, brilliant idea. And good ideas require daily work. Ideas may be easy if we are only coming up with one or two but if you open this book to any of the pages and try to produce more than three, you will feel a burn, scratch your head, and you will be sweating, and working hard. There is a turning point when you reach idea number six for the day, you still have four to go, and your mind muscle is getting a workout. By the time you list those last ideas to make it to 10 you will see for yourself what "sweating the idea muscle" means. As you practice the daily idea generation you become an idea machine. When we become idea machines we are flooded with lots of bad ideas but also with some that are very good. This happens by the sheer force of the number, because we are coming up with 3,650 ideas per year (at 10 a day). When you are inspired by an extraordinary idea, all of your thoughts break their chains, you go beyond limitations and your capacity to act expands in every direction. Forces and abilities you did not know you had come to the surface, and you realize you are capable of doing great things. As you practice with the suggested prompts in this book your ideas will get better, you will be a source of great insight for others, people will find you magnetic, and they will want to hang out with you because you have so much to offer. When you practice every day your life will transform, in no more than 180 days, because it has no other evolutionary choice. Life changes for the better when we become the source of positive, insightful, and helpful ideas. Don't believe a word I say. Instead, challenge yourself.

A Guide to Resilience: How to Bounce Back from Life's Inevitable Problems Christian Moore is convinced that each of us has a power hidden within, something that can get us through any kind of adversity. That power is resilience. In The Resilience Breakthrough, Moore delivers a practical primer on how you can become more resilient in a world of instability and narrowing opportunity, whether you're facing financial troubles, health setbacks, challenges on the job, or any other problem. We can each have our own resilience breakthrough, Moore argues, and can each learn how to use adverse circumstances as potent fuel for overcoming life's hardships. As he shares engaging real-life stories and brutally honest analyses of his own experiences, Moore equips you with 27 resilience-building tools that you can start using today - in your personal life or in your organization.

What if someone told you that your behavior was controlled by a powerful, invisible force? Most of us would be skeptical of such a claim--but it's largely true. Our brains are constantly transmitting and receiving signals of which we are unaware. Studies show that these constant inputs drive the great majority of our decisions about what to do next--and we become conscious of the decisions only after we start acting on them. Many may find that disturbing. But the implications for leadership are profound. In this provocative yet practical book, renowned speaking coach and communication expert Nick Morgan highlights recent research that shows how humans are programmed to respond to the nonverbal cues of others--subtle gestures, sounds, and signals--that elicit emotion. He then provides a clear, useful framework of seven "power cues" that will be essential for any leader in business, the public sector, or almost any context. You'll learn crucial skills, from measuring nonverbal signs of confidence, to the art and practice of gestures and vocal tones, to figuring out what your gut is really telling you. This concise and engaging guide will help leaders and aspiring leaders of all stripes to connect powerfully, communicate more effectively, and command influence.

New York Times bestselling author and social media expert Gary Vaynerchuk shares hard-won advice on how to connect with customers and beat the competition. A mash-up of the best elements of Crush It! and The Thank You Economy with a fresh spin, Jab, Jab, Jab, Right Hook is a blueprint to social media marketing strategies that really works. When managers and marketers outline their social media strategies, they plan for the "right hook"—their next sale or campaign that's going to knock out the competition. Even companies committed to jabbing—patiently engaging with customers to build the relationships crucial to successful social media campaigns—want to land the punch that will take down their opponent or their customer's resistance in one blow. Right hooks convert traffic to sales and easily show results. Except when they don't. Thanks to massive change and proliferation in social media platforms, the winning combination of jabs and right hooks is different now. Vaynerchuk shows that while communication is still key, context matters more than ever. It's not just about developing high-quality content, but developing high-quality content perfectly adapted to specific social media platforms and mobile devices—content tailor-made for Facebook, Instagram, Pinterest, Twitter and Tumblr.

From the best-selling author of The Black Swan and one of the foremost thinkers of our time, Nassim Nicholas Taleb, a book on how some things actually benefit from disorder. In The Black Swan Taleb outlined a problem, and in Antifragile he offers a definitive solution: how to gain from disorder and chaos while being protected from fragilities and adverse events. For what Taleb calls the "antifragile" is actually beyond the robust, because it benefits from shocks, uncertainty, and stressors, just as human bones get stronger when subjected to stress and tension. The antifragile needs disorder in order to survive and flourish. Taleb stands uncertainty on its head, making it desirable, even necessary, and proposes that things be built in an antifragile manner. The antifragile is immune to prediction errors. Why is the city-state better than the nation-state, why is debt bad for you, and why is everything that is both modern and complicated bound to fail? The audiobook spans innovation by trial and error, health, biology, medicine, life decisions, politics, foreign policy, urban planning, war, personal finance, and economic systems. And throughout, in addition to the street wisdom of Fat Tony of Brooklyn, the voices and recipes of ancient wisdom, from Roman, Greek, Semitic, and medieval sources, are heard loud and clear. Extremely ambitious and multidisciplinary, Antifragile provides a blueprint for how to behave - and thrive - in a world we don't understand, and which is too uncertain for us to even try to understand and predict. Erudite and witty, Taleb’s message is revolutionary: What is not antifragile will surely perish.

The Cluetrain Manifesto began as a Web site in 1999 when the authors, who have worked variously at IBM, Sun Microsystems, the Linux Journal, and NPR, posted 95 theses about the new reality of the networked marketplace. Ten years after its original publication, their message remains more relevant than ever. For example, thesis no. 2: “Markets consist of human beings, not demographic sectors”; thesis no. 20: “Companies need to realize their markets are often laughing. At them.” The book enlarges on these themes through dozens of stories and observations about business in America and how the Internet will continue to change it all. With a new introduction and chapters by the authors, and commentary by Jake McKee, JP Rangaswami, and Dan Gillmor, this book is essential reading for anybody interested in the Internet and e-commerce, and is especially vital for businesses navigating the topography of the wired marketplace.

From the founders of the trailblazing software company 37signals, here is a different kind of business book one that explores a new reality. Today, anyone can be in business. Tools that used to be out of reach are now easily accessible. Technology that cost thousands is now just a few bucks or even free. Stuff that was impossible just a few years ago is now simple.That means anyone can start a business. And you can do it without working miserable 80-hour weeks or depleting your life savings. You can start it on the side while your day job provides all the cash flow you need. Forget about business plans, meetings, office space - you don't need them. With its straightforward language and easy-is-better approach, Rework is the perfect playbook for anyone who's ever dreamed of doing it on their own. Hardcore entrepreneurs, small-business owners, people stuck in day jobs who want to get out, and artists who don't want to starve anymore will all find valuable inspiration and guidance in these pages. It's time to rework work.


Tesla's main source of inspiration.
Roger Joseph Boscovich, a physicist, astronomer, mathematician, philosopher, diplomat, poet, theologian, Jesuit priest, and polymath, published the first edition of his famous work, Philosophiae Naturalis Theoria Redacta Ad Unicam Legem Virium In Natura Existentium (Theory Of Natural Philosophy Derived To The Single Law Of Forces Which Exist In Nature), in Vienna, in 1758, containing his atomic theory and his theory of forces. A second edition was published in 1763 in Venice

Bill Clinton's Georgetown mentor's history of the Conspiracy since the Boer War in South Africa.
TRAGEDY AND HOPE shows the years 1895-1950 as a period of transition from the world dominated by Europe in the nineteenth century to the world of three blocs in the twentieth century. With clarity, perspective, and cumulative impact, Professor Quigley examines the nature of that transition through two world wars and a worldwide economic depression. As an interpretative historian, he tries to show each event in the full complexity of its historical context. The result is a unique work, notable in several ways. It gives a picture of the world in terms of the influence of different cultures and outlooks upon each other; it shows, more completely than in any similar work, the influence of science and technology on human life; and it explains, with unprecedented clarity, how the intricate financial and commercial patterns of the West prior to 1914 influenced the development of today’s world.

This is the July, 2016 ALTA (Asymmetric Linguistic Trends Analysis) Report. Also known as 'the Web Bot' report, this series is brought to you by halfpasthuman.com. This report covers your future world from July 2016 through to 2031. Forecasts are created using predictive linguistics (from the inventor) and cover your planet, your population, your economy and markets, and your Space Goat Farts where you will find all the 'unknown' and 'officially denied' woo-woo that will be shaping your environment over these next few decades.

Time is considered as an independent entity which cannot be reduced to the concept of matter, space or field. The point of discussion is the "time flow" conception of N A Kozyrev (1908-1983), an outstanding Russian astronomer and natural scientist. In addition to a review of the experimental studies of "the active properties of time", by both Kozyrev and modern scientists, the reader will find different interpretations of Kozyrev's views and some developments of his ideas in the fields of geophysics, astrophysics, general relativity and theoretical mechanics.

How UFO Time Engines work - Clif High

The webpage discusses the workings of UFO time engines according to N.A. Kozyrev's experiments. The LL1 engine is described as a hollow metal sphere with a pool of mercury metal inside. When activated by electrical energy, it creates a uni-polar magnetic field causing the mercury to spin at a high rate and induce "time stuff" to accumulate on its surface. The accrued time stuff is siphoned down magnetically to the radiating antennae on the bottom of the vessel, providing self-sustaining power and allowing for time travel. The environment inside UFOs is likely volatile and not suitable for humans.

The Body Electric tells the fascinating story of our bioelectric selves. Robert O. Becker, a pioneer in the filed of regeneration and its relationship to electrical currents in living things, challenges the established mechanistic understanding of the body. He found clues to the healing process in the long-discarded theory that electricity is vital to life. But as exciting as Becker's discoveries are, pointing to the day when human limbs, spinal cords, and organs may be regenerated after they have been damaged, equally fascinating is the story of Becker's struggle to do such original work. The Body Electric explores new pathways in our understanding of evolution, acupuncture, psychic phenomena, and healing.

Unique, controversial, and frequently cited, this survey offers highly detailed accounts concerning the development of ideas and theories about the nature of electricity and space (aether). Readily accessible to general readers as well as high school students, teachers, and undergraduates, it includes much information unavailable elsewhere. This single-volume edition comprises both The Classical Theories and The Modern Theories, which were originally published separately. The first volume covers the theories of classical physics from the age of the Greek philosophers to the late 19th century. The second volume chronicles discoveries that led to the advances of modern physics, focusing on special relativity, quantum theories, general relativity, matrix mechanics, and wave mechanics. Noted historian of science I. Bernard Cohen, who reviewed these books for Scientific American, observed, "I know of no other history of electricity which is as sound as Whittaker's. All those who have found stimulation from his works will read this informative and accurate history with interest and profit."

The third edition of the defining text for the graduate-level course in Electricity and Magnetism has finally arrived! It has been 37 years since the first edition and 24 since the second. The new edition addresses the changes in emphasis and applications that have occurred in the field, without any significant increase in length.

Objects are a ubiquitous presence and few of us stop and think what they mean in our lives. This is the job of philosophers and this is what Jean Baudrillard does in his book. This is required reading for followers of Baudrillard, and he is perhaps the most assessable to the General Reader. Baudrillard is most associated with Post Modernism, and this early book sets the stage for that journey to the post modern world.
We are all surrounded by objects, but how many times have we thought about what those objects represent. If we took the time to think about the symbolism, we could arrive at easy solutions. We have been so accustomed to advertising the automobile representing freedom is an easy conclusion. But what about furniture? What about chairs? What about the arrangement of furniture? Watches? Collecting objects? Baudrillard literally opens up a new world and creates the universe of objects.
It is not that the critique of a society or objects has not been done before, but Baudrillard’s approach is new. Baudrillard examines objects as signs with a smattering of Post-Marxist thought. In his analysis of objects as signs, he ushers in the Post-Modern age and world for which he would be known. Heady stuff to be sure, but is presented by Baudrillard in a readily accessible manner. He articulates his thesis in a straightforward manner, avoiding the hyper-technical terminology he used in his later writings.

Moving away from the Marxist/Freudian approaches that had concerned him earlier, Baudrillard developed in this book a theory of contemporary culture that relies on displacing economic notions of cultural production with notions of cultural expenditure.

The book begins with Sidis's discovery of the first law of physical laws: "Among the physical laws it is a general characteristic that there is reversibility in time; that is, should the whole universe trace back the various positions that bodies in it have passed through in a given interval of time, but in the reverse order to that in which these positions actually occurred, then the universe, in this imaginary case, would still obey the same laws." Recent discoveries of dark matter are predicted by him in this book, and he goes on to show that the "Big Bang" is wrong. Sidis (SIGH-dis) shows that it is far more likely the universe is eternal

In this book you will encounter rare information regarding your true identity - the conscious self in the body - and how you may break the hypnotic spell your senses and thinking have cast about you since childhood.

Do we see the world as it truly is? In The Case Against Reality, pioneering cognitive scientist Donald Hoffman says no? we see what we need in order to survive. Our visual perceptions are not a window onto reality, Hoffman shows us, but instead are interfaces constructed by natural selection. The objects we see around us are not unlike the file icons on our computer desktops: while shaped like a small folder on our screens, the files themselves are made of a series of ones and zeros - too complex for most of us to understand. In a similar way, Hoffman argues, evolution has shaped our perceptions into simplistic illusions to help us navigate the world around us. Yet now these illusions can be manipulated by advertising and design.
Drawing on thirty years of Hoffman's own influential research, as well as evolutionary biology, game theory, neuroscience, and philosophy, The Case Against Reality makes the mind-bending yet utterly convincing case that the world is nothing like what we see through our eyes.

At the height of the Cold War, JFK risked committing the greatest crime in human history: starting a nuclear war. Horrified by the specter of nuclear annihilation, Kennedy gradually turned away from his long-held Cold Warrior beliefs and toward a policy of lasting peace. But to the military and intelligence agencies in the United States, who were committed to winning the Cold War at any cost, Kennedy’s change of heart was a direct threat to their power and influence. Once these dark “Unspeakable” forces recognized that Kennedy’s interests were in direct opposition to their own, they tagged him as a dangerous traitor, plotted his assassination, and orchestrated the subsequent cover-up.

2020 saw a spike in deaths in America, smaller than you might imagine during a pandemic, some of which could be attributed to COVID and to initial treatment strategies that were not effective. But then, in 2021, the stats people expected went off the rails. The CEO of the OneAmerica insurance company publicly disclosed that during the third and fourth quarters of 2021, death in people of working age (18–64) was 40 percent higher than it was before the pandemic. Significantly, the majority of the deaths were not attributed to COVID. A 40 percent increase in deaths is literally earth-shaking. Even a 10 percent increase in excess deaths would have been a 1-in-200-year event. But this was 40 percent. And therein lies a story—a story that starts with obvious questions: - What has caused this historic spike in deaths among younger people? - What has caused the shift from old people, who are expected to die, to younger people, who are expected to keep living?

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

The Tavistock Institute, in Sussex, England, describes itself as a nonprofit charity that applies social science to contemporary issues and problems. But this book posits that it is the world’s center for mass brainwashing and social engineering activities. It grew from a somewhat crude beginning at Wellington House into a sophisticated organization that was to shape the destiny of the entire planet, and in the process, change the paradigm of modern society. In this eye-opening work, both the Tavistock network and the methods of brainwashing and psychological warfare are uncovered.

A seminal and controversial figure in the history of political thought and public relations, Edward Bernays (1891–1995), pioneered the scientific technique of shaping and manipulating public opinion, which he famously dubbed “engineering of consent.” During World War I, he was an integral part of the U.S. Committee on Public Information (CPI), a powerful propaganda apparatus that was mobilized to package, advertise and sell the war to the American people as one that would “Make the World Safe for Democracy.” The CPI would become the blueprint in which marketing strategies for future wars would be based upon.
Bernays applied the techniques he had learned in the CPI and, incorporating some of the ideas of Walter Lipmann, as well as his uncle, Sigmund Freud, became an outspoken proponent of propaganda as a tool for democratic and corporate manipulation of the population. His 1928 bombshell Propaganda lays out his eerily prescient vision for using propaganda to regiment the collective mind in a variety of areas, including government, politics, art, science and education. To read this book today is to frightfully comprehend what our contemporary institutions of government and business have become in regards to organized manipulation of the masses.

Undressing the Bible: in Hebrew, the Old Testament speaks for itself, explicitly and transparently. It tells of mysterious beings, special and powerful ones, that appeared on Earth.
Aliens?
Former earthlings?
Superior civilizations, that have always been present on our planet?
Creators, manipulators, geneticists. Aviators, warriors, despotic rulers. And scientists, possessing very advanced knowledge, special weapons and science-fiction-like technologies.
Once naked, the Bible is very different from how it has always been told to us: it does not contain any spiritual, omnipotent and omniscient God, no eternity. No apples and no creeping, tempting, serpents. No winged angels. Not even the Red Sea: the people of the Exodus just wade through a simple reed bed.
Writer and journalist Giorgio Cattaneo sits down with Italy's most renowned biblical translator for his first long interview about his life's work for the English audience. A decade long official Bible translator for the Church and lifelong researcher of ancient myths and tales, Mauro Bilglino is a unicum in his field of expertise and research. A fine connoisseur of dead languages, from ancient Greek to Hebrew and medieval Latin, he focused his attention and efforts on the accurate translating of the bible.
The encounter with Mauro Biglino and his work - the journalist writes - is profoundly healthy, stimulating and inevitably destabilizing: it forces us to reconsider the solidity of the awareness that nourishes many of our common beliefs. And it is a testament to the courage that is needed, today more than ever, to claim the full dignity of free research.

Most people have heard of Jesus Christ, considered the Messiah by Christians, and who lived 2000 years ago. But very few have ever heard of Sabbatai Zevi, who declared himself the Messiah in 1666. By proclaiming redemption was available through acts of sin, he amassed a following of over one million passionate believers, about half the world's Jewish population during the 17th century.Although many Rabbis at the time considered him a heretic, his fame extended far and wide. Sabbatai's adherents planned to abolish many ritualistic observances, because, according to the Talmud, holy obligations would no longer apply in the Messianic time. Fasting days became days of feasting and rejoicing. Sabbateans encouraged and practiced sexual promiscuity, adultery, incest and religious orgies.After Sabbati Zevi's death in 1676, his Kabbalist successor, Jacob Frank, expanded upon and continued his occult philosophy. Frankism, a religious movement of the 18th and 19th centuries, centered on his leadership, and his claim to be the reincarnation of the Messiah Sabbatai Zevi. He, like Zevi, would perform "strange acts" that violated traditional religious taboos, such as eating fats forbidden by Jewish dietary laws, ritual sacrifice, and promoting orgies and sexual immorality. He often slept with his followers, as well as his own daughter, while preaching a doctrine that the best way to imitate God was to cross every boundary, transgress every taboo, and mix the sacred with the profane. Hebrew University of Jerusalem Professor Gershom Scholem called Jacob Frank, "one of the most frightening phenomena in the whole of Jewish history".Jacob Frank would eventually enter into an alliance formed by Adam Weishaupt and Meyer Amshel Rothschild called the Order of the Illuminati. The objectives of this organization was to undermine the world's religions and power structures, in an effort to usher in a utopian era of global communism, which they would covertly rule by their hidden hand: the New World Order. Using secret societies, such as the Freemasons, their agenda has played itself out over the centuries, staying true to the script. The Illuminati handle opposition by a near total control of the world's media, academic opinion leaders, politicians and financiers. Still considered nothing more than theory to many, more and more people wake up each day to the possibility that this is not just a theory, but a terrifying Satanic conspiracy.

This is the first English translation of this revolutionary essay by Vladimir I. Vernadsky, the great Russian-Ukrainian biogeochemist. It was first published in 1930 in French in the Revue générale des sciences pures et appliquées. In it, Vernadsky makes a powerful and provocative argument for the need to develop what he calls “a new physics,” something he felt was clearly necessitated by the implications of the groundbreaking work of Louis Pasteur among few others, but also something that was required to free science from the long-lasting effects of the work of Isaac Newton, most notably.
For hundreds of years, science had developed in a direction which became increasingly detached from the breakthroughs made in the study of life and the natural sciences, detached even from human life itself, and committed reductionists and small-minded scientists were resolved to the fact that ultimately all would be reduced to “the old physics.” The scientific revolution of Einstein was a step in the right direction, but here Vernadsky insists that there is more progress to be made. He makes a bold call for a new physics, taking into account, and fundamentally based upon, the striking anomalies of life and human life.

Using an inspired combination of geometric logic and metaphors from familiar human experience, Bucky invites readers to join him on a trip through a four-dimensional Universe, where concepts as diverse as entropy, Einstein's relativity equations, and the meaning of existence become clear, understandable, and immediately involving. In his own words: "Dare to be naive... It is one of our most exciting discoveries that local discovery leads to a complex of further discoveries." Here are three key examples or concepts from "Synergetics":

Tensegrity

Tensegrity, or tensional integrity, refers to structural systems that use a combination of tension and compression components. The simplest example of this is the "tensegrity triangle", where three struts are held in position not by touching one another but by tensioned wires. These systems are stable and flexible. Tensegrity structures are pervasive in natural systems, from the cellular level up to larger biological and even cosmological scales.

Vector Equilibrium (VE)

The Vector Equilibrium, often referred to by Fuller as the "VE", is a geometric form that he saw as the central form in his synergetic geometry. It’s essentially a cuboctahedron. Fuller noted that the VE is the only geometric form wherein all the vectors (lines from the center to the vertices) are of equal length and angular relationship. Because of this, it’s seen as a condition of absolute equilibrium, where the forces of push and pull are balanced.

Closest Packing of Spheres

Fuller was fascinated by how spheres could be packed together in the tightest possible configuration, a concept he often linked to how nature organizes systems. For example, when you stack oranges in a grocery store, they form a hexagonal pattern, and the spheres (oranges) are in closest-packed arrangement. Fuller related this principle to atomic structures and even cosmic organization.

To prepare Americans and freedom loving people everywhere for our current global wartime reality that few understand, here comes The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare (CG5GW) by Lieutenant General, U.S. Army (Retired) Michael T. Flynn and Sergeant, U.S. Army (Retired) Boone Cutler. General Flynn rose to the highest levels of the intelligence community and served as the National Security Advisor to the 45th POTUS. Sergeant Boone Cutler ran the ground game as a wartime Psychological Operations team sergeant in the United States Army. Together, these two combat veterans put their combined experience and expertise into an illuminating fifth-generation warfare information series called The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare. Introduction to 5GW is the first session of the multipart series. The series, complete with easy-to-understand diagrams, is written for all of humanity in every freedom loving country.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Biosphere :

  • Vernadsky defined the biosphere as the thin layer of Earth where life exists, encompassing all living organisms and the parts of the Earth where they interact. This includes the depths of the oceans to the upper layers of the atmosphere.
  • He posited that life plays a critical role in transforming the Earth's environment. In this view, living organisms are not just passive inhabitants of the planet, but active agents of change. This idea contrasts with more traditional views that saw life as simply adapting to pre-existing environmental conditions.
  • One example of this transformative power is the oxygen-rich atmosphere, which was created by photosynthesizing organisms over billions of years.

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Noosphere :

  • The concept of the noosphere can be seen as the next evolutionary stage following the biosphere. While the biosphere represents the realm of life, the noosphere represents the realm of human thought.
  • Vernadsky believed that, just as life transformed the Earth through the biosphere, human thought and collective intelligence would transform the planet in the era of the noosphere. This transformation would be characterized by the dominance of cultural evolution over biological evolution.
  • In this paradigm, human knowledge, technology, and cultural developments would become the primary drivers of change on the planet, influencing its future direction.
  • The term "noosphere" is derived from the Greek word “nous” meaning "mind" or "intellect" and "sphaira" meaning "sphere." So, the noosphere can be thought of as the "sphere of human thought."

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

A close analysis of the architecture of the stupa―a Buddhist symbolic form that is found throughout South, Southeast, and East Asia. The author, who trained as an architect, examines both the physical and metaphysical levels of these buildings, which derive their meaning and significance from Buddhist and Brahmanist influences.

Building on his extensive research into the sacred symbols and creation myths of the Dogon of Africa and those of ancient Egypt, India, and Tibet, Laird Scranton investigates the myths, symbols, and traditions of prehistoric China, providing further evidence that the cosmology of all ancient cultures arose from a single now-lost source.

It is at the same time a history of language, a guide to foreign tongues, and a method for learning them. It shows, through basic vocabularies, family resemblances of languages―Teutonic, Romance, Greek―helpful tricks of translation, key combinations of roots and phonetic patterns. It presents by common-sense methods the most helpful approach to the mastery of many languages; it condenses vocabulary to a minimum of essential words; it simplifies grammar in an entirely new way; and it teaches a languages as it is actually used in everyday life.
But this book is more than a guide to foreign languages; it goes deep into the roots of all knowledge as it explores the history of speech. It lights up the dim pathways of prehistory and unfolds the story of the slow growth of human expression from the most primitive signs and sounds to the elaborate variations of the highest cultures. Without language no knowledge would be possible; here we see how language is at once the source and the reservoir of all we know.

Taking only the most elementary knowledge for granted, Lancelot Hogben leads readers of this famous book through the whole course from simple arithmetic to calculus. His illuminating explanation is addressed to the person who wants to understand the place of mathematics in modern civilization but who has been intimidated by its supposed difficulty. Mathematics is the language of size, shape, and order―a language Hogben shows one can both master and enjoy.

A complete manual for the study and practice of Raja Yoga, the path of concentration and meditation. These timeless teachings is a treasure to be read and referred to again and again by seekers treading the spiritual path. The classic Sutras, at least 4,000 years old, cover the yogic teachings on ethics, meditation, and physical postures, and provide directions for dealing with situations in daily life. The Sutras are presented here in the purest form, with the original Sanskrit and with translation, transliteration, and commentary by Sri Swami Satchidananda, one of the most respected and revered contemporary Yoga masters. Sri Swamiji offers practical advice based on his own experience for mastering the mind and achieving physical, mental and emotional harmony.

William Strauss and Neil Howe will change the way you see the world - and your place in it. With blazing originality, The Fourth Turning illuminates the past, explains the present, and reimagines the future. Most remarkably, it offers an utterly persuasive prophecy about how America’s past will predict its future.

Strauss and Howe base this vision on a provocative theory of American history. The authors look back 500 years and uncover a distinct pattern: Modern history moves in cycles, each one lasting about the length of a long human life, each composed of four eras - or "turnings" - that last about 20 years and that always arrive in the same order. In The Fourth Turning, the authors illustrate these cycles using a brilliant analysis of the post-World War II period.

First comes a High, a period of confident expansion as a new order takes root after the old has been swept away. Next comes an Awakening, a time of spiritual exploration and rebellion against the now-established order. Then comes an Unraveling, an increasingly troubled era in which individualism triumphs over crumbling institutions. Last comes a Crisis - the Fourth Turning - when society passes through a great and perilous gate in history. Together, the four turnings comprise history's seasonal rhythm of growth, maturation, entropy, and rebirth.

4th Turning

Excess Deaths & Why RFK Jr. Can Win The Democratic Presidential Race - Ed Dowd | Part 1 of 2 - 06-21-2023

All original edition. Nothing added, nothing removed. This book traces the history of the ancient Khazar Empire, a major but almost forgotten power in Eastern Europe, which in the Dark Ages became converted to Judaism. Khazaria was finally wiped out by the forces of Genghis Khan, but evidence indicates that the Khazars themselves migrated to Poland and formed the cradle of Western Jewry. To the general reader the Khazars, who flourished from the 7th to 11th century, may seem infinitely remote today. Yet they have a close and unexpected bearing on our world, which emerges as Koestler recounts the fascinating history of the ancient Khazar Empire.

At about the time that Charlemagne was Emperor in the West. The Khazars' sway extended from the Black Sea to the Caspian, from the Caucasus to the Volga, and they were instrumental in stopping the Muslim onslaught against Byzantium, the eastern jaw of the gigantic pincer movement that in the West swept across northern Africa and into Spain.Thereafter the Khazars found themselves in a precarious position between the two major world powers: the Eastern Roman Empire in Byzantium and the triumphant followers of Mohammed.As Koestler points out, the Khazars were the Third World of their day. They chose a surprising method of resisting both the Western pressure to become Christian and the Eastern to adopt Islam. Rejecting both, they converted to Judaism. Mr. Koestler speculates about the ultimate faith of the Khazars and their impact on the racial composition and social heritage of modern Jewry.

Few people noticed the secret codewords used by our astronauts to describe the moon. Until now, few knew about the strange moving lights they reported.
George H. Leonard, former NASA scientist, fought through the official veil of secrecy and studied thousands of NASA photographs, spoke candidly with dozens of NASA officials, and listened to hours and hours of astronauts' tapes.
Here, Leonard presents the stunning and inescapable evidence discovered during his in-depth investigation:

  • Immense mechanical rigs, some over a mile long, working the lunar surface.
  • Strange geometric ground markings and symbols.
  • Lunar constructions several times higher than anything built on Earth.
  • Vehicles, tracks, towers, pipes, conduits, and conveyor belts running in and across moon craters.
Somebody else is indeed on the Moon, and engaged in activities on a massive scale. Our space agencies, and many of the world's top scientists, have known for years that there is intelligent life on the moon.

The article delves into the history of the Khazars, a polity in the Northern Caucasus that existed from the mid-seventh century until about 970 CE. Contrary to popular belief, the term "Khazars" is misleading as it was a multiethnic entity, and it's uncertain which specific group adopted Judaism. The Khazars first emerged in the seventh century, defeating the Bulgars, which led to the Bulgars' dispersion to various regions. The Khazar Empire was established through the expulsion of the Bulgars and was multiethnic in nature. The language spoken by the Khazars is debated, with some suggesting Turkic origins and others pointing to Slavic. The Khazars had several cities and fortresses, with significant archaeological findings. The Khazars had interactions with various empires, including wars with the Arabs and alliances with Byzantine emperors. By the mid-10th century, the Khazar capital of Itil was destroyed by the Russians. The article concludes that much of what is known about the Khazars is based on limited sources.

#Khazars #History #Caucasus #Judaism #Bulgars #Empire #Multiethnic #LanguageDebate #ArabWars #ByzantineAlliances #Itil #RussianInvasion #Archaeology #ReligiousConversion #TabletMag

In The Science of the Dogon, Laird Scranton demonstrated that the cosmological structure described in the myths and drawings of the Dogon runs parallel to modern science--atomic theory, quantum theory, and string theory--their drawings often taking the same form as accurate scientific diagrams that relate to the formation of matter.

Sacred Symbols of the Dogon uses these parallels as the starting point for a new interpretation of the Egyptian hieroglyphic language. By substituting Dogon cosmological drawings for equivalent glyph-shapes in Egyptian words, a new way of reading and interpreting the Egyptian hieroglyphs emerges. Scranton shows how each hieroglyph constitutes an entire concept, and that their meanings are scientific in nature.

The Dogon people of Mali, West Africa, are famous for their unique art and advanced cosmology. The Dogon’s creation story describes how the one true god, Amma, created all the matter of the universe. Interestingly, the myths that depict his creative efforts bear a striking resemblance to the modern scientific definitions of matter, beginning with the atom and continuing all the way to the vibrating threads of string theory. Furthermore, many of the Dogon words, symbols, and rituals used to describe the structure of matter are quite similar to those found in the myths of ancient Egypt and in the daily rituals of Judaism. For example, the modern scientific depiction of the informed universe as a black hole is identical to Amma’s Egg of the Dogon and the Egyptian Benben Stone.

The Science of the Dogon offers a case-by-case comparison of Dogon descriptions and drawings to corresponding scientific definitions and diagrams from authors like Stephen Hawking and Brian Greene, then extends this analysis to the counterparts of these symbols in both the ancient Egyptian and Hebrew religions. What is ultimately revealed is the scientific basis for the language of the Egyptian hieroglyphs, which was deliberately encoded to prevent the knowledge of these concepts from falling into the hands of all but the highest members of the Egyptian priesthood.

Anthony C. Yu’s translation of The Journey to the West,initially published in 1983, introduced English-speaking audiences to the classic Chinese novel in its entirety for the first time. Written in the sixteenth century, The Journey to the West tells the story of the fourteen-year pilgrimage of the monk Xuanzang, one of China’s most famous religious heroes, and his three supernatural disciples, in search of Buddhist scriptures. Throughout his journey, Xuanzang fights demons who wish to eat him, communes with spirits, and traverses a land riddled with a multitude of obstacles, both real and fantastical. An adventure rich with danger and excitement, this seminal work of the Chinese literary canonis by turns allegory, satire, and fantasy.

With over a hundred chapters written in both prose and poetry, The Journey to the West has always been a complicated and difficult text to render in English while preserving the lyricism of its language and the content of its plot. But Yu has successfully taken on the task, and in this new edition he has made his translations even more accurate and accessible. The explanatory notes are updated and augmented, and Yu has added new material to his introduction, based on his original research as well as on the newest literary criticism and scholarship on Chinese religious traditions. He has also modernized the transliterations included in each volume, using the now-standard Hanyu Pinyin romanization system. Perhaps most important, Yu has made changes to the translation itself in order to make it as precise as possible.

One of the great works of Chinese literature, The Journey to the West is not only invaluable to scholars of Eastern religion and literature, but, in Yu’s elegant rendering, also a delight for any reader.

The Oera Linda Book is a 19th-century translation by Dr. Ottema and WIlliam R. Sandbach of an old manuscript written in the Old Frisian language that records historical, mythological, and religious themes of remote antiquity, compiled between 2194 BC and AD 803.

  • The Oera Linda book challenges traditional views of pre-Christian societies.
  • Christianization is likened to a "great reset" that erased previous civilizations.
  • The Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people.
  • The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting patterns in history.
  • The importance of identity and understanding one's roots is highlighted.
  • The Oera Linda book offers wisdom and insights into several European languages.

The Oera Linda book offers a fresh perspective on our history, challenging the notion that pre-Christian societies were uncivilized. It suggests that the Christianization of societies was a form of "great reset," erasing and demonizing what existed before. The Oera Linda writings hint at an advanced civilization with its own laws, writing, and societal structures. Jan Ott's translation from the Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people. The text also touches upon the guilt many feel today, even if they aren't religious, about issues like climate change and historical slavery. It criticizes the way science is sometimes treated like a religion, with scientists acting as its preachers. The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting that understanding history requires recognizing patterns and cycles. Christianity is portrayed as one of the most significant resets in history, with sects fighting and erasing each other's scriptures. The importance of identity is highlighted, with a focus on the Fryans, a tribe that faced challenges from another tribe from Finland. This other tribe had a different moral compass, leading to conflicts and eventual assimilation. The text suggests that the true history of the Fryans and their values might have been distorted by subsequent Christian narratives. The Oera Linda book is seen as a source of wisdom, shedding light on the origins of several European languages and offering insights into values like freedom, truth, and justice.

#OeraLinda #History #Christianization #GreatReset #FryanLanguage #JanOtt #Civilization #OldTestament #Church #SpiritualAbuse #Identity #Fryans #Autland #Finland #Slavery #Christianity #Sects #Genocide #Torture #Bible #Freedom #Truth #Justice #Righteousness #Language #German #Dutch #Frisian #English #Scandinavian #Wisdom #Inspiration #European #Values

The Talmud is one of the most important holy books of the Hebrew religion and of the world. No English translation of the book existed until the author presented this work. To this day, very little of the actual text seems available in English -- although we find many interpretive commentaries on what it is supposed to mean. The Talmud has a reputation for being long and difficult to digest, but Polano has taken what he believes to be the best material and put it into extremely readable form. As far as holy books of the world are concerned, it is on par with The Koran, The Bhagavad-Gita and, of course, The Bible, in importance. This clearly written edition will allow many to experience The Talmud who may have otherwise not had the chance.

This five-volume set is the only complete English rendering of The Zohar, the fundamental rabbinic work on Jewish mysticism that has fascinated readers for more than seven centuries. In addition to being the primary reference text for kabbalistic studies, this magnificent work is arranged in the form of a commentary on the Bible, bringing to the surface the deeper meanings behind the commandments and biblical narrative. As The Zohar itself proclaims: Woe unto those who see in the Law nothing but simple narratives and ordinary words .... Every word of the Law contains an elevated sense and a sublime mystery .... The narratives of the Law are but the raiment Thin which it is swathed.

Twenty-one years ago, at a friend's request, a Massachusetts professor sketched out a blueprint for nonviolent resistance to repressive regimes. It would go on to be translated, photocopied, and handed from one activist to another, traveling from country to country across the globe: from Iran to Venezuela―where both countries consider Gene Sharp to be an enemy of the state―to Serbia; Afghanistan; Vietnam; the former Soviet Union; China; Nepal; and, more recently and notably, Tunisia, Egypt, Yemen, Libya, and Syria, where it has served as a guiding light of the Arab Spring.

This short, pithy, inspiring, and extraordinarily clear guide to overthrowing a dictatorship by nonviolent means lists 198 specific methods to consider, depending on the circumstances: sit-ins, popular nonobedience, selective strikes, withdrawal of bank deposits, revenue refusal, walkouts, silence, and hunger strikes. From Dictatorship to Democracy is the remarkable work that has made the little-known Sharp into the world's most effective and sought-after analyst of resistance to authoritarian regimes.

Bill Cooper, former United States Naval Intelligence Briefing Team member, reveals information that remains hidden from the public eye. This information has been kept in topsecret government files since the 1940s. His audiences hear the truth unfold as he writes about the assassination of John F. Kennedy, the war on drugs, the secret government, and UFOs. Bill is a lucid, rational, and powerful speaker whose intent is to inform and to empower his audience. Standing room only is normal. His presentation and information transcend partisan affiliations as he clearly addresses issues in a way that has a striking impact on listeners of all backgrounds and interests. He has spoken to many groups throughout the United States and has appeared regularly on many radio talk shows and on television. In 1988 Bill decided to "talk" due to events then taking place worldwide, events that he had seen plans for back in the early 1970s. Bill correctly predicted the lowering of the Iron Curtain, the fall of the Berlin Wall, and the invasion of Panama. All Bill's predictions were on record well before the events occurred. Bill is not a psychic. His information comes from top secret documents that he read while with the Intelligence Briefing Team and from over seventeen years of research.

The argument that the 16th Amendment (which concerns the federal income tax) was not properly ratified and thus is invalid has been a topic of debate among some tax protesters and scholars. One of the individuals associated with this theory is Bill Benson, who asserted that the 16th Amendment was fraudulently ratified. Here's a brief overview of the argument: 1. Research and Documentation: Bill Benson, along with another individual named M.J. "Red" Beckman, wrote a two-volume work called "The Law That Never Was" in the 1980s. This work was a product of Benson's extensive travels to various state archives to examine the original ratification documents related to the 16th Amendment. 2. Claims of Irregularities: In his work, Benson presented evidence that claimed many of the states either did not ratify the 16th Amendment properly or made mistakes in their resolutions. Some of these alleged irregularities included misspellings, incorrect wording, and other deviations from the proposed amendment. 3. Philander Knox's Role: In 1913, Philander Knox, who was the U.S. Secretary of State at the time, declared that the 16th Amendment had been ratified by the necessary three-fourths of the states. Benson's contention is that Knox was aware of the various discrepancies and irregularities in the ratification process but chose to fraudulently declare the amendment ratified anyway. 4. Legal Challenges and Court Rulings: Over the years, some tax protesters have used Benson's findings to challenge the legality of the income tax. However, these challenges have been consistently rejected by the courts. In fact, several courts have addressed Benson's research and arguments directly and found them to be without legal merit. The courts have repeatedly upheld the validity of the 16th Amendment. 5. Counterarguments: Critics of Benson's theory argue that even if there were minor discrepancies in the wording or format of the ratification documents, they do not invalidate the overarching intent of the states to ratify the amendment. Additionally, they assert that there's no substantive evidence that Knox acted fraudulently. It's worth noting that despite the popularity of this theory among certain groups, the legal consensus in the U.S. is that the 16th Amendment was validly ratified and is a legitimate part of the U.S. Constitution. Those who refuse to pay income taxes based on this theory have faced legal penalties.

The article delves into the evolution of the concept of the ether in physics. Historically, the ether was postulated to explain the propagation of light, with figures like Newton and Huygens suggesting its existence. By the late 19th century, Maxwell's electromagnetic theory linked light's propagation to the ether, a theory experimentally validated by Hertz in 1888. Lorentz expanded on this, focusing on wave transmission in moving media. The article contrasts the English approach, which sought tangible models, with the phenomenological view, which aimed for a descriptive approach without specific hypotheses. The piece also touches on various mechanical theories and models proposed over the years, emphasizing the challenges in defining the ether's properties and its evolving nature in scientific discourse.

As an Amazon Associate I earn from qualifying purchases.


Clif High and Dr Reiner Fuellmich – 09-20-2023

Clif High and Dr Reiner Fuellmich - 09-20-2023

Clif High and Dr Reiner Fuellmich - 09-20-2023

Episode Summary:

Cliff High, a multifaceted individual, shares his journey from a military background to technology and software development. Born to a high-ranking US military officer, Cliff's early life was filled with unique experiences, including interactions with the CIA. He ventured into technology during the era of the gold standard's removal from the US dollar and the rise of the petrodollar. Cliff's technological endeavors spanned from satellite uplinking to software engineering. He developed a software that predicted future events by analyzing internet language patterns. This software foresaw the 9/11 attacks, drawing attention from intelligence agencies. Cliff's worldview is shaped by his experiences with psychedelics, which he used as a form of medicine. He believes in a consciousness-driven universe, challenging the mainstream academic perspective.

#CliffHigh #Military #Technology #Software #Predictions #9/11 #Psychedelics #Consciousness #Universe #Academia #LanguagePatterns #IntelligenceAgencies #Worldview #GoldStandard #Petrodollar #Satellite #Engineering #FutureEvents #Mainstream #Challenges #Experiences #Medicine #Journey #Insights #Beliefs #Reality #Materium #Novelty #Ontological #MentalHealth #Brother #Death #Life #Existence #Understanding

Key Takeaways:
  • Cliff High's diverse background spans from military experiences to technology.
  • He developed a unique software that predicted significant events by analyzing internet language patterns.
  • Cliff's software foresaw the 9/11 attacks, drawing attention from intelligence agencies.
  • His worldview is significantly influenced by his experiences with psychedelics.
  • Cliff believes in a consciousness-driven universe, challenging the mainstream academic perspective.
Chat with this Episode via ChatGPT

Clif High and Dr Reiner Fuellmich - 09-20-2023

Hello, friends. Today we're going to have the unusual opportunity to be able to talk to Cliff High. I've seen Cliff's interviews with people like and his presentations, really, but with people like my friend Dr. Lee Merritt, and he can talk about almost anything. And I find it always fascinating what he has to tell.

A few of the things which we may touch upon depending on whether we feel like it or not are the Chinese Cultural Revolution because I just watched that interview, which included Lee Merritt, Dr. Lee Merritt, aliens. And, of course is this really a very crucial point in time right now? September, October, and maybe the coming months? I think it is.

And let's see what Cliff has to say. Cliff, what is your background? Because there's hardly anything you can find on the Internet on you not even framing some of that's deliberate. But my background is I was a military brat, so I was in the US. Military as unwilling participant until I was 17 years old.

My father was in a very high echelon in the US. Military, so I got to visit some unusual places under unusual circumstances. He did three tours in Vietnam. Through that, I have some association with CIA and some of their nefarious stuff. And then I was not suited for a collegiate career, so I abandoned that and got married at a young age and went to work.

And I started doing things as I could and eventually moved into technology because when I came of age, it was the removal of the gold standard from the US. Dollar, the creation of the petrodollar, that wave of inflation, and also the degradation that accompanied that offshoring, all of the production and all this kind of stuff. So there was less jobs, so on and so on. But then ultimately the emergence of tech, and I started getting into that at various different levels. I used to do satellite uplink, run a satellite uplink station for At T back in the day.

So I've done all kinds of things relative to technology at many, many different levels, including a lot of programming and software engineering and software debugging and hardware debugging for various different corporations, invention groups, governments. I've taught places like La Luna in Mexico City, largest university around, taught tech there, SQL Server, that sort of thing, networking. And I've got a bunch of patents in various different kinds of software, invented some. Mostly I think the patent office is corrupt, and I don't bother myself with that anymore. And it's like I've done a lot guy.

I mean, I used to work in the woods. I've worked for state government, a subcontractor. I got bored easily, so I could never be an employee. And also I would usually get irritated with stupidity, and someone would fire me. So of all of the many jobs I've had, I've been fired more times than I've actually quit.

But most of the time you must have been self employed then. Yes, correct. Mostly, I'm self employed. Yes. Like I say, I've got patents and I got into bitcoin.

So I saw bitcoin, all right? So I invented this process way back in the day with computers that I thought was very interesting. And then I discovered something I was trying to back in the day in the came up with this idea that humans leaked out present information from the future. Now, I do not in any way ascribe to the idea that there's a timeline ahead of us that's fixed that in any way, shape or form, or different timelines. That is a bogus view of the future.

The future exists right out in front of us. It's just this huge maelstrom of just stuff spewing. Out of that potentiality we get probability, and out of probability we get actuality. Okay? So it is indeterminate until the point of actuality.

However, my software, my idea was to figure out what people were talking about relative to commercial products by scraping the internet really quickly and running it through a big analysis, and therefore see what people's interests were in companies and get there ahead of them and buy that stock ahead of them buying it, right? So it was just a money making scheme very first time I ran it, which was in. So I got the idea in 1993 going to La uni. It'd been in the back of my mind since the early eighty s, and it just because I'd been working with artificial intelligence and early object oriented programming, all these various different languages and stuff. Anyway, I get on the airplane to go to La UNAM to teach this course.

It's in the middle of the night, I'm flying 747 from Seattle down, and the plane gets hit by lightning. Now, here was something that I got hit twice, and I'm thinking about things as I'm usually doing. I'm sitting there and before we get struck by lightning the first time, all the hair on my body stands up and I became very energized and aware of it. And then the lightning strike. So of course we understand lightning doesn't come down and strike, right?

A static charge builds up and then the lightning jumps off of things. Grasp that. So I was in there and my body caught the static charge of that lightning strike going off. And then I noticed the conversations around me, people, for that next couple of minutes, they were speaking in an odd sort of a way. They were leaking a prescient view of that lightning strike, the next one, and it indeed happened like three minutes later.

And so the idea sort of struck me that people it was confirmed rather at that point, because I'd had the idea for some period of time that we are psychic beings and that as such, we leak out our prescient impressions in our choice of language unknown to ourselves. In the main, right, we're not aware we're doing this. We're not aware that we've got nine choices of a noun for this particular kind of an object, and which one we choose is an emotional reaction on our part. But we're not sure what's driving that emotion. And frequently it's something in the future that's going to manifest.

And that's why we choose that word over some other word to describe the exact same thing. Makes sense. It does make sense. Okay, so I was going to patent this, and I ran into some big difficulties, so I said, screw it, and I just started doing it. And so from 93 until 97, I wrote the software that was necessary to do this.

Bear in mind we're talking old 256 machines, right? Finally got myself a server in 97, and I did a run, and that is I scraped as much as the internet as I possibly could, bearing in mind that only about 3% of the internet at any given time is actually indexed in google. There's vast quantities of stuff you just don't see. In any event, though, so I scrape all this and I started getting information. It took me a couple of years to work it out, but I got a view coming up of the attack on 911, and it was difficult because I didn't have all the language defined, so I was working ABC.

It was methodical, right? Just defining all the language going forward, applying all these metrics to all the words so that I could catch them and analyze them. I just hadn't gotten to terrorism, right? So I was still down into military, but I had accident and military, and so accident and military were combined by my software, which was using, admittedly, an artificial intelligence kind of an approach for a large language model analyses way back in the day that you could have done on those servers. The limitation was the hardware.

In any event, though, not to be drilling into it too much, I got a prescient view of the 911 attack and I got it and I posted it, I think it was like June twelveTH of that year. So a number of months before it actually popped up. And it was just a little 45 or 50 word blurb. And then of course, we get the 911 attack, and it's like, uhoh, I'm sitting on something here, right? And from then on, things started changing, and I just started getting more and more into that, and less and less doing consulting and doing these other things.

Extremely interesting. It sounds a little bit like, but not confined to economics, a little bit of the computer program that martin armstrong. Armstrong, yep. Yep. What's, he not goliath socrates.

He called his socrates, right? I called mine a pain in the ass, because it was not a single program, right? I had chunks of code in lisp, I had chunks of code in prologue. I was running lots of it in perl, a lot of it in C code because it was sort of being invented as I was going along. I didn't organize it when I first set out because, well, I organized it to be a money making scheme.

And then the first time I ran it, it blew that right out of the water, and I said, oh, well, screw that. I don't have to worry about that. This is really fascinating. And what was it you're saying? It was just a little blurb.

You wrote what was it? How precise? I wrote a little thing saying that within 85 days, and I thought it would happen closer to June than to the end. The reason that that happened was because I had the sign, the positive or negative sign on my values reversed. I'm dyslexic.

So I just had them swapped because the data said it should go towards this particular value. But I had that value being closer to June twelveTH than 911, right? So if I'd had it reversed, it would have pegged it for 911. But it was about 35 words that said there was going to be a military accident that was going to alter the world. It would involve attacks on the US.

In at least two spots, and that these attacks would be from the air, would involve loss of life, and would precipitate law, which was the Patriot Act, of course, which they'd already had 29,000 pages or whatever the hell it is, cranked out waiting for this episode. Right? And so from that point on, things started getting really weird for me. It brought in the attention of the CIA and the FBI and this kind of thing, so it got really goofy. Well, so here's a couple of similarities.

I don't want to sound arrogant, but I enlisted with the German Army. I enlisted for twelve years. After a year, I realized I can't work with these idiots because my father kind of persuaded me it's a safe job, and you can go to law school, which wasn't true. They don't teach law there, but you can go to school, and they're going to pay for it. So it's the safety thing that prompted me to do it.

But after about a year, I realized, no way. Most of these people are complete idiots. Some of them are leftovers this is in the late 1970s. Some of them are leftovers from the Third Reich. Later I worked at the university and several universities, and then I became a banker for Deutsche Bank in Tokyo.

A banker, not a lawyer. And again I realized I can't work for idiots. So without trying to be arrogant, it makes no sense to work for other people, I don't think. At least for some of us it doesn't. But from what you're telling us, you would be the perfect example of what they used to call the polymath, because you go way beyond the Internet, and it business.

You must have had an almost insatiable appetite to take a closer look at all the things that didn't really make sense to you. That's true. Okay, so also I was in Germany in the 60s. My father's position put me into a diplomatic cadre. So I went to school with British diplomat kids, Italian diplomat kids.

So in terms of a polymath, I was also polilingual, learning Russian, this kind of thing, as well as German, Italian, French at all. So that's quite true. There's another component there and that is that my younger brother was a full on schizophrenic, totally non functional, right? And so I am a schizotypical in that regard. But this is atypical because usually it's the elder brother that becomes the schizophrenic, not the younger.

Right? Usually it's the younger that survives as the schizotypical. Again, not usually the case. So we were atypical in that regard.

It is quite factual. It's factual to say that I believe that I suffered schizophrenia to a great degree even greater than what killed my brother. Okay? The difference is that at a very young age I was sort of warned by a shaman in the Tinglet area in Alaska when we were up there when I was like five or six years old. And so I sort of paid attention to him when I then became very dysfunctional in my teens.

And so I sought the remedy he suggested, which was death will cure me. So I sought through psychedelics to kill myself. And so it was to kill myself or cure myself. Well, I actually did end up dying from a bad drugs that I purchased once. So that kind of worked, right?

And so so I died at age 16 and in that death experience I realized what was going on. And then when I came back from that death experience, I was thrown back quite abruptly. It was very harsh. And so I came back and I thought about things very deeply for a long time while continuing psychedelic medicine, not adventuring, not recreation, but medicine for me because I could take psychedelics and not the synthetics, it doesn't work with like LSD or ecstasy or any of those, right? For me it was mescaline and psilocybin and it truly was a medicine.

But it's an interesting medicine because you take the medicine, then you might have an integration process that goes for two or three or four months from having had that episode. Now I was taking shamanic levels, okay? So I experienced voyaging to places like Joe Rogan would tell you that he went to On DMT, but because I was doing it with mescaline, which is my favorite. And you'll note that that is one of the drugs that no one allows to have anywhere around on this planet, right? They don't even want you messing with that for medical reasons.

They'll let you have heroin, fentanyl, any damn thing you want that'll kill you, but they don't want you to have mescaline. But anyway and after that, it was psilocybin, but I would go for twelve and 15 hours journeys where Joe Rogan would go there for ten minutes. And so that shaped my worldview from that point on, from, say, age 16, because at that point, I died. It was actually the second time I had died, okay? So I died once when I was, like nine and a half from drowning.

And again, something the shaman had told me from the tribal experience in Alaska. He said that the fourth time would be the one. So I've died three times, so I can't afford to screw around anymore. Anyway, so I died from drowning. Then I died from the bad drugs, and then many years later, I died from the colon cancer.

But in all three experiences, the death experience was the same. So I knew that I was onto something. And the first time it happened with the kid, and when I was that young, it didn't really gel in my mind what was going on. Right. The second time, though, after the drugs, it was like, okay, what I've been told and everything I can find to read about reality is wrong, that things are not as I am experiencing them, and I'm already messed up enough in my mind.

I'm going to go with me. I'm going to just say, no, it's not me. And until I prove otherwise, it's all you guys. All you guys are wrong. So let's see what's going on here.

And so I started getting into the woo of it all, the esoteric, the very fringe stuff, right? And so I have a worldview that is unlike probably most people, and certainly is unlike all people that have come out of academia at any level, because academia is formed by the Khazarian mafia, all right? Academia supports the plagiarist Einstein, and that worldview, okay? That worldview says that if you take enough grit and you mash that grit together enough, and you get a big pile of that grit together, at some point that grit will become conscious, and thus consciousness arises. Okay?

That is false, all right? That is not the way that reality works. I've been dead three times, and each time I understand, you get a bigger view of reality. So when I die, I understand that grit does not exist. So my reality is this, that the only thing that exists is consciousness with the big C, okay?

And one day, consciousness decided that it was bored, it knew everything and was everything. And so suddenly something happened to consciousness, and an idea struck it. This idea was ontological in and of itself in the sense that the idea was novelty. The idea of novelty was novel to consciousness. Consciousness got sort of a kick out of it.

And so consciousness wanted to pursue novelty, and that's why we all exist, okay? Because what consciousness did was to shove aside some of itself and create the material. And that's where we are where our asses are matter and can sit on something, right? And then it took little bits of itself and enclosed them in matter and shoved them down into this experimental place that we all exist, that I call the materium, because everything in here is matter based. Yeah.

Okay. So we exist as consciousness. No amount of accumulation or squeezing of grit will ever induce it to become conscious. Therefore, that paradigm is 100% wrong, and it leads to wrong think in any number of directions that you may and perhaps all directions that you may care to pursue. Right?

And so since that dawned on me back then, I've been diligently pursuing correct think as opposed to the wrong think that is based on the idea that grit uberales right? And it's not. This must have struck a nerve with many people. It struck a nerve with me. And by the way, I just have to tell you this when you told the story about your brother my brother is manic depressive.

He's five years younger than I am, and he's been treated with all kinds of drugs. Took himself off the drugs. He's still alive, but he was never really functioning. Like I said, he's five years younger. Weird.

Very weird that I survived this. But I was lucky. Or in a way, I was lucky. I was the center of attention because I was the first child, both from my mother's side of the family, my father's side of the family.

And I always blamed myself that maybe I got too much attention and my brother didn't, and there's a sister in between, but I don't know. I don't know how to figure it out. I just felt that I have to tell you this now that you told us the story about your brother. So he passed away? Yeah, he died many years back.

The schizophrenia has a terrible toll, right? Terrible, terrible toll on all aspects of him. Because, of course, he tried, as I did, to self correct, but he could not take the route I did. For whatever reason, I was determined to kill myself. So I was very strong in my resolve.

Right? It wasn't that I was seeking a cure, because it was like, well, maybe there's one out there. I mean, the shaman had said that if I did this sort of thing, I would survive until the fourth time death came for me. And so I thought, okay, well, what the hell, and I'm certainly not making any progress as it was at that time. Mescaline and Psilocybin were very good teachers.

I think they're very powerful. They're not for everyone. And the way they worked for me was the shamanic level of doses, right, where you actually have to have someone watching you while you're on the trip because you're gone. Now, that was interesting for me, too, because it informed my reality in terms of the flat earth, the reptilians from David Icke, et cetera. Et cetera, right?

So I don't know if it was because of a schizophrenic mind or because of some other quirk of my physiology, but I could go to this place I called Hyperspace and be there for some period of time where others were zipping in and out. And even when they were there, some people would come and trip with me. Right? We'd take masculine and groups and so on, and you would actually have sort of a telepathic link up, but you'd end up going to hyperspace together, and they were never able to stay there for much more than a few seconds. And I could be there for hours or what at least seemed like hours, right?

And for people around me, it would seem like hours as well. And so in that experience of dealing with hyperspace, the very first time I went there, I encountered pure evil, okay? And it was evil that wasn't arrogant, it was evil that was indifferent. And there is no evil more evil than evil that is indifferent, because I encountered something that well, I didn't know what to expect. In any case, I wasn't really looking for anything, but I popped into an area, and it was only later and subsequent trips that I realized that this area was unusual, that this area was under control, because I popped into somebody's hyperspace lab, okay?

They had taken hyperspace that if you go to Joe Rogan, he'll tell you that every molecule in hyperspace is active and talking to you continuously while you're there doing stuff. It's energetic, it's intelligent and so on. So it is the most busy place you can imagine.

How did you know it was evil? Oh, because of the feeling. Well, I'll tell you what happened was I popped into an area that was not like that. So my first experience of hyperspace was it was relatively calm and it was empty, except for this very it was an empty lab. I recognized it as a lab, okay?

Even though there's no walls, there's no ceiling or anything like that. But there was this one being that was there that looked very much like a smoothed out form of an insect sort of manted, like having multiple rear legs that allowed it to stick up, and having four sets of arms to manipulate, right? And this was its physical presentation in hyperspace. At that time, I didn't realize I was merely a sphere. I had yet to learn to grow my body in hyperspace, right?

So I was just simply consciousness. And every consciousness that pops into hyperspace initially is simply spherical, because that's the most efficient form to take. Anyway, this being was doing things, and it was irritated at me, and it made a movement with one of its arms and literally blew me out of there like a fly knocking a fly out of the room. And I was suddenly out into real hyperspace with all of the chaos and all the beings and all of this sort of thing. And I sort of turned around and looked and I could see the barrier that this bug had erected.

And then I popped back to my body here and then in the process there somewhere I got an attitude and I thought, Damn bug. And so I went back and deliberately popped into his place again, and it shocked him. And then we had contention as it tried to get rid of me, and I resisted. And so that's when I discovered I had power in hyperspace, that my mind had the ability to influence events that might occur beyond simply my body. I still had yet to realize I didn't have a body.

I was simply a sphere. So the bug was just batting at me as a sphere that whole time anyway. So at some point, it gave up and just let me be there. And at some point beyond that, I got bored and went on out and explored the rest of hyperspace. And then I met some really cool beings that were also at war with the bug.

And as to the evil part of it, it told me it was evil by the way it stood there vibrating. And it was totally indifferent. So it wasn't like it hated me or anything like that. I was as insignificant to it as a mosquito is to me. But it had evil intent to everything.

That was not it. I learned a great deal about the bugs. So I learned that the bugs are most effective and most energetic and evil when they're young, okay? Because they just come out of chrysalis and they have all their mind and everything right there. As they age, they lose a lot of their abilities as we do.

They cannot learn over time. The guy was they are desperate to do so, but their species does not do that because learning is done in pupi, not as an existent being. That amount of learning they have is just so small and they resent it from the rest of us. And so that's one of the reasons that I thought of it as evil, is because it does not like beings that can learn in real time. So the indifference that you encounter is that sort of like when you watch some of these movies where there's a crime scene and the perpetrator, the evil killer just walks off the scene and doesn't even look at the victims.

But just in case he didn't kill them all, he fires off another round of bullets and then just walks off without even looking at the victims. Is that the kind of indifference? Worse than that. Much worse than that. Okay, so at least in those sorts of scenes, that guy would acknowledge that there were victims.

Yeah. Okay. In this case, no. The bug thinks it's over everything. The bug actually creates reptilians as a tool.

So the bug uses what we might think of as organic life forms, as robots in the way that we use mechanistic forms. It prefers to do as little work as possible. But there's also the issue of the way in which the bug is organized and its social order is organized. The ruling bugs are born, and then they age up a certain point doing things and then the very next generation comes in and is their boss. Right.

There's an experience gap. But this new group has a lot of the experience that they've had that's been inculcated into them in the growing process of becoming a bug. So it's just this weird interpersonal relationship because at some point I came back. So I did maybe five, six years of mescaline. And at some point I came back and the lab had a new boss.

And the old bug that I had met was still there. But there was this young, very nasty bug that was there that tried the same I'm going to kick you out. But I realized that you can throw in hyperspace. You can throw up a mind barrier and they can't make you do anything. They can't physically affect you.

It irritated them, and they collapsed the lab at that one point and just took it away. And so I don't know if they relocated it or what. And I never sought it after. Okay. Before, I would like to ask you about the Khazarian Mafia, which you just mentioned.

But Dogma wants to ask a question. Go ahead. Hi, Cliff.

I was initiated in 76 by Enlightened Master who tried to convey to us to me that only consciousness is real. And on this inside, I'm still working. It's difficult with all this grit around yes. To really understand it. But I really don't understand what you mean by bark and by hyperspace.

What do you mean? And another question is another question. Do you know came across the name of Pimfan Loma?

He was a heart surgeon from Holland, born 43. And he started when this whole near death experiences surfaced in the he became interested and asked his patients who had these death experiences and came back. He asked them whether they had these kind of experiences. And he got really into this whole topic as a normal medical doctor. It was quite exceptional.

And because he says it would blow the whole medicine understanding if one allows that. And he noticed that about 30% of his patients who had this complete knockout they reported kind of near death experiences with light and all this stuff.

And then he started giving worldwide lectures about and he also says that he thinks also he says, I'm not spiritual, but it looks that the consciousness is not in us, but we are in the consciousness. Let him answer the first question first. What about the bugs? All right, so we'll do that. Let's not forget the other, though.

Okay, so the bugs look like bugs, all right? And they. Have a lifestyle that is like bugs and their structure, their societies are organized like bugs. So they are bug like in that regard. They are projecting bodies in hyperspace that are chitinous, that have bug like joints.

Now, this can be an illusion, okay, in hyperspace. All right? So let me back up our material. I'm going to draw this as though this was a factual understanding of this, okay? So this is just to give you the idea, but our materium is cut out of consciousness and created.

And we could say that our materium has this like a border or a wall all the way around it. And we would think of this as our physical universe, okay? So in my opinion, our physical universe is bounded and this forms the material by a barrier that is created by consciousness. That barrier is hyperspace, okay? So that barrier is another form of consciousness.

It is closer to ultimate big consciousness out here on the other side of materium. And it is not as though our consciousness here enclosed in matter. When you go towards to leave the material, it'd be like you would go into a spongy wall and so you would leave. And all this area in here is hyperspace. This is weird because it has no dimensions, right?

It's not a particular length or width or has no location or anything like that. It has nothing that would define it within the material itself because it is the boundary walls of the material. When we go there, it's just another form of consciousness, a thicker, denser form of consciousness. In that denser form of consciousness, our consciousness is quite happy, right, because it's the same stuff. Consciousness is consciousness, so it can move freely.

Our consciousness retains its discrete orientation when in hyperspace and is in within its own self control. I don't know that either of those conditions exist on the other side of this wall, okay? Because that's the other side is where we would consider death. All right? Now, when I died, I went to hyperspace.

Not the same way that you do when you take psychedelics though, right? So in my death experience, all right, let's not go there yet, okay? So hyperspace allows for anybody's consciousness, for however you want to get there, to get to that spot. So I knew when I was there that there were other beings that were taking psychedelic drugs or the functional equivalent on their planets. These were beings from other planets, other places that were also there in consciousness.

With me, there are creatures or mechanisms that only exist in hyperspace. These are the little elves that Terrence McKenna encounters, the little mechanistic, little kind of activity kind of things, right? And I've had those. So I went to hyperspace. Before my brother died, I used a particular kind of a technique.

It was a shamanic technique, but not shamanic levels. It was what we might think of as like micro dosing. Okay? But you use a special technique for ingesting it as well as for the preparatory in terms of, like, meditation. Okay?

And I wanted to know what my brother was going to be facing when he died. And so I went to hyperspace. Then I went to the edge of the hyperspace, intent on going out here as I'm going into that wall in hyperspace to look through, to see what my brother is going to be facing. I encountered these little machine elves, a whole little rack of them. You never see one.

They're just always in groups. And they were on this rickety old shelf that was just sitting out there in nowhere. One of them hops down and walks on over to me and says, don't go there, don't go there, don't go there. And so in hyperspace, I shocked myself because my true personality comes out. And so I was very arrogant and I said, you can't tell me anything, little man.

And I did the gesture and blew him back up onto his shelf with my mind. Boom, he goes back up on his shelf. And then I went out there. Now that little bastard was right. I should not have done this, but I learned what I needed to do right when I needed to, but it wasn't a pleasant experience and it'll marmy the rest of my days.

So hyperspace is not physical. It doesn't have a physical location, but it does, in my opinion, have a reality and a location, even if that location can't be defined in terms of up, down, right or left kind of things, right, in terms of those kinds of coordinates. The bug is extra hyperspace. So the bug is not one of those beings that exists there, but it has a tendency to think that it owns the place because it is so powerful, it can do stuff there. And the bug as a race is perhaps the oldest thing around.

Okay? The other beings I encountered in hyperspace that were willing to and able to speak with me, a lot of them are like, not able to speak, they would want to, but they're all zapped out on psychedelics in their own realm and not able to communicate. There's only very few beings you can encounter that can sit you down and instruct you on what's going on. And I met some of these fortunately or guided by divine wisdom or whatever the hell, and they taught me how to deal with things. In hyperspace, one of the first things they teach you is to how to express a body.

And so it's very much like a cartoon. You just sort of like blow out a body that would look like human. Most of us in hyperspace that have that ability and do that are bilaterally symmetrical hominids. So that appears to be a template here in the material. And so we'll probably encounter hominids all over the universe, our material universe here there are many that were not and many that chose not to show themselves for whatever reason, that were far more paranoid than I.

And I could go on for hours about those journeys. But I don't know that much of it is really pertinent to most people because they won't go there and they should not. Okay, let's take two steps back into the three dimensional world that most of us understand better than hyperspace. You mentioned the Kazarians. This is an important question or topic, rather, because most of us this is true for me, at least over the last three years.

I was not really aware of what was really going on before this pandemic. This is what brought things into perspective and prompted me to ask questions and dig deeper and deeper. But most of us are now trying to figure out who is it? Who is responsible? Is it the bilderbergers?

Is it the freemasons? Who is it? Can we only see the puppets? What about the Khazarian mafia, then? Okay, so you're correct.

We can only see the puppets. So if you see them, they're not in charge, right? So Bill Gates isn't in charge. Klaus Schwab, none of these guys. Okay, so here's my understanding of it.

This relates to the space alien invasion, all right? So thousands of years ago, space aliens came to Earth. They declared themselves to be our gods. They did this in India, they did this in Greece, they did this in Japan, they did this in the Middle East, everywhere, mesoamerica. And they were very brutal.

And they demanded that we kill a lot of our own people so that they could get high sniffing the burned adrenal gland complex, okay? Because they get high on oxidized adrenaline, massively. So. And these guys are warped mentally, all right? So they did experiments.

Their experiments are on genetic experiments. Their experiments on the base level of population that they discovered here are on the same order as our experiments. We cannot insert a gene there's no such thing as gene editing where we're inserting a gene into a chromosome, nor are we inserting chromosomes into any other being. We do not have that capability. The Kazarian mafia lies about that continuously.

They want the general public to think that we can do those things, and we cannot. We have this device called CRISPR. And it's called CRISPR because it burns out genes and chromosomes, not because it puts any in. So our only ability to alter things is by extracting, by destroying DNA at some level. So that needs to be borne in mind, okay?

Because that's what happened to us. So all primates have 24 chromosomes, 24 pairs of chromosomes, except humans. We have 23. The nub that we have a nub. So if you get in here and you look at our chromosomic descriptor, it'll show that between you have this one branch, that's number one.

Then you have number two. And then on all other primates, it goes on to number three. What we have is that we have this we have this kind of a situation where there's a burn mark right there, and our number three is now our number two. And so we only have 23 pairs of chromosomes, so we're genetically modified, okay? So there's no other beings on this planet that have positive genetic modifications in the sense of insertion of genes.

That may have happened in the far, far distant past, but everybody that's come here and mucked about since has done so by extracting stuff, not by putting it in. Okay? So now the space aliens come down and they're intent on modifying us for their own purposes, whatever those may be. And so they set about modifying various different populations. Not all populations of humans could be modified as well as others.

And so some populations were favored, okay? And so in our map of our reality here, the space aliens had huge bases in Mesoamerica. They were kind of centered, equatorially, right? But there was a big area up in here because they had taken over India and spread out into China and up into the various regions of central Eurasia. In that area, they took over a population that later on became the Khazarians, okay?

The centralized area here between northern India and between Europe was the Khazarian Empire. That group was taken over by the same group of space aliens that later on went down and took over the people of South Yemen and they marched them up the Red Sea to take residence in Judea. And these were the people of the Bible, okay? These were Moses and Adam and Eve and all of that. These were all GMO people, right?

They took over these twelve tribes down here after they abandoned the Kazarians. There was some little bit of success with the Kazarians, and then something happened. Now I'm putting the space aliens abandoning the Khazarians to a war that was going on between the space aliens groups. Various different groups of the space aliens. Whoever had taken over the Khazarians were defeated by the space aliens that had taken over India.

The larger mass of them. And this group that had been dealing with the Khazarians abandoned the Khazarians. That's a key element here, okay? They abandoned them after creating some level of genetic modification. Now the Khazarians themselves, at their core, will claim that they're the only group on the planet that have an additional gene, that it actually is the first time of a gene insertion.

That's why that's their claim to fame, right? What I actually think happened was that the space aliens adapted Homo capensis, the cone heads, and they did a genetic modification on them. And that's what produced the Kazarians, okay? And the inner Kazarian Mafia. So Rothschild, the Rothschild family is a conehead remnant anyway, so we keep going with this.

The Kazarians are of the opinion that they're genetically modified in a way that's different than all the other humans. And in fact, there's some reason to suspect that they have an additional little tiny bit of DNA here that I call the dongle that was not really effectively scrubbed. So when the gene was edited or the chromosome was edited, a little tiny bit remains. And they think that makes them special somehow. In any event.

So the people that took them over, left them, abandoned them up here and took these other people over down here and created all of our Bible history. And you read about it as the El. As the elohim. As the actual space aliens. If you go read Naked Bible morrow Biglino it's there in plain sight.

Anyway, the Khazarians got really pissed. They were upset. They have this huge angst over being abandoned by the El. The Elohim who then go on and do their genetic modifications, create Adam eve and know really cooking along, right? Go along to create Jesus and so on.

Those are the same space aliens as had created the Khazarians. Later on, the Khazarians discovered that their space aliens had done this and were now located down here in Judea. So about depending on history, anywhere from 500 to 1000 years pass. And the Khazarians get into a pickle with their neighbors, the Russians and the Europeans and the Turks, because the Khazarians, like the El, the people that had taken over them, have this habit of going out and stealing children, cutting them open and smoking out the adrenaline, right? They're adrenochromatics.

And so the Khazarians align themselves with the Judeans and create the Jews, okay? There's no word for Jew in the Bible. It doesn't show up. It's a modern insertion. And so this is a more accurate history.

If you go read, as I say, the Naked Bible morrow the Glino, and look at some of his works and so on, absolute word for word translation. So there's nothing hidden, right? So if you go to modern translation, it says God every time the word l pops up or Elohim. And they never say gods, right?

It's a con job in that sense. So now the Khazarians, now claiming to be Jews and making the Judeans also into Jews, set off on all of the history that we've all lived through. So now here's the thing about the Khazarians, okay? So the Khazarians are the ashkenazi. Okay.

But the Ashkenazi, they don't have a clue as to what's going on with the Khazarians. The ashkenazi are normies. Okay. They're as deluded as any other normie, okay? They believe the history they've been told, which is obscured, and they believe that they were chosen.

They believe all of this stuff. Most of them don't read Hebrew. So mostly Jews don't read the Bible in Hebrew, and mostly they just rely on the word from the rabbis as to what it actually says. So it's kind of like with the Bible. Same story as with the Bible.

Exactly. It's bogus. All the way through, right? And so I like knowing what's going on. Basically because of the paranoid schizophrenia.

There's something about that, right? Most people don't understand this schizophrenics and other people that suffer very acute mental illnesses, they don't necessarily hallucinate, but they don't have a for sure indicator that what's appearing in front of them is solid and material, right? So it's not necessarily a hallucination for them to say, are you real? There's some indication here a fog or something, right. That makes me think that there's some fuzziness here, right?

And once you go to hyperspace and you understand that we're all in consciousness and we're all encapsulated little bits of consciousness, thinking we're living in a totally material world, then you understand that there are things in our material world that are not necessarily as material as everything else. And thus we have all of the issues of ghosts and all of these kind of things, right? And then too, let's get into the other functional part of the woo of the weird view of this. Once you understand this, you can become a very powerful martial artist, okay? And you can become a very powerful shaman once you grasp this view.

So the second time I died and I understood this, I died. I rolled off of my bed, I'd been poisoned by bad drugs that were sold to me as mescaline and who the hell knows what they were? But they killed me. And so I roll off the bed and fall on the ground and my body is dead. At that point I leave my body, I'm 16 and a half, something like that.

And just like with hyperspace, I find myself spherical. Only in this case, there's two very large spheres up over my head, somehow able to the size of a soccer stadium but somehow fitting in my room. And then there's eleven other smaller spheres that are all clustered together, moving around, okay? And they're all clustered together and there's a space missing, there's a space for a twelveTH sphere. And so I'm a sphere, I'm dead.

So I figure, what the hell? So I float on up there, okay? So the other two large spheres, one of them is my knower and another one is my thinker, okay? And so I realize instantly, oh, none of the memories I've ever had are in my head, none of the memories are in my body. And I realized all these different kinds of things instantly upon being dead and encountering this, I also realized, oh, I'm the doer in the body.

So this is the thing guys. If you want a real detailed understanding of this, you can read us a book. It's 1080 pages and there is not one word in there that is excess. They went and they worked that book over to make sure there was not one excess word. It was written in the 50s by Harold Percival.

It's called thinking and destiny. There's a free version online. I like paper books, so I've got a couple of paper versions of it, but you can read it in PDF form. Anyway, so I realized at that point that I'm the doer in the body, as are you. Okay?

And so we have a very special obligation and activity. And the old saying is quite true. Ours is not to reason why, ours is to do then die. Okay? And so we are here to perform things, to do tasks both for ourselves and for our grander selves, but also for the universe in general.

So we are as important to the materium as the little machine elves are to hyperspace. We are a mechanism within materium for the creation of novelty. Okay? That's the point. Getting back to this universe was bored.

Consciousness was bored. It wanted to see if it was possible that something outside of itself could be created that it would not know about ahead of time. And if you really think about that, it's everything, it knows all. That's a really difficult task to achieve, right? And so it sets us up with all of these weirdnesses that there might be random.

And so as a computer programmer, I was instantly destroyed to realize that the RND function in assembly language was not truly random. It only picked a number between these particular rain in this particular range and it did so in a very deterministic way. And you could expand it and make it so that humans couldn't pick that number. But nonetheless, it's deterministic. It's not truly random.

And so there is no truly random anything within the universe at all. And it is merely an illusion that we think that that might be the case. And it's necessary that most of us have that illusion in order that we might be able to do the things that we do as the doers in the body. But what we do when we die is we go on up to this larger the group of eleven, join it and become the doer in the body. But outside of having any body, and then the next one of those spheres takes off with a body.

So we live in sequence. As far as I know, there's always eleven on the sidelines and only one active at any time. Okay? There's six are female and six are male. And those never change.

So every one of my lives are going to be male. There's a reason for this.

Yeah. What is the reason? It's multiplicitous. None of it relates to us. Okay.

It is necessary that as a male that you have this male attributes whether or not you're actually in a body and that you deal with being male in and out of bodies. Okay? So we can expect a wide range of experience with each and every one of our incarnations and we will have millions of these. All right? So the saying is that to become a human takes 85 million incarnations, that there is a spark of life.

It's put out there. It's a bacterium. And if that spark, for whatever reason, and we could get into that, but it's not meaningful. But for whatever reason, it continues, it will progress. So it's progress or discontinuation.

There's no hold line. Right. And so there are a lot of humans, doers in the body that can't take it, that psychic whatever, is not strong enough to take the abuse of being in the material. And there are beings that will basically disappear because they can't get enough of the doers in the body to hang together as a unit of twelve. Right?

So there's some risk. So you can't, for instance, go and repeatedly commit suicide. At some point, the universe will give up on you. Right.

If you read through Thinking and Destiny, you get some idea of some of these things that actually are manifest. And I know that these are true because long before I encountered the book Thinking and Destiny, I learned all this stuff in hyperspace, talking to these other beings, right. Because they wanted to talk. Hyperspace is an interesting place because we are as interesting to them as they are to us in terms of alien experience. Right.

Now back to the male and the female thing. This brings me to the topic you discussed with Lee Merritt, dr. Lee Merritt. When you're talking about the Chinese Cultural Revolution, and one of the aspects was how they created or tried to make men into women. I forget the exact context, but it was about hairy something.

What happened there? The hairy crabs. Yeah, that's what it is. Okay. Those people that were going to create the Communist state in China were Khazarians, okay?

Khazarians invented communism. Karl Marx was a Khazarian. Engels was a Khazarian. The Khazarian banking establishment, bear in mind, they own all the central banks. The Khazarians have conquered planet Earth, and we're in the process of a counter.

We're in the process of a revolution or an insurgency against the ruling banking elite. Right? The Khazarian mafia. Okay. So the Khazarians created all of this.

They do. So they created Russian Revolution. They created the Communist revolution in China. But they moved in into China, I want to say maybe 20 years before there was any activity at all. They had Khazarians moving into China, setting up all of the necessary organizations that would need to be there for the rise of whoever they picked to be the Communist leader.

And they ultimately picked Mao. One of the ways that they do these Communist revolutions is to upset the social order in communism. In the old way, they could mostly do it around economics with the idea know, everybody would be equal and there would be no longer any of this great corruption disparity. And they, of course, the Khadzari and Mafia were the ones that were doing the corruption, so they could use that and exacerbate it. Et cetera, okay?

Now, when they come into China, they start using a new technique, which was the disruption of those things that are solid. So basically, what they want to do any way they can in order to foment a revolution, communist takeover, is to disrupt your association, your grounding in reality. And so if they can deground you from your sexuality and claim that gender is uber olives, all of this kind of thing, it's the same level of effectiveness as if they can get you to believe you're a cat, they destroy your identity. Correct. And they unhinge you from your reality, your family, everything that supports you, and therefore your mind can be reprogrammed, so to speak.

Right? And so basically they're trying to in my opinion, they're trying to take all of the social order on a trip, right? And this is why I see all of these people and it's like, no, I've been to hyperspace. You people are not scary. You're not even that funny.

And so that's really what's going on. Now, the Harry Krabs in China, they did exactly what they are doing here, and they took a 25 year period of time to disrupt the Chinese social order to the point that they even started doing gender transitioning surgeries and the whole thing there, right? And so this would have been in the late 20s. They really began that in earnest, and so they'd been working on it for some period of time. And then we come up to the Chinese revolution, which takes forever because of the nature of the Chinese attachment to society, confucianism family, all of that, right?

So China was a real tough nut for the Communists to crack, much more so than the US. Because we'd already started drifting away from our familial associations when they started assaulting us in the late eighty s and ninety s. But they have to do that. The Hairy Crabs was a name that was applied to the trans people in China that they used as spies. There was a particular guy in what we would think of as the CCP.

He actually predated the CCP, and he created the whole trans movement in China. And he used the trans people as basically an army spies, prostitute spies and assassins. And it was anything but. So just as antifa is being used by the same people that used the trans people, and antifa is mostly trans, that's just basically another reincarnation of the Hairy Crabs. It doesn't work as well here in Western society as it did for the takeover of Communists of China.

China, I think it's really in its waning. Okay? So we've reached the peak, and we're starting to fall away from that. And there's going to be very disruptive things that will occur that I think will blow that particular aspect of things to a much more minor level of our social order real quick, like within the next year.

But basically what happened back then is what they're trying to do with us in the Western world in the very same way, right? It's just not working that well.

Now, before we started the recording, I said that I had just been given a very long, I don't know, 20 or 30 pages, not very long, but assessment, which was written up by it's an article really, which was written up by a group of German scientists and people who are spiritual people. And their assessment is their view of the world, including what's going on in Ukraine. I used to think that once they understand, the other side understands that the Pandemic 2.0 will not work because most people are not going to be in line with that same narrative over again. Even those who used to be, I used to think that this is what's going to trigger them. They're trying to test the waters right now, and when they see in mid September or so it's not going to work, that's when they're going to turn to war, a hot war, because that's the only way to keep us in panic mode so that we will continue to follow orders.

I mean, those on the other side of the fence. But then I spoke with Dr. Rima Labo and she ah, maybe that's one of the purposes, but the other one is probably they know that we're not going to do it again. So the other purpose, and this is particularly true for the United States, is to create civil unrest. And that may be the case, but if that is the case and this is going to start happening, I think, in mid September, October, so this group of people who are looking at Ukraine, who are thinking that maybe the Ukraine war will even maybe it stops, but they're not quite sure.

But the one thing that they're sure about is something is coming up right now in September and in October. Do you agree with that? Even though we don't know? I agree with that. Something's coming up, but their worldview is skewed, okay?

So Putin is not going to stop. This is not a war as they understand it. Ukraine is Khazaria. You grasp that, right? Ukraine is the central point of Khazaria.

The Khazarian Mafia rules there. They have adrenochrome parties, they harvest children, they harvest Russian children. This is exactly the same situation as existed back in 1000 Ad. When the Rus people, the Turk people, and all of the white peoples of Europe all got together and told the Khazarians, you people have to stop this. And so we will allow you to choose a religion rather than destroy you all.

Okay, that was a mistake, right? That was a big mistake, as we understand now. Okay? But they did. And so they chose to be Jews.

And thus it was at that point that all of the vampirism, all of the blood in the seder bread, all of this kind of stuff gets into. Judaism because these are blood drinkers, right? The Khazarian troops used to do that. They used to eat the liver of their enemies.

So now we have people that are saying well the war is going to do this and war is going to do that. No it's not. Russia is doing this and they've been factual in saying they're doing this because too many Russian children were being disappeared by the Ukrainians across the border and they're just not going to have it anymore. Okay? And so this is the final battle.

This is a coordinated battle. It is global. It is not Russia versus Ukraine. It is all the peoples versus the Khazarians. Most of the people of the planet are totally ignorant of this and may indeed be totally ignorant of this all their lives and never wise up to this level of the war.

We've been in this war for 6000 years and we're in the final battle parts of it. We are in a very special point of time in my opinion. Not for the reasons you suggest though, but for a larger scope of things. But what you're saying is indeed in my opinion going to manifest. But it is just sort of a minor part of all of this as we go on.

So Hawaii was an attack, right? Lahaina was an attack. The California fires were an attack. Just the other day, Turkish fires were an attack by a beam weapon. So there's a global, ongoing, maybe nationalistic kind of a war.

I don't know who's fighting who, but we know for sure that's the Khazarian mafia against everybody else. But they may have tricked one nation to think that it's got to fight another nation because this is how they work. But we're coming into a period of time that the Khazarian mafia can no longer be able to hold their position of ignorance of the rest of the planet. So what allows them to exist is that we don't think of the central banks as being an invasion. We don't think of this as all being one giant cabal, et cetera, et cetera.

People are not awake to all of this. They think of the reality that they've been spoon fed through their mind control systems that we call schools is real. That's all breaking down. The Khazarian mafia made a very bad strategic move, okay? They decided to upend all of our minds and break open all of our structures at the same time in order to take us over in a communist approach.

And it was at that point that the rest of the planet started attacking the Khazarians because when they've done all of this to this huge amount of people, the rest of the planet can awaken those people too. Just as the Khazarians were planning to put us to sleep under communism, the rest of the planet is going to waken us up to the Khazarian threat using the fact that our minds are disorganized and unstable and floating right now and able to look at things in a different way. And so it's become a very key element in our particular war at the moment. And I don't think that it's September and October. Okay.

So I think that we've started this. We started it with attack on Hawaii and that the novelty of the war itself will emerge around April 3. It'll take that long for lots of people to be discussing this, but now we're getting into it. It's really growing. So we're seeing the memes everywhere pop up that say, I'm educated, I know that if I wear blue, I'm safe from space beams, that kind of thing, right?

And so we'll see all of these things pop up, and people will just start looking. And then pretty soon the normies will start getting into it and our worldview will change. And the Khazarian Mafia won't be able to prevent that. They're desperate to do that. Their power extends from the Kali Yuga, okay?

From the fact that we went through 2400 years of very low emanations from Galactic Central, and most humans were born pretty stupid. And our biggest technology was a grinding wheel powered by donkeys. And so as we come out of the Kaliyuga, though, our minds expand and we get into the world that we're in now, talking across, networking and so on. But the minds that are able to deal with and create that world are not donkey riding minds. And so this is why we're resisting and we will overcome the Khazarians it's because universe will not allow us to progress into the further into the Bronze Age and then the Silver and the Golden Age.

With our minds being dumbed down this way, they're doomed to defeat, but they cannot do anything else because of their past action, right? So they're caught with their own guilt, and they cannot do a Maya culpa, come clean and convert themselves. This is just part of the nature of our reality. Universe wants to see what will actually manifest under these conditions. And if it's not that pretty, well, universe doesn't care much, then nature will strike back.

This is what many people expect. I have a good friend who is an attorney from Ontario, Canada. He kind of out of frustration, left Canada. He's had a home in the Sacred Valley in Peru since 2004, and that's where he spends his time now. But that's what he's been saying too, that if people don't get their act together, basically, that's when nature is going to strike back.

Well, maybe it's going to be a whole set of cataclysmic events, which some people expect to happen. But I do think, and I wonder if you would agree with that. I do think that we can change things if we have the right level of, I don't know, awareness or consciousness. And I think we're moving towards this level of consciousness. And I think this is part of it our connecting with each other, exchanging information, me talking to you, trying to understand what I didn't even have any idea about existed.

I think this is part of this, and I think that if we can continue on this path, and I think we are, then the worst can be averted. We're not going to fall into that trap. I'm absolutely certain that the other side cannot win this. They probably have already lost. Some people say that their head has already been chopped off, but what they're trying to do is keep us in this trap for as long as possible.

I don't know, maybe to see if maybe we're going to make some really bad mistakes so that they can come back or something like that. Does that make sense? Yeah, that does make sense. But in my way of thinking, most of the rank and file don't know they've lost. Mostly they are addicts attempting to maintain their addictive states now in the varying circumstances and don't think that far ahead.

Most of these people are not really great thinkers. So, like I say, I've met a lot of them, bill Gates and among others.

So I think of them as attempting to maintain their power because of what it feeds for them and that they're not very bright. They think they've got the world by the tail kind of a thing. And they don't recognize that our planet changes over time because of the cyclic nature of the Yugas where it is in relation to the Galactic Center, the amount of intervening mass between Galactic Center and us. You've seen that, right? You've seen that drawing?

I did. Okay, so as that occurs, humanity is changing. It doesn't mean that we're going to go to some Kumbaya peace, love and light sort of a thing, right? We must experience the worst that the Khazarian Mafia has to offer. Okay?

All right, so I'm a real hard case. I've died three times, right? This has a tendency to made me harsh relative to reality. Okay? So I just don't tolerate illusion in that regard.

And so my motto is none asked, none given. Okay? This is an old Revolutionary War and military motto, right? No quarter asked and none will be given. And I don't ask it because it is necessary that I must experience it.

I know this is what universe wants because I must be changed by that experience going forward in order that that change might affect other changes in the future that universe desires. So in that sense, I am a cog and my experiences are the grease of the machinery, even though they are my experiences. And I will take them with me into my afterlife and I will do things with them as I should. There is multiplicity of purposes for each and every action, no matter how small or how large. Now, I am not of the opinion that nature is going to do anything to us.

I don't have the same kind of an approach to life that Martin Armstrong does, okay? I know. We're into the Bronze Age. We're not going to face civilization destruction. It's just not in the cards now because it can't happen because we're in an ascending phase, right?

There's civilization transformation. So I see all of this as a progression upward and in a good way. And we must shed this baggage as we go forward. Right? That's why we're suffering all of these things now, is that we must suffer it in order that we might see it, in order that we might make the decision.

We have 2400 years of Kaliyuga that split into two 1200 year halves, right? The descending and then the ascending. We're just out of that. We're into the Bronze Age here. Now, when we get into the Bronze Age, the first 300 years of the Bronze Age are sort of a look back to the Kaliyuga.

We invent stuff. We get science, we get medicine, we get machinery. We don't ride donkeys anymore. But we're continually looking back, thinking the Ancients had something, getting trapped in the religion and all this stuff of the Kali Yugas, right? Okay.

This is one quarter. There's this dimensionality to time that relates around the number four. I won't divert. But in any event, one quarter of this is 75 years. This is actually split into thirds.

So we have 25 years and we have 25 years, and we have 25 years. This 25 years, which we've just finished, we're finishing now because we're 325 years from the end of the Kaliyuga, which was in the year 1698. But this 25 years that we're just finishing now is the acknowledgment, the wrap up, the understanding, okay? So look how chaotic it is now. And these last 25 years have been.

And they're like the pinnacle, the absolute culmination of all of these threads of the last 300 years. Einsteinian quantum mechanics taking us nowhere for the last 50 years, all of these various different things that have all reached this peak. People right now are in the process of abandoning quantum mechanics. They're in the process of abandoning the large hand run collider because it yielded nothing, it produced nothing that Einstein said should exist. And so we're going to abandon all of that.

So this is the period of eyes open, okay, looking back. This is the period of eyes open looking around. This is the period of eyes open, looking forward. So the next 25 years, we're going to fight and live and die and have terrible times with the Kazarian mafia, but we're in the process of abandoning it, throwing it away, throwing away all the garbage they put on us, the central banks, Einsteinian stuff, all of this sort of thing, right? And so these are predictable and have been predicted, these periods of time.

So if you live through these next 25 years, this next generation, in the end, part of that generation we will have a huge level of inventions, okay? Mass it's going to be a huge level of invention throughout this next 25 years, no matter what. But in those last five or so years of that 25 year period, it will just balloon out like you will not believe, and it will set the tone for the next 25 years that will then take us into the 2400 years of this ascending Bronze Age. And so that's my view. I'm very optimistic.

Right. So I don't see the destruction of civilization or anything. I see lots of destruction, lots of chaos, lots of angst, murder, mayhem, suffering like you won't believe. Right. But that which does not kill me makes me stronger.

And in fact, I can legitimately say that which does kill me makes me stronger. Know, we're at that phase now. So I love Martin. He's a great guy. I've never seen his code.

His stuff focuses more on, you know, as I say, his viewpoint is, I think, trapped by the grit approach. Right. Yeah. And I used to think that he doesn't take spirituality into account enough, but he does just well, maybe not enough. Maybe he's trapped in the grid.

That makes sense to me, really. So in that sense, I'm optimistic, too. My grandfather, he's the one who said, what doesn't kill you makes you stronger. So in that sense, I'm optimistic just in that same manner. I just wish it wouldn't take so long, because most of us are running out of steam right now.

Most of us on this side of the fence. Many of us are frustrated and just think they can't handle it anymore. I keep telling my friends, I have a really good friend who I met in India when my wife and I spent three weeks there last year at an Ayurveda retreat. And he's a very young ex Deutsche banker. He used to work for Deutsche Bank.

Left in frustration when he saw that it's all corrupt. This is the bank of the Criminals. This is what I realized in 1993 when I was working for them in Tokyo. But he says basically the same thing that you're saying. When he left Deutsche Bank, he spent a year at an Indian ashram.

And he says, this is what's going to happen. It's going to be another 25 and another 25 years. But this is the end for them. They can't win it. But we're going to have to go through some hard times for probably the next 30 years or 25 years or so, just convincing them of that.

Yes, they're good fighters, right. And you got to give them that. They're really evil. They're twisted. They do all these terrible things.

But their persistence has made us stronger. So I've wrestled. I've done judo, karate, all different kinds of fighting, aikido and so on. And I always appreciate an opponent that makes me work for it. But you're quite correct.

We will win. So whenever I get Sagging out, get the down key right? That's when I know it's time to go and work on myself. Most people don't have martial arts training, so they just don't understand that, right. Oh, if I feel it that way, okay, I need to go and rebuild my key force.

But that's where we're at now, is the potential for Sagging. You'll see some level of the Kazarian mafia attempting to take advantage of that. It'll be sort of like tentative kind of things. We didn't really mean COVID we didn't really want you to take these. Everybody can be happy again, that kind of thing, as they try and ingratiate themselves back in.

It's not going to work this time. They don't understand the mechanics of the Kali Yuga and how it's affected people and in fact they deny that such things exist because of the nature of their adherence to Einsteinianism and the linear progression, et cetera, et cetera. So their viewpoint will end up being destroyed. I think September and October are going to be interesting months, very energetic, but by April next year, I think that the hyper novelty will have come out to the point where even the normies will be discussing it. All of the different things that are happening and how people are going to react to that, I just don't know.

It's going to be quite OD because there will just be so much stuff coming out and a lot of it's going to go back thousands of years and so your underpinning for your entire worldview will be thrown over. Nothing you learned in school will turn out to be factual. Yeah, I think this is going to be too much for a lot of people who are going to be caught by surprise. This is going to be utter chaos to them because it's going to destroy their whole worldview. I hope it's going to be different for us because at least in my case, I can say I've been dealing with this for the last three years.

Before that, I knew something wasn't right, but I had absolutely no idea how bad things really are and how much we'd been lied to. I think the one consolation is that while this child abuse ritual, child abuse, child sacrifice stuff is absolutely horrific, at the same time as this is another one of Rima Labo's thoughts, at the same time this is what's going to break their backs. Because once people understand what's been going on and what is still going on, the other side will not be able to explain this away. They can explain away, oh, we made mistakes with the vaccines. Oh well, maybe some of us went too far, stuff like that.

But this cannot be explained away. That's why I think we need to expose this in particular. So that Maui 2000 children missing. How can that be? So that everyone, even if they don't understand the rest of the story, everyone will begin to ask questions and that'll be their downfall.

Ultimately, I think already is you're already seeing the memes out there. It won't be organized, though. It's not going to be like across the social order. So my opinion, what will emerge is that we'll see signs of the change by how fearful the powers that be become. So they won't tell us that they lost two security guards in a sniping attack attempting to get their principle right.

Whether it's Klaus Schwab or Bill Gates or whoever, we just won't learn that. We'll see them becoming very much agitated. They'll start changing all their patterns and this sort of thing, right? I expect that there will be. Okay, so we're at war, all right?

There's a global war going on now, and they're not using nukes, they're not using bombs. They're using these energy weapons because it's so much cheaper and easier to do that than to send an airplane over with stuff you actually had to make. Right. That war is going to escalate in a serious way. Within that war, I think we will see personal private wars and aggrieved parties will start taking vengeance once they know that the larger war is ongoing.

So as the larger war comes out into the open over these next five or six months, I think you will see private reactions to these kind of things that will be very distressing for some of the people that are in charge, because what happens is that a mental threshold is crossed. And so you'll see this shown in movies where usually they start off and they show like, some fit, attractive woman, and she suffers all these horrible things to herself and her family in the early part of the film. And then she goes on to find usually some older guy who instructs her in the martial arts, and then she comes out to be a hit person on the end. Right? Yeah.

And she's doing it because her social cohesion was destroyed in the early part of the movie. And then she gets educated as to what's going on. Okay. So I expect that sort of thing to be happening in real life against the powers that be, to the point that we have social manifestations of it in the you know, I'm actually expecting people to know. Sniper rifles.

And take shots at government officials. And then that really is how it's going to become visible to us, the private parties, who would know if someone took a shot at Klaus Schwab. Nobody knows his schedule, all of this kind of thing. Right. But sooner or later, they're going to start trying to take out some of the corrupt government officials, not necessarily in the United States.

And at that point, we'll start seeing that there's this emerging war between the populace and the oppressors, right, between the Khazarian mafia and all of the people that are now becoming awake. And I actually think it won't be old really awake guys like us that do that. It'll be the new ones that are suffering the shock of it, all right? And a lot of them will have been damaged by what they've gone through.

Okay? So I don't ascribe to the idea of spirituality, okay? Spirituality the notion the concept arises from people that are grit focused, right? Okay. Somehow spirituality is different than the consciousness that they think is imbued in the grit.

So I don't buy that at all. So what people would describe as spirituality, I describe as capacity for consciousness. Consciousness? Yeah. Okay.

So I'm conscious. I have a capacity to some degree for various aspects of spirituality. So I know a guy. Dick. Algae.

He's a great remote viewer. I know other remote viewers. These guys, I don't think of them as messing with spirituality. I think of them as dealing in the consciousness trade. Right.

They have consciousness skills. I know people that are that way. If they get a tarot deck in their hands, they're very keyed in. It's not spirituality. It's an ability to deal with their consciousness, with the material around them.

Other people do it through dreams and this kind of thing. I believe that makes sense. Yeah. And I did it with computer software, right. Teasing the words that leak out of people's consciousness that suggests something's going to come and aggregating them.

And so I did it the hard way, really, it turns out. But in any event, so these guys that do the remote viewing are telling us things, okay? And so they are telling us that we are in a war and that there was a guy that I know of, and I've seen the results who did a remote viewing of the Maui attack a year before it occurred, actually a year and four months before it occurred. And he pegged it to energy weapons and described them, described the pulses, described the noise, described the water burning, all of these things that we saw. That was just part of a larger remote viewing effort that is describing this war that's ongoing now, emerging into the open over these next few months.

And a lot of the spiritual people, the people that are psychically attuned that ride their psy currents and feel this stuff and know that they're psychic and react to it are all feeling the same thing. And we're all bumbling about it in the same kind of way, saying that. And I'm describing it as hyper novelty, but some of them are describing it as, oh, the war with the Khazarians is going to erupt in December. It'll be open, then we'll know about it, that kind of thing. Or they'll say that even weird things like kidnap children on spaceships that'll come out by January.

So I do web scraping. So I concentrate and I see all of these psychic impressions linked out in the text. And in that sense, your supposition about September and October is quite correct. In my work. Well, since slightly before, like maybe two weeks before the Maui attack, we've seen just ratcheting up of all kinds of emotional tension on release language.

Okay. Like a war shocked. So you're releasing the emotion, that kind of thing. Building tension is where you're just keeping it contained. Right.

But you're feeling it, both of those. You can have a ten level released language in that you're jumping up and down and oh my God, or you can have a ten in building tension and then you're just about ready to strike somebody. Okay, so different mindsets. But we're dominating now in release language and it's going to continue to dominate. And I think that's why we're entering in this period of hyper novelty.

But the other people that are trading in psychic business would tend to agree, I think, and that would also support your supposition that September and October are going to be very energetic months and it's going to lead to this hyper novelty emergence. Going to be a very strange time. Yeah. But I agree with you. We have reason to be optimistic because it's going in the right direction, even though it's going to be a tough road to walk for quite a bit.

Not for all of us, but for most of us, I'm afraid, and I tend to agree with you also when you're saying that we need to go through this. It is a necessary experience. I just hope we're going to be able to protect ourselves as best as we can so that we'll come out at the other end mostly unharmed or as unharmed as we could. But that's something that each and every one of us has to deal with for themselves individually. I don't think we can do that as a collective.

Right. That's impossible, I think. Dagma yeah. Cliff I have a little bit a different question. Where does this phenomenon, this energy of love, is located in your worldview?

Because there are many mystics who say existence is made out of the stuff called love. I mean, I now heard nothing where one could guess that. You mean sentiment, too? I don't have that view. Okay, so that's not my view.

All right, so it takes us 85 million lives to become human, all right? So you start off as a spark, you become a bacteria. Ultimately you're an insect, you work your way up. I was a dog for a long time. I had many lives as a dog, okay?

You find these things as you grow older. Any dog that comes around me instantly, we have bond and they can do anything. I tell them it's just because I was a dog, we understand each other. So I got stuck as a dog. Some people get stuck as birds and so on.

Right, okay. So we experience love in those lives and we probably even generate them in those lives, especially when we're dogs, that kind of thing. Right. It is a natural outgrowth of consciousness. But I do not see that love is the guiding force of consciousness.

I do not see it as the guiding force of the material, nor do I see it as an end goal, or nor do I see that there is an end state for the material. So if we had to look at it in a brutally factual way, the best way to characterize it would be the idea of Brahma's dream. So the Hindus had this idea that Brahma, the ultimate god of everything, goes to sleep and dreams and we're all his dream. And then at some point he's going to wake up and we'll all disappear. Then he'll look around and then he'll go back to sleep and dream another dream.

So this is harsh because when he wakes up and we all disappear, we're not coming back. Right? So you have to understand that in that viewpoint, love is something that you treasure but you don't necessarily expect, and you value it. It's interesting because you give it away in order to value it. So it's not held that way, but it is not.

So I do not have the viewpoint that a lot of the spiritual people or a lot of the Christian mystics or whatever might have it's very much more, I want to say mechanical to us in a certain sense. Right, okay. So love is a vibration that exists in the material. But it is one of the qualities, just like intuition and creativity, it's one of the qualities that makes us human. And I do know that a lot of people drift off into love is everything without really knowing what they're talking about.

It's something that seems to give them an anchor. But I still don't think that not everyone, but most of the people who I've seen, we have love is the only answer, and love is everything.

It's not palpable. It is nothing that they can't even deal with it. They believe in it in a strange way, but they can't deal with it. But I do think that this is one of the qualities that makes us human. And that the other side, the Kazarians don't have, they're not capable.

That's why I think in a medical, clinical way, and this is not my idea, but this is after I have done all these interviews and then I delved into psychopathy of the psychology and then the psychopathy of who the other side is, I think in a clinical way, the definition of psychopaths is probably correct. At least that's what the medical experts tell me. So they'd lack this quality, they lack any other human quality as well. And that is very strange. But it is important to know that, because if you don't know it, you don't know how to defend yourself against these people because you believe that if you talk to them, the politicians, the media people, those puppets they're using, they're also psychopaths, not.

All of them. Of course, you continue to believe that. If only, like you, I got through to them. If only they would understand. They don't give a shit.

They don't care. They're not capable of sympathetic vibration, so they're not capable of that vibrational area. I don't expect that out of humans. I had a real rough upbringing as an army brat. Right.

We won't go into the details, but it was rough. So I don't expect that as a dominating force. And I know that the Khazarians you're quite correct, they are psychopaths. They may actually not even be able to have certain kinds of emotions because of that genetic modification for them. But that genetic modification, by the way, does not extend to the ashkenazi.

The ashkenazi Jews are wrapped around the Khazarians like a protective cloak, a sacrificial cloak. And this is the way it's always been, right? So they intend to sacrifice the Jews when the heat gets too much. And this is why I've been, for all of these years, been so consistent about saying, it's not the Jews, it's the Khazarians. Pay attention.

Makes perfect sense. They're hiding behind the Jews. That's what's happening. Right? And they are pretenders.

That's all they do. There's a book out there. Codex oralinda. You may be familiar with it. It's the ancient pre teutonic language text.

It goes back to, like, 800 Ad and further back. And in there, they call the Khazarians the name stealers. And the Khazarians sat at a central hub. And what this guy who wrote it in Holland wrote this particular section in there. He was complaining because the Khazarians would have the Chinese come on over to do business with the people in Holland.

And the Khazarians would entrap the Chinese, give them a nice meal, poison them, take all of their effects, put one of the Khazarians in their gear and send them in to do the deal, get all the money and stuff and come back. And so the Khazarians were in between always stopping all these deals. They did it by impersonation, which was called name stealing in this old book. Okay? So this is why you see Jews taking other names is because the Khazarians did this name stealing at this very deep level.

And anything that they want to normalize, they push out into the Jewish social order such that you'll think it's the Jews doing it, not the Khazarians. Right? And I've got a lot of Jewish friends. A lot of people think I'm just a terrible anti Semite and nothing could be further from the truth. But they think that because I say that the Khazarians are not Semitic people.

They are not Judeans, and the Judeans are not Jews. And there were no Jews in Judea, nor any Jews in the Bible. And that this is a mechanism for protection that the Khazarians have engineered over all of these centuries. This is coming out now. And so as we get further into the Bronze Age and all of this stuff comes out, it becomes increasingly difficult to maintain the illusion.

And so we see that these illusionists are going to try maybe a grand illusion which is being discussed now. This grand illusion will have a series of events that will end up with Joe Biden going away, not going to jail or anything, somehow withdrawing, and Kamala Harris not being put in place, or maybe temporarily, but somehow they're going to try and run Obama's wife, Big Mike Obama, as a woman for president. Okay? That's really their only option. And this is like, in my mind, this is like stupid beyond belief because it's going to open up all of know gender issues.

And then once you acknowledge that Michelle is Michael Obama, then you got to ask yourself, where did those two kids come from? Exactly. And there's these rumors floating around with the real parents and even their names, the real parents names have been made public. Sure, this is a dangerous, dangerous move. I mean, this is a great move as far as I'm concerned.

But for them, it's extremely dangerous and stupid, as you said. And will they see that level of stupidity? How can they not see it? Right, yeah. But these people, they don't think as we do, as you were saying, you can talk to them until you were quite literally blue in your face, and it will achieve nothing because they cannot hear you.

They hear the words, but they're never going to be receptive to them. And so this is the war. This is a battle that we're in now. Is the Bug behind a lot of this? Okay, so I met people in hyperspace beings, hominids, that taught me things that I had conversations with that were also battling the Bug.

And I met one group or one guy who represented a planet. He was there seeking solutions. That's why people mainly go to hyperspace, is to seek novel solutions, because novelty exists there. That's what Terrence McKenna discovered, that novelty exists there at a level that is just truly fantastic. And probably all of our creativity and our inventions originate from our ShoShona, connecting us to the outer part of the materium where it connects into hyperspace.

Right, but anyway, so I met people there that had thrown the Bug out of their planet. And this one guy was ever so happy to meet me because he knew that we would be battling the Bug and he had things to tell me about how to do this. And we had great conversations, and I learned so much from that guy. I repaid him because they had ideas that they could not conceive of, just as we have things we can't conceive of until they're presented to us. And so he told me about the nature of time and how it works and this kind of thing.

Incredible education, like much more. It was the best university in the material okay? It is truly that it makes la una Manet's size look minuscule. But anyway, this guy taught me things and then I helped him out because he couldn't understand on his planet their conditions had changed, their environment had changed due to stuff happening and they were facing some problems that they hadn't encountered before. And he was there seeking a solution.

And it was like I looked at him and I kind of thought I'm really stoned and stuff. It's like well, it's kind of obvious, guys. You need paint, you need a sacrificial layer to put on all of your stuff for this dust that's eroding your materials. And it's like they never thought of a sacrificial layer on anything. And so he was just radically pleased and could not do enough for me.

And I met him there repeatedly, four times. It's difficult to arrange those sorts of things. Maybe he had been there hundreds of times and I only saw in those four right happenstance and so on, but truly phenomenal education. And so his thing was that we were just at that point where as our species were just getting into the point where we can throw off the bug and we've had this. So by my way of thinking, the Elohim and the Devas and those kind of people, they invaded us 12,000 plus years back.

And we've been dealing with them in the descending side of the yugas. And in my opinion, they probably prey on planets that are like us, that are yuga bound, that suffer the yugas and they come on in when we're heading into a decreasing mentitian side in order to take over. And so they're very predatory kind of beings, but so we've been dealing with this for 12,000 plus years. We've been dealing with the Khazarians for 6000 years and we're just in the process of getting rid of them. So of course, this is not a simple one, two, three kind of a job.

This is a multidecatal long process. Even though we will burst out into hyper novelty next year, we'll still be dealing with it 50 years out. I'm still glad this is going the way it's going. And I'm glad that even those of us who haven't made the experiences you've made, even those of us can relate to what you're saying. Because this is what this really is.

The Kazarian mafia is know the talented Mr. Ripley on a horrific scale only. And they may be being directed by space aliens and the right. Yeah, yeah, absolutely. That's what I believe.

After everything you told us today, this is great. This is great, Cliff. This was enlightenment and fun too. Okay, so enlightenment doesn't usually come with fun. Sometimes it does.

We have to do more of this. I know that most of our viewers, if not all of them, are just delighted to see what you have to tell them. And for many of us, for me in particular, some of the things that have been floating around and I couldn't really connect with the other stuff, the other dots. All of a sudden, it does begin to make sense. I'm not saying I understand everything, but it does begin to make sense.

And that's what it should. This is great. Again, is there anything that we need to know that you feel that we should have discussed but haven't? Universe provides and guides. It'll show up and we'll get together again.

Great. Very good. Well, it's a real pleasure. Thank you, Cliff. Thank you very much.

Been very nice talking with you. Nice talking to you. See you later. Bye.


The number-one best-selling pioneer of "fratire" and a leading evolutionary psychologist team up to create the dating book for guys. Whether they conducted their research in life or in the lab, experts Tucker Max and Dr. Geoffrey Miller have spent the last 20-plus years learning what women really want from their men, why they want it, and how men can deliver those qualities. The short answer: Become the best version of yourself possible, then show it off. It sounds simple, but it's not. If it were, Tinder would just be the stuff you use to start a fire. Becoming your best self requires honesty, self-awareness, hard work, and a little help. Through their website and podcasts, Max and Miller have already helped over one million guys take their first steps toward Miss Right. They have collected all of their findings in Mate, an evidence-driven, seriously funny playbook that will teach you to become a more sexually attractive and romantically successful man, the right way: No "seduction techniques" No moralizing No bullshit Just honest, straightforward talk about the most ethical, effective way to pursue the win-win relationships you want with the women who are best for you. Much of what they've discovered will surprise you, some of it will not, but all of it is important and often misunderstood. So listen up, and stop being stupid!

Words of affirmation, quality time, gifts, acts of service, physical touching - learning these love languages will get your marriage off to a great start or enhance a long-standing one! Chapman explains the purpose of each "language" and shows you how to identify the one that's meaningful to your spouse now. Updated to reflect the complexities of relationships in today's world, this new edition of The 5 Love Languages reveals intrinsic truths and provides action steps in each chapter that will help you on your way to a healthier relationship. Also includes an updated personal profile. With a divorce rate that hovers around 50 percent, don't let yourself become a statistic. In Things I Wish I'd Known Before We Got Married, Gary Chapman teaches you and your future spouse how to work together as an intimate team! He shares with engaged couples practical tips he wishes he knew before he got married. Discussion centers around love, romance, conflict resolution, forgiveness, and sexual fulfillment. Included are insightful questions, suggestions, and exercises.

A one-page tool to reinvent yourself and your career. The global best seller Business Model Generation introduced a unique visual way to summarize and creatively brainstorm any business or product idea on a single sheet of paper. Business Model You uses the same powerful one-page tool to teach listeners how to draw "personal business models," which reveal new ways their skills can be adapted to the changing needs of the marketplace to reveal new, more satisfying, career and life possibilities. Produced by the same team that created Business Model Generation, this audiobook is based on the Business Model Canvas methodology, which has quickly emerged as the world's leading business model description and innovation technique. This book shows listeners how to: - Understand business model thinking and diagram their current personal business model - Understand the value of their skills in the marketplace and define their purpose - Articulate a vision for change - Create a new personal business model harmonized with that vision - And most important, test and implement the new model When you implement the one-page tool from Business Model You, you create a game-changing business model for your life and career.

The bible for bringing cutting-edge products to larger markets—now revised and updated with new insights into the realities of high-tech marketing In Crossing the Chasm, Geoffrey A. Moore shows that in the Technology Adoption Life Cycle—which begins with innovators and moves to early adopters, early majority, late majority, and laggards—there is a vast chasm between the early adopters and the early majority. While early adopters are willing to sacrifice for the advantage of being first, the early majority waits until they know that the technology actually offers improvements in productivity. The challenge for innovators and marketers is to narrow this chasm and ultimately accelerate adoption across every segment. This third edition brings Moore's classic work up to date with dozens of new examples of successes and failures, new strategies for marketing in the digital world, and Moore's most current insights and findings. He also includes two new appendices, the first connecting the ideas in Crossing the Chasm to work subsequently published in his Inside the Tornado, and the second presenting his recent groundbreaking work for technology adoption models for high-tech consumer markets.

Endless terror. Refugee waves. An unfixable global economy. Surprising election results. New billion-dollar fortunes. Miracle medical advances. What if they were all connected? What if you could understand why? The Seventh Sense is the story of what all of today's successful figures see and feel: the forces that are invisible to most of us but explain everything from explosive technological change to uneasy political ripples. The secret to power now is understanding our new age of networks. Not merely the Internet, but also webs of trade, finance, and even DNA. Based on his years of advising generals, CEOs, and politicians, Ramo takes us into the opaque heart of our world's rapidly connected systems and teaches us what the losers are not yet seeing -- and what the victors of this age already know.

This lushly illustrated history of popular entertainment takes a long-zoom approach, contending that the pursuit of novelty and wonder is a powerful driver of world-shaping technological change. Steven Johnson argues that, throughout history, the cutting edge of innovation lies wherever people are working the hardest to keep themselves and others amused. Johnson’s storytelling is just as delightful as the inventions he describes, full of surprising stops along the journey from simple concepts to complex modern systems. He introduces us to the colorful innovators of leisure: the explorers, proprietors, showmen, and artists who changed the trajectory of history with their luxurious wares, exotic meals, taverns, gambling tables, and magic shows. In Wonderland, Johnson compellingly argues that observers of technological and social trends should be looking for clues in novel amusements. You’ll find the future wherever people are having the most fun.

Nothing “goes viral.” If you think a popular movie, song, or app came out of nowhere to become a word-of-mouth success in today’s crowded media environment, you’re missing the real story. Each blockbuster has a secret history—of power, influence, dark broadcasters, and passionate cults that turn some new products into cultural phenomena. Even the most brilliant ideas wither in obscurity if they fail to connect with the right network, and the consumers that matter most aren't the early adopters, but rather their friends, followers, and imitators -- the audience of your audience. In his groundbreaking investigation, Atlantic senior editor Derek Thompson uncovers the hidden psychology of why we like what we like and reveals the economics of cultural markets that invisibly shape our lives. Shattering the sentimental myths of hit-making that dominate pop culture and business, Thompson shows quality is insufficient for success, nobody has "good taste," and some of the most popular products in history were one bad break away from utter failure. It may be a new world, but there are some enduring truths to what audiences and consumers want. People love a familiar surprise: a product that is bold, yet sneakily recognizable. Every business, every artist, every person looking to promote themselves and their work wants to know what makes some works so successful while others disappear. Hit Makers is a magical mystery tour through the last century of pop culture blockbusters and the most valuable currency of the twenty-first century—people’s attention. From the dawn of impressionist art to the future of Facebook, from small Etsy designers to the origin of Star Wars, Derek Thompson leaves no pet rock unturned to tell the fascinating story of how culture happens and why things become popular. In Hit Makers, Derek Thompson investigates: · The secret link between ESPN's sticky programming and the The Weeknd's catchy choruses · Why Facebook is today’s most important newspaper · How advertising critics predicted Donald Trump · The 5th grader who accidentally launched "Rock Around the Clock," the biggest hit in rock and roll history · How Barack Obama and his speechwriters think of themselves as songwriters · How Disney conquered the world—but the future of hits belongs to savvy amateurs and individuals · The French collector who accidentally created the Impressionist canon · Quantitative evidence that the biggest music hits aren’t always the best · Why almost all Hollywood blockbusters are sequels, reboots, and adaptations · Why one year--1991--is responsible for the way pop music sounds today · Why another year --1932--created the business model of film · How data scientists proved that “going viral” is a myth · How 19th century immigration patterns explain the most heard song in the Western Hemisphere

Ours is often called an information economy, but at a moment when access to information is virtually unlimited, our attention has become the ultimate commodity. In nearly every moment of our waking lives, we face a barrage of efforts to harvest our attention. This condition is not simply the byproduct of recent technological innovations but the result of more than a century's growth and expansion in the industries that feed on human attention. Wu’s narrative begins in the nineteenth century, when Benjamin Day discovered he could get rich selling newspapers for a penny. Since then, every new medium—from radio to television to Internet companies such as Google and Facebook—has attained commercial viability and immense riches by turning itself into an advertising platform. Since the early days, the basic business model of “attention merchants” has never changed: free diversion in exchange for a moment of your time, sold in turn to the highest-bidding advertiser. Full of lively, unexpected storytelling and piercing insight, The Attention Merchants lays bare the true nature of a ubiquitous reality we can no longer afford to accept at face value.

Some people think that in today’s hyper-competitive world, it’s the tough, take-no-prisoners type who comes out on top. But in reality, argues New York Times bestselling author Dave Kerpen, it’s actually those with the best people skills who win the day. Those who build the right relationships. Those who truly understand and connect with their colleagues, their customers, their partners. Those who can teach, lead, and inspire. In a world where we are constantly connected, and social media has become the primary way we communicate, the key to getting ahead is being the person others like, respect, and trust. Because no matter who you are or what profession you're in, success is contingent less on what you can do for yourself, but on what other people are willing to do for you. Here, through 53 bite-sized, easy-to-execute, and often counterintuitive tips, you’ll learn to master the 11 People Skills that will get you more of what you want at work, at home, and in life. For example, you’ll learn: · The single most important question you can ever ask to win attention in a meeting · The one simple key to networking that nobody talks about · How to remain top of mind for thousands of people, everyday · Why it usually pays to be the one to give the bad news · How to blow off the right people · And why, when in doubt, buy him a Bonsai A book best described as “How to Win Friends and Influence People for today’s world,” The Art of People shows how to charm and win over anyone to be more successful at work and outside of it.

Business Model Generation is a handbook for visionaries, game changers, and challengers striving to defy outmoded business models and design tomorrow's enterprises. If your organization needs to adapt to harsh new realities, but you don't yet have a strategy that will get you out in front of your competitors, you need Business Model Generation. Co-created by 470 "Business Model Canvas" practitioners from 45 countries, the book features a beautiful, highly visual, 4-color design that takes powerful strategic ideas and tools, and makes them easy to implement in your organization. It explains the most common Business Model patterns, based on concepts from leading business thinkers, and helps you reinterpret them for your own context. You will learn how to systematically understand, design, and implement a game-changing business model--or analyze and renovate an old one. Along the way, you'll understand at a much deeper level your customers, distribution channels, partners, revenue streams, costs, and your core value proposition. Business Model Generation features practical innovation techniques used today by leading consultants and companies worldwide, including 3M, Ericsson, Capgemini, Deloitte, and others. Designed for doers, it is for those ready to abandon outmoded thinking and embrace new models of value creation: for executives, consultants, entrepreneurs, and leaders of all organizations. If you're ready to change the rules, you belong to "the business model generation!"

#1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER If you want to build a better future, you must believe in secrets. The great secret of our time is that there are still uncharted frontiers to explore and new inventions to create. In Zero to One, legendary entrepreneur and investor Peter Thiel shows how we can find singular ways to create those new things. Thiel begins with the contrarian premise that we live in an age of technological stagnation, even if we’re too distracted by shiny mobile devices to notice. Information technology has improved rapidly, but there is no reason why progress should be limited to computers or Silicon Valley. Progress can be achieved in any industry or area of business. It comes from the most important skill that every leader must master: learning to think for yourself. Doing what someone else already knows how to do takes the world from 1 to n, adding more of something familiar. But when you do something new, you go from 0 to 1. The next Bill Gates will not build an operating system. The next Larry Page or Sergey Brin won’t make a search engine. Tomorrow’s champions will not win by competing ruthlessly in today’s marketplace. They will escape competition altogether, because their businesses will be unique. Zero to One presents at once an optimistic view of the future of progress in America and a new way of thinking about innovation: it starts by learning to ask the questions that lead you to find value in unexpected places.

Why should I do business with you… and not your competitor? Whether you are a retailer, manufacturer, distributor, or service provider – if you cannot answer this question, you are surely losing customers, clients and market share. This eye-opening book reveals how identifying your competitive advantages (and trumpeting them to the marketplace) is the most surefire way to close deals, retain clients, and stay miles ahead of the competition. The five fatal flaws of most companies: • They don’t have a competitive advantage but think they do • They have a competitive advantage but don’t know what it is—so they lower prices instead • They know what their competitive advantage is but neglect to tell clients about it • They mistake “strengths” for competitive advantages • They don’t concentrate on competitive advantages when making strategic and operational decisions The good news is that you can overcome these costly mistakes – by identifying your competitive advantages and creating new ones. Consultant, public speaker, and competitive advantage expert Jaynie Smith will show you how scores of small and large companies substantially increased their sales by focusing on their competitive advantages. When advising a CEO frustrated by his salespeople’s inability to close deals, Smith discovered that his company stayed on schedule 95 percent of the time – an achievement no one else in his industry could claim. By touting this and other competitive advantages to customers, closing rates increased by 30 percent—and so did company revenues. Jack Welch has said, “If you don’t have a competitive advantage, don’t compete.” This straight-to-the-point book is filled with insightful stories and specific steps on how to pinpoint your competitive advantages, develop new ones, and get the message out about them.

The number one New York Times best seller that examines how people can champion new ideas in their careers and everyday life - and how leaders can fight groupthink, from the author of Think Again and co-author of Option B. With Give and Take, Adam Grant not only introduced a landmark new paradigm for success but also established himself as one of his generation’s most compelling and provocative thought leaders. In Originals he again addresses the challenge of improving the world, but now from the perspective of becoming original: choosing to champion novel ideas and values that go against the grain, battle conformity, and buck outdated traditions. How can we originate new ideas, policies, and practices without risking it all? Using surprising studies and stories spanning business, politics, sports, and entertainment, Grant explores how to recognize a good idea, speak up without getting silenced, build a coalition of allies, choose the right time to act, and manage fear and doubt; how parents and teachers can nurture originality in children; and how leaders can build cultures that welcome dissent. Learn from an entrepreneur who pitches his start-ups by highlighting the reasons not to invest, a woman at Apple who challenged Steve Jobs from three levels below, an analyst who overturned the rule of secrecy at the CIA, a billionaire financial wizard who fires employees for failing to criticize him, and a TV executive who didn’t even work in comedy but saved Seinfeld from the cutting-room floor. The payoff is a set of groundbreaking insights about rejecting conformity and improving the status quo.

In The $100 Startup, Chris Guillebeau tells you how to lead of life of adventure, meaning and purpose - and earn a good living. Still in his early 30s, Chris is on the verge of completing a tour of every country on earth - he's already visited more than 175 nations - and yet he’s never held a "real job" or earned a regular paycheck. Rather, he has a special genius for turning ideas into income, and he uses what he earns both to support his life of adventure and to give back. There are many others like Chris - those who've found ways to opt out of traditional employment and create the time and income to pursue what they find meaningful. Sometimes, achieving that perfect blend of passion and income doesn't depend on shelving what you currently do. You can start small with your venture, committing little time or money, and wait to take the real plunge when you're sure it's successful. In preparing to write this book, Chris identified 1,500 individuals who have built businesses earning $50,000 or more from a modest investment (in many cases, $100 or less), and from that group he’s chosen to focus on the 50 most intriguing case studies. In nearly all cases, people with no special skills discovered aspects of their personal passions that could be monetized, and were able to restructure their lives in ways that gave them greater freedom and fulfillment. Here, finally, distilled into one easy-to-use guide, are the most valuable lessons from those who’ve learned how to turn what they do into a gateway to self-fulfillment. It’s all about finding the intersection between your "expertise" - even if you don’t consider it such - and what other people will pay for. You don’t need an MBA, a business plan or even employees. All you need is a product or service that springs from what you love to do anyway, people willing to pay, and a way to get paid. Not content to talk in generalities, Chris tells you exactly how many dollars his group of unexpected entrepreneurs required to get their projects up and running; what these individuals did in the first weeks and months to generate significant cash; some of the key mistakes they made along the way, and the crucial insights that made the business stick. Among Chris’s key principles: if you’re good at one thing, you’re probably good at something else; never teach a man to fish - sell him the fish instead; and in the battle between planning and action, action wins. In ancient times, people who were dissatisfied with their lives dreamed of finding magic lamps, buried treasure, or streets paved with gold. Today, we know that it’s up to us to change our lives. And the best part is, if we change our own life, we can help others change theirs. This remarkable book will start you on your way.

Bold is a radical, how-to guide for using exponential technologies, moonshot thinking, and crowd-powered tools to create extraordinary wealth while also positively impacting the lives of billions. Exploring the exponential technologies that are disrupting today's Fortune 500 companies and enabling upstart entrepreneurs to go from "I've got an idea" to "I run a billion-dollar company" far faster than ever before, the authors provide exceptional insight into the power of 3-D printing, artificial intelligence, robotics, networks and sensors, and synthetic biology. Drawing on insights from billionaire entrepreneurs Larry Page, Elon Musk, Richard Branson, and Jeff Bezos, the audiobook offers the best practices that allow anyone to leverage today's hyper connected crowd like never before. The authors teach how to design and use incentive competitions, launch million-dollar crowdfunding campaigns to tap into tens of billions of dollars of capital, and build communities - armies of exponentially enabled individuals willing and able to help today's entrepreneurs make their boldest dreams come true. Bold is both a manifesto and a manual. It is today's exponential entrepreneur's go-to resource on the use of emerging technologies, thinking at scale, and the awesome impact of crowd-powered tools.

The answer is simple: come up with 10 ideas a day. It doesn't matter if they are good or bad, the key is to exercise your "idea muscle", to keep it toned, and in great shape. People say ideas are cheap and execution is everything but that is NOT true. Execution is a consequence, a subset of good, brilliant idea. And good ideas require daily work. Ideas may be easy if we are only coming up with one or two but if you open this book to any of the pages and try to produce more than three, you will feel a burn, scratch your head, and you will be sweating, and working hard. There is a turning point when you reach idea number six for the day, you still have four to go, and your mind muscle is getting a workout. By the time you list those last ideas to make it to 10 you will see for yourself what "sweating the idea muscle" means. As you practice the daily idea generation you become an idea machine. When we become idea machines we are flooded with lots of bad ideas but also with some that are very good. This happens by the sheer force of the number, because we are coming up with 3,650 ideas per year (at 10 a day). When you are inspired by an extraordinary idea, all of your thoughts break their chains, you go beyond limitations and your capacity to act expands in every direction. Forces and abilities you did not know you had come to the surface, and you realize you are capable of doing great things. As you practice with the suggested prompts in this book your ideas will get better, you will be a source of great insight for others, people will find you magnetic, and they will want to hang out with you because you have so much to offer. When you practice every day your life will transform, in no more than 180 days, because it has no other evolutionary choice. Life changes for the better when we become the source of positive, insightful, and helpful ideas. Don't believe a word I say. Instead, challenge yourself.

A Guide to Resilience: How to Bounce Back from Life's Inevitable Problems Christian Moore is convinced that each of us has a power hidden within, something that can get us through any kind of adversity. That power is resilience. In The Resilience Breakthrough, Moore delivers a practical primer on how you can become more resilient in a world of instability and narrowing opportunity, whether you're facing financial troubles, health setbacks, challenges on the job, or any other problem. We can each have our own resilience breakthrough, Moore argues, and can each learn how to use adverse circumstances as potent fuel for overcoming life's hardships. As he shares engaging real-life stories and brutally honest analyses of his own experiences, Moore equips you with 27 resilience-building tools that you can start using today - in your personal life or in your organization.

What if someone told you that your behavior was controlled by a powerful, invisible force? Most of us would be skeptical of such a claim--but it's largely true. Our brains are constantly transmitting and receiving signals of which we are unaware. Studies show that these constant inputs drive the great majority of our decisions about what to do next--and we become conscious of the decisions only after we start acting on them. Many may find that disturbing. But the implications for leadership are profound. In this provocative yet practical book, renowned speaking coach and communication expert Nick Morgan highlights recent research that shows how humans are programmed to respond to the nonverbal cues of others--subtle gestures, sounds, and signals--that elicit emotion. He then provides a clear, useful framework of seven "power cues" that will be essential for any leader in business, the public sector, or almost any context. You'll learn crucial skills, from measuring nonverbal signs of confidence, to the art and practice of gestures and vocal tones, to figuring out what your gut is really telling you. This concise and engaging guide will help leaders and aspiring leaders of all stripes to connect powerfully, communicate more effectively, and command influence.

New York Times bestselling author and social media expert Gary Vaynerchuk shares hard-won advice on how to connect with customers and beat the competition. A mash-up of the best elements of Crush It! and The Thank You Economy with a fresh spin, Jab, Jab, Jab, Right Hook is a blueprint to social media marketing strategies that really works. When managers and marketers outline their social media strategies, they plan for the "right hook"—their next sale or campaign that's going to knock out the competition. Even companies committed to jabbing—patiently engaging with customers to build the relationships crucial to successful social media campaigns—want to land the punch that will take down their opponent or their customer's resistance in one blow. Right hooks convert traffic to sales and easily show results. Except when they don't. Thanks to massive change and proliferation in social media platforms, the winning combination of jabs and right hooks is different now. Vaynerchuk shows that while communication is still key, context matters more than ever. It's not just about developing high-quality content, but developing high-quality content perfectly adapted to specific social media platforms and mobile devices—content tailor-made for Facebook, Instagram, Pinterest, Twitter and Tumblr.

From the best-selling author of The Black Swan and one of the foremost thinkers of our time, Nassim Nicholas Taleb, a book on how some things actually benefit from disorder. In The Black Swan Taleb outlined a problem, and in Antifragile he offers a definitive solution: how to gain from disorder and chaos while being protected from fragilities and adverse events. For what Taleb calls the "antifragile" is actually beyond the robust, because it benefits from shocks, uncertainty, and stressors, just as human bones get stronger when subjected to stress and tension. The antifragile needs disorder in order to survive and flourish. Taleb stands uncertainty on its head, making it desirable, even necessary, and proposes that things be built in an antifragile manner. The antifragile is immune to prediction errors. Why is the city-state better than the nation-state, why is debt bad for you, and why is everything that is both modern and complicated bound to fail? The audiobook spans innovation by trial and error, health, biology, medicine, life decisions, politics, foreign policy, urban planning, war, personal finance, and economic systems. And throughout, in addition to the street wisdom of Fat Tony of Brooklyn, the voices and recipes of ancient wisdom, from Roman, Greek, Semitic, and medieval sources, are heard loud and clear. Extremely ambitious and multidisciplinary, Antifragile provides a blueprint for how to behave - and thrive - in a world we don't understand, and which is too uncertain for us to even try to understand and predict. Erudite and witty, Taleb’s message is revolutionary: What is not antifragile will surely perish.

The Cluetrain Manifesto began as a Web site in 1999 when the authors, who have worked variously at IBM, Sun Microsystems, the Linux Journal, and NPR, posted 95 theses about the new reality of the networked marketplace. Ten years after its original publication, their message remains more relevant than ever. For example, thesis no. 2: “Markets consist of human beings, not demographic sectors”; thesis no. 20: “Companies need to realize their markets are often laughing. At them.” The book enlarges on these themes through dozens of stories and observations about business in America and how the Internet will continue to change it all. With a new introduction and chapters by the authors, and commentary by Jake McKee, JP Rangaswami, and Dan Gillmor, this book is essential reading for anybody interested in the Internet and e-commerce, and is especially vital for businesses navigating the topography of the wired marketplace.

From the founders of the trailblazing software company 37signals, here is a different kind of business book one that explores a new reality. Today, anyone can be in business. Tools that used to be out of reach are now easily accessible. Technology that cost thousands is now just a few bucks or even free. Stuff that was impossible just a few years ago is now simple.That means anyone can start a business. And you can do it without working miserable 80-hour weeks or depleting your life savings. You can start it on the side while your day job provides all the cash flow you need. Forget about business plans, meetings, office space - you don't need them. With its straightforward language and easy-is-better approach, Rework is the perfect playbook for anyone who's ever dreamed of doing it on their own. Hardcore entrepreneurs, small-business owners, people stuck in day jobs who want to get out, and artists who don't want to starve anymore will all find valuable inspiration and guidance in these pages. It's time to rework work.


Tesla's main source of inspiration.
Roger Joseph Boscovich, a physicist, astronomer, mathematician, philosopher, diplomat, poet, theologian, Jesuit priest, and polymath, published the first edition of his famous work, Philosophiae Naturalis Theoria Redacta Ad Unicam Legem Virium In Natura Existentium (Theory Of Natural Philosophy Derived To The Single Law Of Forces Which Exist In Nature), in Vienna, in 1758, containing his atomic theory and his theory of forces. A second edition was published in 1763 in Venice

Bill Clinton's Georgetown mentor's history of the Conspiracy since the Boer War in South Africa.
TRAGEDY AND HOPE shows the years 1895-1950 as a period of transition from the world dominated by Europe in the nineteenth century to the world of three blocs in the twentieth century. With clarity, perspective, and cumulative impact, Professor Quigley examines the nature of that transition through two world wars and a worldwide economic depression. As an interpretative historian, he tries to show each event in the full complexity of its historical context. The result is a unique work, notable in several ways. It gives a picture of the world in terms of the influence of different cultures and outlooks upon each other; it shows, more completely than in any similar work, the influence of science and technology on human life; and it explains, with unprecedented clarity, how the intricate financial and commercial patterns of the West prior to 1914 influenced the development of today’s world.

This is the July, 2016 ALTA (Asymmetric Linguistic Trends Analysis) Report. Also known as 'the Web Bot' report, this series is brought to you by halfpasthuman.com. This report covers your future world from July 2016 through to 2031. Forecasts are created using predictive linguistics (from the inventor) and cover your planet, your population, your economy and markets, and your Space Goat Farts where you will find all the 'unknown' and 'officially denied' woo-woo that will be shaping your environment over these next few decades.

Time is considered as an independent entity which cannot be reduced to the concept of matter, space or field. The point of discussion is the "time flow" conception of N A Kozyrev (1908-1983), an outstanding Russian astronomer and natural scientist. In addition to a review of the experimental studies of "the active properties of time", by both Kozyrev and modern scientists, the reader will find different interpretations of Kozyrev's views and some developments of his ideas in the fields of geophysics, astrophysics, general relativity and theoretical mechanics.

How UFO Time Engines work - Clif High

The webpage discusses the workings of UFO time engines according to N.A. Kozyrev's experiments. The LL1 engine is described as a hollow metal sphere with a pool of mercury metal inside. When activated by electrical energy, it creates a uni-polar magnetic field causing the mercury to spin at a high rate and induce "time stuff" to accumulate on its surface. The accrued time stuff is siphoned down magnetically to the radiating antennae on the bottom of the vessel, providing self-sustaining power and allowing for time travel. The environment inside UFOs is likely volatile and not suitable for humans.

The Body Electric tells the fascinating story of our bioelectric selves. Robert O. Becker, a pioneer in the filed of regeneration and its relationship to electrical currents in living things, challenges the established mechanistic understanding of the body. He found clues to the healing process in the long-discarded theory that electricity is vital to life. But as exciting as Becker's discoveries are, pointing to the day when human limbs, spinal cords, and organs may be regenerated after they have been damaged, equally fascinating is the story of Becker's struggle to do such original work. The Body Electric explores new pathways in our understanding of evolution, acupuncture, psychic phenomena, and healing.

Unique, controversial, and frequently cited, this survey offers highly detailed accounts concerning the development of ideas and theories about the nature of electricity and space (aether). Readily accessible to general readers as well as high school students, teachers, and undergraduates, it includes much information unavailable elsewhere. This single-volume edition comprises both The Classical Theories and The Modern Theories, which were originally published separately. The first volume covers the theories of classical physics from the age of the Greek philosophers to the late 19th century. The second volume chronicles discoveries that led to the advances of modern physics, focusing on special relativity, quantum theories, general relativity, matrix mechanics, and wave mechanics. Noted historian of science I. Bernard Cohen, who reviewed these books for Scientific American, observed, "I know of no other history of electricity which is as sound as Whittaker's. All those who have found stimulation from his works will read this informative and accurate history with interest and profit."

The third edition of the defining text for the graduate-level course in Electricity and Magnetism has finally arrived! It has been 37 years since the first edition and 24 since the second. The new edition addresses the changes in emphasis and applications that have occurred in the field, without any significant increase in length.

Objects are a ubiquitous presence and few of us stop and think what they mean in our lives. This is the job of philosophers and this is what Jean Baudrillard does in his book. This is required reading for followers of Baudrillard, and he is perhaps the most assessable to the General Reader. Baudrillard is most associated with Post Modernism, and this early book sets the stage for that journey to the post modern world.
We are all surrounded by objects, but how many times have we thought about what those objects represent. If we took the time to think about the symbolism, we could arrive at easy solutions. We have been so accustomed to advertising the automobile representing freedom is an easy conclusion. But what about furniture? What about chairs? What about the arrangement of furniture? Watches? Collecting objects? Baudrillard literally opens up a new world and creates the universe of objects.
It is not that the critique of a society or objects has not been done before, but Baudrillard’s approach is new. Baudrillard examines objects as signs with a smattering of Post-Marxist thought. In his analysis of objects as signs, he ushers in the Post-Modern age and world for which he would be known. Heady stuff to be sure, but is presented by Baudrillard in a readily accessible manner. He articulates his thesis in a straightforward manner, avoiding the hyper-technical terminology he used in his later writings.

Moving away from the Marxist/Freudian approaches that had concerned him earlier, Baudrillard developed in this book a theory of contemporary culture that relies on displacing economic notions of cultural production with notions of cultural expenditure.

The book begins with Sidis's discovery of the first law of physical laws: "Among the physical laws it is a general characteristic that there is reversibility in time; that is, should the whole universe trace back the various positions that bodies in it have passed through in a given interval of time, but in the reverse order to that in which these positions actually occurred, then the universe, in this imaginary case, would still obey the same laws." Recent discoveries of dark matter are predicted by him in this book, and he goes on to show that the "Big Bang" is wrong. Sidis (SIGH-dis) shows that it is far more likely the universe is eternal

In this book you will encounter rare information regarding your true identity - the conscious self in the body - and how you may break the hypnotic spell your senses and thinking have cast about you since childhood.

Do we see the world as it truly is? In The Case Against Reality, pioneering cognitive scientist Donald Hoffman says no? we see what we need in order to survive. Our visual perceptions are not a window onto reality, Hoffman shows us, but instead are interfaces constructed by natural selection. The objects we see around us are not unlike the file icons on our computer desktops: while shaped like a small folder on our screens, the files themselves are made of a series of ones and zeros - too complex for most of us to understand. In a similar way, Hoffman argues, evolution has shaped our perceptions into simplistic illusions to help us navigate the world around us. Yet now these illusions can be manipulated by advertising and design.
Drawing on thirty years of Hoffman's own influential research, as well as evolutionary biology, game theory, neuroscience, and philosophy, The Case Against Reality makes the mind-bending yet utterly convincing case that the world is nothing like what we see through our eyes.

At the height of the Cold War, JFK risked committing the greatest crime in human history: starting a nuclear war. Horrified by the specter of nuclear annihilation, Kennedy gradually turned away from his long-held Cold Warrior beliefs and toward a policy of lasting peace. But to the military and intelligence agencies in the United States, who were committed to winning the Cold War at any cost, Kennedy’s change of heart was a direct threat to their power and influence. Once these dark “Unspeakable” forces recognized that Kennedy’s interests were in direct opposition to their own, they tagged him as a dangerous traitor, plotted his assassination, and orchestrated the subsequent cover-up.

2020 saw a spike in deaths in America, smaller than you might imagine during a pandemic, some of which could be attributed to COVID and to initial treatment strategies that were not effective. But then, in 2021, the stats people expected went off the rails. The CEO of the OneAmerica insurance company publicly disclosed that during the third and fourth quarters of 2021, death in people of working age (18–64) was 40 percent higher than it was before the pandemic. Significantly, the majority of the deaths were not attributed to COVID. A 40 percent increase in deaths is literally earth-shaking. Even a 10 percent increase in excess deaths would have been a 1-in-200-year event. But this was 40 percent. And therein lies a story—a story that starts with obvious questions: - What has caused this historic spike in deaths among younger people? - What has caused the shift from old people, who are expected to die, to younger people, who are expected to keep living?

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

The Tavistock Institute, in Sussex, England, describes itself as a nonprofit charity that applies social science to contemporary issues and problems. But this book posits that it is the world’s center for mass brainwashing and social engineering activities. It grew from a somewhat crude beginning at Wellington House into a sophisticated organization that was to shape the destiny of the entire planet, and in the process, change the paradigm of modern society. In this eye-opening work, both the Tavistock network and the methods of brainwashing and psychological warfare are uncovered.

A seminal and controversial figure in the history of political thought and public relations, Edward Bernays (1891–1995), pioneered the scientific technique of shaping and manipulating public opinion, which he famously dubbed “engineering of consent.” During World War I, he was an integral part of the U.S. Committee on Public Information (CPI), a powerful propaganda apparatus that was mobilized to package, advertise and sell the war to the American people as one that would “Make the World Safe for Democracy.” The CPI would become the blueprint in which marketing strategies for future wars would be based upon.
Bernays applied the techniques he had learned in the CPI and, incorporating some of the ideas of Walter Lipmann, as well as his uncle, Sigmund Freud, became an outspoken proponent of propaganda as a tool for democratic and corporate manipulation of the population. His 1928 bombshell Propaganda lays out his eerily prescient vision for using propaganda to regiment the collective mind in a variety of areas, including government, politics, art, science and education. To read this book today is to frightfully comprehend what our contemporary institutions of government and business have become in regards to organized manipulation of the masses.

Undressing the Bible: in Hebrew, the Old Testament speaks for itself, explicitly and transparently. It tells of mysterious beings, special and powerful ones, that appeared on Earth.
Aliens?
Former earthlings?
Superior civilizations, that have always been present on our planet?
Creators, manipulators, geneticists. Aviators, warriors, despotic rulers. And scientists, possessing very advanced knowledge, special weapons and science-fiction-like technologies.
Once naked, the Bible is very different from how it has always been told to us: it does not contain any spiritual, omnipotent and omniscient God, no eternity. No apples and no creeping, tempting, serpents. No winged angels. Not even the Red Sea: the people of the Exodus just wade through a simple reed bed.
Writer and journalist Giorgio Cattaneo sits down with Italy's most renowned biblical translator for his first long interview about his life's work for the English audience. A decade long official Bible translator for the Church and lifelong researcher of ancient myths and tales, Mauro Bilglino is a unicum in his field of expertise and research. A fine connoisseur of dead languages, from ancient Greek to Hebrew and medieval Latin, he focused his attention and efforts on the accurate translating of the bible.
The encounter with Mauro Biglino and his work - the journalist writes - is profoundly healthy, stimulating and inevitably destabilizing: it forces us to reconsider the solidity of the awareness that nourishes many of our common beliefs. And it is a testament to the courage that is needed, today more than ever, to claim the full dignity of free research.

Most people have heard of Jesus Christ, considered the Messiah by Christians, and who lived 2000 years ago. But very few have ever heard of Sabbatai Zevi, who declared himself the Messiah in 1666. By proclaiming redemption was available through acts of sin, he amassed a following of over one million passionate believers, about half the world's Jewish population during the 17th century.Although many Rabbis at the time considered him a heretic, his fame extended far and wide. Sabbatai's adherents planned to abolish many ritualistic observances, because, according to the Talmud, holy obligations would no longer apply in the Messianic time. Fasting days became days of feasting and rejoicing. Sabbateans encouraged and practiced sexual promiscuity, adultery, incest and religious orgies.After Sabbati Zevi's death in 1676, his Kabbalist successor, Jacob Frank, expanded upon and continued his occult philosophy. Frankism, a religious movement of the 18th and 19th centuries, centered on his leadership, and his claim to be the reincarnation of the Messiah Sabbatai Zevi. He, like Zevi, would perform "strange acts" that violated traditional religious taboos, such as eating fats forbidden by Jewish dietary laws, ritual sacrifice, and promoting orgies and sexual immorality. He often slept with his followers, as well as his own daughter, while preaching a doctrine that the best way to imitate God was to cross every boundary, transgress every taboo, and mix the sacred with the profane. Hebrew University of Jerusalem Professor Gershom Scholem called Jacob Frank, "one of the most frightening phenomena in the whole of Jewish history".Jacob Frank would eventually enter into an alliance formed by Adam Weishaupt and Meyer Amshel Rothschild called the Order of the Illuminati. The objectives of this organization was to undermine the world's religions and power structures, in an effort to usher in a utopian era of global communism, which they would covertly rule by their hidden hand: the New World Order. Using secret societies, such as the Freemasons, their agenda has played itself out over the centuries, staying true to the script. The Illuminati handle opposition by a near total control of the world's media, academic opinion leaders, politicians and financiers. Still considered nothing more than theory to many, more and more people wake up each day to the possibility that this is not just a theory, but a terrifying Satanic conspiracy.

This is the first English translation of this revolutionary essay by Vladimir I. Vernadsky, the great Russian-Ukrainian biogeochemist. It was first published in 1930 in French in the Revue générale des sciences pures et appliquées. In it, Vernadsky makes a powerful and provocative argument for the need to develop what he calls “a new physics,” something he felt was clearly necessitated by the implications of the groundbreaking work of Louis Pasteur among few others, but also something that was required to free science from the long-lasting effects of the work of Isaac Newton, most notably.
For hundreds of years, science had developed in a direction which became increasingly detached from the breakthroughs made in the study of life and the natural sciences, detached even from human life itself, and committed reductionists and small-minded scientists were resolved to the fact that ultimately all would be reduced to “the old physics.” The scientific revolution of Einstein was a step in the right direction, but here Vernadsky insists that there is more progress to be made. He makes a bold call for a new physics, taking into account, and fundamentally based upon, the striking anomalies of life and human life.

Using an inspired combination of geometric logic and metaphors from familiar human experience, Bucky invites readers to join him on a trip through a four-dimensional Universe, where concepts as diverse as entropy, Einstein's relativity equations, and the meaning of existence become clear, understandable, and immediately involving. In his own words: "Dare to be naive... It is one of our most exciting discoveries that local discovery leads to a complex of further discoveries." Here are three key examples or concepts from "Synergetics":

Tensegrity

Tensegrity, or tensional integrity, refers to structural systems that use a combination of tension and compression components. The simplest example of this is the "tensegrity triangle", where three struts are held in position not by touching one another but by tensioned wires. These systems are stable and flexible. Tensegrity structures are pervasive in natural systems, from the cellular level up to larger biological and even cosmological scales.

Vector Equilibrium (VE)

The Vector Equilibrium, often referred to by Fuller as the "VE", is a geometric form that he saw as the central form in his synergetic geometry. It’s essentially a cuboctahedron. Fuller noted that the VE is the only geometric form wherein all the vectors (lines from the center to the vertices) are of equal length and angular relationship. Because of this, it’s seen as a condition of absolute equilibrium, where the forces of push and pull are balanced.

Closest Packing of Spheres

Fuller was fascinated by how spheres could be packed together in the tightest possible configuration, a concept he often linked to how nature organizes systems. For example, when you stack oranges in a grocery store, they form a hexagonal pattern, and the spheres (oranges) are in closest-packed arrangement. Fuller related this principle to atomic structures and even cosmic organization.

To prepare Americans and freedom loving people everywhere for our current global wartime reality that few understand, here comes The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare (CG5GW) by Lieutenant General, U.S. Army (Retired) Michael T. Flynn and Sergeant, U.S. Army (Retired) Boone Cutler. General Flynn rose to the highest levels of the intelligence community and served as the National Security Advisor to the 45th POTUS. Sergeant Boone Cutler ran the ground game as a wartime Psychological Operations team sergeant in the United States Army. Together, these two combat veterans put their combined experience and expertise into an illuminating fifth-generation warfare information series called The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare. Introduction to 5GW is the first session of the multipart series. The series, complete with easy-to-understand diagrams, is written for all of humanity in every freedom loving country.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Biosphere :

  • Vernadsky defined the biosphere as the thin layer of Earth where life exists, encompassing all living organisms and the parts of the Earth where they interact. This includes the depths of the oceans to the upper layers of the atmosphere.
  • He posited that life plays a critical role in transforming the Earth's environment. In this view, living organisms are not just passive inhabitants of the planet, but active agents of change. This idea contrasts with more traditional views that saw life as simply adapting to pre-existing environmental conditions.
  • One example of this transformative power is the oxygen-rich atmosphere, which was created by photosynthesizing organisms over billions of years.

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Noosphere :

  • The concept of the noosphere can be seen as the next evolutionary stage following the biosphere. While the biosphere represents the realm of life, the noosphere represents the realm of human thought.
  • Vernadsky believed that, just as life transformed the Earth through the biosphere, human thought and collective intelligence would transform the planet in the era of the noosphere. This transformation would be characterized by the dominance of cultural evolution over biological evolution.
  • In this paradigm, human knowledge, technology, and cultural developments would become the primary drivers of change on the planet, influencing its future direction.
  • The term "noosphere" is derived from the Greek word “nous” meaning "mind" or "intellect" and "sphaira" meaning "sphere." So, the noosphere can be thought of as the "sphere of human thought."

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

A close analysis of the architecture of the stupa―a Buddhist symbolic form that is found throughout South, Southeast, and East Asia. The author, who trained as an architect, examines both the physical and metaphysical levels of these buildings, which derive their meaning and significance from Buddhist and Brahmanist influences.

Building on his extensive research into the sacred symbols and creation myths of the Dogon of Africa and those of ancient Egypt, India, and Tibet, Laird Scranton investigates the myths, symbols, and traditions of prehistoric China, providing further evidence that the cosmology of all ancient cultures arose from a single now-lost source.

It is at the same time a history of language, a guide to foreign tongues, and a method for learning them. It shows, through basic vocabularies, family resemblances of languages―Teutonic, Romance, Greek―helpful tricks of translation, key combinations of roots and phonetic patterns. It presents by common-sense methods the most helpful approach to the mastery of many languages; it condenses vocabulary to a minimum of essential words; it simplifies grammar in an entirely new way; and it teaches a languages as it is actually used in everyday life.
But this book is more than a guide to foreign languages; it goes deep into the roots of all knowledge as it explores the history of speech. It lights up the dim pathways of prehistory and unfolds the story of the slow growth of human expression from the most primitive signs and sounds to the elaborate variations of the highest cultures. Without language no knowledge would be possible; here we see how language is at once the source and the reservoir of all we know.

Taking only the most elementary knowledge for granted, Lancelot Hogben leads readers of this famous book through the whole course from simple arithmetic to calculus. His illuminating explanation is addressed to the person who wants to understand the place of mathematics in modern civilization but who has been intimidated by its supposed difficulty. Mathematics is the language of size, shape, and order―a language Hogben shows one can both master and enjoy.

A complete manual for the study and practice of Raja Yoga, the path of concentration and meditation. These timeless teachings is a treasure to be read and referred to again and again by seekers treading the spiritual path. The classic Sutras, at least 4,000 years old, cover the yogic teachings on ethics, meditation, and physical postures, and provide directions for dealing with situations in daily life. The Sutras are presented here in the purest form, with the original Sanskrit and with translation, transliteration, and commentary by Sri Swami Satchidananda, one of the most respected and revered contemporary Yoga masters. Sri Swamiji offers practical advice based on his own experience for mastering the mind and achieving physical, mental and emotional harmony.

William Strauss and Neil Howe will change the way you see the world - and your place in it. With blazing originality, The Fourth Turning illuminates the past, explains the present, and reimagines the future. Most remarkably, it offers an utterly persuasive prophecy about how America’s past will predict its future.

Strauss and Howe base this vision on a provocative theory of American history. The authors look back 500 years and uncover a distinct pattern: Modern history moves in cycles, each one lasting about the length of a long human life, each composed of four eras - or "turnings" - that last about 20 years and that always arrive in the same order. In The Fourth Turning, the authors illustrate these cycles using a brilliant analysis of the post-World War II period.

First comes a High, a period of confident expansion as a new order takes root after the old has been swept away. Next comes an Awakening, a time of spiritual exploration and rebellion against the now-established order. Then comes an Unraveling, an increasingly troubled era in which individualism triumphs over crumbling institutions. Last comes a Crisis - the Fourth Turning - when society passes through a great and perilous gate in history. Together, the four turnings comprise history's seasonal rhythm of growth, maturation, entropy, and rebirth.

4th Turning

Excess Deaths & Why RFK Jr. Can Win The Democratic Presidential Race - Ed Dowd | Part 1 of 2 - 06-21-2023

All original edition. Nothing added, nothing removed. This book traces the history of the ancient Khazar Empire, a major but almost forgotten power in Eastern Europe, which in the Dark Ages became converted to Judaism. Khazaria was finally wiped out by the forces of Genghis Khan, but evidence indicates that the Khazars themselves migrated to Poland and formed the cradle of Western Jewry. To the general reader the Khazars, who flourished from the 7th to 11th century, may seem infinitely remote today. Yet they have a close and unexpected bearing on our world, which emerges as Koestler recounts the fascinating history of the ancient Khazar Empire.

At about the time that Charlemagne was Emperor in the West. The Khazars' sway extended from the Black Sea to the Caspian, from the Caucasus to the Volga, and they were instrumental in stopping the Muslim onslaught against Byzantium, the eastern jaw of the gigantic pincer movement that in the West swept across northern Africa and into Spain.Thereafter the Khazars found themselves in a precarious position between the two major world powers: the Eastern Roman Empire in Byzantium and the triumphant followers of Mohammed.As Koestler points out, the Khazars were the Third World of their day. They chose a surprising method of resisting both the Western pressure to become Christian and the Eastern to adopt Islam. Rejecting both, they converted to Judaism. Mr. Koestler speculates about the ultimate faith of the Khazars and their impact on the racial composition and social heritage of modern Jewry.

Few people noticed the secret codewords used by our astronauts to describe the moon. Until now, few knew about the strange moving lights they reported.
George H. Leonard, former NASA scientist, fought through the official veil of secrecy and studied thousands of NASA photographs, spoke candidly with dozens of NASA officials, and listened to hours and hours of astronauts' tapes.
Here, Leonard presents the stunning and inescapable evidence discovered during his in-depth investigation:

  • Immense mechanical rigs, some over a mile long, working the lunar surface.
  • Strange geometric ground markings and symbols.
  • Lunar constructions several times higher than anything built on Earth.
  • Vehicles, tracks, towers, pipes, conduits, and conveyor belts running in and across moon craters.
Somebody else is indeed on the Moon, and engaged in activities on a massive scale. Our space agencies, and many of the world's top scientists, have known for years that there is intelligent life on the moon.

The article delves into the history of the Khazars, a polity in the Northern Caucasus that existed from the mid-seventh century until about 970 CE. Contrary to popular belief, the term "Khazars" is misleading as it was a multiethnic entity, and it's uncertain which specific group adopted Judaism. The Khazars first emerged in the seventh century, defeating the Bulgars, which led to the Bulgars' dispersion to various regions. The Khazar Empire was established through the expulsion of the Bulgars and was multiethnic in nature. The language spoken by the Khazars is debated, with some suggesting Turkic origins and others pointing to Slavic. The Khazars had several cities and fortresses, with significant archaeological findings. The Khazars had interactions with various empires, including wars with the Arabs and alliances with Byzantine emperors. By the mid-10th century, the Khazar capital of Itil was destroyed by the Russians. The article concludes that much of what is known about the Khazars is based on limited sources.

#Khazars #History #Caucasus #Judaism #Bulgars #Empire #Multiethnic #LanguageDebate #ArabWars #ByzantineAlliances #Itil #RussianInvasion #Archaeology #ReligiousConversion #TabletMag

In The Science of the Dogon, Laird Scranton demonstrated that the cosmological structure described in the myths and drawings of the Dogon runs parallel to modern science--atomic theory, quantum theory, and string theory--their drawings often taking the same form as accurate scientific diagrams that relate to the formation of matter.

Sacred Symbols of the Dogon uses these parallels as the starting point for a new interpretation of the Egyptian hieroglyphic language. By substituting Dogon cosmological drawings for equivalent glyph-shapes in Egyptian words, a new way of reading and interpreting the Egyptian hieroglyphs emerges. Scranton shows how each hieroglyph constitutes an entire concept, and that their meanings are scientific in nature.

The Dogon people of Mali, West Africa, are famous for their unique art and advanced cosmology. The Dogon’s creation story describes how the one true god, Amma, created all the matter of the universe. Interestingly, the myths that depict his creative efforts bear a striking resemblance to the modern scientific definitions of matter, beginning with the atom and continuing all the way to the vibrating threads of string theory. Furthermore, many of the Dogon words, symbols, and rituals used to describe the structure of matter are quite similar to those found in the myths of ancient Egypt and in the daily rituals of Judaism. For example, the modern scientific depiction of the informed universe as a black hole is identical to Amma’s Egg of the Dogon and the Egyptian Benben Stone.

The Science of the Dogon offers a case-by-case comparison of Dogon descriptions and drawings to corresponding scientific definitions and diagrams from authors like Stephen Hawking and Brian Greene, then extends this analysis to the counterparts of these symbols in both the ancient Egyptian and Hebrew religions. What is ultimately revealed is the scientific basis for the language of the Egyptian hieroglyphs, which was deliberately encoded to prevent the knowledge of these concepts from falling into the hands of all but the highest members of the Egyptian priesthood.

Anthony C. Yu’s translation of The Journey to the West,initially published in 1983, introduced English-speaking audiences to the classic Chinese novel in its entirety for the first time. Written in the sixteenth century, The Journey to the West tells the story of the fourteen-year pilgrimage of the monk Xuanzang, one of China’s most famous religious heroes, and his three supernatural disciples, in search of Buddhist scriptures. Throughout his journey, Xuanzang fights demons who wish to eat him, communes with spirits, and traverses a land riddled with a multitude of obstacles, both real and fantastical. An adventure rich with danger and excitement, this seminal work of the Chinese literary canonis by turns allegory, satire, and fantasy.

With over a hundred chapters written in both prose and poetry, The Journey to the West has always been a complicated and difficult text to render in English while preserving the lyricism of its language and the content of its plot. But Yu has successfully taken on the task, and in this new edition he has made his translations even more accurate and accessible. The explanatory notes are updated and augmented, and Yu has added new material to his introduction, based on his original research as well as on the newest literary criticism and scholarship on Chinese religious traditions. He has also modernized the transliterations included in each volume, using the now-standard Hanyu Pinyin romanization system. Perhaps most important, Yu has made changes to the translation itself in order to make it as precise as possible.

One of the great works of Chinese literature, The Journey to the West is not only invaluable to scholars of Eastern religion and literature, but, in Yu’s elegant rendering, also a delight for any reader.

The Oera Linda Book is a 19th-century translation by Dr. Ottema and WIlliam R. Sandbach of an old manuscript written in the Old Frisian language that records historical, mythological, and religious themes of remote antiquity, compiled between 2194 BC and AD 803.

  • The Oera Linda book challenges traditional views of pre-Christian societies.
  • Christianization is likened to a "great reset" that erased previous civilizations.
  • The Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people.
  • The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting patterns in history.
  • The importance of identity and understanding one's roots is highlighted.
  • The Oera Linda book offers wisdom and insights into several European languages.

The Oera Linda book offers a fresh perspective on our history, challenging the notion that pre-Christian societies were uncivilized. It suggests that the Christianization of societies was a form of "great reset," erasing and demonizing what existed before. The Oera Linda writings hint at an advanced civilization with its own laws, writing, and societal structures. Jan Ott's translation from the Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people. The text also touches upon the guilt many feel today, even if they aren't religious, about issues like climate change and historical slavery. It criticizes the way science is sometimes treated like a religion, with scientists acting as its preachers. The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting that understanding history requires recognizing patterns and cycles. Christianity is portrayed as one of the most significant resets in history, with sects fighting and erasing each other's scriptures. The importance of identity is highlighted, with a focus on the Fryans, a tribe that faced challenges from another tribe from Finland. This other tribe had a different moral compass, leading to conflicts and eventual assimilation. The text suggests that the true history of the Fryans and their values might have been distorted by subsequent Christian narratives. The Oera Linda book is seen as a source of wisdom, shedding light on the origins of several European languages and offering insights into values like freedom, truth, and justice.

#OeraLinda #History #Christianization #GreatReset #FryanLanguage #JanOtt #Civilization #OldTestament #Church #SpiritualAbuse #Identity #Fryans #Autland #Finland #Slavery #Christianity #Sects #Genocide #Torture #Bible #Freedom #Truth #Justice #Righteousness #Language #German #Dutch #Frisian #English #Scandinavian #Wisdom #Inspiration #European #Values

The Talmud is one of the most important holy books of the Hebrew religion and of the world. No English translation of the book existed until the author presented this work. To this day, very little of the actual text seems available in English -- although we find many interpretive commentaries on what it is supposed to mean. The Talmud has a reputation for being long and difficult to digest, but Polano has taken what he believes to be the best material and put it into extremely readable form. As far as holy books of the world are concerned, it is on par with The Koran, The Bhagavad-Gita and, of course, The Bible, in importance. This clearly written edition will allow many to experience The Talmud who may have otherwise not had the chance.

This five-volume set is the only complete English rendering of The Zohar, the fundamental rabbinic work on Jewish mysticism that has fascinated readers for more than seven centuries. In addition to being the primary reference text for kabbalistic studies, this magnificent work is arranged in the form of a commentary on the Bible, bringing to the surface the deeper meanings behind the commandments and biblical narrative. As The Zohar itself proclaims: Woe unto those who see in the Law nothing but simple narratives and ordinary words .... Every word of the Law contains an elevated sense and a sublime mystery .... The narratives of the Law are but the raiment Thin which it is swathed.

Twenty-one years ago, at a friend's request, a Massachusetts professor sketched out a blueprint for nonviolent resistance to repressive regimes. It would go on to be translated, photocopied, and handed from one activist to another, traveling from country to country across the globe: from Iran to Venezuela―where both countries consider Gene Sharp to be an enemy of the state―to Serbia; Afghanistan; Vietnam; the former Soviet Union; China; Nepal; and, more recently and notably, Tunisia, Egypt, Yemen, Libya, and Syria, where it has served as a guiding light of the Arab Spring.

This short, pithy, inspiring, and extraordinarily clear guide to overthrowing a dictatorship by nonviolent means lists 198 specific methods to consider, depending on the circumstances: sit-ins, popular nonobedience, selective strikes, withdrawal of bank deposits, revenue refusal, walkouts, silence, and hunger strikes. From Dictatorship to Democracy is the remarkable work that has made the little-known Sharp into the world's most effective and sought-after analyst of resistance to authoritarian regimes.

Bill Cooper, former United States Naval Intelligence Briefing Team member, reveals information that remains hidden from the public eye. This information has been kept in topsecret government files since the 1940s. His audiences hear the truth unfold as he writes about the assassination of John F. Kennedy, the war on drugs, the secret government, and UFOs. Bill is a lucid, rational, and powerful speaker whose intent is to inform and to empower his audience. Standing room only is normal. His presentation and information transcend partisan affiliations as he clearly addresses issues in a way that has a striking impact on listeners of all backgrounds and interests. He has spoken to many groups throughout the United States and has appeared regularly on many radio talk shows and on television. In 1988 Bill decided to "talk" due to events then taking place worldwide, events that he had seen plans for back in the early 1970s. Bill correctly predicted the lowering of the Iron Curtain, the fall of the Berlin Wall, and the invasion of Panama. All Bill's predictions were on record well before the events occurred. Bill is not a psychic. His information comes from top secret documents that he read while with the Intelligence Briefing Team and from over seventeen years of research.

The argument that the 16th Amendment (which concerns the federal income tax) was not properly ratified and thus is invalid has been a topic of debate among some tax protesters and scholars. One of the individuals associated with this theory is Bill Benson, who asserted that the 16th Amendment was fraudulently ratified. Here's a brief overview of the argument: 1. Research and Documentation: Bill Benson, along with another individual named M.J. "Red" Beckman, wrote a two-volume work called "The Law That Never Was" in the 1980s. This work was a product of Benson's extensive travels to various state archives to examine the original ratification documents related to the 16th Amendment. 2. Claims of Irregularities: In his work, Benson presented evidence that claimed many of the states either did not ratify the 16th Amendment properly or made mistakes in their resolutions. Some of these alleged irregularities included misspellings, incorrect wording, and other deviations from the proposed amendment. 3. Philander Knox's Role: In 1913, Philander Knox, who was the U.S. Secretary of State at the time, declared that the 16th Amendment had been ratified by the necessary three-fourths of the states. Benson's contention is that Knox was aware of the various discrepancies and irregularities in the ratification process but chose to fraudulently declare the amendment ratified anyway. 4. Legal Challenges and Court Rulings: Over the years, some tax protesters have used Benson's findings to challenge the legality of the income tax. However, these challenges have been consistently rejected by the courts. In fact, several courts have addressed Benson's research and arguments directly and found them to be without legal merit. The courts have repeatedly upheld the validity of the 16th Amendment. 5. Counterarguments: Critics of Benson's theory argue that even if there were minor discrepancies in the wording or format of the ratification documents, they do not invalidate the overarching intent of the states to ratify the amendment. Additionally, they assert that there's no substantive evidence that Knox acted fraudulently. It's worth noting that despite the popularity of this theory among certain groups, the legal consensus in the U.S. is that the 16th Amendment was validly ratified and is a legitimate part of the U.S. Constitution. Those who refuse to pay income taxes based on this theory have faced legal penalties.

The article delves into the evolution of the concept of the ether in physics. Historically, the ether was postulated to explain the propagation of light, with figures like Newton and Huygens suggesting its existence. By the late 19th century, Maxwell's electromagnetic theory linked light's propagation to the ether, a theory experimentally validated by Hertz in 1888. Lorentz expanded on this, focusing on wave transmission in moving media. The article contrasts the English approach, which sought tangible models, with the phenomenological view, which aimed for a descriptive approach without specific hypotheses. The piece also touches on various mechanical theories and models proposed over the years, emphasizing the challenges in defining the ether's properties and its evolving nature in scientific discourse.

As an Amazon Associate I earn from qualifying purchases.


13 Times the Impact of 9/11: What’s Coming Next? 🚨 w Dick Allgire of Future Forecasting Group – 09-15-2023

13 Times the Impact of 9/11: What's Coming Next? 🚨 w Dick Allgire of Future Forecasting Group - 09-15-2023

13 Times the Impact of 9/11: What's Coming Next? 🚨 w Dick Allgire of Future Forecasting Group - 09-15-2023

Episode Summary:

Cliff High discusses a data collection method that indicates a significant upcoming event. Both his and another independent method suggest that "the shit may be hitting the fan." The future is described as not being fully formed, and the uncertainty of events is emphasized. The discussion touches on the idea that if enough people are aware of a potential event, it might change its outcome. The level of public consciousness can prevent hidden agendas from being executed. The future is visualized as a horizontal tornado, with events and timelines not being fixed. Remote viewers see chunks of the future, and the closer they are to an event, the more accurate their predictions. The conversation also touches on the idea of building tension and its release, with the current tension being described as unprecedented. The data suggests a significant event, possibly an attack, that will be covered up to appear natural. The emotional response to this event is predicted to be 13 times that of 9/11.

#CliffHigh #DataCollection #UpcomingEvent #Future #PublicAwareness #Tornado #RemoteViewers #Prediction #Tension #Attack #CoverUp #EmotionalResponse #9/11 #Significance #Uncertainty #Consciousness #Timeline #Emotion #Release #BuildingTension #NaturalEvent #Language #Impact #Decision #Cover

13 Times the Impact of 9/11: What's Coming Next? 🚨 w Dick Allgire of Future Forecasting Group - 09-15-2023

All right, cliff High, you have data from your collection method, which was obtained independently from our collection method, but both seem to be indicating an event. I mean, the shit may be hitting the fan. Is that an accurate summary? That's a fair characterization indeed. And we got to take into this into account the May.

All right? So I liked when Daz talked about in your presentation, he talked about that this particular future may not be fully formed. It's not mere hours, it's months, probably, right? And so I agree with him. And the may aspect is what has me motivated to tell people about this, right?

Because we don't know, all right? So we don't know if enough people knew that they were going to do attack on Lahaina. And if enough people were standing there watching for it, would it have happened? Would they have dared to do it? Right?

At some point, the level of consciousness of the body politic will overwhelm their ability to hide things, and that is a big barrier for them, right? They can't be called out on this. So now in the future, Oprah is going to be called out on all the activity in Lahaina. As will Rox, whatever the guy's name is, and all of Bezos and all of these other people directly as they're trying to do other things. And so it'll intrude on their lives to the point that it will affect their lives.

Now, if we'd had this on MoS, if everybody in the United States thought or I don't say everybody, but I mean a significant portion of the non normies. So if we thought that there were 30% normies that are just not going to wake up at this point for any reason, but there's 30% of the population that is awake and 30% of the population that is in flux. Well, perhaps we could get 40 or 50% of the population to focus on wherever the attack might happen, that it may arise in the future. Now, I'm going to draw a little picture and I'm going to explain from my viewpoint how Dazz's words reflect this, right? And my little picture is a picture of the future, how I envision it.

And so if we are here so if we're out here and this is the future headed in this way, and the future, in my opinion, is like a horizontal tornado, right? And it's just lying out there. And that's as wide as that future is. There are no timelines on the other side of it. There's no fixed anything on the other side of it.

It is a maelstrom. It is flux at a primary level. And so what Daz, in my opinion, is seeing is this tornado bringing up chunks of stuff that he could envision it, right? He could see it in his remote viewing. And so all you remote viewers, in my opinion, are seeing the chunks that are being brought up here.

Now, if we're standing right here looking at it, mere hours away. You're going to see the chunks of the manifesting future right as it is manifesting. Thus the 911 call. You guys got 6 hours ahead of time, right? Yeah.

Because you were so accurate at that. But here we are, at least 90 days out. And so if we're three months here, there's a little bit of wiggle room in this period of time here so that we don't know what's going to actually manifest. Maybe this particular image of someplace being a target for a do, maybe that will fold back into the developing reality because we do things out here that prevent those people from making that decision to do it. Let me draw something for you.

It's like the same thing. And my concept is that we have a forming wave here, so we have all the all the activity here is coalescing there. Like when you're surfing, there's no wave there, but you can see the you can feel it, the bump. You can see the wave coming. It's forming.

It comes past you, and then it lifts you up, and there you go. Breaks. Yeah. And Daz made another good point, is that remote viewers often tend to the amplitude of something we may say, oh, it's the end of the world. Like, we saw the mushroom cloud.

It's like, oh, it's a nuclear, but it was just a mushroom cloud from a volcano. It was significant. All right, so let's talk about significance for a second. All right, so this is very key. This is why we're here now, is because of a level of significance that I've never seen before within my work.

All right? So I'm going to erase this little tiny bit up here, and I'm going to draw you a building tension. Let me ask you something before you get to that. There's something I've always wanted to ask you. This is something I've always wondered about.

What was the moment? Because I followed your work 1618 years now, at least. When did you have the AHA moment? When did you get the concept that, oh, my God, human consciousness is a hive mind, and people are picking up the future and they're writing about it, and I could go they're leaking about it. I'll tell you exactly.

It was on my flight into Mexico City where I was going to go teach at La Unum, the university that's involved in the alien mess in Mexico now. And it was midnight. I was on a 747. I was on the right hand side of the plane, and the plane was struck by lightning twice. Before each occurrence, I knew there was something going to happen.

I didn't have enough hair for it to stand up, stand up. But I became aware that there was something pending, but that wasn't it. What triggered it was the people across the aisle. The woman knew something was going to happen, and all of a sudden her language changed. It was as though her mind got hit by the lightning strike on the plane mere milliseconds before the actual lightning strike.

There was enough time between the two strikes that I observed that effect in other people. That's when I knew that I'd always studied psychicness and all of that. I'd been red pilled since Kennedy was killed. So I wasn't the regular kind of a guy. But it was in that instant in 1993, in September, that in that instant that the idea formed.

Those people are leaking out the future, okay? So that's when I knew that my psychic impressions and all of this kind of stuff was not an anomaly, but was common to all of our species. But there were mental barriers that prevented all of these business people, bear in mind I'm in business class, but prevented them from being a Woo guy. And bear in mind, all my life I had to hide the Woo stuff in order to make a living and so on, right? But I used it.

So I worked a job for Microsoft. They give us some tools, they tell us a task programming job. They gave us the very first iteration of Microsoft ODBC, their PC based database tool. And they just wanted us to record hours and stuff in it. I'm lazy.

My task involved for them involved lots and lots and lots of screen edits changes and so on. And I knew from the get go that there were going to be lots of meetings that would change all these parameters and stuff, right? And so I put everything into the database. I put all of my screen designs and stuff into the database. So anytime I needed to make a change for anything, it would sweep through and do it all for me.

They had never conceived of using their own tools that way, right? Of using these commercial tools as development tools. That's when I started doing. But that was a Woo conclusion. That was a Woo kind of a thing in order that I did that.

So it was that moment flying into so then the first time that you did that, that you went and scoured the internet and took all the language and crunched that, that was four years later. Four years to write the code. Okay, so you do your first sweep, right?

Was it difficult to make sense of it? Yes. From 97 until 99 I processed that first scraping, okay? It was massive and I threw away mass amounts of it. And a lot of that time was taking a word that showed up in a conversation where it should not have and applying a metric to it, a number.

That was one of the aspects of the emotional tone of that word, right? Words have impact, they have duration, they have all different kinds of parameters. So I had to assign all these numerics to all of the different words that I encountered. And then I basically found out I was redefining the dictionary relative to this, and it took me from 97 up until 99 into 99 before I started doing another scraping. In that period of time, though, just seeing that first run, I totally abandoned my goal, which was to use this leaking of the language to find which stocks to buy.

Yeah. Well, I think the one that impressed me the most was the 2008 financial collapse, because you talked about that years. Yeah, a year in advance. You said in October there's going to be something, and you didn't say that it was a financial collapse, but you described it from every angle perfectly and how long it would last and what the fallout would be in the reverberations.

It's not me. I mean, people are a psychic and they leak it out. I just tumbled to this. Right. And so I was able to do it that way.

But we're at that key point. The thing that makes me that enables me to do that, to find those particular kind of words, is that building tension and then the release of that tension. So if we have a subject here, and I track that same subject on the other side of the release, and so I was having to assign values to these particular words, such and then mostly to those words that provide emotion, adjectives, adverbs, et cetera, when applied to these particular nouns or subjects. Right. And so if it would rise up to a ten in a building tension value, I would wait to see where that particular subject, that particular subset of that subject in that particular realm, by which I would mean the area I scraped it from.

So it gets into all kinds of details you don't care about, but I would wait to get until it went over the threshold to find out where it ended up in its released language. Right. I've been constantly adjusting these numbers because Universe provides a new impetus that says, okay, this is not really a six or not really an eight. It should be more like a nine or a ten. And so I would have to adjust it as a nine or a ten to run the routines to analyze and see if it all fits and stuff.

Right. I'm not trying to create a model. I'm trying to actually analyze and see what is there. And I don't care about the value of the number. That's what a lot of people don't understand.

It doesn't matter to me that that is a ten and that is a five. What matters to me is the delta here is a five, that there's a five difference in my emotional points between the two. And I keep summing these, okay? So if, for instance, we had a situation where we had something with a ten that was in building tension and it released at a five, then we have a five residual that's in building tension, okay? It could have released at a 15, in which case we would have had a five, but it would have been a release tension.

Or we would think of it as like a negative value in terms of positive and negative. And so what I follow is the delta between these, okay? And so over an entire run, millions of words, tens of millions, sometimes these analyses are done and then presented to me as a range of values in this database, okay? And then I sum and go through all of those at a statistical level. And I use those as metrics relative to I won't get into it.

But in any event, I sum these and I come up with this range for a particular run. So a particular run, or say all of the runs I've done have produced deltas that fall consistently into this particular range, such that that range is my effective delta between building tension and release tension. Okay? So I've had to adjust the upper range occasionally when certain things would happen and we would jump outside of that. But I allow outliers, but I want it to fall back in there.

But the point of this is this. This is so consistent. Some months we would have a delta of three and then not much is going to happen. That's like normal times, correct. Our usual chaos.

Yeah, not COVID, but like right, okay. So COVID had me move this up, had me take it from like 5.25 up to where it is now. That was the process of COVID doing there, is pushing on it. It pushed on it, but it was still at five before we hit COVID, just slightly over it. And then we're almost at six, right through the process of COVID we had that much more emotion and so on.

But here's the kicker on all of this shit. Right now, we're at over 81. Eightync. Oh, shit, 13 times over the maximum. Not just not 13 times over the minimum, we're 13 times over the maximum.

And it is an 81 point something, but it's in release tension. So that means people are just going to be spewing and spewing and spewing language, releasing emotion to a huge level that exceeds what we saw in Global Impact of 911. Now, here's the thing, okay? So you guys are correct. Viewers, including all of my data and stuff, have a tendency to see stuff over magnitude.

Yeah. Okay, so here's my problem with this. I don't know whether to apply that over the totality of the effects of this or within a single day, because there's going to be so much emotion in a single day that the trail off, which is going to go for a couple of years will not really add to that number. Okay? I haven't done any analysis for that post event kind of a thing.

So in other words, we could have dozens and dozens of different scenarios that would produce this kind of result. One of the scenarios that I discussed with Nino would be well, I won't go into that right in the moment, but so one of the scenarios would be directed energy weapons striking the Denver airport right. Or Cheyenne Mountain. All right. In a visible way such that the population is aware of the event.

All right. Then we have to go into the idea that they may not be aware of it as an attack initially, and at some point, they will become aware that there's actually an attack involved in this that changes everything in everybody's mind. Now, I'm of the opinion that the people that you guys saw making that decision have a really rough decision to make, all right? Not the actual, are we going to do the attack? But the other decision really is how are we going to try and cover this up and make it appear to be natural.

So you guys had the idea of the earthquakes and stuff. My data has very rarely had this particular set of words show up in it. And one of it was ejecta. Ejecta. And that was in our remote viewing data.

Like, yeah. Stuff being in my subsets here, that word appears to be applied by the powers that be that are trying to cover this up and make it appear as though it was a meteorite hit. Okay? This is what is coming out of the confusion of the language that I've got at the moment that they would try and make it that they're going to attack. They want to attack.

There are people that they need to attack, but they don't want the public to know that there's an open war going on. They want it to look like a natural event, like, oh, this would natural, but earthquake won't do it. An earthquake won't do it because of the ejecta part that they're going to have to deal with ejecta. Even if it's a directed energy weapon, it's going to cause the ground to fry up and eject stuff, and it causes them some problems. So at this point, I'm leaning in agreement with Daz that this is information that it is bubbling out there.

And we're not quite sure what's going to come out, but that my data is predicting that no matter what comes out of this, we will reach these numbers in release language. Now, if I were to sit here and postulate a number of different scenarios, I could postulate scenarios that would reach that level of release language, some of them relatively easily. Okay? One of them would be that such a plot was discovered and that the discovery of that plot led to its undoing and that the discovery of the plotters led to their arrests and the shock of who it was. And what was being done and by whom in terms of the military, arresting them and et cetera, et cetera, would get us to that level of release language.

You see people puking out their emotions like mad. Yeah. Okay, let me make sure I understand this. You've got your 81 point something release language, and you're saying that could happen all at once? That could be in a short time span or it could be no, sorry, I didn't mean to confuse you.

Okay, we will get that as a result of the event. Okay. What is uncertain about this is whether that continues on in its direct impact on people or if that is related to the event itself and then trails off over time as there is no further follow on. Remember how Daz had said this might be a precursor to a series of events? Okay.

So in my opinion, that if we had this level of an event, and I were to say that there was a time frame here and it was three months, and I got that number because I was doing my work six months out, okay, which is the case. I was doing these runs six months before this anticipated event. What about all those people that are displaced, having to walk, having to flee, no vehicles working, they're carrying all their possessions and stuff? That's going to be a lot bigger than an 81 in terms of release language, okay? That's going to be like World War Three kind of release language.

Might even be in the hundreds. And so maybe if I were to do another run now, I would find that on the other side of this, we have those hundreds and hundreds and hundreds of residual release values showing up. Right. But I haven't done that run for a lot of different reasons. My server was attacked, for one.

I haven't done that yet, so I don't know if to anticipate that or not, but the 81 is for the event. It's going to be 13 times the amount of release language that we saw with, like, 911. Okay. It'll be 13 times that. Wow.

Okay. But here's the thing about that. That basically took place in a day, right. We were talking about you're going to hear my helicopters going over right now. They're comforting, though.

Yeah, I know you're getting them, too, but the blackhawks going around right now. Okay. Sorry to interrupt you. Okay, that's all right. 911 release language, it was all in a day, right?

But we had the language following on that day after day after day after day as everybody digested it in their minds. And then all of a sudden, the Patriot Act was there, and everybody got all whipped up with this and so on, and it was diverted and all of that. But what if this was not a singular attack day, right? So what if instead it was the discovery of the plot, the plotters get denounced, the plotters are arrested. That might take three or four or five days for all of that to actually occur.

Hell, it might take them a week or even two weeks to might take longer than that. Yeah, right. But that would be the spread of that language over that period of time because that would be the duration of the event. Got it. Yeah.

So the duration of the event really impacts a lot of this, even in the case of a directed energy weapon. So one of your guys maybe it was Denaim, you're talking about the political intrigue and no, I was going to say the repeated bombing. Somebody had repeated bombs falling. Okay. Somebody had a drawing.

Derek. Yeah, that's why I was saying it. Okay. So that drawing is like that was a shock because that's the image in my head of this dew attack. The image that arises from the language is of people standing on subdivision streets some number of miles away in the hills somewhere with their phones and cameras taking pictures of repeated energy bursts coming down, hitting a particular site until it's all smoldering and dust and all of this kind of shit.

But it doesn't move around. It's like repeated strikes in the same place. And so it's like I saw that. It's like, okay, now that could take five or 6 hours. That's the duration that's indicated in the reports.

It seems to be that it's like people see it at six or seven in the morning, but there's also taken photos of it at noon, that kind of thing. Right. And so even that is going to impact how rapidly we build to the 81 and how rapidly it distributes itself such that we're aware of it. So that 81 might come across in an instant if it was a big enough attack like the Ejecta and everybody thinks it's a meteorite and so on. And then the confusion that follows, no matter what happens, we're going to have confusion.

For those who haven't seen our work, let me give a brief overview. We have remote viewers that we call future Forecasting Group and we're very good remote viewers and we do cryptocurrency analysis, ancient mysteries, woo woo, future events. And every month we predict the news events for the next month. In July, I saw, and we published this, a wall of flames. A wall of flames in people fleeing for their lives from the wall of flames.

I didn't know where I didn't know what it was, but it was a big fire and there were dozens of people running. I should call that up. I didn't have it handy. Well, that was the Maui Fire and when I saw the you guys are working one month ahead too, aren't you? Yeah, we published it three weeks before the fire.

And so I saw the Maui fire and I broke down sobbing. I looked at my work and I said, oh my God. I saw that we had done a target in 2022 privately that we didn't publish that was looking would the Hawaiian Islands be safe in the coming year, were there any events that we needed to know about? And Daz Smith had drawn a coastline town that was hit with a directed energy weapon with massive loss of life, with buildings destroyed, mountain to the east of it behind a fire absolute to a T perfectly in 2022. So a year before that happened, looking at a future event in Hawaii.

And when we looked at that data, we just went, oh, that seems pretty far fetched, and we put it away. And it wasn't until like, two weeks after the fire, daz went and said, I think I saw that. And we looked at his data. So we use remote viewing to look at future events. We've had some success in this instance.

They gave us a target that I still don't know what the target was. It was a near future event that I think may have to do with financial cryptocurrency regulations, something like that. Like, when will BRICS use a gold back currency?

When will the ETF be? Something like that.

None of us got anything that had anything to do with the target. But we all got this big event that we're describing here, and it was so much corroboration and correlation. When we look at remote viewing data, if one person says something that's interesting, if two describe the same thing, that's a little more weight. When three or four describe the same thing, we pretty much take that to the bank. So this is us coming up with big event, big event, world changing event.

And you independently have got that through your and not just me either. Right? Okay. So one of the things is I've got language. Not just the numerics, but I've got the actual language that says basically we'll hit the event and then from that point on, the world has changed.

That it's like our official kind of we won't ever look back sort of a deal, except to see that this current time is ancient history. But it's not just me. There are psychics in all kinds of languages that are popping this up, right? I've got them in Armenian, I've got them in Turkish, I've got psychics in Malaysia, in Thailand, all independent, all popping up and putting things on the Internet saying, hey, something big is mean. At first I was know piggybacking, right?

But then I started plotting the time they were posted and their various different methods and stuff. And it's like, there's something here. There's something going on. Now, as I say, I'm with Daz in the sense that I think the future is still forming on this. We're not close enough that it is, like, materialized.

And I don't buy the idea of timelines. It's very confusing language to apply to what we're seeing here and what's actually happening, because that implies that they exist independent of each other and exist independent of our current decisions and so forth. That doesn't happen. Yeah, my pet peeve has always been remote viewers or psychics that predict something that doesn't happen. They say, well, the universe split off in timeline like, bullshit, horseshit, bull fucking shit.

But you could actually take credit for it if you understood this mechanism right here. You could say, oh, well, hey, I told so many people about it that so and so didn't do whatever he was supposed to do. That kind of thing. Yeah. And that's actually what I'm hoping will happen, okay?

That's why we're doing here, okay? So the only reason to do this is so that it won't happen. Okay? I'm not trying to warn anybody because there ain't shit you can do from a directed energy weapon. And if it's going to destroy all the electronics in your area and fry the electronics in your car and you're going to be on foot carrying what food you can, fleeing radiation, not knowing what I'm putting out now won't help you.

Maybe it would help you prepare a bug out bag, but that would be the most actionable thing you could get out of this, right? I mean, it's just not really feasible. If you knew about the Lahaina fires and lived in Lahaina. And you knew about it a couple of weeks ahead of time, there's not a lot you can do to effectively alter your situation or the Lahaina situation. That's my understanding.

However, I think we are presented with something that universe wants us to experiment with, okay? I have this big grand vision of how all this shit works. What I think is going on is the universe wants us to explore this right here. It wants us to explore knowledge and actuality. And we are in this period of time that I call uncertainty, okay?

And from here to the event is an uncertain period of time in which we will feel uncertainty as we move towards this event. But I'm of the opinion that we can do things now that will alter the potential future that would arise. And so people out there I'm of the opinion that if we got enough people to talk about this and know about this, it would make both of us into bullshitters because it wouldn't happen. All right? And that's my goal is that we get enough people to hmm.

There's this idea out here, and maybe we all ought to be pointing fingers, know? The Department of Defense and the installations in Antarctica and looking at Cheyenne Mountain and looking at Denver Airport, those are the only two indicators I've got that are worth anything. I've got so many other geographic indicators that it's kind of meaningless. I do tend to agree with one of your guys. I can't remember who it was that said it had a West Coast focus.

So I think it's more likely Cheyenne Mountain and Denver Airport than this other site that I think could be, because that would be a site that would take down the Internet. Globally, but I don't think they want to do that.

Well, there are people that watch out for our safety at Future Forecasting Group. Let me put the site up too. If people want to see our work, they should go and look at your debrief on that. Yeah, it's at Futureforecastinggroup.com and you can get a free seven day trial. So you can just sign up for the free trial.

Look at this. Look at some of our other stuff and then cancel and you won't be charged. So it's there. Now, we do have individuals that, quote, protect us, that monitor us, that advise us. We got asked to do one.

Somebody offered us $250,000 to do a remote viewing target. That was one target. Well healed. Love those kind of customers. Well, this was a customer that if I told you who it was, you'd know who it was.

Our advisor said, don't touch that because he can afford that. But the people above him that don't want that out, you don't want to mess with them. Right. It gets you sucked into the whole thing. Yeah.

When we did the Maui Fire, we timestamped that and we looked at it internally and the decision was made, nah, we're not going to put that out. Definitely not on YouTube. We didn't even put it out for our private subscribers. This we've gotten the okay. Not only the okay, we were told, you need to get this out.

Okay. So that may be the same thing, I'm thinking, yeah, somebody wants to be this needs to come out and maybe we will stop it. Yeah. But here's the thing. The good news for you and I is that we actually won't be called bullshitters if we can stop this.

Okay. Because the only way I can see that it can be stopped is that that decision is not made. And that decision would come up and then be not made if we had so many people focused on those individuals that would make that decision. Thus, we must be exposing them in order that this thing not occur. It gets tricky when you start talking about time and the dynamics of it all at this level.

But I'm of the opinion that we could cross a threshold, and thus in crossing that threshold, we would get some particular group's attention and they would say, uhoh, we better back off of this. Right? Too many eyes. Yeah, we had data that is let me share this screen really quick. The pushing the button that came up over and over again, everybody said, are they going to activate?

Are they going to set this in motion by hitting the button?

Those drawings are actual capturing in our near real time that we're discussing this, you are actually capturing Irreversibility. Okay? So those images that you've drawn are the same images throughout. And it represents, if we want to think about it, a stylized, iconic form of Irreversibility. Once the button is pushed, things are in motion, et cetera, et cetera, et cetera.

Right. And so characterized like that, I keep coming up to the question of irreversibility, which I've been hammering on for some time because it's been developing in the data and the reason it's been developing in the data is because it is associated with this. And I've been going on about irreversibility for a year and a half now because I've been picking it up in the data and I never really tumbled to what was coming. We're coming to a point where here we are in the midst of uncertainty, the morass, the change, the emergence of the future at some point between where we are now and where this event could be manifested, we will cross a threshold of irreversibility. And so I think universe wanted you guys to find that stuff.

You found it didn't want you to see whatever the hell target had been picked. The Samores at the campfire, at Camp David or whatever the fuck, right. It didn't want you to see those. Universe wanted you to be in this position now such that you could explore with me uncertainty, such that other people could grasp that all of us in our consciousness can affect that particular moment of uncertainty where the decision is made for that event to appear or not. Yeah.

And think then of the ramifications that go on from that it would impact here as well. If we are able to achieve this, you will have so many people talking about this because there will be some demonstrable level of an event. The event is going to occur. Is it going to be the event we saw? Is it going to be the event that generates this number destructively that way or generates that number destructively in some other way?

That's up to us, I think. Yeah. Well, I guess the home run for us, just in terms of our credibility, the home run would be if the plot was uncovered, like, hey, these evil fuckers were going to drop a bomb on a city and make it look like an?

No, no, they're actually going to in my opinion, they're going to use this particular tool that Raytheon developed that's in Antarctica. It created the Christchurch earthquake. It created the earthquake in Turkey and I think they were going to use that to create another earthquake and have that ejecta. There was the guy I don't know how much credibility you give to Stephen Greer, but he had that event where he had whistleblowers. Sure, I remember that guy.

One of his whistleblowers was, I worked at Antarctica and they have a power source that there's no way there's enough power in Antarctica to power this thing and we can cause earthquakes with it. Yes, the dom was very DOMS. Yeah, that was an interesting now I don't care about Steven Greer, that particular Raytheon guy, his language was 100% techie. Okay? So regardless of any other aspects of his story.

He was who he claimed relative to technology. Being a techie myself, I know this. I recognize this. While I'm sort of a weird time philosopher here, but we're into some uncharted territory. Never before in my life, as far as I know, has humanity been presented with this particular view of uncertainty and the potential for future events to evolve.

It's always in the past. It's always been through. So you and I are in a long tradition that goes back millions of years, likely the tradition that has shaman, wizards, warlocks, and sorcerers in it. Everybody trying to get a handle on the future. Usually for some power players.

In the past, it's always been the power players that had individuals like us that were feeding them the glimpses of what may roll up out of the future. Now we're in a very interesting position where the sorcerers us are able to provide this to the people in general. I'm really curious to see if this experiment will trigger enough people that there will be change as a result of it. And will that change ultimately get to the point where I have an 81 point something release level language? And if you had people being arrested over this, you'd have freak outs like mad.

What if Obama and Big Mike were part of this? Right. They got arrested and it was exposed that they were part of this plot and they were going to do this kind of thing. Man, you'd have freak out language. Yeah, yeah.

But we wouldn't see the people in the long know walking out of devastation.

Well, I think anybody that's paying any attention can see that we've been in a tension building phase. We know that the fiat money system had its run. It's done. The Jekyll Island experiment is frigging over cryptocurrency. Digital money is some new system has got to be coming on.

The war in Ukraine. Something's going to spread. There probably the craziness in the US. Cities, just the whole transit, everything is just there's so much friction in the entire system that so much pressure. Yeah.

And that's why I've been ratcheting up these numbers continuously. But I didn't expect to have to go to something blowout 13 times. Wow. Yeah. 13 times.

Yeah. And so that was a big shock. I had to rerun it, ran it twice after the first one, and I still got the same numbers with some small level of variation, but still over 81. So it was like, well, something's coming. And reluctantly, I'd probably better talk about it because this is certainly bigger in terms of the language spread than I got off of 911.

But I was only out 85 days off of that. Right. So I got the data 85 days ahead of the or I got the analysis 85 days ahead of the event. So because I was so close, I wasn't able to see the actual magnitude of it. Now here.

We may have a situation where I'm actually enlarging the magnitude of it because of this uncertainty question, and we'll end up with a fizzled balloon and a few people will know that this happened. But I can't see a mechanism within our reality where the plot could be undone, could not happen without the exposure. There's one small narrow window, and that would be is if the people that make the decision to trigger the Irreversibility by pushing the button watch us get freaked out and just forget about it and everybody goes away and then nothing ever happens. However, that means we're into a bunch of other kind of stuff here that's going to be accounting for that level of release language. And in other words, the event that they were planning, which would have created that level of release language doesn't happen.

And it was a case of like, data masking. Okay, so here, let me quickly draw this for you. I think it was 2005 or 2003. I got this data on a big earthquake, and it appeared that the big earthquake was going to happen in California. I was right here.

Now, part of the language for the earthquake said a courtroom would be emptied, people would be jumping out of windows, there would be a celebrity trial going on. I got this in January, and I think it was April, the Scott Peterson trial was going on and there was a minor earthquake. And all of the language about the celebrity trial being disrupted, people jumping out of the courthouse, all of that kind of stuff actually happened. It manifested, but it was like maybe it was like three or four earthquake. For California, it was almost nothing except windows broken stuff.

This was in April, but then at the end of that year, on Boxing Day in December, we have Bonda achi, 300,000 people killed in the other language, a nation knocked back to a previous age. So this was what I called data masking, where the view from this was so large that it came through when I was seeing it here. And I applied it to this because I couldn't see this appearing at all. Because that was so large, I didn't know there were going to be two events. So as of this point, I can't tell if we have a set of data masking.

Right. All I know is that I've got that kind of a large Bondachi view out here. Now I could see the Bond kind of a view in the 81 in release language if we did indeed uncover the plot and all of that kind of stuff. But that would of course happen like this. It would be a case of data masking and then that would collapse.

Sorry to get into that. No, I remember your well, you had the date pretty exactly on the financial collapse back in 2008, and you also described the ripple effects downwind of that. Like, what would be the effect a year later and two later, I remember you described that almost exactly like people would be talking about this. This would change how they did their lives. This would change things financially.

And the repercussions of that financial collapse were perfectly manifested in your data. That's also a planned event. So this is another one of those, right? So the planned events that the Kazarian mafia does, which that was one of them, they tell. And we picked that up a long time ahead of it.

I went to a colleague at the news station I was working at, and I circled on his Friggin calendar in October. I said, this week there's going to be a big financial story like three months ahead of time, and it happened exactly on that date based on your data. And I went and I said, Remember, I circled that, and he just did not compute. I could have told him, blip blah blah, blip, and it wouldn't make any difference. Speaking a different language, I said, I told you this was going to happen.

You saw George Bush come on, that we all stood around and he was on TV and said, the financial system is about to collapse. I've got to take emergency action. And these normies just rather intelligent people. It happened to me just on Wednesday, a guy I deal with, very nice guy, very red pilled about the economics. We were standing outside because of a business transaction I was doing with him and getting some stuff loaded into my car, and there were chemtrails over there.

And I was telling him, I just casually mentioned, oh, did you know that since that 1968 when we officially saw the chemtrails en masse, since then, Counts has gone way the hell down? And he looked at me and he says, I don't see anything. And we were watching. I was out there with two of his other employees, two of his employees, and we were doing the load, and I was pointing at the planes, and we were looking at them, and all three of us looked at each other. These are two Mexican guys.

They're very red pilled, right? They see the chemtrails, they know they're there, but this guy just did not want to see them. So that was a limit. He could be red pilled about economics but nothing else. And so imagine what that kind of response is certainly within there my chemtrail story.

I was living in Hawaii since 85, so I'd never seen them over the mainland US. But I went to San Francisco, and I was staying at a hotel near the airport, and I came out in the morning. I looked up and the sky was just crisscrossed, and it was greasy. That rainbow that you get off oil, that greasy oily. I looked up there and I said, can anybody look?

That's not I've lived my whole life. You don't see that. Someone comes over, quiet down, old man. We'll get you some coffee, don't worry. And I went to Las Vegas for a remote viewing event in like 2008 or 2009.

And I walked outside and there were jets. Yeah. Hey. They would do X's and squares, amusing themselves with circles. They don't care.

Now I thought at one point that these were like antidoo products. Right. There may be some of that in there still. There's another guy. Okay.

So there's a fellow that occasionally will contact me. He's a high level scientist. I know he does chemistry for the government at weird levels. And he told me it's going to be 2000 and maybe eight or nine in like two contacts back. He sort of casually mentioned, oh, it's so that we can scan for Neutrinos in the UFOs.

The UFOs emit Neutrinos as they buzz around and the chemtrails allow us to see the Neutrino trail using devices. And as far as he's concerned exactly. And as far as he was concerned, that was the legit story. I think there's all kinds of other agendas, but it doesn't matter from his viewpoint. His engineering devices, because he works a lot with that chemistry, were employed or were able to be used as a result of the chemtrails.

He talked briefly about it, about the testing of them and so on. And one of his particular engineering issues. Right. So I know he had legitimately done a job relative to this. So indeed, I think there is that component that there must be some level of tracking going on for our UAPs, for our visitors.

Yeah. I just read the news in Hawaii today. The official death count of the Lahaina fire is 115. Every day they identify three more victims and the death toll remains at 115. And I know someone who knows someone in law enforcement that was in a meeting where the decision was made, hey, we can't let this information out.

How can we keep this from being released? And they're just not releasing the death count. They've settled on 115. Even though there's like 1000 children missing. The children were registered for the schools.

They are not gone to another school. Nobody knows where they've gone. They've got truckloads of bodies and it's 115 and they're ringing the whole place with that net or that barrier. Oh yeah, you can't drive up and take a picture of it. You can't stop and look at it.

They're like, stay away. It's a no go zone. They don't let the media in. If you get there with a camera, they'll escort you out. And I've heard from native Hawaiian practitioners that the spirits of a lot of the native Hawaiians that were killed have not crossed over.

That they've congregated in a cave east of Maui and they're righteously pissed off. That place is going to be haunted.

Okay, so we are involved in a war at a very serious level. 911 was part of the war. All of these events that have been happening to us well, since 1913 and before are all part of this war. So they engineered the Khazarian mafia engineered that? The US.

Should go through a crippling economic problem in the 1890s. And that was pressure to try and get us to adopt their currency in 19 four. And we got Teddy Roosevelt instead, who told him to work. Yeah. Right.

And then finally they got a weak Woodrow Wilson in and they blackmailed him with the threat of the life of his daughter, and he signed Christmas Eve. They got the Congress to pass it. Right. So I'm of the opinion that these are the guys that have to do something, that they have a level, they understand we're in uncertainty, and they understand that they're in the midst here, and if they don't do anything, they're going to be exposed as all of the system comes. So Nino asked me, could this be part of our elections?

My data set really damped down on the idea of elections happening, okay. Even though there's all of the political language and so on, it's all being subsumed by whatever the hell this event thing is. And I'm of the opinion that the people that are planning this, while they have evil intent to humans and so on, they're actually doing it to try and save their asses. Okay? This is not remote viewing data, and this is not data that we've gathered through analysis.

This is just my personal take.

What I think is that this system is going to it's broken. It needs to come apart at the seams. And they're running it intentionally into a wall. It's going to crash. And they need an excuse.

They need a big event that they can blame it on so it doesn't get blamed on that. Oh, we didn't just inflate your money. Damn meteorite. Damn meteorite. It was this event, it was an act of God.

But by us exposing it, there are enough people there that say, hey, we can't pull this off. We got to stop it. Okay? I'm hoping. Okay?

And we are in a war. A lot of the war is being carried out surreptitiously. Okay? So there are people that are working for the Khazarian Mafia that are basically spies and agents of humanity, you might say. Right.

So a military officer gets an order that he knows is illegal, and he is in a quandary he can't refuse because it's a legal order, but it's an illegal act they want him to do. So he does something and then the system breaks and the illegal act doesn't happen. That's usually how these things come apart. Okay? Is that that individual that's put in the position where his gonads are on the line for this?

Either way it goes? Right. If he does the thing, then he might be nailed for the illegal act that he did. But if he doesn't do it, then his boss might get him for not doing it right, for disobeying the chain of command. And usually there will be an accident or an unforeseen, something that prevents, you know, you might have something that you're tasked to do, and it requires certain gear.

And so you call your budy over at motor pool and you make sure that all the trucks that have the capacity to haul that gear to you for that particular illegal act all of a sudden have to have their oil changed or whatever. Right. So it just can't get to you. I'm hoping that those kind of things will happen, but even so, even if it is disrupted at that level, we still have the pending event aspect of it. Okay, so that release language, that 81, you think that's one way or the other, that's baked in cake, that's a done deal.

That's already manifested to the point that my data could pick it up. That's the whole thing. Right. So it's weird to think about this stuff, and I've been thinking about it for a long time, so I have a tendency to gloss over it. I mean, I've been thinking about this stuff for, like, 30 plus years, but you're quite correct.

And what happens is that because we are able to see it, because Daz was able to see it, because you were able to see it, and especially because you guys couldn't see whatever the hell target you'd been aimed at and could only see, this universe is forcing us to deal with the fact that this event is baked in the cake. And in my data sets, it's baked in the cake at that level, however we manifest that level. So we could all decide, say, that five or 10 million people hear all of this stuff and get all whipped up, those five or 10 million people would include people that had some level of power. We could all five or 10 million of us decide, okay, we can't have this. We're going to do whatever we can now to stop this.

And it would cause such a level of release language pouring out as we attempted to communicate this to other people, that we would reach that level. Even if, as we did so, we made the event not happen that way, we would have created an event that would have taken its place. Yeah. This is why I brought up the issue of perhaps incarceration, okay? Because you and I have to face that we're old men, so it's like, no big deal.

But we have to face the idea that the powers that be could be so thwarted with their event going poof and turning into all this histrionics, that they come on out and they decide to say, oh, you guys are whipping people up. Agitators. You're agitators. And you need to be put away or prosecuted or whatever. Right.

And they've got laws up the ying yang. Oh, yeah. So there is that possibility. So one of these end results might end up with you and me behind bars. And so we just have to face that.

I don't think they would go after Dazz and the other guys too hard to get them right. They may, they may get really pissed off, but it's going to be really difficult. The more attention that they put on us after a certain point, the more it reinforces this whole idea. And they don't want that idea out there. So here's the thing.

Look at how hard in 2016 they tried to get Hillary in place. They did that so diligently trying to get her in place that they let leak out that they had what they call them, those parties, the spirit something parties. Spirit cooking. Exactly. Okay, so they let out they were spirit cooking.

I know lots of people that are like sorcerers, shaman, like natives, various tribes around here and stuff, right? Even down into Mexico. And so these individuals were telling me months ahead of time, there's a disturbance in the force, I'm getting up, I got know and so on, right? And I thought they were ill. I would recommendations, but it wasn't that.

What they were feeling was this gathering of the witches for this spirit cooking thing. Now, witches and warlocks have to use physical matter. They've got to use stuff. And this is physical matter magic, right? Babylonian money magic.

Okay, so that's why they use the blood and all of that kind of stuff in their spirit cooking. They have to have matter. They're very low on the totem pole of reality. Manipulators. And if you read into the language, it does not say in the Bible, thou shalt not let a witch or suffer a witch to live.

Okay? That word that they're using there is not the word for witch in Hebrew. It's another word that has no real translation. But modern day, they translate it as sorcerer. And there's a difference.

So if you get onto this path and you start doing witchery and you're female, you're going to go so far and stop. But if you're male, you have the potential to cross over to these various different levels. But if you do so, you'll eventually get to the point where you don't have to deal with matter anymore. And that's why they call them sorcerers. And the Hebrew word is like ksaph or something, and it doesn't translate to warlock, it doesn't translate to witch.

And it's one of those words that were given to us by the l. Okay? I found that word in Avastan, which is an analog to Sanskrit that's older than Sanskrit, or at least contemporary of ancient Sanskrit. And that word in Avastan is somebody that had a native ability to bond to their mind, to machine control systems. So what they're saying in that why they're UFOs?

Well, it was everything. It ran their power plants, it ran their land vehicles. Okay? It provided the power for their jets in the form of plasma. They had little jets that they used that weren't spaceship, that were just used in regular land traffic, and those were charged by these devices and everything.

And so there was a type of person that natively could run that that they didn't want to have anywhere close to these devices. And that's what they said you should not have, is these sorcerers people that are able to manipulate through words and through the ethereal part of our reality. Okay, I'll tell you a story about that and us being incarcerated. I'm being encouraged for us to put this out. Not publicly.

This conversation and our data is not going to be on YouTube, but I'm understanding that it's okay for us to talk about this. And what we're doing is I did a Target. I'm paranoid. I did a target a few months ago where I had such good target contact, and I was just on that session that I said, I can affect the past. I think I can go back to this target and I can make something.

I remember that, and I your email about it. Yeah, I was told, Dick, stay away from that. Don't publish that. Because what you're doing is you're getting into magic. People that can manipulate reality, that's their game.

They don't want to play in that. Don't put that out.

I do have protectors, and that was what I was told to stay away from this. I'm not being told to stay away from let me ask you about Shungite. Yeah, I've got mine right here. You sent me this, and I've been using it for remote viewing. I had a couple of good sessions where it didn't enhance visuals, but it enhanced conceptual data, like words, phrases, ideas, had a little more complexity.

I was able to get I'm not sleeping real well. There's a problem with that? Yeah. You can wear it too long. Okay.

Just like with hematite and some of these other stones, you can have them too long in your possession, and it literally will change your level of vibration so that it affects your sleep and such. So I wear it when I'm doing work as an EMF protector. I'm not doing it for psychic stuff. So the theory behind this is that this shields electromagnetic waves. What's your okay, so what happened is that the meteor struck in Russia, and we've been mining it ever since.

I don't know the details of when it hit or any of that, but the mineral is unique. Shungite the mineral, the formation of it is unique. It seems to act as a sponge for electromagnetic fields, not a shield, not like a Faraday cage. But I have been able to so, you know, the cops are filled with all of their gear, all their radio gear and stuff like that. And I've been able to go on up to them with my EMF and see that they've got an.

EMF all around them of about 300, just a 300 reading on my EMF machine. But if you take a single piece of shungite or a shungite bracelet and put on that individual, that EMF just goes through the floor, just drops. It'll go from like 300 down to two or five. And it does not matter where that shungite is within the field. So I'm of the opinion that it's kind of like a sponge where all of the EMF is drawn into it, if that makes sense.

Right. Got it. But no one knows how it actually works. I need to do it. I have an EMF detector.

I've got the little home safe thing. I haven't used that with this. I need to take that. Thank you for sending that to me. I am using it, sure.

But I was remote viewing, and I had it on my nightstand because I was doing some remote viewing. It was around my bed. So I lay on my bed, turn the lights down, do my remote viewing, and I finished this, I took it off and I put it right next to where I sleep. And I have not been sleeping well. I've been, like, waking up at 02:00 a.m., waking up at 04:00 a.m., so I need to put that in the other room when I sleep.

Probably there are people that are super sensitive to it. I'm not particularly sensitive to it that way, but if you'll take the EMF meter and just aim it at your computer and your monitor and get a reading, maybe it's 125 or whatever, and then just put the shung guide in between the EMF meter and the electrical source, and it's just quite amazing. Okay. Yeah, I'll do that. Okay.

So our big event will wrap up here.

It would be beautiful if nothing happens and we look like a couple of idiot old men or something may happen and people might look back and go, wow, how did they I sure hope not, dude. I sure hope not. Yeah, I hope it's maybe the bad guys get caught and the release language comes out like, oh, my God, look what these bastards were trying to do. And it's a good thing we stopped them. That'd be great.

Always great to talk with you to see all of our work at Future Forecasting. One more promo advertisement, it's Futureforecastinggroup.com and you get a visionary level membership. Seven day for free. And if you get the visionary level, you can go any here. We've got like 500 videos you can binge watch for a week, run the clock, and we put a lot of data out.

Yeah, no, you guys are also you're the best on the planet. And you're certainly the best on the planet in the public eye. We're the best on the planet in the public eye. There are other ones that are probably better, but they're in holes on the ground, and no one ever sees those guys. There are some that work for a supra national organization in Europe that is above nation states.

The military I know, Glenn told me that last he checked, he lost his clearance when he retired. But people that he knows, they're still in the business said they didn't stop using the form. And I've talked to Navy Seals navy Rangers, the Navy, the Air Force. They've all got their own remote viewing program. Well, hey, here's something else about that.

Talking to a Marine the other day and they're pushing psychic stuff out. So it's just like technology to them now. So even they're pushing psychic awareness classes down like the Navy Seals, but also into regular units now. So that's really amazing that they would even have these kind of classes. And they titled it as Situational Awareness Up Leveling or something.

Right? But the Marine was telling me the kind of things they were doing and it's like crap. They're teaching you guys how to do remote viewing in the very near term, what's around that building, that kind of thing. When I was a reporter, there was a conference held at the convention center here. And it was like neuropsychology neuro brain study people.

And I was going through doing a story, and I ran into a woman that had electrodes and they would check your brainwave. And I said, Let me see. I do a kind of a specialized thing. Let me see if I can tweak your thing here. And so she said, you're pretty good.

I said, Well, I'm involved with something called remote viewing that was developed by the military, and I'm really interested in could an electronic signal enhance that? And she started like we had this really interesting half hour long conversation. She said, I really enjoyed talking with you. My son is a US. Army Ranger.

And they do this. And I said, oh, okay. She goes, yeah, they do that. They use remote viewing. He's trained in, you know, the it goes back to the Revolutionary War, too.

I'm going to forget the name of the tribe. Upstate New York. They recruited this tribe and they embedded them with the again, I'm going to forget the name of the Rangers then the original Rangers that were attacking the British through the Rogers Roberts Rangers, something like that. Exactly. That group had a member.

Each one of their little subgroups that we would call a company, eight or ten men had one of these native people, one of these Indian tribe with them specifically to talk to each other mentally and to also guide them through not just the brush, but the enemy because of the remote viewing from that particular tribe. Yeah, there were always soldiers who would just suddenly duck or take a step to the left, and the thing would come by. And I know that they were looking for Morse code intercept operators. So they would have people in the intelligence agencies that would put on headphones and get in front of them. They'd listen to Morse code from Russia to East Germany or whatever, and they would spend an eight hour shift listening to Morse code and listening to those tones for those hours with headphones on in a little cubicle would put them into an altered state, and they would have spontaneous bilocation events, and they knew it would happen.

So that was my teacher, Is. He was working overnight, listening to a tank in Vladivostok, a tank squadron or group talking to Moscow, and they sent him a Morse code message, and he was copying it. And the operator said, I didn't get that. Send again. He's going, God, this guy doesn't know how to do Morse code.

And he was just, God, this guy's an idiot. And attention was there. And all of a sudden, he had this dream where he saw the Russian tapping the Morse code key. His supervisor saw him falling asleep, came over and kicked him and said, Sergeant, Corporal, wake up. And he oh, my God.

Falling asleep on duty is the worst thing in the military. He said, what are you doing? And he said, I saw the person. Were you what? He said, I saw the Russian tell me about that.

And they said, Give me your badge. You're relieved of duty. Get out of here. Go report there. He thought, oh, I'm in deep shit now.

So they gave him two days of psychological review, made him sign a nondisclosure saying, you'll go to prison if you talk about this. Now go back to work and go over here. And they said, we need you to do that. So they were looking for people, and that was the original remote viewers. There's something, Cliff, that they can't tell us, and they've let out remote viewing into the public in a watered down version that we don't do what the really good ones in secret do.

I think it's something to do with some steptones or some tones that can put you in an altered state where you will go to target like that. And that's still very classified. Anytime I ask Glenn about that, he changes the subject. He just goes, oh, how about the Dodgers? They lost.

To just won't even address it. So somebody if we figured it out for ourself, that would be an experiment, not the hemisync tones. There's some way to and I've got a wave guide. Yeah, I've got a theta track that does get me mostly there, like there are times not every time, but there are times when, yeah, I'm there. I see it as clear as I'm seeing you on the screen.

Anyway, great talking with you. Futureforecastinggroup.com. We'll keep an eye on this. Are your data sets ongoing? Will you have more data?

It's not automated, so it's an old batch process back from the 90s. Right. I can and will do another run. I had just started to do one, and my servers got hammered for three days and everything was taken down. So coincidence, right?

Yeah. I will do another one, but I can't really discuss when I might or when the results might come on out because I don't want my servers attacked anymore. Yeah. And wave to the helicopters when they go by. Yeah.

Interesting stuff. Yeah. Yeah. All right, Cliff, thank you so much. Stay safe.

All right. I need to send you some more Kona coffee one of these days. Thank you for the yeah, yeah. Well, you know, my favorite coffee has always been Maui. That's where I buy it from.

I've got white buckets over here of 20 sacks of Maui coffee. It's good stuff. Yeah. Okay. Very good.

Talk to you later, Aloha. Bye.


The number-one best-selling pioneer of "fratire" and a leading evolutionary psychologist team up to create the dating book for guys. Whether they conducted their research in life or in the lab, experts Tucker Max and Dr. Geoffrey Miller have spent the last 20-plus years learning what women really want from their men, why they want it, and how men can deliver those qualities. The short answer: Become the best version of yourself possible, then show it off. It sounds simple, but it's not. If it were, Tinder would just be the stuff you use to start a fire. Becoming your best self requires honesty, self-awareness, hard work, and a little help. Through their website and podcasts, Max and Miller have already helped over one million guys take their first steps toward Miss Right. They have collected all of their findings in Mate, an evidence-driven, seriously funny playbook that will teach you to become a more sexually attractive and romantically successful man, the right way: No "seduction techniques" No moralizing No bullshit Just honest, straightforward talk about the most ethical, effective way to pursue the win-win relationships you want with the women who are best for you. Much of what they've discovered will surprise you, some of it will not, but all of it is important and often misunderstood. So listen up, and stop being stupid!

Words of affirmation, quality time, gifts, acts of service, physical touching - learning these love languages will get your marriage off to a great start or enhance a long-standing one! Chapman explains the purpose of each "language" and shows you how to identify the one that's meaningful to your spouse now. Updated to reflect the complexities of relationships in today's world, this new edition of The 5 Love Languages reveals intrinsic truths and provides action steps in each chapter that will help you on your way to a healthier relationship. Also includes an updated personal profile. With a divorce rate that hovers around 50 percent, don't let yourself become a statistic. In Things I Wish I'd Known Before We Got Married, Gary Chapman teaches you and your future spouse how to work together as an intimate team! He shares with engaged couples practical tips he wishes he knew before he got married. Discussion centers around love, romance, conflict resolution, forgiveness, and sexual fulfillment. Included are insightful questions, suggestions, and exercises.

A one-page tool to reinvent yourself and your career. The global best seller Business Model Generation introduced a unique visual way to summarize and creatively brainstorm any business or product idea on a single sheet of paper. Business Model You uses the same powerful one-page tool to teach listeners how to draw "personal business models," which reveal new ways their skills can be adapted to the changing needs of the marketplace to reveal new, more satisfying, career and life possibilities. Produced by the same team that created Business Model Generation, this audiobook is based on the Business Model Canvas methodology, which has quickly emerged as the world's leading business model description and innovation technique. This book shows listeners how to: - Understand business model thinking and diagram their current personal business model - Understand the value of their skills in the marketplace and define their purpose - Articulate a vision for change - Create a new personal business model harmonized with that vision - And most important, test and implement the new model When you implement the one-page tool from Business Model You, you create a game-changing business model for your life and career.

The bible for bringing cutting-edge products to larger markets—now revised and updated with new insights into the realities of high-tech marketing In Crossing the Chasm, Geoffrey A. Moore shows that in the Technology Adoption Life Cycle—which begins with innovators and moves to early adopters, early majority, late majority, and laggards—there is a vast chasm between the early adopters and the early majority. While early adopters are willing to sacrifice for the advantage of being first, the early majority waits until they know that the technology actually offers improvements in productivity. The challenge for innovators and marketers is to narrow this chasm and ultimately accelerate adoption across every segment. This third edition brings Moore's classic work up to date with dozens of new examples of successes and failures, new strategies for marketing in the digital world, and Moore's most current insights and findings. He also includes two new appendices, the first connecting the ideas in Crossing the Chasm to work subsequently published in his Inside the Tornado, and the second presenting his recent groundbreaking work for technology adoption models for high-tech consumer markets.

Endless terror. Refugee waves. An unfixable global economy. Surprising election results. New billion-dollar fortunes. Miracle medical advances. What if they were all connected? What if you could understand why? The Seventh Sense is the story of what all of today's successful figures see and feel: the forces that are invisible to most of us but explain everything from explosive technological change to uneasy political ripples. The secret to power now is understanding our new age of networks. Not merely the Internet, but also webs of trade, finance, and even DNA. Based on his years of advising generals, CEOs, and politicians, Ramo takes us into the opaque heart of our world's rapidly connected systems and teaches us what the losers are not yet seeing -- and what the victors of this age already know.

This lushly illustrated history of popular entertainment takes a long-zoom approach, contending that the pursuit of novelty and wonder is a powerful driver of world-shaping technological change. Steven Johnson argues that, throughout history, the cutting edge of innovation lies wherever people are working the hardest to keep themselves and others amused. Johnson’s storytelling is just as delightful as the inventions he describes, full of surprising stops along the journey from simple concepts to complex modern systems. He introduces us to the colorful innovators of leisure: the explorers, proprietors, showmen, and artists who changed the trajectory of history with their luxurious wares, exotic meals, taverns, gambling tables, and magic shows. In Wonderland, Johnson compellingly argues that observers of technological and social trends should be looking for clues in novel amusements. You’ll find the future wherever people are having the most fun.

Nothing “goes viral.” If you think a popular movie, song, or app came out of nowhere to become a word-of-mouth success in today’s crowded media environment, you’re missing the real story. Each blockbuster has a secret history—of power, influence, dark broadcasters, and passionate cults that turn some new products into cultural phenomena. Even the most brilliant ideas wither in obscurity if they fail to connect with the right network, and the consumers that matter most aren't the early adopters, but rather their friends, followers, and imitators -- the audience of your audience. In his groundbreaking investigation, Atlantic senior editor Derek Thompson uncovers the hidden psychology of why we like what we like and reveals the economics of cultural markets that invisibly shape our lives. Shattering the sentimental myths of hit-making that dominate pop culture and business, Thompson shows quality is insufficient for success, nobody has "good taste," and some of the most popular products in history were one bad break away from utter failure. It may be a new world, but there are some enduring truths to what audiences and consumers want. People love a familiar surprise: a product that is bold, yet sneakily recognizable. Every business, every artist, every person looking to promote themselves and their work wants to know what makes some works so successful while others disappear. Hit Makers is a magical mystery tour through the last century of pop culture blockbusters and the most valuable currency of the twenty-first century—people’s attention. From the dawn of impressionist art to the future of Facebook, from small Etsy designers to the origin of Star Wars, Derek Thompson leaves no pet rock unturned to tell the fascinating story of how culture happens and why things become popular. In Hit Makers, Derek Thompson investigates: · The secret link between ESPN's sticky programming and the The Weeknd's catchy choruses · Why Facebook is today’s most important newspaper · How advertising critics predicted Donald Trump · The 5th grader who accidentally launched "Rock Around the Clock," the biggest hit in rock and roll history · How Barack Obama and his speechwriters think of themselves as songwriters · How Disney conquered the world—but the future of hits belongs to savvy amateurs and individuals · The French collector who accidentally created the Impressionist canon · Quantitative evidence that the biggest music hits aren’t always the best · Why almost all Hollywood blockbusters are sequels, reboots, and adaptations · Why one year--1991--is responsible for the way pop music sounds today · Why another year --1932--created the business model of film · How data scientists proved that “going viral” is a myth · How 19th century immigration patterns explain the most heard song in the Western Hemisphere

Ours is often called an information economy, but at a moment when access to information is virtually unlimited, our attention has become the ultimate commodity. In nearly every moment of our waking lives, we face a barrage of efforts to harvest our attention. This condition is not simply the byproduct of recent technological innovations but the result of more than a century's growth and expansion in the industries that feed on human attention. Wu’s narrative begins in the nineteenth century, when Benjamin Day discovered he could get rich selling newspapers for a penny. Since then, every new medium—from radio to television to Internet companies such as Google and Facebook—has attained commercial viability and immense riches by turning itself into an advertising platform. Since the early days, the basic business model of “attention merchants” has never changed: free diversion in exchange for a moment of your time, sold in turn to the highest-bidding advertiser. Full of lively, unexpected storytelling and piercing insight, The Attention Merchants lays bare the true nature of a ubiquitous reality we can no longer afford to accept at face value.

Some people think that in today’s hyper-competitive world, it’s the tough, take-no-prisoners type who comes out on top. But in reality, argues New York Times bestselling author Dave Kerpen, it’s actually those with the best people skills who win the day. Those who build the right relationships. Those who truly understand and connect with their colleagues, their customers, their partners. Those who can teach, lead, and inspire. In a world where we are constantly connected, and social media has become the primary way we communicate, the key to getting ahead is being the person others like, respect, and trust. Because no matter who you are or what profession you're in, success is contingent less on what you can do for yourself, but on what other people are willing to do for you. Here, through 53 bite-sized, easy-to-execute, and often counterintuitive tips, you’ll learn to master the 11 People Skills that will get you more of what you want at work, at home, and in life. For example, you’ll learn: · The single most important question you can ever ask to win attention in a meeting · The one simple key to networking that nobody talks about · How to remain top of mind for thousands of people, everyday · Why it usually pays to be the one to give the bad news · How to blow off the right people · And why, when in doubt, buy him a Bonsai A book best described as “How to Win Friends and Influence People for today’s world,” The Art of People shows how to charm and win over anyone to be more successful at work and outside of it.

Business Model Generation is a handbook for visionaries, game changers, and challengers striving to defy outmoded business models and design tomorrow's enterprises. If your organization needs to adapt to harsh new realities, but you don't yet have a strategy that will get you out in front of your competitors, you need Business Model Generation. Co-created by 470 "Business Model Canvas" practitioners from 45 countries, the book features a beautiful, highly visual, 4-color design that takes powerful strategic ideas and tools, and makes them easy to implement in your organization. It explains the most common Business Model patterns, based on concepts from leading business thinkers, and helps you reinterpret them for your own context. You will learn how to systematically understand, design, and implement a game-changing business model--or analyze and renovate an old one. Along the way, you'll understand at a much deeper level your customers, distribution channels, partners, revenue streams, costs, and your core value proposition. Business Model Generation features practical innovation techniques used today by leading consultants and companies worldwide, including 3M, Ericsson, Capgemini, Deloitte, and others. Designed for doers, it is for those ready to abandon outmoded thinking and embrace new models of value creation: for executives, consultants, entrepreneurs, and leaders of all organizations. If you're ready to change the rules, you belong to "the business model generation!"

#1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER If you want to build a better future, you must believe in secrets. The great secret of our time is that there are still uncharted frontiers to explore and new inventions to create. In Zero to One, legendary entrepreneur and investor Peter Thiel shows how we can find singular ways to create those new things. Thiel begins with the contrarian premise that we live in an age of technological stagnation, even if we’re too distracted by shiny mobile devices to notice. Information technology has improved rapidly, but there is no reason why progress should be limited to computers or Silicon Valley. Progress can be achieved in any industry or area of business. It comes from the most important skill that every leader must master: learning to think for yourself. Doing what someone else already knows how to do takes the world from 1 to n, adding more of something familiar. But when you do something new, you go from 0 to 1. The next Bill Gates will not build an operating system. The next Larry Page or Sergey Brin won’t make a search engine. Tomorrow’s champions will not win by competing ruthlessly in today’s marketplace. They will escape competition altogether, because their businesses will be unique. Zero to One presents at once an optimistic view of the future of progress in America and a new way of thinking about innovation: it starts by learning to ask the questions that lead you to find value in unexpected places.

Why should I do business with you… and not your competitor? Whether you are a retailer, manufacturer, distributor, or service provider – if you cannot answer this question, you are surely losing customers, clients and market share. This eye-opening book reveals how identifying your competitive advantages (and trumpeting them to the marketplace) is the most surefire way to close deals, retain clients, and stay miles ahead of the competition. The five fatal flaws of most companies: • They don’t have a competitive advantage but think they do • They have a competitive advantage but don’t know what it is—so they lower prices instead • They know what their competitive advantage is but neglect to tell clients about it • They mistake “strengths” for competitive advantages • They don’t concentrate on competitive advantages when making strategic and operational decisions The good news is that you can overcome these costly mistakes – by identifying your competitive advantages and creating new ones. Consultant, public speaker, and competitive advantage expert Jaynie Smith will show you how scores of small and large companies substantially increased their sales by focusing on their competitive advantages. When advising a CEO frustrated by his salespeople’s inability to close deals, Smith discovered that his company stayed on schedule 95 percent of the time – an achievement no one else in his industry could claim. By touting this and other competitive advantages to customers, closing rates increased by 30 percent—and so did company revenues. Jack Welch has said, “If you don’t have a competitive advantage, don’t compete.” This straight-to-the-point book is filled with insightful stories and specific steps on how to pinpoint your competitive advantages, develop new ones, and get the message out about them.

The number one New York Times best seller that examines how people can champion new ideas in their careers and everyday life - and how leaders can fight groupthink, from the author of Think Again and co-author of Option B. With Give and Take, Adam Grant not only introduced a landmark new paradigm for success but also established himself as one of his generation’s most compelling and provocative thought leaders. In Originals he again addresses the challenge of improving the world, but now from the perspective of becoming original: choosing to champion novel ideas and values that go against the grain, battle conformity, and buck outdated traditions. How can we originate new ideas, policies, and practices without risking it all? Using surprising studies and stories spanning business, politics, sports, and entertainment, Grant explores how to recognize a good idea, speak up without getting silenced, build a coalition of allies, choose the right time to act, and manage fear and doubt; how parents and teachers can nurture originality in children; and how leaders can build cultures that welcome dissent. Learn from an entrepreneur who pitches his start-ups by highlighting the reasons not to invest, a woman at Apple who challenged Steve Jobs from three levels below, an analyst who overturned the rule of secrecy at the CIA, a billionaire financial wizard who fires employees for failing to criticize him, and a TV executive who didn’t even work in comedy but saved Seinfeld from the cutting-room floor. The payoff is a set of groundbreaking insights about rejecting conformity and improving the status quo.

In The $100 Startup, Chris Guillebeau tells you how to lead of life of adventure, meaning and purpose - and earn a good living. Still in his early 30s, Chris is on the verge of completing a tour of every country on earth - he's already visited more than 175 nations - and yet he’s never held a "real job" or earned a regular paycheck. Rather, he has a special genius for turning ideas into income, and he uses what he earns both to support his life of adventure and to give back. There are many others like Chris - those who've found ways to opt out of traditional employment and create the time and income to pursue what they find meaningful. Sometimes, achieving that perfect blend of passion and income doesn't depend on shelving what you currently do. You can start small with your venture, committing little time or money, and wait to take the real plunge when you're sure it's successful. In preparing to write this book, Chris identified 1,500 individuals who have built businesses earning $50,000 or more from a modest investment (in many cases, $100 or less), and from that group he’s chosen to focus on the 50 most intriguing case studies. In nearly all cases, people with no special skills discovered aspects of their personal passions that could be monetized, and were able to restructure their lives in ways that gave them greater freedom and fulfillment. Here, finally, distilled into one easy-to-use guide, are the most valuable lessons from those who’ve learned how to turn what they do into a gateway to self-fulfillment. It’s all about finding the intersection between your "expertise" - even if you don’t consider it such - and what other people will pay for. You don’t need an MBA, a business plan or even employees. All you need is a product or service that springs from what you love to do anyway, people willing to pay, and a way to get paid. Not content to talk in generalities, Chris tells you exactly how many dollars his group of unexpected entrepreneurs required to get their projects up and running; what these individuals did in the first weeks and months to generate significant cash; some of the key mistakes they made along the way, and the crucial insights that made the business stick. Among Chris’s key principles: if you’re good at one thing, you’re probably good at something else; never teach a man to fish - sell him the fish instead; and in the battle between planning and action, action wins. In ancient times, people who were dissatisfied with their lives dreamed of finding magic lamps, buried treasure, or streets paved with gold. Today, we know that it’s up to us to change our lives. And the best part is, if we change our own life, we can help others change theirs. This remarkable book will start you on your way.

Bold is a radical, how-to guide for using exponential technologies, moonshot thinking, and crowd-powered tools to create extraordinary wealth while also positively impacting the lives of billions. Exploring the exponential technologies that are disrupting today's Fortune 500 companies and enabling upstart entrepreneurs to go from "I've got an idea" to "I run a billion-dollar company" far faster than ever before, the authors provide exceptional insight into the power of 3-D printing, artificial intelligence, robotics, networks and sensors, and synthetic biology. Drawing on insights from billionaire entrepreneurs Larry Page, Elon Musk, Richard Branson, and Jeff Bezos, the audiobook offers the best practices that allow anyone to leverage today's hyper connected crowd like never before. The authors teach how to design and use incentive competitions, launch million-dollar crowdfunding campaigns to tap into tens of billions of dollars of capital, and build communities - armies of exponentially enabled individuals willing and able to help today's entrepreneurs make their boldest dreams come true. Bold is both a manifesto and a manual. It is today's exponential entrepreneur's go-to resource on the use of emerging technologies, thinking at scale, and the awesome impact of crowd-powered tools.

The answer is simple: come up with 10 ideas a day. It doesn't matter if they are good or bad, the key is to exercise your "idea muscle", to keep it toned, and in great shape. People say ideas are cheap and execution is everything but that is NOT true. Execution is a consequence, a subset of good, brilliant idea. And good ideas require daily work. Ideas may be easy if we are only coming up with one or two but if you open this book to any of the pages and try to produce more than three, you will feel a burn, scratch your head, and you will be sweating, and working hard. There is a turning point when you reach idea number six for the day, you still have four to go, and your mind muscle is getting a workout. By the time you list those last ideas to make it to 10 you will see for yourself what "sweating the idea muscle" means. As you practice the daily idea generation you become an idea machine. When we become idea machines we are flooded with lots of bad ideas but also with some that are very good. This happens by the sheer force of the number, because we are coming up with 3,650 ideas per year (at 10 a day). When you are inspired by an extraordinary idea, all of your thoughts break their chains, you go beyond limitations and your capacity to act expands in every direction. Forces and abilities you did not know you had come to the surface, and you realize you are capable of doing great things. As you practice with the suggested prompts in this book your ideas will get better, you will be a source of great insight for others, people will find you magnetic, and they will want to hang out with you because you have so much to offer. When you practice every day your life will transform, in no more than 180 days, because it has no other evolutionary choice. Life changes for the better when we become the source of positive, insightful, and helpful ideas. Don't believe a word I say. Instead, challenge yourself.

A Guide to Resilience: How to Bounce Back from Life's Inevitable Problems Christian Moore is convinced that each of us has a power hidden within, something that can get us through any kind of adversity. That power is resilience. In The Resilience Breakthrough, Moore delivers a practical primer on how you can become more resilient in a world of instability and narrowing opportunity, whether you're facing financial troubles, health setbacks, challenges on the job, or any other problem. We can each have our own resilience breakthrough, Moore argues, and can each learn how to use adverse circumstances as potent fuel for overcoming life's hardships. As he shares engaging real-life stories and brutally honest analyses of his own experiences, Moore equips you with 27 resilience-building tools that you can start using today - in your personal life or in your organization.

What if someone told you that your behavior was controlled by a powerful, invisible force? Most of us would be skeptical of such a claim--but it's largely true. Our brains are constantly transmitting and receiving signals of which we are unaware. Studies show that these constant inputs drive the great majority of our decisions about what to do next--and we become conscious of the decisions only after we start acting on them. Many may find that disturbing. But the implications for leadership are profound. In this provocative yet practical book, renowned speaking coach and communication expert Nick Morgan highlights recent research that shows how humans are programmed to respond to the nonverbal cues of others--subtle gestures, sounds, and signals--that elicit emotion. He then provides a clear, useful framework of seven "power cues" that will be essential for any leader in business, the public sector, or almost any context. You'll learn crucial skills, from measuring nonverbal signs of confidence, to the art and practice of gestures and vocal tones, to figuring out what your gut is really telling you. This concise and engaging guide will help leaders and aspiring leaders of all stripes to connect powerfully, communicate more effectively, and command influence.

New York Times bestselling author and social media expert Gary Vaynerchuk shares hard-won advice on how to connect with customers and beat the competition. A mash-up of the best elements of Crush It! and The Thank You Economy with a fresh spin, Jab, Jab, Jab, Right Hook is a blueprint to social media marketing strategies that really works. When managers and marketers outline their social media strategies, they plan for the "right hook"—their next sale or campaign that's going to knock out the competition. Even companies committed to jabbing—patiently engaging with customers to build the relationships crucial to successful social media campaigns—want to land the punch that will take down their opponent or their customer's resistance in one blow. Right hooks convert traffic to sales and easily show results. Except when they don't. Thanks to massive change and proliferation in social media platforms, the winning combination of jabs and right hooks is different now. Vaynerchuk shows that while communication is still key, context matters more than ever. It's not just about developing high-quality content, but developing high-quality content perfectly adapted to specific social media platforms and mobile devices—content tailor-made for Facebook, Instagram, Pinterest, Twitter and Tumblr.

From the best-selling author of The Black Swan and one of the foremost thinkers of our time, Nassim Nicholas Taleb, a book on how some things actually benefit from disorder. In The Black Swan Taleb outlined a problem, and in Antifragile he offers a definitive solution: how to gain from disorder and chaos while being protected from fragilities and adverse events. For what Taleb calls the "antifragile" is actually beyond the robust, because it benefits from shocks, uncertainty, and stressors, just as human bones get stronger when subjected to stress and tension. The antifragile needs disorder in order to survive and flourish. Taleb stands uncertainty on its head, making it desirable, even necessary, and proposes that things be built in an antifragile manner. The antifragile is immune to prediction errors. Why is the city-state better than the nation-state, why is debt bad for you, and why is everything that is both modern and complicated bound to fail? The audiobook spans innovation by trial and error, health, biology, medicine, life decisions, politics, foreign policy, urban planning, war, personal finance, and economic systems. And throughout, in addition to the street wisdom of Fat Tony of Brooklyn, the voices and recipes of ancient wisdom, from Roman, Greek, Semitic, and medieval sources, are heard loud and clear. Extremely ambitious and multidisciplinary, Antifragile provides a blueprint for how to behave - and thrive - in a world we don't understand, and which is too uncertain for us to even try to understand and predict. Erudite and witty, Taleb’s message is revolutionary: What is not antifragile will surely perish.

The Cluetrain Manifesto began as a Web site in 1999 when the authors, who have worked variously at IBM, Sun Microsystems, the Linux Journal, and NPR, posted 95 theses about the new reality of the networked marketplace. Ten years after its original publication, their message remains more relevant than ever. For example, thesis no. 2: “Markets consist of human beings, not demographic sectors”; thesis no. 20: “Companies need to realize their markets are often laughing. At them.” The book enlarges on these themes through dozens of stories and observations about business in America and how the Internet will continue to change it all. With a new introduction and chapters by the authors, and commentary by Jake McKee, JP Rangaswami, and Dan Gillmor, this book is essential reading for anybody interested in the Internet and e-commerce, and is especially vital for businesses navigating the topography of the wired marketplace.

From the founders of the trailblazing software company 37signals, here is a different kind of business book one that explores a new reality. Today, anyone can be in business. Tools that used to be out of reach are now easily accessible. Technology that cost thousands is now just a few bucks or even free. Stuff that was impossible just a few years ago is now simple.That means anyone can start a business. And you can do it without working miserable 80-hour weeks or depleting your life savings. You can start it on the side while your day job provides all the cash flow you need. Forget about business plans, meetings, office space - you don't need them. With its straightforward language and easy-is-better approach, Rework is the perfect playbook for anyone who's ever dreamed of doing it on their own. Hardcore entrepreneurs, small-business owners, people stuck in day jobs who want to get out, and artists who don't want to starve anymore will all find valuable inspiration and guidance in these pages. It's time to rework work.


Tesla's main source of inspiration.
Roger Joseph Boscovich, a physicist, astronomer, mathematician, philosopher, diplomat, poet, theologian, Jesuit priest, and polymath, published the first edition of his famous work, Philosophiae Naturalis Theoria Redacta Ad Unicam Legem Virium In Natura Existentium (Theory Of Natural Philosophy Derived To The Single Law Of Forces Which Exist In Nature), in Vienna, in 1758, containing his atomic theory and his theory of forces. A second edition was published in 1763 in Venice

Bill Clinton's Georgetown mentor's history of the Conspiracy since the Boer War in South Africa.
TRAGEDY AND HOPE shows the years 1895-1950 as a period of transition from the world dominated by Europe in the nineteenth century to the world of three blocs in the twentieth century. With clarity, perspective, and cumulative impact, Professor Quigley examines the nature of that transition through two world wars and a worldwide economic depression. As an interpretative historian, he tries to show each event in the full complexity of its historical context. The result is a unique work, notable in several ways. It gives a picture of the world in terms of the influence of different cultures and outlooks upon each other; it shows, more completely than in any similar work, the influence of science and technology on human life; and it explains, with unprecedented clarity, how the intricate financial and commercial patterns of the West prior to 1914 influenced the development of today’s world.

This is the July, 2016 ALTA (Asymmetric Linguistic Trends Analysis) Report. Also known as 'the Web Bot' report, this series is brought to you by halfpasthuman.com. This report covers your future world from July 2016 through to 2031. Forecasts are created using predictive linguistics (from the inventor) and cover your planet, your population, your economy and markets, and your Space Goat Farts where you will find all the 'unknown' and 'officially denied' woo-woo that will be shaping your environment over these next few decades.

Time is considered as an independent entity which cannot be reduced to the concept of matter, space or field. The point of discussion is the "time flow" conception of N A Kozyrev (1908-1983), an outstanding Russian astronomer and natural scientist. In addition to a review of the experimental studies of "the active properties of time", by both Kozyrev and modern scientists, the reader will find different interpretations of Kozyrev's views and some developments of his ideas in the fields of geophysics, astrophysics, general relativity and theoretical mechanics.

How UFO Time Engines work - Clif High

The webpage discusses the workings of UFO time engines according to N.A. Kozyrev's experiments. The LL1 engine is described as a hollow metal sphere with a pool of mercury metal inside. When activated by electrical energy, it creates a uni-polar magnetic field causing the mercury to spin at a high rate and induce "time stuff" to accumulate on its surface. The accrued time stuff is siphoned down magnetically to the radiating antennae on the bottom of the vessel, providing self-sustaining power and allowing for time travel. The environment inside UFOs is likely volatile and not suitable for humans.

The Body Electric tells the fascinating story of our bioelectric selves. Robert O. Becker, a pioneer in the filed of regeneration and its relationship to electrical currents in living things, challenges the established mechanistic understanding of the body. He found clues to the healing process in the long-discarded theory that electricity is vital to life. But as exciting as Becker's discoveries are, pointing to the day when human limbs, spinal cords, and organs may be regenerated after they have been damaged, equally fascinating is the story of Becker's struggle to do such original work. The Body Electric explores new pathways in our understanding of evolution, acupuncture, psychic phenomena, and healing.

Unique, controversial, and frequently cited, this survey offers highly detailed accounts concerning the development of ideas and theories about the nature of electricity and space (aether). Readily accessible to general readers as well as high school students, teachers, and undergraduates, it includes much information unavailable elsewhere. This single-volume edition comprises both The Classical Theories and The Modern Theories, which were originally published separately. The first volume covers the theories of classical physics from the age of the Greek philosophers to the late 19th century. The second volume chronicles discoveries that led to the advances of modern physics, focusing on special relativity, quantum theories, general relativity, matrix mechanics, and wave mechanics. Noted historian of science I. Bernard Cohen, who reviewed these books for Scientific American, observed, "I know of no other history of electricity which is as sound as Whittaker's. All those who have found stimulation from his works will read this informative and accurate history with interest and profit."

The third edition of the defining text for the graduate-level course in Electricity and Magnetism has finally arrived! It has been 37 years since the first edition and 24 since the second. The new edition addresses the changes in emphasis and applications that have occurred in the field, without any significant increase in length.

Objects are a ubiquitous presence and few of us stop and think what they mean in our lives. This is the job of philosophers and this is what Jean Baudrillard does in his book. This is required reading for followers of Baudrillard, and he is perhaps the most assessable to the General Reader. Baudrillard is most associated with Post Modernism, and this early book sets the stage for that journey to the post modern world.
We are all surrounded by objects, but how many times have we thought about what those objects represent. If we took the time to think about the symbolism, we could arrive at easy solutions. We have been so accustomed to advertising the automobile representing freedom is an easy conclusion. But what about furniture? What about chairs? What about the arrangement of furniture? Watches? Collecting objects? Baudrillard literally opens up a new world and creates the universe of objects.
It is not that the critique of a society or objects has not been done before, but Baudrillard’s approach is new. Baudrillard examines objects as signs with a smattering of Post-Marxist thought. In his analysis of objects as signs, he ushers in the Post-Modern age and world for which he would be known. Heady stuff to be sure, but is presented by Baudrillard in a readily accessible manner. He articulates his thesis in a straightforward manner, avoiding the hyper-technical terminology he used in his later writings.

Moving away from the Marxist/Freudian approaches that had concerned him earlier, Baudrillard developed in this book a theory of contemporary culture that relies on displacing economic notions of cultural production with notions of cultural expenditure.

The book begins with Sidis's discovery of the first law of physical laws: "Among the physical laws it is a general characteristic that there is reversibility in time; that is, should the whole universe trace back the various positions that bodies in it have passed through in a given interval of time, but in the reverse order to that in which these positions actually occurred, then the universe, in this imaginary case, would still obey the same laws." Recent discoveries of dark matter are predicted by him in this book, and he goes on to show that the "Big Bang" is wrong. Sidis (SIGH-dis) shows that it is far more likely the universe is eternal

In this book you will encounter rare information regarding your true identity - the conscious self in the body - and how you may break the hypnotic spell your senses and thinking have cast about you since childhood.

Do we see the world as it truly is? In The Case Against Reality, pioneering cognitive scientist Donald Hoffman says no? we see what we need in order to survive. Our visual perceptions are not a window onto reality, Hoffman shows us, but instead are interfaces constructed by natural selection. The objects we see around us are not unlike the file icons on our computer desktops: while shaped like a small folder on our screens, the files themselves are made of a series of ones and zeros - too complex for most of us to understand. In a similar way, Hoffman argues, evolution has shaped our perceptions into simplistic illusions to help us navigate the world around us. Yet now these illusions can be manipulated by advertising and design.
Drawing on thirty years of Hoffman's own influential research, as well as evolutionary biology, game theory, neuroscience, and philosophy, The Case Against Reality makes the mind-bending yet utterly convincing case that the world is nothing like what we see through our eyes.

At the height of the Cold War, JFK risked committing the greatest crime in human history: starting a nuclear war. Horrified by the specter of nuclear annihilation, Kennedy gradually turned away from his long-held Cold Warrior beliefs and toward a policy of lasting peace. But to the military and intelligence agencies in the United States, who were committed to winning the Cold War at any cost, Kennedy’s change of heart was a direct threat to their power and influence. Once these dark “Unspeakable” forces recognized that Kennedy’s interests were in direct opposition to their own, they tagged him as a dangerous traitor, plotted his assassination, and orchestrated the subsequent cover-up.

2020 saw a spike in deaths in America, smaller than you might imagine during a pandemic, some of which could be attributed to COVID and to initial treatment strategies that were not effective. But then, in 2021, the stats people expected went off the rails. The CEO of the OneAmerica insurance company publicly disclosed that during the third and fourth quarters of 2021, death in people of working age (18–64) was 40 percent higher than it was before the pandemic. Significantly, the majority of the deaths were not attributed to COVID. A 40 percent increase in deaths is literally earth-shaking. Even a 10 percent increase in excess deaths would have been a 1-in-200-year event. But this was 40 percent. And therein lies a story—a story that starts with obvious questions: - What has caused this historic spike in deaths among younger people? - What has caused the shift from old people, who are expected to die, to younger people, who are expected to keep living?

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

The Tavistock Institute, in Sussex, England, describes itself as a nonprofit charity that applies social science to contemporary issues and problems. But this book posits that it is the world’s center for mass brainwashing and social engineering activities. It grew from a somewhat crude beginning at Wellington House into a sophisticated organization that was to shape the destiny of the entire planet, and in the process, change the paradigm of modern society. In this eye-opening work, both the Tavistock network and the methods of brainwashing and psychological warfare are uncovered.

A seminal and controversial figure in the history of political thought and public relations, Edward Bernays (1891–1995), pioneered the scientific technique of shaping and manipulating public opinion, which he famously dubbed “engineering of consent.” During World War I, he was an integral part of the U.S. Committee on Public Information (CPI), a powerful propaganda apparatus that was mobilized to package, advertise and sell the war to the American people as one that would “Make the World Safe for Democracy.” The CPI would become the blueprint in which marketing strategies for future wars would be based upon.
Bernays applied the techniques he had learned in the CPI and, incorporating some of the ideas of Walter Lipmann, as well as his uncle, Sigmund Freud, became an outspoken proponent of propaganda as a tool for democratic and corporate manipulation of the population. His 1928 bombshell Propaganda lays out his eerily prescient vision for using propaganda to regiment the collective mind in a variety of areas, including government, politics, art, science and education. To read this book today is to frightfully comprehend what our contemporary institutions of government and business have become in regards to organized manipulation of the masses.

Undressing the Bible: in Hebrew, the Old Testament speaks for itself, explicitly and transparently. It tells of mysterious beings, special and powerful ones, that appeared on Earth.
Aliens?
Former earthlings?
Superior civilizations, that have always been present on our planet?
Creators, manipulators, geneticists. Aviators, warriors, despotic rulers. And scientists, possessing very advanced knowledge, special weapons and science-fiction-like technologies.
Once naked, the Bible is very different from how it has always been told to us: it does not contain any spiritual, omnipotent and omniscient God, no eternity. No apples and no creeping, tempting, serpents. No winged angels. Not even the Red Sea: the people of the Exodus just wade through a simple reed bed.
Writer and journalist Giorgio Cattaneo sits down with Italy's most renowned biblical translator for his first long interview about his life's work for the English audience. A decade long official Bible translator for the Church and lifelong researcher of ancient myths and tales, Mauro Bilglino is a unicum in his field of expertise and research. A fine connoisseur of dead languages, from ancient Greek to Hebrew and medieval Latin, he focused his attention and efforts on the accurate translating of the bible.
The encounter with Mauro Biglino and his work - the journalist writes - is profoundly healthy, stimulating and inevitably destabilizing: it forces us to reconsider the solidity of the awareness that nourishes many of our common beliefs. And it is a testament to the courage that is needed, today more than ever, to claim the full dignity of free research.

Most people have heard of Jesus Christ, considered the Messiah by Christians, and who lived 2000 years ago. But very few have ever heard of Sabbatai Zevi, who declared himself the Messiah in 1666. By proclaiming redemption was available through acts of sin, he amassed a following of over one million passionate believers, about half the world's Jewish population during the 17th century.Although many Rabbis at the time considered him a heretic, his fame extended far and wide. Sabbatai's adherents planned to abolish many ritualistic observances, because, according to the Talmud, holy obligations would no longer apply in the Messianic time. Fasting days became days of feasting and rejoicing. Sabbateans encouraged and practiced sexual promiscuity, adultery, incest and religious orgies.After Sabbati Zevi's death in 1676, his Kabbalist successor, Jacob Frank, expanded upon and continued his occult philosophy. Frankism, a religious movement of the 18th and 19th centuries, centered on his leadership, and his claim to be the reincarnation of the Messiah Sabbatai Zevi. He, like Zevi, would perform "strange acts" that violated traditional religious taboos, such as eating fats forbidden by Jewish dietary laws, ritual sacrifice, and promoting orgies and sexual immorality. He often slept with his followers, as well as his own daughter, while preaching a doctrine that the best way to imitate God was to cross every boundary, transgress every taboo, and mix the sacred with the profane. Hebrew University of Jerusalem Professor Gershom Scholem called Jacob Frank, "one of the most frightening phenomena in the whole of Jewish history".Jacob Frank would eventually enter into an alliance formed by Adam Weishaupt and Meyer Amshel Rothschild called the Order of the Illuminati. The objectives of this organization was to undermine the world's religions and power structures, in an effort to usher in a utopian era of global communism, which they would covertly rule by their hidden hand: the New World Order. Using secret societies, such as the Freemasons, their agenda has played itself out over the centuries, staying true to the script. The Illuminati handle opposition by a near total control of the world's media, academic opinion leaders, politicians and financiers. Still considered nothing more than theory to many, more and more people wake up each day to the possibility that this is not just a theory, but a terrifying Satanic conspiracy.

This is the first English translation of this revolutionary essay by Vladimir I. Vernadsky, the great Russian-Ukrainian biogeochemist. It was first published in 1930 in French in the Revue générale des sciences pures et appliquées. In it, Vernadsky makes a powerful and provocative argument for the need to develop what he calls “a new physics,” something he felt was clearly necessitated by the implications of the groundbreaking work of Louis Pasteur among few others, but also something that was required to free science from the long-lasting effects of the work of Isaac Newton, most notably.
For hundreds of years, science had developed in a direction which became increasingly detached from the breakthroughs made in the study of life and the natural sciences, detached even from human life itself, and committed reductionists and small-minded scientists were resolved to the fact that ultimately all would be reduced to “the old physics.” The scientific revolution of Einstein was a step in the right direction, but here Vernadsky insists that there is more progress to be made. He makes a bold call for a new physics, taking into account, and fundamentally based upon, the striking anomalies of life and human life.

Using an inspired combination of geometric logic and metaphors from familiar human experience, Bucky invites readers to join him on a trip through a four-dimensional Universe, where concepts as diverse as entropy, Einstein's relativity equations, and the meaning of existence become clear, understandable, and immediately involving. In his own words: "Dare to be naive... It is one of our most exciting discoveries that local discovery leads to a complex of further discoveries." Here are three key examples or concepts from "Synergetics":

Tensegrity

Tensegrity, or tensional integrity, refers to structural systems that use a combination of tension and compression components. The simplest example of this is the "tensegrity triangle", where three struts are held in position not by touching one another but by tensioned wires. These systems are stable and flexible. Tensegrity structures are pervasive in natural systems, from the cellular level up to larger biological and even cosmological scales.

Vector Equilibrium (VE)

The Vector Equilibrium, often referred to by Fuller as the "VE", is a geometric form that he saw as the central form in his synergetic geometry. It’s essentially a cuboctahedron. Fuller noted that the VE is the only geometric form wherein all the vectors (lines from the center to the vertices) are of equal length and angular relationship. Because of this, it’s seen as a condition of absolute equilibrium, where the forces of push and pull are balanced.

Closest Packing of Spheres

Fuller was fascinated by how spheres could be packed together in the tightest possible configuration, a concept he often linked to how nature organizes systems. For example, when you stack oranges in a grocery store, they form a hexagonal pattern, and the spheres (oranges) are in closest-packed arrangement. Fuller related this principle to atomic structures and even cosmic organization.

To prepare Americans and freedom loving people everywhere for our current global wartime reality that few understand, here comes The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare (CG5GW) by Lieutenant General, U.S. Army (Retired) Michael T. Flynn and Sergeant, U.S. Army (Retired) Boone Cutler. General Flynn rose to the highest levels of the intelligence community and served as the National Security Advisor to the 45th POTUS. Sergeant Boone Cutler ran the ground game as a wartime Psychological Operations team sergeant in the United States Army. Together, these two combat veterans put their combined experience and expertise into an illuminating fifth-generation warfare information series called The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare. Introduction to 5GW is the first session of the multipart series. The series, complete with easy-to-understand diagrams, is written for all of humanity in every freedom loving country.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Biosphere :

  • Vernadsky defined the biosphere as the thin layer of Earth where life exists, encompassing all living organisms and the parts of the Earth where they interact. This includes the depths of the oceans to the upper layers of the atmosphere.
  • He posited that life plays a critical role in transforming the Earth's environment. In this view, living organisms are not just passive inhabitants of the planet, but active agents of change. This idea contrasts with more traditional views that saw life as simply adapting to pre-existing environmental conditions.
  • One example of this transformative power is the oxygen-rich atmosphere, which was created by photosynthesizing organisms over billions of years.

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Noosphere :

  • The concept of the noosphere can be seen as the next evolutionary stage following the biosphere. While the biosphere represents the realm of life, the noosphere represents the realm of human thought.
  • Vernadsky believed that, just as life transformed the Earth through the biosphere, human thought and collective intelligence would transform the planet in the era of the noosphere. This transformation would be characterized by the dominance of cultural evolution over biological evolution.
  • In this paradigm, human knowledge, technology, and cultural developments would become the primary drivers of change on the planet, influencing its future direction.
  • The term "noosphere" is derived from the Greek word “nous” meaning "mind" or "intellect" and "sphaira" meaning "sphere." So, the noosphere can be thought of as the "sphere of human thought."

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

A close analysis of the architecture of the stupa―a Buddhist symbolic form that is found throughout South, Southeast, and East Asia. The author, who trained as an architect, examines both the physical and metaphysical levels of these buildings, which derive their meaning and significance from Buddhist and Brahmanist influences.

Building on his extensive research into the sacred symbols and creation myths of the Dogon of Africa and those of ancient Egypt, India, and Tibet, Laird Scranton investigates the myths, symbols, and traditions of prehistoric China, providing further evidence that the cosmology of all ancient cultures arose from a single now-lost source.

It is at the same time a history of language, a guide to foreign tongues, and a method for learning them. It shows, through basic vocabularies, family resemblances of languages―Teutonic, Romance, Greek―helpful tricks of translation, key combinations of roots and phonetic patterns. It presents by common-sense methods the most helpful approach to the mastery of many languages; it condenses vocabulary to a minimum of essential words; it simplifies grammar in an entirely new way; and it teaches a languages as it is actually used in everyday life.
But this book is more than a guide to foreign languages; it goes deep into the roots of all knowledge as it explores the history of speech. It lights up the dim pathways of prehistory and unfolds the story of the slow growth of human expression from the most primitive signs and sounds to the elaborate variations of the highest cultures. Without language no knowledge would be possible; here we see how language is at once the source and the reservoir of all we know.

Taking only the most elementary knowledge for granted, Lancelot Hogben leads readers of this famous book through the whole course from simple arithmetic to calculus. His illuminating explanation is addressed to the person who wants to understand the place of mathematics in modern civilization but who has been intimidated by its supposed difficulty. Mathematics is the language of size, shape, and order―a language Hogben shows one can both master and enjoy.

A complete manual for the study and practice of Raja Yoga, the path of concentration and meditation. These timeless teachings is a treasure to be read and referred to again and again by seekers treading the spiritual path. The classic Sutras, at least 4,000 years old, cover the yogic teachings on ethics, meditation, and physical postures, and provide directions for dealing with situations in daily life. The Sutras are presented here in the purest form, with the original Sanskrit and with translation, transliteration, and commentary by Sri Swami Satchidananda, one of the most respected and revered contemporary Yoga masters. Sri Swamiji offers practical advice based on his own experience for mastering the mind and achieving physical, mental and emotional harmony.

William Strauss and Neil Howe will change the way you see the world - and your place in it. With blazing originality, The Fourth Turning illuminates the past, explains the present, and reimagines the future. Most remarkably, it offers an utterly persuasive prophecy about how America’s past will predict its future.

Strauss and Howe base this vision on a provocative theory of American history. The authors look back 500 years and uncover a distinct pattern: Modern history moves in cycles, each one lasting about the length of a long human life, each composed of four eras - or "turnings" - that last about 20 years and that always arrive in the same order. In The Fourth Turning, the authors illustrate these cycles using a brilliant analysis of the post-World War II period.

First comes a High, a period of confident expansion as a new order takes root after the old has been swept away. Next comes an Awakening, a time of spiritual exploration and rebellion against the now-established order. Then comes an Unraveling, an increasingly troubled era in which individualism triumphs over crumbling institutions. Last comes a Crisis - the Fourth Turning - when society passes through a great and perilous gate in history. Together, the four turnings comprise history's seasonal rhythm of growth, maturation, entropy, and rebirth.

4th Turning

Excess Deaths & Why RFK Jr. Can Win The Democratic Presidential Race - Ed Dowd | Part 1 of 2 - 06-21-2023

All original edition. Nothing added, nothing removed. This book traces the history of the ancient Khazar Empire, a major but almost forgotten power in Eastern Europe, which in the Dark Ages became converted to Judaism. Khazaria was finally wiped out by the forces of Genghis Khan, but evidence indicates that the Khazars themselves migrated to Poland and formed the cradle of Western Jewry. To the general reader the Khazars, who flourished from the 7th to 11th century, may seem infinitely remote today. Yet they have a close and unexpected bearing on our world, which emerges as Koestler recounts the fascinating history of the ancient Khazar Empire.

At about the time that Charlemagne was Emperor in the West. The Khazars' sway extended from the Black Sea to the Caspian, from the Caucasus to the Volga, and they were instrumental in stopping the Muslim onslaught against Byzantium, the eastern jaw of the gigantic pincer movement that in the West swept across northern Africa and into Spain.Thereafter the Khazars found themselves in a precarious position between the two major world powers: the Eastern Roman Empire in Byzantium and the triumphant followers of Mohammed.As Koestler points out, the Khazars were the Third World of their day. They chose a surprising method of resisting both the Western pressure to become Christian and the Eastern to adopt Islam. Rejecting both, they converted to Judaism. Mr. Koestler speculates about the ultimate faith of the Khazars and their impact on the racial composition and social heritage of modern Jewry.

Few people noticed the secret codewords used by our astronauts to describe the moon. Until now, few knew about the strange moving lights they reported.
George H. Leonard, former NASA scientist, fought through the official veil of secrecy and studied thousands of NASA photographs, spoke candidly with dozens of NASA officials, and listened to hours and hours of astronauts' tapes.
Here, Leonard presents the stunning and inescapable evidence discovered during his in-depth investigation:

  • Immense mechanical rigs, some over a mile long, working the lunar surface.
  • Strange geometric ground markings and symbols.
  • Lunar constructions several times higher than anything built on Earth.
  • Vehicles, tracks, towers, pipes, conduits, and conveyor belts running in and across moon craters.
Somebody else is indeed on the Moon, and engaged in activities on a massive scale. Our space agencies, and many of the world's top scientists, have known for years that there is intelligent life on the moon.

The article delves into the history of the Khazars, a polity in the Northern Caucasus that existed from the mid-seventh century until about 970 CE. Contrary to popular belief, the term "Khazars" is misleading as it was a multiethnic entity, and it's uncertain which specific group adopted Judaism. The Khazars first emerged in the seventh century, defeating the Bulgars, which led to the Bulgars' dispersion to various regions. The Khazar Empire was established through the expulsion of the Bulgars and was multiethnic in nature. The language spoken by the Khazars is debated, with some suggesting Turkic origins and others pointing to Slavic. The Khazars had several cities and fortresses, with significant archaeological findings. The Khazars had interactions with various empires, including wars with the Arabs and alliances with Byzantine emperors. By the mid-10th century, the Khazar capital of Itil was destroyed by the Russians. The article concludes that much of what is known about the Khazars is based on limited sources.

#Khazars #History #Caucasus #Judaism #Bulgars #Empire #Multiethnic #LanguageDebate #ArabWars #ByzantineAlliances #Itil #RussianInvasion #Archaeology #ReligiousConversion #TabletMag

In The Science of the Dogon, Laird Scranton demonstrated that the cosmological structure described in the myths and drawings of the Dogon runs parallel to modern science--atomic theory, quantum theory, and string theory--their drawings often taking the same form as accurate scientific diagrams that relate to the formation of matter.

Sacred Symbols of the Dogon uses these parallels as the starting point for a new interpretation of the Egyptian hieroglyphic language. By substituting Dogon cosmological drawings for equivalent glyph-shapes in Egyptian words, a new way of reading and interpreting the Egyptian hieroglyphs emerges. Scranton shows how each hieroglyph constitutes an entire concept, and that their meanings are scientific in nature.

The Dogon people of Mali, West Africa, are famous for their unique art and advanced cosmology. The Dogon’s creation story describes how the one true god, Amma, created all the matter of the universe. Interestingly, the myths that depict his creative efforts bear a striking resemblance to the modern scientific definitions of matter, beginning with the atom and continuing all the way to the vibrating threads of string theory. Furthermore, many of the Dogon words, symbols, and rituals used to describe the structure of matter are quite similar to those found in the myths of ancient Egypt and in the daily rituals of Judaism. For example, the modern scientific depiction of the informed universe as a black hole is identical to Amma’s Egg of the Dogon and the Egyptian Benben Stone.

The Science of the Dogon offers a case-by-case comparison of Dogon descriptions and drawings to corresponding scientific definitions and diagrams from authors like Stephen Hawking and Brian Greene, then extends this analysis to the counterparts of these symbols in both the ancient Egyptian and Hebrew religions. What is ultimately revealed is the scientific basis for the language of the Egyptian hieroglyphs, which was deliberately encoded to prevent the knowledge of these concepts from falling into the hands of all but the highest members of the Egyptian priesthood.

Anthony C. Yu’s translation of The Journey to the West,initially published in 1983, introduced English-speaking audiences to the classic Chinese novel in its entirety for the first time. Written in the sixteenth century, The Journey to the West tells the story of the fourteen-year pilgrimage of the monk Xuanzang, one of China’s most famous religious heroes, and his three supernatural disciples, in search of Buddhist scriptures. Throughout his journey, Xuanzang fights demons who wish to eat him, communes with spirits, and traverses a land riddled with a multitude of obstacles, both real and fantastical. An adventure rich with danger and excitement, this seminal work of the Chinese literary canonis by turns allegory, satire, and fantasy.

With over a hundred chapters written in both prose and poetry, The Journey to the West has always been a complicated and difficult text to render in English while preserving the lyricism of its language and the content of its plot. But Yu has successfully taken on the task, and in this new edition he has made his translations even more accurate and accessible. The explanatory notes are updated and augmented, and Yu has added new material to his introduction, based on his original research as well as on the newest literary criticism and scholarship on Chinese religious traditions. He has also modernized the transliterations included in each volume, using the now-standard Hanyu Pinyin romanization system. Perhaps most important, Yu has made changes to the translation itself in order to make it as precise as possible.

One of the great works of Chinese literature, The Journey to the West is not only invaluable to scholars of Eastern religion and literature, but, in Yu’s elegant rendering, also a delight for any reader.

The Oera Linda Book is a 19th-century translation by Dr. Ottema and WIlliam R. Sandbach of an old manuscript written in the Old Frisian language that records historical, mythological, and religious themes of remote antiquity, compiled between 2194 BC and AD 803.

  • The Oera Linda book challenges traditional views of pre-Christian societies.
  • Christianization is likened to a "great reset" that erased previous civilizations.
  • The Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people.
  • The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting patterns in history.
  • The importance of identity and understanding one's roots is highlighted.
  • The Oera Linda book offers wisdom and insights into several European languages.

The Oera Linda book offers a fresh perspective on our history, challenging the notion that pre-Christian societies were uncivilized. It suggests that the Christianization of societies was a form of "great reset," erasing and demonizing what existed before. The Oera Linda writings hint at an advanced civilization with its own laws, writing, and societal structures. Jan Ott's translation from the Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people. The text also touches upon the guilt many feel today, even if they aren't religious, about issues like climate change and historical slavery. It criticizes the way science is sometimes treated like a religion, with scientists acting as its preachers. The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting that understanding history requires recognizing patterns and cycles. Christianity is portrayed as one of the most significant resets in history, with sects fighting and erasing each other's scriptures. The importance of identity is highlighted, with a focus on the Fryans, a tribe that faced challenges from another tribe from Finland. This other tribe had a different moral compass, leading to conflicts and eventual assimilation. The text suggests that the true history of the Fryans and their values might have been distorted by subsequent Christian narratives. The Oera Linda book is seen as a source of wisdom, shedding light on the origins of several European languages and offering insights into values like freedom, truth, and justice.

#OeraLinda #History #Christianization #GreatReset #FryanLanguage #JanOtt #Civilization #OldTestament #Church #SpiritualAbuse #Identity #Fryans #Autland #Finland #Slavery #Christianity #Sects #Genocide #Torture #Bible #Freedom #Truth #Justice #Righteousness #Language #German #Dutch #Frisian #English #Scandinavian #Wisdom #Inspiration #European #Values

The Talmud is one of the most important holy books of the Hebrew religion and of the world. No English translation of the book existed until the author presented this work. To this day, very little of the actual text seems available in English -- although we find many interpretive commentaries on what it is supposed to mean. The Talmud has a reputation for being long and difficult to digest, but Polano has taken what he believes to be the best material and put it into extremely readable form. As far as holy books of the world are concerned, it is on par with The Koran, The Bhagavad-Gita and, of course, The Bible, in importance. This clearly written edition will allow many to experience The Talmud who may have otherwise not had the chance.

This five-volume set is the only complete English rendering of The Zohar, the fundamental rabbinic work on Jewish mysticism that has fascinated readers for more than seven centuries. In addition to being the primary reference text for kabbalistic studies, this magnificent work is arranged in the form of a commentary on the Bible, bringing to the surface the deeper meanings behind the commandments and biblical narrative. As The Zohar itself proclaims: Woe unto those who see in the Law nothing but simple narratives and ordinary words .... Every word of the Law contains an elevated sense and a sublime mystery .... The narratives of the Law are but the raiment Thin which it is swathed.

Twenty-one years ago, at a friend's request, a Massachusetts professor sketched out a blueprint for nonviolent resistance to repressive regimes. It would go on to be translated, photocopied, and handed from one activist to another, traveling from country to country across the globe: from Iran to Venezuela―where both countries consider Gene Sharp to be an enemy of the state―to Serbia; Afghanistan; Vietnam; the former Soviet Union; China; Nepal; and, more recently and notably, Tunisia, Egypt, Yemen, Libya, and Syria, where it has served as a guiding light of the Arab Spring.

This short, pithy, inspiring, and extraordinarily clear guide to overthrowing a dictatorship by nonviolent means lists 198 specific methods to consider, depending on the circumstances: sit-ins, popular nonobedience, selective strikes, withdrawal of bank deposits, revenue refusal, walkouts, silence, and hunger strikes. From Dictatorship to Democracy is the remarkable work that has made the little-known Sharp into the world's most effective and sought-after analyst of resistance to authoritarian regimes.

Bill Cooper, former United States Naval Intelligence Briefing Team member, reveals information that remains hidden from the public eye. This information has been kept in topsecret government files since the 1940s. His audiences hear the truth unfold as he writes about the assassination of John F. Kennedy, the war on drugs, the secret government, and UFOs. Bill is a lucid, rational, and powerful speaker whose intent is to inform and to empower his audience. Standing room only is normal. His presentation and information transcend partisan affiliations as he clearly addresses issues in a way that has a striking impact on listeners of all backgrounds and interests. He has spoken to many groups throughout the United States and has appeared regularly on many radio talk shows and on television. In 1988 Bill decided to "talk" due to events then taking place worldwide, events that he had seen plans for back in the early 1970s. Bill correctly predicted the lowering of the Iron Curtain, the fall of the Berlin Wall, and the invasion of Panama. All Bill's predictions were on record well before the events occurred. Bill is not a psychic. His information comes from top secret documents that he read while with the Intelligence Briefing Team and from over seventeen years of research.

The argument that the 16th Amendment (which concerns the federal income tax) was not properly ratified and thus is invalid has been a topic of debate among some tax protesters and scholars. One of the individuals associated with this theory is Bill Benson, who asserted that the 16th Amendment was fraudulently ratified. Here's a brief overview of the argument: 1. Research and Documentation: Bill Benson, along with another individual named M.J. "Red" Beckman, wrote a two-volume work called "The Law That Never Was" in the 1980s. This work was a product of Benson's extensive travels to various state archives to examine the original ratification documents related to the 16th Amendment. 2. Claims of Irregularities: In his work, Benson presented evidence that claimed many of the states either did not ratify the 16th Amendment properly or made mistakes in their resolutions. Some of these alleged irregularities included misspellings, incorrect wording, and other deviations from the proposed amendment. 3. Philander Knox's Role: In 1913, Philander Knox, who was the U.S. Secretary of State at the time, declared that the 16th Amendment had been ratified by the necessary three-fourths of the states. Benson's contention is that Knox was aware of the various discrepancies and irregularities in the ratification process but chose to fraudulently declare the amendment ratified anyway. 4. Legal Challenges and Court Rulings: Over the years, some tax protesters have used Benson's findings to challenge the legality of the income tax. However, these challenges have been consistently rejected by the courts. In fact, several courts have addressed Benson's research and arguments directly and found them to be without legal merit. The courts have repeatedly upheld the validity of the 16th Amendment. 5. Counterarguments: Critics of Benson's theory argue that even if there were minor discrepancies in the wording or format of the ratification documents, they do not invalidate the overarching intent of the states to ratify the amendment. Additionally, they assert that there's no substantive evidence that Knox acted fraudulently. It's worth noting that despite the popularity of this theory among certain groups, the legal consensus in the U.S. is that the 16th Amendment was validly ratified and is a legitimate part of the U.S. Constitution. Those who refuse to pay income taxes based on this theory have faced legal penalties.

The article delves into the evolution of the concept of the ether in physics. Historically, the ether was postulated to explain the propagation of light, with figures like Newton and Huygens suggesting its existence. By the late 19th century, Maxwell's electromagnetic theory linked light's propagation to the ether, a theory experimentally validated by Hertz in 1888. Lorentz expanded on this, focusing on wave transmission in moving media. The article contrasts the English approach, which sought tangible models, with the phenomenological view, which aimed for a descriptive approach without specific hypotheses. The piece also touches on various mechanical theories and models proposed over the years, emphasizing the challenges in defining the ether's properties and its evolving nature in scientific discourse.

As an Amazon Associate I earn from qualifying purchases.


5 Key Takeaways from the Man in America Interview with Cliff High – 09-14-2023

5 Key Takeaways from the Man in America Interview with Cliff High - 09-14-2023

5 Key Takeaways from the Man in America Interview with Cliff High - 09-14-2023

Episode Summary:

Seth Holhouse, the host of "Man in America," interviews Cliff High, a brilliant independent thinker. They discuss the constructed reality around us and the importance of questioning it. The conversation delves into topics like outer space, the moon, and the future, including the 2024 outlook, Trump's plans, the role of the military, and the banking system. Cliff introduces the concept of the "Great Awakening," suggesting that increased emanations from the galactic center are causing a global awakening. The deep state, or the Khazarian mafia, is described as being desperate due to this awakening. Cliff predicts a significant event that will further enhance the Great Awakening. He uses the analogy of building and release tension to describe the emotional state of the masses. The deep state has been managing this balance to maintain control. However, an upcoming event, whether orchestrated by the deep state or not, will disrupt this balance, leading to a state of "hyper novelty." This event will be so significant that society won't revert to its previous state. Cliff suggests that the deep state might not be the ultimate power, hinting at a greater force behind them.

#ManInAmerica #SethHolhouse #CliffHigh #GreatAwakening #DeepState #KhazarianMafia #2024Outlook #Trump #Military #BankingSystem #GalacticCenter #EmotionalTension #HyperNovelty #Reality #Questioning #OuterSpace #Moon #Future #GlobalConsciousness #Balance #Control #Society #Event #Prediction #Change

5 Key Takeaways from the Man in America Interview with Cliff High - 09-14-2023

Ladies and gentlemen, welcome to man in America. I'm your host, Seth Holhouse. So today I have one of my favorite people to talk to, and not because I agree with everything he says, but because he's such an independent and I think pretty brilliant thinker. And that's cliff high. Now you could say that maybe he's bordering on that range of kind of mad genius.

And I would agree with that. I think it's a good thing because what it means that he's questioning the fundamental things that we think to be true in our reality. And when you look back at how much of our so called reality has been constructed as a cage around us, I think that questioning the fundamentals of what we think to be true is a really good thing. So actually, I just finished this interview with Cliff. I'm doing the intro afterwards.

We talked for about an hour and a half. It's a really engaging conversation. We go into some crazy topics. I mean, of course, we go into a lot of stuff about outer space and the moon in the middle of the discussion, which is great. But we talk a lot about what's coming next.

What's 2024 look like? What's trump's plan? Is the military involved? Is the whole military compromised? Does Trump still have a lot of say?

Are they going to be involved in the elections? There's a really interesting chunk that we get into with that towards the end. We also get into the banking system. What's going on with the banking system? What does he expect to see happening in addition to that precious metals bitcoin?

So, as you would expect, it's an incredibly engaging discussion with Cliff. And actually the first probably 20 minutes to 30 minutes I found to be so interesting because we're talking about this measurable way of looking at the great awakening. And it's going to blow your mind the way this guy thinks. So I hope you enjoy this interview. Before we get started, we got a few quick announcements.

For one, we are giving away silver. So for all the man in America family, we're giving away 5oz of pure silver every Friday. So if you want to enter to win that 5oz of pure silver, it's going to be five generic rounds, buffalo rounds, just go to Silverseth.com or go to Slash Win. So if silverstheth doesn't work on your browser, it's maninamerica.com Win. You enter your name and your email once and you're automatically entered in every Friday.

Again for the Friday drawing of the 5oz of free silver. Also, every show I do is also done as a podcast. So if you want to listen instead of watch, just go to your favorite podcast app and search for man in America and you'll find me there. All right, folks, enjoy this mind bending and interesting conversation with Cliff High. But Cliff, it is great to have you back on.

It was such an interesting interview the first time around and I've got so many questions and I think there's a lot to talk about. So thanks again for being here. Sure, no worries at all. Yes, I've got a whole list of questions here, so I'd say one of the big ones I want to first jump into know we're heading into the election year. It feels like the deep state, the cabal, that they're at a very desperate place, that a lot of the Americans that may have voted for Joe Biden before now have woken up.

They're seeing the problems of the current administration everywhere. They're questioning the elections. What do you see happening? And what are some of your data sets saying as we're going into, say, the next, say, three, six months into the election year, next year? What do you expect to unfold during this period?

I don't have much in the way of expectations, but I have some stuff out of my data that seems to describe 2024. And I'm not going to call it an election year for various different reasons.

We're at war now. We've been at war basically for I mean, if you want to think about it the way I do it, we've been at war for about 6000 years with these same Khazarian people that are trying to take over the planet. As you are quite correct, the Deep State, this Khazarian mafia, is very desperate at the moment, okay? They are escalating because the Great Awakening is happening. They have within their group, some small number of them, that recognize that this is a phenomenon that is beyond their control.

It has to do actually, factually, with increased emanations from the galactic center waking us all up. And the Great Awakening is not a misnomer, okay? And there's nothing that Khazarians can do about this, including slaughtering people. But they're starting to do that, okay? So the deep state is at war with us.

What I do expect is that that war in this next six months will break out into the open, into the normie mines in a sharp, very sharp way, and I'll explain that in a second such that it will occupy all of the places that are now occupied by the unraveling of the political illusion. Okay? So all of those people that are worried about the Biden regime or Obama, or they're coming to terms with the fact that Obama is gay and Michelle is a guy and they rented those kids and all of this other stuff, all of those people will be jolted into an awareness of a war. And they will have to try and cope in sort of a rush, okay? Because they're going to jump and leap right out of the normie world of politics in a degrading America to a much greater view of what's going on.

And they will understand that we're in World War II and World War II is being fought with dues. And that's the news right that it's not your papa's World War II. It's not that not going back. We're going forward into this new functioning and the deep state is the enemy. It's not nation state versus nation state.

This is going to be very difficult for people to wrap their heads around. So yes, perhaps the plunger on Maui was pulled or a button was pushed by a guy in China who is a CCP fellow. But it doesn't mean that China the nation state, nor China the people attacked Maui, okay? It means that an arm of the deep state within the CCP attacked Maui on the orders of the deep state. We're going to have an event of some form or a series of events of some form.

So I'm connected with remote viewers, the best remote viewers on the planet, bar none. The only remote viewers that might be better are ones we don't know about because they're hidden so deep. Okay? I'm not going to say what those remote viewers have been telling me because I have not been given permission. They have to release this information on their own.

What I will say is that they are echoing what my numbers are showing. Okay? So I have this thing called building tension value. And I have a release tension value. And this is building emotional tension.

And this is release of emotional tension. The words can be the same, the descriptors can be the same, but all the adjectives would be different and the emotional aspect of it would be different. And in building tension, it's like you're trying to describe your anxiety or you're crunching in on yourself in some aspect relative to something that's pushing on you from the outside. In release language, you're jumping up and down and releasing all that emotion. These two, whatever the value of them, the difference has a finite range and it ranges from three point something up to 5.85.

5.85 is our maximum. Now that's our maximum delta between release and building tension. And it fluctuates every single time I do these runs. It fluctuates some degree. Sometimes building tension is larger.

Sometimes release tension is larger. Since 2001, building tension has had a tendency to dominate since 2001. Now we are in a situation where we have this, that we have two sets of values. And now the delta between these is 81.86,958,695. Okay?

So this is 13 times my maximum usual standard deviation range 13 times in a standard way. Standard deviations work. A single standard deviation is something that an engineer might pay attention to, especially in bridges and that kind of thing. Two times standard deviation is something that an engineer would want to pay attention to. In energy mechanics, it means your engine is not working the way it should.

That kind of thing. Three times standard deviation in anything, any aspect of engineering is a catastrophe. All right? We're at 13 times that now and it's dominating with release tension. All right?

So the last time we had a significant dominant release language event was 2001. Okay, so that was the 911 attack. Everybody released for months afterwards. It was just dominating with release of emotional tension. Even at that point, it was less than the standard deviation range.

Right? So now we're 13 times higher. So the remote viewers are echoing what I'm seeing.

They have different methods, different characterizations of what's going on. But in Maine they would echo that something is going to occur. It's going to occur in the near or immediate timeframe, and it's going to be dominated by release language. So Maui was dominated by release language up to the point that the Feds came in and started putting up the barriers and now everything's all tension. Everybody's getting all tense about it, they're getting angry and so forth in a way that they didn't get angry with that attack.

You can actually see the language in the various articles. Go back and read something about the event and everybody's outpouring all of their grief, et cetera, et cetera. And now it's all anger about the way everybody's being treated. Okay, so the Feds came in and turned. Sure.

So I have to make sure I'm tracking this right. So basically it's a simple way of me understanding it. It's almost as if the Cabal has to maintain a balance of release and the building of this tension. And so the we, the people, the average Americans or the average people on
Earth, it's like they'll push us a little bit that they're monitoring this, our tension comes up, then we can relieve that tension just to feel like, okay, it's okay again, that's how they get us to get distracted back with the circus. So that's how they keep it level.

We get really pissed off and then we feel like we accomplish something. It's like, oh, well, Durham did this. And it's like, okay, let's calm back down. But what's happening right now, it's almost like when you watch a trailer being pulled behind a truck that starts swaying, it gets to a certain point where it starts whipping so violently that the only thing that can happen is a catastrophe. So is that kind of what's happening?

Okay, correct. Okay. So I don't know how much control the Cabal actually exercises over the building intention. I don't know that they consider it this way, but in fundamental effect, they manage it this way. Right.

They don't want enough people to ever wake up that the Khazarian mafia can be seen behind all of the illusion they've put out. Right? And so we have that now. The illusion is breaking down. The ADL is under attack.

That's one of their primary enforcers. Right? So all of these things are breaking down for them as it is breaking down. If they used to have control over this all right, so we could look at it two ways. We could look at that.

We're going to have a breakout emotional event that they won't be able to control that will further enhance our Great Awakening, right? And that that event is not necessarily initiated by them. All right? Or we could look at it at the opposite, that we're going to have a breakout event. They won't be able to control the aftermath of it because too many people will be awake to what's going on, but they created it.

Okay, so basically what you were describing, maintaining the balance here is a method of keeping us under control. Dampening it down, right? Dampen down the hunger with a little bit now and put it off a little bit later. That kind of a thing which we've been under for hundreds of years. Okay?

So another way to look at it is that they're so desperate that they must do a major attack in order to cause as much damage and as much chaos as possible in order that they may assert control in the midst of that chaos, which is what they do. They have a tendency to create the 911 incident, right? So if we looked at the attack on the towers in terms of its release language, we are looking at something that's going to have 13 times more release language that will manifest both in spiking values immediately, but also in duration. It'll have to go on for a long time in order for this to work its way out of all the people. This is going to exacerbate the deep state's worries and problems relative to the Great Awakening, because the longer we're in this upset state, in this upset state, they don't have control.

Right. What they work on is basically fracturing your concentration and allowing the brain chemicals to calm down, and as you're calming down, then they try and get you back in the control by placing those things in front of you to lead you. Right? They don't usually come along and put a cattle prod in your back and push you because that exacerbates the disruption within your mental state. It's a very delicate balance for them to do their hypnosis and keep the illusion.

This is basically saying that there's going to be some event, whether they create it or not, that's going to escalate so far that we won't be going back. Okay, so this is why I have been saying that we're approaching a point of hyper novelty because we'll cross over a threshold where it will not be possible for us to go back to these levels or that old illusion anymore. So there is reason to suspect that World War Three, however it is characterized nation state versus nation state or deep state versus global population, other than Russia and a few other places that are awake and not in their control. However we characterize that, we're going to get to a point where there's going to be an opening of this idea that the deep state exists independent of the nation states and is at war with the people, I think it will come out because the deep state will try and gen up a nation state war. It's not going to work.

But in the process of doing that, they're going to waken up a lot more of the normal population by basically having such a huge shock to their system that all their mind is cleansed. Right? So most people, I don't know how many people could actually remember, but you wake up one morning and then I was on the west coast here and you hear about the attacks on 911. Right? From that moment on, my thinking was altered, it never went back.

Then you see all of the problems that generate the fact that they had this massive thousands of pages of law ready to enact within a week. So, you know, it's all a put up job. Yada yada, yada. Right? And so your thinking never goes back to the way it was and we're approaching something like that.

Will it be a directed energy weapon attack on Colorado or Florida or Wyoming perhaps?

Something too visible to ignore. People in Turkey right after Maui were struck by energy weapons, they filmed the energy weapons coming down and starting the brush fires in their area. So this is part of the deep state war against the population of Earth. Now, I'm a little on the woo side, so I think there's something on the other side of the deep state. I don't think the deep state is their own masters.

Right. I think there's a lot of the people in the deep state that know what I know about this and don't want to go anywhere near this, but are not able to change events such that they could back off of this because there's something on the other side that's driving them. So there are certain things that are popping out in reality that suggest that there are support in our factual reality for some kind of an event coming along this way. So it's subtle, you'd have to really understand the data and the way I'm looking at it. But some of these supporting more subtle effects are hugely long term in the way in which they will manifest and the effects they will have.

Got a quick message for you. So folks, thank goodness inflation is going down. Thank you Biden. But wait, if inflation is going down, then why are food prices going up, energy prices going up and gas prices going up? Well, because they're lying to us.

Imagine that. You see, right now the real rate of inflation is closer to 25%, not the 5% the White House wants you to believe. You can see this with your own eyes and your own wallet. What this means is that if you had $100,000 in your savings account just one year ago, today it's only worth about $75,000 in terms of your actual buying power. Your money is losing value by the day.

If you went back to 1920 and you had a $20 bill or a 1oz gold coin, you could walk into a men's clothing store and buy an entire suit, jacket, shoes, pants, belt, everything. But think about it. What would a $20 bill buy you today? Maybe some socks, but an ounce of gold will still buy you that same suit. And this is why I believe that now more than ever, it's a good time to consider transferring at least a portion of your wealth into physical gold and silver.

Real world assets have stood the test of time, and for this, I'm confident in recommending dr. Kirk Elliott. So, Kirk has two PhDs and is an incredible Christian patriot who's dedicated to helping you break free from the trap of inflation. You can buy gold and silver directly, even in small amounts, or you can transfer your IRA into physical gold and silver with zero taxes or penalties. So, Kirk is who I use.

He's who my family and my friends use, and honestly, he's someone I trust completely. And when it comes to your wealth, you need someone that you can trust. So to learn more, open up a new tab right now and go to goldwithseth.com or call 720-605-3900 to speak to a real person. Right now, kirk LA's team will answer all of your questions and take care of you every step of the way. So, right now, they're trying to work out the deep state, and the individuals involved are trying to work out a face saving mechanism for shutting down CERN, for shutting down the large Hadron collider.

Okay? That massive, massive, massive investment. More copper in that thing than in any dam on the planet, okay? There's more copper there than any of the dams in our country, probably more than all of the dams in our country in terms of the generators and stuff, and they're shutting it down because it's useless. It took particle physics as far as it could go, and it failed, and people are drifting away.

Okay, so a bad sign for science when your scientists are not re upping on their own and you got to go on out and try and keep recruiting them to come back into your operation. Whatever they were attempting to achieve, they failed with that. The fact that we're looking at such a large thing being shut down and the first hints of the emotional problems that these guys are getting into in that shutdown process because they can't just everybody walk away and lock the door, right? They've got to decommission this thing. It's got to be a public kind of a deal.

It's got to upend their whole grasp on physics and science because they took science to this huge pinnacle and spent more on a single science project than anything ever in our history. And it failed. And it was a failure from the beginning. If you looked at things the appropriate way, you would see this. And in spite of them having hidden motivations, even all their hidden motivations failed.

And that's caused them some real consternation so we could be facile and see things at a surface level and say, oh, the Deep state's attempt to create a portal for demons
with the Large Hadron Collider for demons to come in and help them failed. Okay? And so there probably will be people that have that view, right? Like, I don't know particular kind of mentician in people that would think that this was the case, but it's true that it failed. I don't know that they were attempting to bring in demons.

I know that there were all these other ancillary projects for the Large Hadron Collider that were never mentioned except in the back quarters kind of thing. But I know that that failure, as upsetting as it is to the mainstream scientists that are on the front side of it, is much more upsetting to the whackadoodle deep state scientists on the back side of things. And it's caused a huge problem with their grasp of reality, really, because things they were attempting to do, whatever they were basically that failure came back and said, no, you people are totally wrong in your view of how reality works. And that has really shocked them. So we're going to see all different kinds of things here.

We've got major monetary collapses going on in the background that are significantly huge. So this time next year, will we be able to have an election in the United States? I do not believe we would be able to have any kind of an election that the Biden regime would be planning on. That is to say Dominion Machines, any of that kind of stuff. I don't think any of that's going to happen because they won't be able to pay for it.

I think Dominion itself will be bankrupt and no one working for them this time next year. Okay, so by the time we get into September next year, a lot of these very large firms will be 100% defunct because they rely basically on skimmed illegal money. So the Federal Reserve says they create a billion dollars. Well, they farm out 1 billion without telling us to all their buddies. But the fact that they've been doing that for so long and all of a sudden it comes to a stop.

All of these firms that are counting on that money being farmed out to them, as well as the fact that the money doesn't purchase what it should anyway, are in a world of hurt. And it's the bribery level that's going to be bringing down a lot of these very shaky institutions that basically rely on that hidden money to hoax up the books and get through year to year to year. And we're seeing it now. So a year from now, I don't think we'll have an ordinary election. I could see us having an election that was being supervised by some other authority like the US.

Military, right? I could see us having an election that was being supervised in a way that didn't rely on commercial products like Dominion and all of that sort of thing. And I'm saying that because the monetary system is going to be having such huge amounts of trouble between now and then. And we have this coming up, whatever this release language event is, right? So if we postulated it know a direct energy weapon attack on the Denver airport, right?

There's reasons to do that, to get at the stuff that's underneath the airport. Maybe that would be the deep state doing it, one part of the deep state against another part. Maybe it would be anti deep state people doing it. Who the hell knows, right? Because we're not being clued in as to who the participants are in this war.

But it will be something on that order where people will be able to tune in on the internet, probably even on regular TV and see particle beam weapons coming down, beating the absolute crap out of the Denver airport until it's just a smoking hole in the ground. That's what it's going to take to get these kind of numbers. And at that level, what's our response as a nation and so on and so on. Now I've got data sets that say that this coincidental, okay? So coincidental to this, all right, not as a direct outgrowth and not as a supporting feature, but coincidental to this.

Sometime in the future here like maybe two months or so, there's going to be a reaction within the generations that are in school now. And I got that data set before I did any of my numeric analyses. But the data sets were basically saying that sort of like the middle school and to high school level kids are going to get savvy to the war and a lot of them are going to get an attitude, okay? And this attitude is going to be hardened by the fact that there are a lot of them with the same attitude and they're going to start talking to their parents about the war. Their parents are going to start getting freaked out and starting to react because maybe the kid's right.

And also the kid's attitude is going to come back to bite the Biden regime in the sense that we're going to have according to my data sets, we're going to have full on, absolute counter insurrection in large school systems being run by the kids themselves. Okay? So the kids are going to be tired of all this queer the generation crap and there will be a hard line there. Those people that have adopted the queer the generation crap from the deep state, those kids are going to be a lot of them are going to be pulled back by the sheer size of the anti deep state group. And these kids are going to be savvy to who they're fighting.

So you'll start hearing the kids talk about the Km Kazarian mafia and they'll be able to differentiate the Kazarian mafia, they'll be able to tell you the history, they'll be able to point you to the Veterans Today articles that will detail anything you want to know about them. Yada, yada, yada. Right? And so this is going to start a ground up kind of a thing that's going to cause problems both with the parents as they try and react, but also more so with the school administrators. Because in the data sets it's saying a lot of these kids are just going to say go into the classroom and then every time the teacher says anything they're going to cat call, they're going to disrespect, they're going to throw out the truth, they're going to get up and cause problems.

Just basically not able to take the bullshit anymore. And so you'll see teachers running out of the classroom in tears, teachers totally freaking out because their socialism nonsense doesn't fly. They don't know why and that will be a large part of it. The data set said that the bewilderment the puzzlement on the part of the teachers and the administrators last for some months. A lot of them crashing and burning in that process in the sense that the data shows teachers resigning, administrators quitting, and that sort of basically have a rebellion in very large school districts to where the data would have it be that these school districts were more or less being operated by and under the control of the students themselves.

Not so much their parents even. It's just really strange guy. But that part right there takes us into 2024. So that's my kind of lead into 2024 in terms of the level of disruption we're going to be having here. Now.

Whatever it is that we get into here, I think that happens before the end of the year. Before the end of this year. It may happen further into the new year, but it just seems that the building tension levels are dropping too rapidly around in November to be able to sustain anything into the new year. So it looks like they get swamped at some point near the end of November. As I say, it could maybe take into January.

It's difficult to estimate, but that alone is going to be a reshaping of the social order at a level that the political powers had not anticipated at all. That's going to strike them right out of the blue. It's like what's going on over there? It's going to be really interesting I think it's going to be really so this is so interesting because there's so many layers to this. But while a lot of people are looking to what's happening with DC or politics or they're getting caught up in that level of the battle and they've now come to this conclusion that okay, maybe they're.

Saying, okay, the left has been infiltrated and taken over by the Communists, and they're trying to destroy America, which is different than just kind of left versus right. And I disagree with your policies. There's been this mass awakening towards that level, okay? The media is fake news. Big Pharma is out to harm us.

There's been that level of awakening. But what you're seeing is that the next level in the most significant awakening for the masses is to realize that there is a small group of evil psychopaths that are trying to control and kill the entire world. Things that you and I believe that we've kind of understood and awakened to, that when that realization hits the masses, that becomes the trigger point, that becomes the tipping point in which all of their systems start to fundamentally collapse. Because once you see things from that perspective, you see through the schools, you see through the media, through Hollywood in a way that you didn't before, and you will no longer go along with it because you know what's ultimately there. So that's what you're seeing as a gigantic it's almost as if 2024 from here, what you're saying is that 2024 is when the Great Awakening hits the mainstream and the entire structure that the deep state has of this world is shaken to the core.

I'd say 2024 over the process of 2024, the Great Awakening eats the deep state. It eats fake news, and we digest it the rest of that year and into 2025, and then we shit it out, okay? It's that level of stuff that's going on.

But the breakdown is concurrent with that. A lot of the breakdown stuff is leading people to a level of awareness, right? So it's the breakdown of things that allow them to see the Kazarian Mafia hand behind it. The Soros picked know, the defund, the police movement, which was paid for by George Soros, all of these kind of things. So the larger battle of the deep state versus
the populace will indeed emerge.

It'll emerge from an event here. Like I say, that's going to be eyes wide open kind of a thing, but it won't stop there, okay? So as we get into this larger awakening and people start seeing the Kazarian mafia and understanding how they work, then they're also going to have to face the idea of space aliens, okay? They're going to have to come to grips with that because it will be opened up by whatever this event is. Because you have to understand that everything that drives the Kazarian mafia is space alien oriented.

The Khazarian Mafia, Klaus Schwab, George Soros, all of these people in this inner group are not or descriptively. They are Jewish, okay? They're not Jewish in that religious sense. The way that your neighbor, who happens to be Jewish and goes to synagogue is religious. Their religion goes to the core of the Hebrew words that are in the Torah and those Hebrew words have no word for God in them.

The Torah has no word for Jew in there at all. It is a discussion, a description by the people who endured it, the people in Judea. It is a description of how to live with the El. The Elohim, the space aliens that came down and conquered them. These are the same Elohim that conquered the Khazarians and then were driven out or left for whatever reason, we don't know.

I'm speculating that there was a war between the Elohim and some other space aliens in India, and that the Elohim lost, and they were driven out of their Khazarian stronghold, which is in the northwest of India, and they went to Judea. But the Khazarians felt this huge thing of abandonment. And a lot of the literature within the Talmud, within the Zohar, which is this mystical aspect of Judaism, if you get into that, it's all about the abandonment of being the Khazarians and being abandoned by the El who left. And as I say, I think there was a war going on. The l got defeated.

They had to hightail it. They hid down in Judea, and they were modifying us genetically. So Klaus Schwab and his buddies at that level within the WEF that are truly the Khazarian Mafia, they think they have an extra bit of DNA. They think they are genetically modified. Okay?

And that that success in their genetic modification, it shocks them because they think it was successful. But then shortly thereafter, the l left and they started their genetic modification with the Essenes in southern Yemen, which they took to Judea. And those are the people of the Bible. That's Moses, Adam and Eve, all of these kind of people. It took the l 191 years to successfully create Adam, to successfully genetically engineer Adam.

It took them another, I think, eleven years to create Eve, and they had seven Eves that they discarded because they weren't acceptable to Adam. Okay? So these are the nature of the people that you're dealing with, the Khazarian Mafia. We're all genetically modified. All humans are.

Humans have 23 chromosomal pairs. And you can check me on all this science and go involve the real guys, like scientists, and they'll say, yeah, he's correct about that, but he's full of shit about all this alien stuff, right? But our chromosome pairs come down and set off into the chromosome, and we have 23 of these. What actually happened was in number two, it was expunged, it was cut out. Now, let me state something here factually.

No human biological engineer has ever inserted successfully a chromosome in any being. No human biological engineer has ever successfully inserted an effective gene in any being. Our genetic modification is called CRISPR, because it burns out genes. That's why it's crisped. It has a telltale residue that it leaves, that anybody that examines that genome can see.

That this was a Crisp critter, right? That this being that you're looking at that DNA had been through this genetic modification process where part of the genome was burned out. All humans on Earth that we've been able to assay have some level of this in their system. Usually it's number two has been burned out, and number three then becomes number two. And that's why we have 23 pairs instead of 24 pairs or 26 or 28, like all the other primates.

Okay? And here's the thing about the Khazarians. The Khazarians were done before the L got to their success with Adam and Eve. That really pisses off the Khazarian mafia that the Essenes were successful and the L really liked them. Okay?

Another thing about that was that the Khazarians, the burn, was only partially out. So the Khazarians have this little dongle, this little remnant of the old number two chromosome in their DNA. And you can actually determine who is Khazarian by examining the DNA and looking for this little stub. Okay? They think within their own internal understanding that this was an insertion.

And I dispute that. I think that it was just a bad burn job. So they think they have some extra DNA. Now, there's also another aspect of this. The source people for the Khazarians were Homo capensis, the Coneheads, the Rothschilds.

All of these great banking families are Coneheads. They have that capensis. And Homo capensis is another species. Homocapensis was concurrent with ancient humanity. And so when the L came down, they chose to work for the Khazarians on a Homocopensis variant that was Mongolian in nature, as are the Khazarians.

So the Khazarians have a Mongolian DNA set. There you go. Central Asia. Okay? And so they modified that.

And so you will see all of the Khazarians through history. First off, they're removing all of the paintings or the portraits of the Khazarians from the 800s all the way through to modern time from all the museums. They can find them because it points out that they're cone heads, right? They have the very tall, bald heads, even in the women. And they used to disguise it with these wrapped gossamer kind of fabrics and stuff.

And those were painted in. And so these paintings are being removed everywhere from museums because they know that people are starting to wise up. And this is something that they don't want to have happen, is for people to think, uhoh, we've got Ashkenazi Jews over here, but we've got coneheads over there that are the Khazarians. And they're not even human. They're not as human as we are.

They're not the same kind of human. Right? And so the Khazarians don't want that to happen, but it's happening in any event. So I'm giving you details you probably don't really care about here. But nonetheless, the genetic modification of this goes to and all of the space alien connections to the Khazarians are going to come out as part of this war.

And that elevates us up in terms of the awakening relative to humanity in a general sense, so that we won't as you say, our vision is going to enlarge, but our vision is going to enlarge, and it's not going to focus back on Earth 100%. So now we're going to get into this period of time where we're going to start focusing on the people that are living in the Moon. The moon is inhabited. It's inhabited now. It's been inhabited as long as there's been humans on this planet.

It may not be the people that are living there now. The beings that are living there now may not be the people that built it, though. We don't know. There's so much in the way of speculation about stuff we don't know about that, but we do know it's inhabited. We do know that they're very energetic at this point, and they've been extremely energetic about, I want to say, last six, seven months, and that there's just a really weird curiosity here.

So you remember the movie 2001 a Space Odyssey, right? And it starts off, they go to the moon and they dig, and they dig and they dig, and then they get that big black object, the obelisk, there. And then one morning, because it's uncovered, the sun comes up and the sunlight strikes it, and it sends off this message, right? Okay. So in that movie, they decided to go to the dig up that object, not just because they were out digging holes, but because that area of the Moon in the storyline had heated up unexpectedly.

It was just showing a sign of warmth that nobody could figure out why it was there. And so government decided, well, let's go look at it. Well, curiously, we've got a spot on the Moon that's just on the edge of the far side that we can't see that's heating up, and it's been doing so for, like, the last three or four weeks. There's some activity that we can measure down here that's going on under the surface of the Moon that's presenting us with different temperature gradients than we would usually see by some serious factor. So maybe they're who knows what they're doing there that would cause such a thing.

But the fact that our governments are aware of it means that they're going to be reacting to it at some point. And it is also curious that during this time we see the Indians landing on the South Pole and this kind of thing, right. So I think we're going to get into I don't know how much of the population will have it in their heads, but certainly by 2025 it'll be relatively common to come across conversations about people talking about what's going on with the beings on the Moon and maybe we'll actually have some kind of interaction with them at that point or be planning it. All right, folks, I've got a quick message for you. I have one simple question if today you could no longer go purchase more food for your family with the food stores that you have in your home, how long would you be able to feed your family?

Would it be a week? Three weeks? A month? Two months? A year?

This is a really important question, folks, that we have to be very realistic about, because the elites are proactively trying to put us into a state of food crisis and a state of famine. I'm sure you've seen all of the different food processing
plants and farms that are blowing up. We've got cattle dying by the tens of thousands. They're proactively trying to collapse our food system because they know if they can control our food, they can control us. And so one of the best ways to be outside of their control is to be able to have our own stores of food and to be able to produce our own food.

So there's really two things I would recommend. One is having heirloom seeds that you can grow your own food with. Making sure, though, that they're non GMO heirloom seeds. That that way you can harvest your seeds this year, use them next year. You can use these seeds for generations, literally.

It's how it will work. The other thing, though, is this high quality storable food. This is food that's sitting somewhere. It's hidden in your basement, buried in your backyard, whatever it is. So that way, if there is a crisis, if there is an emergency, you might have three months set aside to get through that time period.

And so for this, I would highly recommend a company called Heaven's Harvest. This is an amazing, Christian owned patriot company. And what they're doing is they're making high quality storable food. Again, a lot of the food companies, they say these food buckets, they're all about maximizing calories per dollar. They're filling the buckets with a bunch of filler and junk like sweet beverages, et cetera.

But Heaven's Harvest, they focus on very high quality food that will last up to 25 years on the shelf. They also sell heirloom seeds. You can buy all of your seeds. You can buy all of your storable food. And look, folks, personally, I would recommend having at least three months per person in your household, if not six months or even a year.

Again, depends on your budget. But I would definitely make sure you have some seeds, because those seeds could be worth their weight in gold, if not more in the future. So to go ahead and do this right now, go open up a new tab and go to Heavensharvest.com. And if you use the promo code Seth, that's S-E-T-H promo code Seth, you'll save 15% off of your entire order. So again, folks, the time is running out, and you'd rather be three months or one year early than one day late.

Again, Heavensharvest.com and use promo code Seth to save 15% today. So things are really, I mean, just the next twelve to 24 months, we're going to see society change in a fundamental way, which I guess makes sense because our society is what it is, because it's the shadow on the wall in Plato's cave. That's what we see our society as when the fire goes out and the handlers that are making the shadows are no longer there and we emerge from the cave, everything about the way of life that we remember will be.

So let's go back to Plato for a second, okay? A lot of our references such as Plato's cave and the Dionysi's discourses and stuff, those originate out of the Yuga, okay? So this is a true fundamental thing that affects humans. Humans are not the same always over time. Humans on Earth, this happens because the Earth wobbles up and down relative to the broad mass of the galactic center.

And so if we were to look into galactic center, we would see a bubble with all this emanations coming on out, and then we would see this big obscuring mass of all the stars and the planets and all the rest of the galaxy there. And we're out here going like this with our solar system around the edge of the galaxy. When we get up into here, outside this obscuring mass in these areas here, we get more galactic center emanations, various different kinds of radiation. We've had two different kinds of radiation that we've discovered impacting Earth since about 1996 or so. In any event, though, so humans actually change over time.

Now, when we are obscured, that's the Kali Yuga. We're not getting very much of these galactic center emanations coming through the mass. They're being absorbed by all the stars and all of that, and so we're kind of dim. Okay, so Plato's cave and all of the great thinkers of the past are really standout people because they stood out from the mass of otherwise dim individuals, which will always happen. You'll always have that big spread of humanity, but that big spread will have more geniuses as we go forward because we're going to get more emanations out of the galactic center.

So next generation will be born, in general, smarter than this generation, et cetera, et cetera, for some 10,000 plus years in the Kaliyuga. Our understanding is so limited that we now outside of the Kaliyuga by 325 years. Getting into our 326th year outside of it need to stop referencing that as though it is the end all and be all of human thinking, okay? Plato could not have conceived ideas that we hold in our head now relative to the natural world, let alone technology and any of that kind of stuff, right. Because his mind could not have coped with it.

In the Kali Yuga, the height of technology is a donkey for transportation or a sailboat. Okay? So that gives you some concept of where we had been. So I don't accept the idea that we should take the great thinkers of the past as being necessarily a guide for ourselves. And then here's something else.

As we came out of the kali yuga, as we were even in it from maybe the one one hundreds, okay? So it ended in 1698, but maybe from the 100s onward, with the rise of the Khazarian mafia, they took over what we would laughingly call science. And in taking over science, they pegged it to this weird idea that is the core of our physics now. And we had to abandon that core in order to work with electricity through leclerc, Maxwell, through heavyside, through tesla, all of these people abandoned the core. They didn't even think about this the way that the Khazarians do, okay?

But the Khazarians and all of our science has this idea that if you take enough sand, enough grit, and you mash it together in the appropriate way, it will achieve consciousness somehow. Okay? So basically, their whole science, our physics, our astrophysics, our deep physics, the large hadron collider, all of these things are based on the idea that consciousness arises from grit and that the grit exists. So, in other words, if all life were to disappear, the Khazarians have this view that reality would still exist with planets and stars and all of that kind of thing, right? And there'd still be dirt.

And even if all there's no bacteria, no plant life, no human life, no life at all, they're saying that dirt would still be here, that grit would still exist in the form of planets and so on. And that is not true, okay? That whole premise is a false premise that has diverted all of our science into a way that's impractical, and we have to bust out of it in order to achieve the engineering success that we have with tesla, maxwell, et cetera, right? Okay? So that's a fake understanding of reality, and it leads to a dead end.

It leads to the einstein quantum mechanics that has held us in stasis for over a hundred years. We've had no significant inventions since tesla. We've had incremental increases in efficiency in our inventions, but no significant inventions since tesla. And it's because we're operating on this quantum mechanics idea that nobody can reconcile, because it's impossible to reconcile the idea that you can get enough sand together to eventually have it become consciousness. And that's at the core of their thinking.

So here's the deal. There's a few radical scientists out there and the wu people that understand that consciousness existed. And consciousness created the grit. It created what we call here reality, our materium, okay? It created matter and stuck parts of itself in the matter.

You, myself, your dog, the bacteria, we're all living consciousness that's been stuck in the matter. Now, I have a theory as to why it did that, and a lot of people think I'm crazy about this, but I think it did that to try and discover novelty, because it's setting out there bored. Consciousness is everything, knows everything. It's all for all time, and it's bored. And then it has this idea that itself was new, and the idea was, could it create novelty?

And from the point that consciousness got the idea that it could create something it did not know about, it had to have an experiment. We are that experiment. So my viewpoint is that all of reality is ontologically created, right? The consciousness pushed aside a space within itself and created this material that we're in manufactured this illusion of matter and stuck our consciousness interacting with this illusion in order that stuff may happen and hopefully stuff that it could not conceive of happening so that it would have the shock of the new that rush of oh, my God, look at that. Right?

It would have release language. That's my understanding of why it did that. I have a lot of reasons to suspect and to be able to prove that it did indeed do that, that we are in fact ontologically downward, not grit upward. And that makes a huge difference in our science. And so we're going to abandon a lot of the science, especially from Einstein onward, as being really bogus.

And I think we'll also abandon a lot of the Kaliyuga thinking as being just that. Oh, well, that's so know you were so dense back then. That was the best you could do.

Interesting. Which really kind of goes in line with this mass awakening. So looking at kind of jumping in. I got so many questions here still, but I guess okay, one thing this is kind of looking at more of the kind of more immediate. In 2024, you've talked about how basically the current regime will have run out of power, run out of money, run out of their ability to keep the people within this delusion that allows them to stay in power.

So how do you think Trump fits into this? Because obviously they're
trying everything possible to take him, and we don't even know how many assassination attempts there have been. I'm sure there have been plenty. But do you think that something happens where he steps back in? Is he elected back in?

Does he just kind of disappear from the political scene? I mean, what are your thoughts on that? No. Okay, so if human politics are really weird and you can have all the data focusing on one thing and a different outcome arises, usually it's not the opposite. It would be something at 90 degrees instead of 180 degrees.

Right. So I think there's going to be a 90 degree emergence of some form. All right, how do I want to phrase I think that we have Trump in our future, and I think that we have a very I got to be careful about the choice of word. Okay, so there will be disharmony, but it won't be disharmonus, okay? We will have upset and we will have vast quantities of change.

But in the main, I think it's going to be a change towards a legitimate kind of a progress. So I do see Trump coming back, but I don't see us having the election under the current regime kind of understanding of those sorts of things. So maybe the military would come in and we'd have an election all in a day and Trump would be reelected and then we would set off on this. That does not change things, right? So even with Trump running things and even with all of us pulling together, starting to become more cohesive, starting to address our own problems and starting to re engineer our social order from the bottom up, which I do see in the data, okay?

And that's another area of discussion. But even with all of that, it does not change the fact that we will be at war. We will be in a war with the deep state that will go on for some period of time, even if we really can't figure out who's the enemy at the moment kind of a thing, right?

I think 2024 marks that point where we step over the threshold and whether we're dealing with the space aliens that year or not, we are preparing for that such that our social order is not allowed to ever go back. We won't be going back to the idea of isolated Earth, of humanity alone. And that has hugely profound implications for all different kinds of things within our social order. So it will become necessary that anybody that is a Christian examine Christianity and their relationship with it as it comes out that Christianity based on the Old Testament is based on dealings with the Elohim. Who are these space alien oppressors that came down and genetically modified us and have abused us and are adrenochrome addicts and they killed so many?

So the Elohim people, those aliens were also the ones in Mesoamerica. There's reasons to suspect that that group split themselves and part of them came over to mesoamerica for a while and messed about with the Aztecs and the Mayans. In some of the discussions there, as well as allusions to it in weird places. In Ancillary books in the Talmud, for instance, you come to an understanding that they were so addicted to adrenochrome that they at one point had a staggering 10,000 individuals killed in a single 24 hours period in order to free the adrenal glands and burn them such that these guys could huff them. Now, I have reason to think that maybe they're huffing the adrenochrome because of a lack of the galactic emanations.

Right? I think that the L originated much closer to Galactic center than we did and that they deliberately come out here as a predatory species because they know we're in our Kali Yuga and they can take advantage of us. I don't think they're great thinkers. I think they're truly horrific beings. If you read the Old Testament, word for word as it is actually written, you see these horrible crimes like the Archangel Michael being interrupted in some activity and taking his finger and pushing it right through the head of the person that interrupted him and killing him dead.

And then because he was annoyed, going and killing all of the family. So these are the beings that we're dealing with. So the people that have these beings as their gods are going to have to interact with that relationship with themselves and with their religion and with their gods. And they won't have any choice in the matter because all this will be coming out especially as regard to space aliens. So what does the appearance of our officialdom and our general social order discussing beings on the moon do to your religion?

Right? If you're Christian, if you're Jew and everybody around you is talking about factually, looking up and seeing the beings on the moon and people putting out channels on YouTube showing what happened last night like the 05:00 news on what the moon is going what they're doing up there, that's going to fundamentally alter your relationship with your religion, no matter how secure it is. And then you get in and you start looking at all the religions on the planet, with very few exceptions, are based on these space aliens. Hinduism to some extent Buddhism, because it has so much Hinduism in it. Although I don't think Buddha personally was influenced by the space aliens and is too further on.

But Muhammadism, okay, muhammad received the Quran from a space alien in a cave. That space alien was the Archangel Michael. He was one of the last El on this planet and he left with that last group. So Muhammad ism, is based on that interaction with the Archangel Michael, which we now know was one of the Elohim and was a space. So so we're going to have a real comeuppance relative to our past now, especially understanding that all these religions originate in the Kali Yuga, so know when we are not really that swift and they can come down and take advantage of us.

So we've got a few hundred years of real work here going through all of this, right?

So I want to talk a little bit about banking. This is one of the big topics I had that I wanted to cover with you because you had talked in a lot of ways predicted what happened earlier this year with the bank collapses that we saw happen. If you look at the amount of money that's been pulled out of the banking system in the past, I think a year or two, it eclipses what happened in 2008. I mean, it's a massive amount of money that's leaving the banking system now. Of course, the official narrative is that everything's fine and the recession is the recession worries.

Have passed and everything, but all the information I'm seeing kind of points to a very different scenario, that we're really on the edge of a pretty bad period. So what do you kind of foresee, or how do you look at the current situation with the banking system and how do you see it unfolding over the next six months or so? Over the next six months, we'll take a very large hit. Maybe it'll be a third of the major banks will fail. Okay?

You're alluding to money being taken out of the banking system. And that has this interesting ancillary effect, because we have fractional reserve. So every time somebody comes in and takes money out and we'll just call it the Rockefellers or the Rothschild Bank or the Federal Reserve, it doesn't matter any of the central banks, but you put money in, you put $100 in, they get to keep loaning out, because they count that as a fraction. And they have all these multipliers times ten, times 20, et cetera. And you get out to the point where you're dealing with derivatives flat out, you might be dealing with a magnification of 100 times that right there.

So anytime you come in and you withdraw that, you're collapsing all of those ripples that are based on that amount. Now, if I take my $100 out of the bank, it actually doesn't mean that they have to pony up this money, but it does mean they don't have that support for that continuing fractional reserve system. And so much money has come out that it's actually affected the functioning of a lot of these central banks. And so we're hearing rumors about the cracks in the Rothschild empire. Now, there's another aspect to this.

When the Central Bank creates money, bear in mind, okay, so we have a Central Bank. All these central banks are Rockefeller Rothschild banks. They've been imposed on us by law. We must deal with them, and they have never, ever been audited. And they're not subject to any audit.

So when they say that they've got $100 in here, maybe they don't have that. Maybe they've lied, maybe there's only $1 in there. But regardless, whatever they think they have in there, they are always lying on every one of these layers, putting out. And so they will put out 20 times your $100, and then they'll do another 20 times your $100 that they're just passing out to their friends, because it all spends the same. You don't know that those are bogus dollars.

And so our system is so hugely corrupted, so hugely polluted, because they've been doing this for over 100 years, that it is not auditable any longer. We would not have enough time to be able to go back through and see who did what with money, at what point. And so what I suspect will happen is that the events that we're undergoing now, independent of that and not part of that driving release language. This would only maybe double our usual deviation, but we'll see major collapses at like, tier one banks. And we're seeing that now rumors of that with the Rothschild empire.

And we're seeing this now rumors of disquiet in Vanguard and BlackRock because they live on this float, right? And they're not able to do what they want anymore because so much money is coming out of the system and going elsewhere. Gold, silver, Bitcoin, whatever, as long as it's not in dollar form or as long as it's not in fiat currency, it's out of their system. So I suspect that the bank collapse that we're going to have over these, like, next, I want to say before the
end of January, okay, so it'll appear sometime before then. We should have it bubbling up in the background.

That's going to be the start of a chain of events that will continue through 2024, that will be going ongoing as we are continuing on, such that every month for 2024, it'll become noticeable that your money is worth less than the month before, and that previous, and that the month you're just going through. So in January and then February, you'll see that there's more bank failures in February than there were in January. There's more disruption. You'll become more aware of it, and it'll just keep going on and on and on such that it is a continuing annoyance in your life as you go forward. Now, I do not expect the banking system to recover.

There are those people that suggest that the Federal Reserve will save itself and allow the other fiat currencies to die off. Now that we have gold and oil and energy backed rubles and so on and so on, I don't think that that's going to occur. All right? So I do not think that the Federal Reserve will be able to save itself. So I think that we're going to have to go through a very difficult process here, which would be reintroducing legal tender, legal money within the United States.

That probably because it'll be backed by something solid, probably will not be allowed to be used outside the country.

That was the way the ruble was managed against us way back when, during the Soviet period of time, right? They had a very effective, strong money inside. You couldn't buy anything. They had no goods. But that was a secondary issue.

Their money was solid because it was not allowed to be diluted and didn't go outside the country. So we'll have to put some kind of rules and that sort of thing on there. But think of what this is going to do as that occurs, just these initial banking collapses. We're going to see a lot more information come out because people won't be being bribed anymore. And so they're going to say, okay, you're not paying me anymore, so I'm going to dump out all of these photos I've got of you strangling that guy or whatever the hell, right?

So there'll be a lot of that as the banking system unravels and that'll contribute to more banking system unraveling because a lot of that is blackmail that's been used to hold and stitch the system together. So we're truly at the end days of that system. I think that's great. I think it's a nasty period to live in, but in terms of we're going to suffer, but the end result is good, the direction is good, and I don't see anything other than good coming from the fact that we will suffer here. And in that sense, we will have purification and we will have suffered for our sins in undoing all of this kind of stuff, right?

Our inattention and allowing all this stuff to occur, et cetera, et cetera. So we'll have to undo all of that as we focus our attention back into our own money system and understand where it goes. And we're going to have to educate people. Our school system is going to be upended because of this, because look at how much of it is dependent on subsidies through the federal government. That's how they control the school system.

That's going to break down when they can't get out the subsidies anymore. And you'll see a lot of the school systems where the administrators, as I was saying, will resign because the kids are in rebellion because they don't want to be taught this horseshit that doesn't do them any good the rest of their lives. And basically it's the great awakening where you're just not putting up with the bullshit anymore. And as the Kazarian mafia and the central bank and all the bankers that's all they have is purveyors of bullshit, we're about to leave them in the dust of history. It won't be a fun time, though.

What do you think happens to gold and silver amidst this banking collapse and this kind of end of these fiat currencies? They go to Unobtainium. Okay. So we'll see a brief period of time where there will be nominal dollar amounts. You'll see silver rising to the point where it eventually becomes worth the same amount or more than gold, but it'll be meaningless, okay?

Because you won't be able to. A, you wouldn't want to sell your silver or gold for fiat dollar bills, and there wouldn't be anybody around to sell to that had those kind of dollars, right? We're going to go through that sudden crash of a monetary system. That the same kind of thing that existed here in the 1930s that led places like Tonino, this little town over in Thurston County, to come up with wooden, nickels, wooden currency because there was no circulating currency. So that's what we're going to run into.

Once people stop taking your card, then you got to go to the bank and then you get paper money, and then you go back to the store and they say, no, I don't want that. We can't do anything with that. And that's what we're headed to, I actually expect. All right, so under those circumstances, if we were to arrive at that point where the people are rejecting the fiat currency within the commercial system in the United States, that I think could be the prompt for a resurgence of the military and the reemergence of Trump, okay? So bear in mind something that is factual.

Trump was asked to run.

Okay? You rarely hear people talk about that. Trump was a Democrat way back in the day, right? He's not a commie. So the Democrats left him.

They became leftists and commies, and he would never have associated with them in any event. But Trump was asked to run. And so that begs the question, who asked Trump to run? Okay? And so in my opinion, a group of individuals that I've stylized since 2001 as a self organizing collective asked Trump to run.

And I think that that self organizing collective is in the main military and has a certain attitude about also, it's my opinion, and I could be quite wrong about this, of course, about any of know wildly speculative. No one confirms know military doesn't talk to me. FBI follows me, and the officialdom shadows me and gives me a lot of heat, but they don't come and chat. Right? So I'm basing this on observation and some level of acumen, but I'm of the opinion that those individuals say there were a bunch of generals, right?

Whoever it was that asked Trump to run, I think they were motivated by something that we have yet to see emerging into our reality here that will ultimately I think that they were prompted by information that they had about people on the moon. Okay? So I think there was something external to Earth that prompted these guys to say, okay, they started getting together. I think they started getting together in 63, november 23, the day after they shot Kennedy. I think this sock formed.

I think they were nascent ahead of that. I think that there were some elements of it that gathered in 1957, but in 63, they formed up. And since that period of time, all of the members within that socket, the control level, in my opinion, have become aware of this external to Earth and external to humanity pressure that is being put on all of us, even if us guys don't recognize it or know it yet, it's being put on them. And so they've come to the point where they said, okay, the money's collapsed. This is projection.

I'm projecting that sometime in the next few months, they'll come to the point where they'll say, okay, the money's collapsed. The deep state isn't going to be able to maintain the Biden regime. It's all falling apart. And this kind of thing, now is our time to emerge. When they do emerge, there will necessarily be a focus here in the United States rebuilding getting the social order back together and stuff.

But I bet you there's this underlying current that goes through there that we're doing all of this stuff not just because it's the good thing to do, but because we need to do it, because there's something pending and we've got to get our shit together in order to face that pending occurrence. And I think it's the interaction with what I term the other space aliens in some form. And so basically, looking at the military as an example and even talking to General Flyn who's become a friend in this process, it's easy to look at the military and think you look at General Milley and all the different characters in it and think, oh gosh, it's just completely compromised. I'm not going to depend on them. And when push comes to shove, the ones that would have been protecting the Constitution were forced out from the vaccine mandates and they've done a great job of calling the military and just keeping the ones that are going to be following whatever orders come down from Biden.

But you think that there's a strong opposition to that that could perhaps play a significant role in helping to really to remove this communist scourge from our country. So I spent the first 17 years of my life as a military brat, so I've seen this from the inside, right? I've grown into this. And so it's true of any war, when we get into the first part of the war, the first thing we do is to shed all the generals and a lot of the colonels that are basically useless, that are just there for their pensions, et cetera, right? We always have a big level of resignations of generals and functioning colonels prior to getting into any kind of actual combat.

And you'll see that this always precedes the actual emergence of that conflict. So we were shedding generals in 1940 and 1941 in anticipation of going into World War II, right? The same thing happened with 1910 relative to the war emerging in 1913. The same thing happened in the 1950s prior to Korea, but it didn't happen quite the same because we were just coming out of World War II. We had yet to build up this, what everybody calls the civilian military, which are the
guys that want to be diplomats, want to put on the uniforms and have the chauffeurs and all of that, but have never really done anything, right.

They're not really functionaries. And the military operates, whether it's the Navy or the army, I'm asserting the Air Force and even the Space Force operate on this. And that is that you have non comms, right, non commissioned officers. That's really where the power of all militaries lie. Officers lead, but it's non commissioned officers that manage everything.

And so you will see, if you wanted to go in, it won't come out for a while, but I bet you there are whole units within our military that had no vaccine, the non comms would not have it operational. And so I know personally, I have met Navy guys that went against orders prior to Korea in order that they might be able to get what they needed for their ship and their crewmate because they knew they were going to be deployed in like eight months, right? And so no, they weren't coasting, they weren't decommissioning, they were stashing toilet paper, they were stashing ammo, everything they could do to get what their people would need. And that's just the way the non comms are even today. It's that way, right?

They have a personal interest basically in keeping themselves and their people alive when the shit hits the fan and they can see that that fan blade's turning and stuff's going to happen. So I think that there is that core within our military. And you could ask General Flynn about his impression of some of these hardcore noncoms. But I know that there are whole units, I don't know how large, so I know there's companies, I don't know if it extends up to battalions or regiments in the main because that's a lot of individuals, three and 5000, right? But there are whole units where they signed all the forms and said the shots were given and they were just shit canned.

They just threw them right away. So that kind of rebellion, that kind of insubordination existed and it'll be those units that will emerge. Bear in mind Cheyenne Mountain was shut up, nobody's come out since. This is when COVID first emerged, right? Trump says you know something about because of caution we need to do this.

And so we've got areas of our military that are isolated from what's going on relative to COVID and the shots and all of that kind of thing. I expect this stuff to change very rapidly. The nature of warfare is different now. So people say, oh the United States Army is so decimated and they can come and take us over easily and so on. The fact of the matter is that, yeah, we've got lots of troops that are ill, the shots did damage to millions and our military is in a shambles.

But mostly warfare is not going to be waged anymore by people with carbines and people marching around, okay? That's just not the nature of warfare anymore. It's drones, it's energy weapons, et cetera, et cetera. So you don't have to move vast quantities of men in order to accomplish your strategic or otherwise goals. You need a hardcore, relatively small group of very technically proficient people in order to achieve great things.

So maybe let's say that there was a drone or a series of drones that were used to do okay to take out lahaina and that it was not a satellite, that it was just drone. So they actually had to have a crew somewhere that fueled the drone, put the batteries in, checked them, all of that kind of stuff, right? So maybe there were a hundred people involved in doing the hit on Lahaina, the actual work. There were two or three that made the decision. There were committees that decided what they're going to do.

They told Oprah and all their friends to be able to piggyback on all of this. That's just the way this thing works. But maybe there were only 100 people that actually did it under those circumstances. We're in a new kind of warfare. So if you want to see an example of this warfare, go and look at the picture of the 911 towers turning to rubble as they fell, okay?

That was a directed energy weapon, it was not shaped charges. There's no other mechanism on this planet that causes that to occur. And the dust tells us that by the way, because directed energy weapons do things to cement and so on that you can find out later. And so again, how many people were involved in bringing down the towers. So we're looking at a mass of the population against a relatively small number.

That relatively small number knows they're small in number and they have no protection once their cover is blown. Once we all look at them, we're getting to that phase. Now it will go from in my opinion, it'll go sweep through the upper echelon and then something will happen. Somebody will be a whistleblower or something and will get documentation. This particular person, this particular corpsman pushed a button that caused Lahaina to disappear.

And maybe he was ignorant, maybe he didn't know that pushing that button because maybe his screen was showing him a game that he had to solve and was part of his training. He doesn't know, he can't tell, he's just working off of a screen. But it'll come down to that point where somebody's name will come on out as having been associated with pushing a button on some of these tasks for the deep state. And then those people will start committing suicide, being disappeared or being confronted on the street or whatever. And at that point when you see that start happening, then you know that we're in that last end game relative to this part of the deep state, to their actual ability to functionally move us around.

And then it's going to be really weird because we won't have government, we won't have officialdom, because bear in mind, all of our lives, even all of my life, okay? The first early part of my life, it wasn't as true as from the 60s on, but from the 60s on all of our social order has been guided in a particular direction continuously and all the fringe people were gathered up and pushed back into that direction continuously by the deep state. We were never allowed to fractional and go off and do all of these things, right? So now we're going to come up to the point where without government control, people will be doing all kinds of stuff that had been shoehorned away from their you know, people were starting to think about going to the moon so they had to create NASA in order to control it, right? So maybe we'll have a lot more private moon expeditions.

Who knows what's going to happen here. And it is this busting open of the control that is going to be the really strange part for all of us. So imagine this situation.

You're sitting there on your porch in the evening and just kicking back and a spaceship comes down and a little me and it sits down there. It's sitting out in your yard. You're all a little freaked out, you don't know what to do. The dog's barking, but you don't run away and door opens up and out comes this being and it says seth, Seth, we've been watching, we've been watching. Love your work.

Can we sit down and chat? And that is official contact, okay? Because they don't want to talk to government. They don't want to have anything to do with official. So we have this in our heads that when the space aliens come here they're going to want to stop in DC and talk to Biden or Pelosi.

No, it won't work that way. So our interaction with the space aliens is not going to be through the layer of humanity that we call government. And once that occurs, government becomes superfluous. We don't need them anymore in any way, shape or form. A, we're going to be smarter because of the galactic center stuff, but we'll also be interacting with the aliens and we'll get a lot of tips for doing things that now require government.

And we won't have to do that because, well, for one thing, government's going to collapse because they won't have the fiat to fund themselves anymore. And that's going to cause all kinds of problems in and of itself as all these uselessly educated people. We've got to reeducate them. We've got to find something for them to do, right? Everybody that's got a degree in gender studies has got to go back to college to learn something fundamental and factual and productive.

So basically we've got to reeducate a whole generation, maybe two. A lot of them will unfortunately die because they took the shots. We're going to see a big wave of that. There is a two and a half year crest. So two and a half years after you take the shot, it appears that a number of people are fine for two and a half years and then they just keel over.

So we're going to see a big wave of that appear. People even now are starting to say about how I took the shot and I regret it.

Just like with my thing here, we've had a 13 times standard deviation in our work productivity as reported by Department of labor. So if you go and look at the statistics. We're running 13 times the standard deviation in the impact on our labor force. This was why they intended to bring up 40 or 50 million people from Africa, Latin America, et cetera, is because they're estimating that we'll have about 45 to 50 million people die. And we're well on the weight of that with just the disabled list, right?

So there's a lot of people that are just dropping out of the labor force that have not yet died and in fact they're now consuming more resources because they're involving themselves with the medical profession to try and stay alive from having taken the shot, right? And so it was the estimate on the parts of the deep state that we were going to need 40 to 50 million new workers. Now they're going about it in order to maintain the Biden regime and that kind of thing. And it's not organized, but it is factual that our labor force has been really hit. We won't be able to recover
it with the people that we have now.

We're going to have to reorganize ourselves to accommodate this. And so maybe that's going to be more robotics available. Maybe we're just going to stop doing a lot of things just because of the lack of the people involved. You just can't get a crew to do something, therefore you just don't do it. And we have to focus on different things for the rest of my life, but also for the rest of the generations that have been affected by this pandemic.

And so that would take us out to 2036 or so and then we'll have a clean generation from that point on. So between now and say, 2036, we will be reorganizing. And then from 2036 onward, you'd be able to say, okay, our society is going to sort of look like this for the foreseeable future, but we're in this all frothy period that we just don't know. We can't tell because there's so much that's been damaged by the attack of the deep state on us pretty soon. Okay?

So I've seen the early signs manifesting in reality and I termed it way back when, as these people won't be able to walk down the street. Okay? And we're seeing that Bill Gates got into a limousine and his limousine was harassed by people that were extremely angry and shouting. And had he been outside of that limousine, probably even though it was in England and they're very restrained, probably he would have suffered some level of ruffianism know, I don't think they would have slugged him because they're, you know, they would have been expressing unkind anger at him and he would not have liked that. He didn't like being in the car.

I'm certain it's going to get really bad for these people and it'll go really quickly as the banks go to the point I'm actually expecting individuals to act out. Right? I expect we'll find out later that some of these individuals have been vaxxed and are just taking out their anger on the people that they see as being the cause of their particular problem. And I say it's an ugly time. Those of us that survive this are going to be really hard sons of bitches, and that's going to be required because we have to stand up as rock solid, I mean, like as iron spine in dealing with these space aliens.

And that part is coming. So the final question I had as we round out is just what are the basic things that people should do heading into this stage of the big ugly of this massive change? The collapse of currency, social unrest, whether it's financial, whether they're staying in the dollar or not, food, living. I know it could be a very broad discussion. What are a few kind of key points, though?

No, it comes down to a very simple concept self reliancy. Okay? So you can't count on anybody else. You can't count on money. You can't count on an infrastructure dependent on that money.

So you are now self reliant. If you don't know how to do it, you're going to have to figure out how to do it. The good news is you don't have to do like I did in my youth. You don't have to go and spend hours a day in a state library to research this stuff. You can still do it online.

I expect our electronic infrastructure to still exist and be effective, and this will seriously aid people because it's going to be the most intense research effort ever undertaken by humanity, in the broad sense, in any time in our past and probably anytime in our future for a great while, because there is a need here. And so you've got to become self reliant. So if you don't know how to do it and you need to do it, you better figure out how to do it, better research it, and every time you make a move. So the big, ugly part of this is that once the banking system collapses, once we get into this idea that everybody understands we're at war and there's no longer a stable footing and so on, then you're at that. Point where you say, oh, jeez, I'm dependent on this bank, so I'd better figure out how to get my money out, how to store it, because the Fiat won't exist.

It's already degrading. Okay, so maybe you're going to buy Bitcoin. Well, then maybe you better figure out how to run a Bitcoin wallet and so you can't rely on people. So you got to go and learn this online and try it and test it and so on, such that you are comfortable being self reliant. And a lot of people are not, and a lot of people want to only take direction.

And so there's going to be a lot of histrionics. If you are. A self reliant person. You're going to come to this point where you're going to have to shove people away because they're going to deplete your resources with their needs and they are not going to be offering anything back. And you are going to be in the position where your resources are going to be stretched pretty thin.

And so you're going to have to say to yourself, I can't support you guys. You're just going to have to do it on your own, right? This is going to be a very difficult and testing time. But as I say, all of the people that come through it are going to be some serious humans, some really stand up people, right? Universe makes us.

And universe has decided that we need to harden up. So there's hope. There's hope. I'm a hopeful person. I'm not negative at all because I know that the functioning of the Kali Yuga and so forth, I'm very optimistic because I know the next generation will be born smarter than the existing one and so on and so on and so on.

And at some point I'll die and then I'll come back. Maybe I'll come back 2000 years, right? I'll be coming back in the ascending stage. So it's going to be really cool. Maybe I'll get my floaty RV.

There you go. Well, as we wrap up, I want to direct people to your substac. It's just cliffhigh substack.com. This is where I go. You've got all your everything you publish comes through here that I'm seeing and also just following you on Twitter, I guess.

X as Cliff Underscore high. I'll put those links below. And so do you have any kind of final thoughts as we wrap up?

Well, I worry about people, so now's the time to get off our butts and get it done. We don't have to really rush out. We've got to pace ourselves. We're in for the long haul. But as I say, I'm very optimistic.

Things are getting better by the day, even though we're in the midst of the chaos, even in Lahaina. The more they push, the more they fight, the more they're wearing down the deep state and they will achieve their agree? I agree. Well, Cliff, thank you so much. I know you're very busy and I really appreciate you taking the time to speak with me.

And just thank you for doing what you're doing and for being here today. All right, folks, I hope you enjoyed that interview. We're now going to be jumping into an economic update with Dr. Kirk Elliott. Kirk, as usual, it's so good to have you on, man.

Thank you so much for being here. It is so great to be with you. As usual. It really admittedly, we just got over this holiday weekend and we just finished this massive move. So my head has been on packing boxes and dealing with trying to park giant U Hauls and trailers.

So I haven't been following what's happening with the financial stuff, aside from following what's happening with the real estate market and then a lot of the things going on with bricks, but I know that you have. So walk us through what's going on right now. Well, lucky for you that you've been moving. You're never going to hear those words again because you'd be sad if you were watching the news. It's not good, brother.

It's not good. So just be thankful that you're unpacking boxes and you haul and everything. So but anyway, so there's been a lot of gaslighting, I would say, from Biden over the last couple of months about how great his economy is, right? And I started thinking about this during the BRICS meetings, when they were having the BRICS meeting, because two different types of communicators, putin and Biden, right? So Putin speaking from this posture of power and confidence.

And to me, it's not the narcissistic, smug, arrogant Putin, right? It's like when you know something that's coming down the road and you know that it's going to happen, you can speak from a point, a posture of power versus it's human nature if you're telling a lie, that you're not going to have very confident approach to your conversation, right? So when Biden talks about, oh, look, look how great the economy is under me, look at how many jobs that we're creating when there's absolutely job losses, look at all the gross domestic product and how it's growing and how we're so robust, right? And look at all this stuff, this advances that we're making, and they're all absolute lies, right? So you can't really understand a lot of what he says anyways, but even if you could, it's coming from a point of weakness, right?

So that's where you look at it. And so when I was watching this BRICS meeting and Putin standing up there and saying all this stuff, and sure enough, by the end of the BRICS meeting, six of the nine largest oil producers in the world are going to be part of BRICS. They've got 31% of global production GDP versus 30% for the G seven nations. They know what they have is something big, and they just made it bigger by basically taking away the petrodollar, right? So now when you've got Biden just basically talking about lies, it's just no confidence, sadly, in anything.

And I'm not trying to be political about it, right? I'm just saying, when he's speaking, there's just no confidence in it. He was in East Palestine the other day, being interviewed and saying, Why aren't you I mean, people there are ticked, right, because of the train wreck and the spill and everything that happened a while ago, and why aren't you helping? And his answer was so awful. There's people there that are dying, they're sick, they're hurt, right?

The economy is in shambles. And he said,
Well, I don't know if you've noticed, but I've been busy traveling all over the world. It's like, what? That's your answer? That you've been busy and traveling all over the world?

And then he named a few countries and it's like your people are hurting in your own country. Knock it off, stay home, help. Right? But maybe it's better than he doesn't help. Because whenever the government tries to help anything, it makes it kind of worse.

But anyways, his lie. So the economy is growing, right? So I pulled up this article. It's an older one, but it really paints a picture of the biden economy because this know, during the artificial intelligence OpenAI chat, GPT, this whole big tech movement that's been going on for the last nine months, that we're moving in that direction. I mean, look at Nvidia, just this poster child for amazing stock success, right?

Because they've got artificial intelligence and they're creating the chips that allow this to happen. So you would think that all of these tech giants with this big huge next wave that's going to engulf the global economy, that they'd be booming, busting at the seams, hiring everybody that they possibly can. But take a look at this list right now. It was published first in January, updated in March. It's a little bit dated, but the numbers are actually getting worse, not better, right?

So amazon 27,000 jobs cut. It's a lot of jobs, right? Meta, 21,000 jobs cut. Alphabet, that's Google, 12,000 jobs cut. Microsoft, 10,000 jobs cut.

Crypto.com, 500 jobs. Now people are like, Kirk, that's only 500 jobs. It's like, yeah, but that's 20% of its workforce. And they're one of the largest crypto companies on the planet, right? Coinbase 2000 jobs cut.

Dell, 6600, ebay, 500. Salesforce, 7000 jobs. Twilio, 1500. Twitter, 3700. I can go on and on and on.

These are a lot of job layoffs, right? And so what's Biden saying? How can he say that the economy is growing and all these numbers are increasing when unemployment is going through the roof? I would rather believe the companies telling us that these people are being laid off because they have to. Because they can't lie at the quarterly shareholders meetings or else the SEC is down their throat, right?

So those numbers are real. Biden's numbers are not. So it's like, well, Kirk, how can the government get away with lying? Oh, well, because they revised the numbers. See, Seth, you've been in media for a long time, right?

And if you tell a story or you're reporting on something and it turns out that you made a mistake, right? And so he's like, I was wrong on that one. And so you give a revision. You recant what you said a few days later and said, I made a mistake on that. Who listens to the recant?

Nobody. They only listen to the first story. So every time you see government numbers and go back and look, go back and look at the government numbers on all these reports that are coming out, they'll post something, three to four days later, it's revised lower so they can A, not get in trouble for lying because they said, oh, yeah, we revised those numbers, right? But nobody reported on it. They only report on the original story, right?

So this is how they get by with some of this garbage, is when you think about it, like the unemployment numbers, for example, these Bureau for Labor Statistics economists, they're working on this for three months straight. You would think they would have it right the first time, right? But then a few days later, it's like, oh, yeah, we made a mistake, and we made a mistake the quarter before and the quarter before that and the quarter before that. And they always revise a few days later because nobody covers it. So this is how they get by with lying.

But at some point, it's like the boy who cries wolf. It's like nobody believes the numbers anymore, right? People don't believe the original story anymore because they're always revised. I was even watching one of the main financial news networks, and they said, well, these numbers are coming out, but we'll see what happens on the revision. This is like, why even report the original anymore?

So this is all nonsense, right? But what is a bigger issue that I'm seeing other than the government lying about numbers, which they always do, is what happens to America after the BRICS meeting, right? So with the BRICS meeting, you have to look at what happened. And nobody was covering that story like we talked about last time, right? CNBC, MSNBC, ABC, NBC Fox News BBC.

Nobody was covering the BRICS meeting. Like, nobody I looked during the Bricks meeting, nobody was covering. Right? We covered it, right? Other Patriot shows were covering it because it's the most monumental economic news of our lifetime, right?

I mean, it's the paradigm shifting moment of the global currency and the reserve currency of the US. Dollar. It's a big. So what happened during that BRICS meeting is they basically removed the petrodollar status, which means that we're going to have to print money like there's no tomorrow to fund all of our obligations, and we're going to have to raise rates to slow down the inflation that that printing creates. That's what's coming up, right?

There was this article that I saw just a couple of days ago on Zero Hedge, and it was so good. It was such a good article. Kurt, before we jump into that, because I want to give that but there's a short video why I wanted to play that I thought of while you were talking about just the reality of what the average Americans facing versus what the White House and the mainstream media are telling us, because they're telling us that things are great. But actually, let me place video because this guy it's a short 1 minute video from TikTok where this guy goes through and looks at the differences between 19 32,023 and it's so telling what's really happening. So I'll play this really quick because I know the next article you want to get into is a really meaty one.

So I want to jump and get this out there first. So let me pull this up. Now. Are in a silent depression. When you compare the Great Depression to today, this is going to absolutely blow your mind.

In 1930, during the Great Depression, the average home in America was $3,900. The average car was $600 and the average monthly rent was $18 or $216 a year. And the average salary was one $300 for the year. Fast forward to today. It is $436,000 for the average home, 48 grand for the average car, and the average rent is $2,000 a month or $24,000 a year.

And we have a $56,000 income for the average American right now. So if you look back to the Great Depression, the house was only three times the average salary. Now it is eight times the average salary. The car was 46% of the salary. The car today is 85% of the salary.

And here's the craziest part. The rent was 16% of the average salary. It is now 42% of the average salary. So I saw that and I was just obviously, we know that biden has completely wrecked the economy. But what this also shows to me the takeaway is this is fiat currency, right?

I think it was Lenin that talked about is Lenin or the or both, perhaps, that talked about taxation as a way of basically grinding the people. So sorry, taxation? No, it was inflation. How inflation was like the silent tax that could grind people down. I mean, that's significant right there.

So they're telling us all things are great, yet everyone's thinking like, you pay all your bills and it's like, well, why do I have no money left? Why do you know, having to use my credit card? Why can't I afford a basic used car? And this is the reality. Doesn't matter what side of the political aisle you're on, this is the reality of life in America now.

Yeah, I mean, so Lennon's comment that you were talking about, the gist of it is if you want to destroy a country, you destroy their it. I mean, that that was the gist of what he was saying and getting at, right, and he's right. And you look at those numbers and that is the end result of fiat based money creation, or money that's just printed by wind. Fiat means by decree, right. So there's no tangible backing behind it.

Right. So what does that tell us? That tells us wages haven't kept up with inflation. That's all that that's telling us. And that's why people are feeling so pinched, right?

That's why people are feeling like they go to the grocery store and their money doesn't go as far as it used to because if your wages were keeping up with the inflation, you wouldn't feel the difference. It'd just be everything's more expensive. But you're making more. Right, but it's not the case. Everyone's feeling every year that goes by, people are feeling more and more pressured, more and more pinched.

They can't make ends meet. And also back then, what even makes it worse is most families only had one income earner in the house back then. It was societal. It was just society. The moms kind of stayed home with the kids or took care of the house while the dad was working.

Now that is so far a thing of the past. Oh, yeah. You've got both moms and dads working sometimes three jobs between the two of them. Sometimes each mom and dad have two jobs each. So you start amplifying that and it makes it even worse than what those numbers are saying.

Oh, yeah. I did a quick calculation, Kirk, I'll throw out there. This is just interesting. So I was curious. So at that time in 1930, when I think gold was what, $20 an ounce, right?

That was before the Confiscation Act, which then upped the price of gold. So gold was around $20 an ounce. So at that time you could buy the average house in America for around 195oz of gold. At that time, in 1930, that same 195oz of gold in today's numbers is almost 400,000. So that's an interesting point.

It's just a side point to throw in there
that literally you have all these changes. And if you're sitting in the dollar during that entire process, say you've got $4,000 to buy a house in 1930, or you're thinking, okay, or I can take 4000 and put it into gold, that $4,000. Say you just stuck it in your floorboards, you dug it out today maybe you can afford a door and a window on a house. Because I know that they've used the analogy of the soup before, but looking at those numbers, I was just curious with that. It's kind of interesting.

Well, and it's so appropriate. You start looking at money in its real basic form of what it is. Gold is real money, silver is real money. Start looking at things throughout history like what you just did, and it's an amazing thing. Gold or silver, they both have maintained their purchasing power parity over time.

You're not falling behind. If you would have owned gold back then and you kept it till today, you didn't fall behind at all, actually. Where the dollar has lost 99% of its value since the early 19 hundreds. 99%. It's brutal, right?

So this is where look at precious metals, gold or silver more as an insurance policy against a collapsing currency as opposed to something that's going to grow and get great investment results from now. Granted you are, because you just look back three and a half years and silver was 1191 an ounce. Today it's 23 and a half. We're averaging over 30% a year growth. It's doubled in three and a half years.

That's incredible. Right? So when you look at it, though, the way that you did, it's like, wow, why didn't I wish I would have invested in gold in the in the years ago when I thought about doing it, right? And people get so caught up and it's like, oh, let's go in stocks, let's go into bonds. Right?

But over time, gold and silver have always proven to be the safest asset in the world. And that number you just said amplifies that statement, like, puts an exclamation point around it. It's like, this is really safe. It's maintained its purchasing power over all those hundreds of years, over all the wars that have happened, over all the inflation, over all the economic corrections, the 2000, the 2009, everything. It's maintained its purchasing power.

It's amazing. It is. So sorry I interrupted you, though, because you were getting ready to talk about this article, which I'll bring up now about the rising GDP and the rising yields. Walk us through what this means. Okay, so this article is written by Matthew Pipenberg with GoldSwitzerland.com.

It's a really good article, but I'm going to simplify it just because bonds can be very tricky. But basically, he said, and he makes the contention, which I do as well, that for years he's tried to make one point, and so have I. The bond market's really smart, right? And it is the thing that is the barometer moving forward to economic correction, what's the strength of the bond market, right. But why?

So you look at what the Federal Reserve of Atlanta just came out with their GDP numbers for the third quarter. Now, every Federal Reserve Bank measures something different. They have all their economic experts that basically measure one thing. So they can basically it's a very siloed approach. Like the St.

Louis Fed measures inflation. The Atlanta one measures gross domestic product. Right. So they said the third quarter GDP was 5.9%. Is that number real or is it phony baloney like every other government number that comes out?

Right. Well, let's just assume that it's real. I do think it's overstated, but let's just assume that it's real. Well, what is gross domestic product? GDP measures everything that you and I and everybody in the country are buying at retail prices from Target and Best Buy or wherever, right?

And so those things that are produced in America. So what should it then be? If it's measuring retail prices that we're spending money on and inflation is measuring the prices of what we're spending on GDP, if the economy we're actually growing would keep up with inflation, it should be the same. So GDP should be in the 15% to 20% range because that's unofficially what inflation is hovering. So basically, meaning that, say, I'm buying a Pin, and a Pin used to be, say, $5 because of inflation.

Say it's now $6, right? So they're saying, oh, well, now you spent $6. So there's say, a 20% increase in GDP. But they're not accounting for the fact that it's actually just 20% more expensive, basically. Am I correct?

They're saying that if GDP is, say, 5%, inflation is 15%, that's a 10% reduction. Like the GP is actually, say, negative 10%. No, it's actually worse than that. So let's just say it were 5% and inflation is at 15. So that's one third of the total GDP.

So that means the economy is really contracted by 67%, right? Because it's 67% less than what inflation is at. So these numbers, they're bragging about 5.9% and they said we could even see a surge of over 8%. This isn't good, right, because it's not keeping up with inflation. You always have to measure everything in light of inflation, like the purchasing power that we talked about, of the houses and the cars and everything that we looked at, right?

It's like, well, who cares if GDP is growing by 5% when the house has gone up by like 80 times, right? Who cares? So GDP should measure inflation, should equal inflation. Well, it doesn't. So what does this now start to tell us?

A story.

So the point of all this is they think that the economy is growing. However, this is where these economists I'm not saying that they're stupid. I'm not saying that the economists at the treasury or the Fed are stupid. They're very smart PhDs. They're not telling you the right information on purpose.

That's what I'm saying.

The treasury market, the US Treasury bond should be the most the safest asset in the world and it's been considered that for decades. Right. And why? Well, because it's the long term treasury bill of the United States, the most robust economy, the wealthiest nation, and even when push comes to shove, if we run out of money, congress just going to raise the debt ceiling and print more money because we're the reserve currency. So basically the propensity for a default on a US Treasury has been about zero.

It's actually been considered a risk free investment. So when you have something that's got very little risk, it's going to have a very low rate of return. The interest rate is going to be like it was like 1%, like forever. Right. So compare that to a junk bond.

Like Michael Milken, the junk bond salesman king, right. So here's what he had to do to sell junk bonds to his clients and say, hey, client, have I got a deal for you. Right. So there's this company, they might go out of business in nine months, but you could make a killing on it in that nine months because they're paying 15% interest on their bonds, right? That's a junk bond versus the US Treasury, which is classified as the safest asset in the world.

Very low interest rate. So what's happening with Treasuries around the world right now. The yields are going up, which means their safety is not really there. Whenever you have a higher yield, it always means a riskier investment, right? So you got to keep that in mind.

You've got all this debt that we're amassing as a country, and now the cost of servicing that debt is going up, not just on corporate bonds or muni bonds, but at the sovereign debt level. To me, that's the slow death of a country. And it's not just happening here. It's happening all over the world. So it is like this article saying this is a major sign of an uhoh.

I wouldn't say it's an uhoh. I'd say it's a death trap, is what I would say that it is, because debt driven growth is not growth like these supposedly smart economists at the Fed and at the Treasuries. Debt driven growth is not growth. It's stimulus money. Growth comes from you and me and everybody else going and buying those pens with our own money, buying TVs with our own money, buying cars, buying houses.

That's real growth. Debt based growth is not real growth. So debt based growth is an oxymoron. It just truly is. You can't have debt based growth now.

You can in the short term, you provide stimulus money. That stimulus money gets injected into the stock market, gets handed out to people. Short term, it can boost an economy medium. And long term, it's the death of that economy because ultimately, you have to pay back the piper, right? So that's where we are.

So I'll just throw in. So basically, I like breaking this down in little analogies that my little pea brain can understand, right? So it's kind of like, say my household expenses are $5,000 a month, and that's representative of my capacity to earn money, et cetera. But say I get a credit card with, say, $100,000 limit, and I start spending an extra ten grand every month with a credit card. And I'm like, Look, I'm at a $15,000 a month lifestyle.

I'm growing, I'm expanding, but I'm doing it through, taking on more and more debt. So it's deceptive because it's almost like negative growth. It's like, yeah, you're increasing, your money flowing through, but every month you're actually going more and more into debt. Is that kind of a way of understanding it? Yeah.

See, they would view that extra $10,000 a month that you're spending as economic growth because you're actually spending the money. The problem is, like, if you're a business owner, you've got your expenses and your income on your income statement, right? If expenses are greater than your income, you're going to go out of business. It's just the end result. So they view that as growth, where I view it as the death trap, because ultimately, people hit their max credit line, then they have to stop.

It's like, oh, now they've got these payments. We can't
make these payments, right? It's like, what do we do? So this is where we are when something is an oxymoron, meaning it absolutely doesn't make sense. The only people that believe an oxymoron to be true are morons, right?

And they're the ones that are writing it. They're the ones that are writing these laws of these oxymorons, and they're the only ones that believe. So let's paint this picture with a story, because I think everybody who has college age kids is going to realize, oh, my word, kirk's telling the truth on this. So in this article, they call it the Tale of the Drunken Stupid, right? So I'm going to embellish it a little bit for story's sake.

So let's just say, Seth, that you are a frat boy. You're in college and you're in this frat house, and everybody else in the frat house is also a frat boy. Well, frat boys have dads that give them credit cards to use in college, right? So if you're living in this frat house and you've got Daddy's credit card, what's the first thing that you're going to buy? It's like, oh, guys, let's build a bar in the house, and then let's stock that bar with top shelf liquor.

It's like, we're going to have parties every night, and so we can't just have that. Let's get the biggest giant screen TV screen that we can, but we're going to have to have a big party couch to sit on. And so they start spending all this money and live this party lifestyle. And what's the end result? The end result is they're in college to learn, right, and their grades, because they're not focusing on school.

Go from A to B to C to D to F. Dad's seeing the report cards, and he calls up, son, I'm cutting you off from your credit card. You're wasting all of my money parting it up, not studying. I paid for your college. I'm paying for the stupid lifestyle.

And now you're getting f's. No more credit card for you. And every other dad in the frat house starts to do the same thing over time. So now apply that to Washington, DC. DC.

Is the frat boy. The dad's credit card is the printing press, right? So people in DC. Are just spending all this money, all this frivolous money, stimulus, raising the debt ceiling, doing all this garbage. And now Daddy's credit card has run out because of what happened during the BRICS meeting.

And Putin and G saying, we're taking away the petrodollar status of the US. Dollar. That foreign capital inflow ceases. It's the only way we've been able to amass $32 trillion worth of debt. And people still want our currency.

So now that that's going away, we're going to be forced to print money like there's no tomorrow to keep the lifestyle up. And so how do they slow down? That inflation. They raise interest rates, right? And so this is.

Where you're starting to see the yield on sovereign debt rise across the globe. Because Daddy's credit card has been cut off, the credit limits have been reached, and now the only thing that comes, how do you fix it? Right? So how do you fix a declining economy? It's not with stimulus money.

It's with people working, people spending. Right? Because debt based growth is not growth. That's an oxymoron. Growth only comes from people spending their own money.

So you need to have a bigger boat, right? So to stay afloat in this economy, you need to have a bigger boat where there's more people working, more people spending. That means more income tax revenues, more sales tax revenues, more property tax revenues. The government revenue streams will go up with a bigger boat. Without a bigger boat, the economy sinks.

The whole boat sinks. Right. So the policies that we're seeing right now, rising taxes, rising interest rates and wage reduction, which that TikTok video that you showed proved wage reduction is there. Don't believe what the Biden administration is telling you. When a house what was the average price of a house?

Back in the early 19 hundreds, you said it was like, I think I have it up right here. Yeah. So the average price yeah. So the average yearly income was 1300. The average house cost was 3900.

So three times the amount of average income. Whereas now the average house is eight times the average income. Yes. So people are running out of income. Wages, obviously, have been coming down not just this year, but for decades as inflationary pressures have persisted.

Now, you can hide that for a bit until you max out your credit line, right? Like what you explained, once you hit your credit line, it's all unmasked. And that's what we're seeing right now, which is why this rising yield and rising GDP is actually, to me, the sure sign of the death of the dollar as we know it. It's the slow death of the US economy. And I don't even think it's going to be that slow.

I think it's going to accelerate. And so here's where we now start to hit a dilemma. So throughout history, and I know that you're a student of history just like I am, I love it. I love historical stuff. So always following an economic collapse is social collapse.

It always follows it 100% of the time. So you look at what happened in France four months ago or so, when France you've got all these socialist people in France, in socialist country France, that paid excess taxes their whole life because it's a socialist country for them to take care of them during retirement. So what did France do? Macron said, hey, we kind of ran out of money. Sorry, everybody, we're going to raise your retirement age.

You can't actually retire for a few more years. People started to revolt. Blood in the streets, right? Riots, protests. I mean, nothing against old people.

I've got a gray beard, right? But 70, 80 year old people in the streets were being knocked down by cops because they were just protesting. It's like we're socialists living in a socialist country and paid higher taxes and we want our retirement. It's all that they were asking for and the government took it away because they ran out of money. Well, what comes next?

What comes next after they raise the retirement age is what happened in Cyprus and Greece way back in the day and what happened in Argentina and Venezuela. Then you have other austerity measures like reducing benefits while increasing the retirement age. Anything that the government can do to save money, right? So what happens is you saw the social chaos happen there. Washington DC.

This week I saw this article and I thought it was an article about the hurricane that just blew through Florida, right. All the shelves were and then I read it's like, wait, this has nothing to do with the hurricane. This is in DC. Basically, Giant Foods, which is like a grocery store, like or, you know, Piggly Wiggly or whatever, right? Large grocery store chain in the mid Atlantic.

They basically are taking all the brand name stuff off the shelves and replacing it with generic store brand stuff, hoping that not everybody's going to steal it because people are stealing the name brand stuff. So here's where in social decay, this is kind of the ugly reflection of humanity, right? Where something that's unethical and immoral, like stealing becomes a higher order than a morality thing. How do I explain it? If you're forced with feeding your family or not, even stealing becomes an ethical decision, right?

So it's this higher order of morality even though it's wrong, it's like, should I steal because I don't want my family to starve? Yeah, I think I'm going to do it because I don't want my family to starve. And people start justifying immoral, bad actions. Government officials are justifying stealing from us through all this increased inflationary pressures and printing money like there's no tomorrow to keep the thing afloat. Right.

Because they're not going to get voted back in if they don't. So what we're starting to see is the rise of social disarray. It starts with theft and burglaries and robberies in every big city around the country. You're seeing a rise in violent crime, muggings, lootings, death, right. Guns, stabs, I mean, everything.

It's starting to actually happen, which of course it's going to happen. It always follows economic chaos. Always 100% of the time. Doesn't matter how advanced or unadvanced the society is, it always follows it, right? So we're starting to go down that path and we're even now seeing it with politics, right?

So the social decay that we're seeing, look what Adam Schiff did last week. Actually earlier this week I saw the article has to do with J Six and Trump being arrested right? So he brought up section, Article 14, section three of the Constitution. It says anybody who's in part of an insurrection or aiding people or helping them, an insurrection can never hold public office, right? So this is going to go to the Supreme Court because now there's states that are saying we're not going to put Trump on the 2024 election on the ballots, right?

So imagine, just imagine this, the massive front runner on the GOP possibly not being able to run, right, because the states won't put them on the ballot. And so this is going to go to the Supreme Court. What if the Supreme Court says, yeah, Trump, you can't run? What's that going to do to social chaos in this country? It's going to be wild.

I'm not trying to be a prophet. I'm just saying I don't care if you're on the left or the right when your front runner says we can't run. And based on Adam Schiff's own words in that article that you have on the screen, he said the Constitution doesn't say you have to be convicted of the crime. It just says that you have to be part of it, right, to not hold public office. So it's like what, anybody anywhere can make up anything about anybody and what they're saying is the rule of law in America doesn't exist anymore and you are guilty until proven innocent, right?

And so that to me is evidence of social
decay and what's happening, and it all comes from economic collapse. What we're seeing right now is a function of biden's economy. And it was Bill Clinton that said it really, really well, it's the economy, stupid, right? People vote with their wallets, right? And if the economy stinks, this is why you're going to distract.

This is why when the BRICS meeting was happening and I was surfing through the channels looking for news on the internet anywhere, nobody was covering the most important economic news story of a century. Literally. It's the changing of the guard. It's the paradigm pendulum shifting moment of moving power from the west to the east and removing the US dollar's reserve currency status. That's what it was.

But what was everyone focused on? Trump's mug shot. It's like, well, I don't care about the mug shot. I don't care how he looked. I do care that the irrational reasoning of why he had to have a mug shot, right?

I mean, that's bogus garbage. Or they were concerned about counterfeit Taylor Swift tickets during her concert tour or all this other dumb know, just deflecting from the important to the meaningless and keeping people's eyes off of what's really truly important, right? So you add all of this up, we've got economic collapse, societal collapse, and we are going to be in a dark period for a bit. I mean, we just are, because you don't come through these things real quickly. But there is light at the end of the tunnel, right?

This is why I can have a smile on my face. Why you can? Because financially, there's solutions. We've been talking about it for a long time. Gold and silver doing very well.

We talked about how it maintains its purchasing power over time. That's another added element. We talked about how it gets you out of the Central Bank digital currency system. So you're no longer a digital slave in their digital world, where they can cut you off from buying or selling because it's a tangible asset that you take delivery of. Doesn't have title, there's no property taxes on it, right?

Like a house, which is a tangible asset. But you don't really own a house even when you own it. Just try not paying your property taxes and see what happens, right? They'll sell it in a tax lien auction, right? So gold and silver, there's no title to it.

It's like a bearer bond. If you have it, it's yours. Kind of a deal. And you could use it for barter in a worst case scenario. I know that you're very much a preparedness guy, right?

Because people need food storage, food. They should have silver, they should have their own garden. They should be able to self sustain in an economic crisis. I don't care if it's a hurricane blowing through town, tornado, economic collapse, you lose your job and you just can't afford to live for a bit, right? It would be really good if you were prepared for things like that coming up.

What I'm talking about is going to be more of a prolonged contraction of the economy. And people just need to decide now how to overcome and actually thrive during those time frames that I think that we're going to be in. But when you are, that will put a smile on your face. Because you're going to be able to not just survive, but thrive with the growth that we're seeing in metals. The ability to put food on the table for your families, right?

Because here's what comes after this chaos and collapse. And again, not trying to be a prophet, it's just human nature, right, is during times of cris, people will give up their freedoms. So you have this crisis that's so bad and people can't feed the families and they've resorted to stealing to feed their families. Right? I mean, that's what we're seeing already.

What's the carrot that the Central Bank digital currencies are going to use? I think it's going to be universal basic income, saying you take our CBD system and you'll have $1,000 a month in credits and debits and credits coming into your account every month, just take it. It's like, don't take it. It's your ultimate loss of freedom and privacy ever. But they're going to make it really difficult for you to want to say no.

Right? But if you have something where you can afford to say no because you're prepared, then it doesn't matter. And that's how you can have a smile on your face, even though our freedoms are eroding all around us. Well, one interesting point is that say you're in a bind. The thing with, say, silver, for instance, say you've got 30oz of silver and you need some quick money.

It's something that even locally, you can go find there's coin shops, there's different kinds of gold buyers. So even if you have to in a pinch, it's like it becomes that last resort where you pull out a few coins, you go some maybe you might lose a few percentage points in that sale, but it's liquid, it converts. You'll find any number of those people that they say, hey, do you buy generic rounds? They'll say, yeah, it's like, what are you paying? We pay Spot, or whatever it is.

And it's like, oh, okay. So it's not like it's some asset, like, say you're investing in a painting or a stock or something where if you want to pull your money out of that, it's a complicated process. So just a thing to kind of put out there. And what I suspect is that as things get worse and worse, you're going to have people that start opening up more businesses that are actually buying precious metals and converting them and trading them and authenticating. That was my old business, is I've had people come in, they'd be like, hey, I need money.

My dad left me here's 400oz of silver. So I'd look at it, I'd test it, and I'd say, okay, well, here's a check or here's cash. Right? So it's interesting how it's just interesting looking at that video about life in 1930 and life now, because like I said, I'd always heard the suit analogy. Like you could buy a whole suit for a single gold coin.

How it's the same. It's just interesting to look at trace these currencies and the role of different currencies in bartering and trading over the course of history. Yeah, it is what people do. Where there's a will, there's a way, right? And if you can't survive and feed your family.

Basically, mom and pops merchants don't want the currency anymore for whole host of ideological reasons, financial reasons, whatever. You better have something that you can barter with and trade with to feed your family until things transition out of that phase and we get back to a sense of normalcy again. Normalcy always comes, right? But it might be a while. It might be a while.

And this is why we're protecting and preserving and thriving right now with silver. And it reminds me of there's a story that I heard is either Argentina or Venezuela, that after the collapse and after the currency had collapsed, people were lining up with wheelbarrows full of cash to buy a like, that's how bad the hyperinflation was. Yet a single ounce of silver would feed a family for about a month. So to me, that's the contrast of what happened. So, anyway, kirk, I know we're kind of past time for you, but just quickly, before you send off folks, if you want to get a hold of kirk or his company, give them a call.

720-605-3900 to speak to an advisor there. Or go to goldwithseth.com, fill out the form below, and one of his advisors will contact you. And that information is in the description as well. So, Kirk, as usual, thank you so much for coming on the show. I always enjoy these conversations.

I can't wait till I have the studio set up for the in person, because I'd love to have you come and spend 3 hours or more just sitting and talking. So thank you for coming on. Yep, I can't wait. That'd be awesome. Well, we'll talk to you soon.

All right. Thank you, Kirk.


The number-one best-selling pioneer of "fratire" and a leading evolutionary psychologist team up to create the dating book for guys. Whether they conducted their research in life or in the lab, experts Tucker Max and Dr. Geoffrey Miller have spent the last 20-plus years learning what women really want from their men, why they want it, and how men can deliver those qualities. The short answer: Become the best version of yourself possible, then show it off. It sounds simple, but it's not. If it were, Tinder would just be the stuff you use to start a fire. Becoming your best self requires honesty, self-awareness, hard work, and a little help. Through their website and podcasts, Max and Miller have already helped over one million guys take their first steps toward Miss Right. They have collected all of their findings in Mate, an evidence-driven, seriously funny playbook that will teach you to become a more sexually attractive and romantically successful man, the right way: No "seduction techniques" No moralizing No bullshit Just honest, straightforward talk about the most ethical, effective way to pursue the win-win relationships you want with the women who are best for you. Much of what they've discovered will surprise you, some of it will not, but all of it is important and often misunderstood. So listen up, and stop being stupid!

Words of affirmation, quality time, gifts, acts of service, physical touching - learning these love languages will get your marriage off to a great start or enhance a long-standing one! Chapman explains the purpose of each "language" and shows you how to identify the one that's meaningful to your spouse now. Updated to reflect the complexities of relationships in today's world, this new edition of The 5 Love Languages reveals intrinsic truths and provides action steps in each chapter that will help you on your way to a healthier relationship. Also includes an updated personal profile. With a divorce rate that hovers around 50 percent, don't let yourself become a statistic. In Things I Wish I'd Known Before We Got Married, Gary Chapman teaches you and your future spouse how to work together as an intimate team! He shares with engaged couples practical tips he wishes he knew before he got married. Discussion centers around love, romance, conflict resolution, forgiveness, and sexual fulfillment. Included are insightful questions, suggestions, and exercises.

A one-page tool to reinvent yourself and your career. The global best seller Business Model Generation introduced a unique visual way to summarize and creatively brainstorm any business or product idea on a single sheet of paper. Business Model You uses the same powerful one-page tool to teach listeners how to draw "personal business models," which reveal new ways their skills can be adapted to the changing needs of the marketplace to reveal new, more satisfying, career and life possibilities. Produced by the same team that created Business Model Generation, this audiobook is based on the Business Model Canvas methodology, which has quickly emerged as the world's leading business model description and innovation technique. This book shows listeners how to: - Understand business model thinking and diagram their current personal business model - Understand the value of their skills in the marketplace and define their purpose - Articulate a vision for change - Create a new personal business model harmonized with that vision - And most important, test and implement the new model When you implement the one-page tool from Business Model You, you create a game-changing business model for your life and career.

The bible for bringing cutting-edge products to larger markets—now revised and updated with new insights into the realities of high-tech marketing In Crossing the Chasm, Geoffrey A. Moore shows that in the Technology Adoption Life Cycle—which begins with innovators and moves to early adopters, early majority, late majority, and laggards—there is a vast chasm between the early adopters and the early majority. While early adopters are willing to sacrifice for the advantage of being first, the early majority waits until they know that the technology actually offers improvements in productivity. The challenge for innovators and marketers is to narrow this chasm and ultimately accelerate adoption across every segment. This third edition brings Moore's classic work up to date with dozens of new examples of successes and failures, new strategies for marketing in the digital world, and Moore's most current insights and findings. He also includes two new appendices, the first connecting the ideas in Crossing the Chasm to work subsequently published in his Inside the Tornado, and the second presenting his recent groundbreaking work for technology adoption models for high-tech consumer markets.

Endless terror. Refugee waves. An unfixable global economy. Surprising election results. New billion-dollar fortunes. Miracle medical advances. What if they were all connected? What if you could understand why? The Seventh Sense is the story of what all of today's successful figures see and feel: the forces that are invisible to most of us but explain everything from explosive technological change to uneasy political ripples. The secret to power now is understanding our new age of networks. Not merely the Internet, but also webs of trade, finance, and even DNA. Based on his years of advising generals, CEOs, and politicians, Ramo takes us into the opaque heart of our world's rapidly connected systems and teaches us what the losers are not yet seeing -- and what the victors of this age already know.

This lushly illustrated history of popular entertainment takes a long-zoom approach, contending that the pursuit of novelty and wonder is a powerful driver of world-shaping technological change. Steven Johnson argues that, throughout history, the cutting edge of innovation lies wherever people are working the hardest to keep themselves and others amused. Johnson’s storytelling is just as delightful as the inventions he describes, full of surprising stops along the journey from simple concepts to complex modern systems. He introduces us to the colorful innovators of leisure: the explorers, proprietors, showmen, and artists who changed the trajectory of history with their luxurious wares, exotic meals, taverns, gambling tables, and magic shows. In Wonderland, Johnson compellingly argues that observers of technological and social trends should be looking for clues in novel amusements. You’ll find the future wherever people are having the most fun.

Nothing “goes viral.” If you think a popular movie, song, or app came out of nowhere to become a word-of-mouth success in today’s crowded media environment, you’re missing the real story. Each blockbuster has a secret history—of power, influence, dark broadcasters, and passionate cults that turn some new products into cultural phenomena. Even the most brilliant ideas wither in obscurity if they fail to connect with the right network, and the consumers that matter most aren't the early adopters, but rather their friends, followers, and imitators -- the audience of your audience. In his groundbreaking investigation, Atlantic senior editor Derek Thompson uncovers the hidden psychology of why we like what we like and reveals the economics of cultural markets that invisibly shape our lives. Shattering the sentimental myths of hit-making that dominate pop culture and business, Thompson shows quality is insufficient for success, nobody has "good taste," and some of the most popular products in history were one bad break away from utter failure. It may be a new world, but there are some enduring truths to what audiences and consumers want. People love a familiar surprise: a product that is bold, yet sneakily recognizable. Every business, every artist, every person looking to promote themselves and their work wants to know what makes some works so successful while others disappear. Hit Makers is a magical mystery tour through the last century of pop culture blockbusters and the most valuable currency of the twenty-first century—people’s attention. From the dawn of impressionist art to the future of Facebook, from small Etsy designers to the origin of Star Wars, Derek Thompson leaves no pet rock unturned to tell the fascinating story of how culture happens and why things become popular. In Hit Makers, Derek Thompson investigates: · The secret link between ESPN's sticky programming and the The Weeknd's catchy choruses · Why Facebook is today’s most important newspaper · How advertising critics predicted Donald Trump · The 5th grader who accidentally launched "Rock Around the Clock," the biggest hit in rock and roll history · How Barack Obama and his speechwriters think of themselves as songwriters · How Disney conquered the world—but the future of hits belongs to savvy amateurs and individuals · The French collector who accidentally created the Impressionist canon · Quantitative evidence that the biggest music hits aren’t always the best · Why almost all Hollywood blockbusters are sequels, reboots, and adaptations · Why one year--1991--is responsible for the way pop music sounds today · Why another year --1932--created the business model of film · How data scientists proved that “going viral” is a myth · How 19th century immigration patterns explain the most heard song in the Western Hemisphere

Ours is often called an information economy, but at a moment when access to information is virtually unlimited, our attention has become the ultimate commodity. In nearly every moment of our waking lives, we face a barrage of efforts to harvest our attention. This condition is not simply the byproduct of recent technological innovations but the result of more than a century's growth and expansion in the industries that feed on human attention. Wu’s narrative begins in the nineteenth century, when Benjamin Day discovered he could get rich selling newspapers for a penny. Since then, every new medium—from radio to television to Internet companies such as Google and Facebook—has attained commercial viability and immense riches by turning itself into an advertising platform. Since the early days, the basic business model of “attention merchants” has never changed: free diversion in exchange for a moment of your time, sold in turn to the highest-bidding advertiser. Full of lively, unexpected storytelling and piercing insight, The Attention Merchants lays bare the true nature of a ubiquitous reality we can no longer afford to accept at face value.

Some people think that in today’s hyper-competitive world, it’s the tough, take-no-prisoners type who comes out on top. But in reality, argues New York Times bestselling author Dave Kerpen, it’s actually those with the best people skills who win the day. Those who build the right relationships. Those who truly understand and connect with their colleagues, their customers, their partners. Those who can teach, lead, and inspire. In a world where we are constantly connected, and social media has become the primary way we communicate, the key to getting ahead is being the person others like, respect, and trust. Because no matter who you are or what profession you're in, success is contingent less on what you can do for yourself, but on what other people are willing to do for you. Here, through 53 bite-sized, easy-to-execute, and often counterintuitive tips, you’ll learn to master the 11 People Skills that will get you more of what you want at work, at home, and in life. For example, you’ll learn: · The single most important question you can ever ask to win attention in a meeting · The one simple key to networking that nobody talks about · How to remain top of mind for thousands of people, everyday · Why it usually pays to be the one to give the bad news · How to blow off the right people · And why, when in doubt, buy him a Bonsai A book best described as “How to Win Friends and Influence People for today’s world,” The Art of People shows how to charm and win over anyone to be more successful at work and outside of it.

Business Model Generation is a handbook for visionaries, game changers, and challengers striving to defy outmoded business models and design tomorrow's enterprises. If your organization needs to adapt to harsh new realities, but you don't yet have a strategy that will get you out in front of your competitors, you need Business Model Generation. Co-created by 470 "Business Model Canvas" practitioners from 45 countries, the book features a beautiful, highly visual, 4-color design that takes powerful strategic ideas and tools, and makes them easy to implement in your organization. It explains the most common Business Model patterns, based on concepts from leading business thinkers, and helps you reinterpret them for your own context. You will learn how to systematically understand, design, and implement a game-changing business model--or analyze and renovate an old one. Along the way, you'll understand at a much deeper level your customers, distribution channels, partners, revenue streams, costs, and your core value proposition. Business Model Generation features practical innovation techniques used today by leading consultants and companies worldwide, including 3M, Ericsson, Capgemini, Deloitte, and others. Designed for doers, it is for those ready to abandon outmoded thinking and embrace new models of value creation: for executives, consultants, entrepreneurs, and leaders of all organizations. If you're ready to change the rules, you belong to "the business model generation!"

#1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER If you want to build a better future, you must believe in secrets. The great secret of our time is that there are still uncharted frontiers to explore and new inventions to create. In Zero to One, legendary entrepreneur and investor Peter Thiel shows how we can find singular ways to create those new things. Thiel begins with the contrarian premise that we live in an age of technological stagnation, even if we’re too distracted by shiny mobile devices to notice. Information technology has improved rapidly, but there is no reason why progress should be limited to computers or Silicon Valley. Progress can be achieved in any industry or area of business. It comes from the most important skill that every leader must master: learning to think for yourself. Doing what someone else already knows how to do takes the world from 1 to n, adding more of something familiar. But when you do something new, you go from 0 to 1. The next Bill Gates will not build an operating system. The next Larry Page or Sergey Brin won’t make a search engine. Tomorrow’s champions will not win by competing ruthlessly in today’s marketplace. They will escape competition altogether, because their businesses will be unique. Zero to One presents at once an optimistic view of the future of progress in America and a new way of thinking about innovation: it starts by learning to ask the questions that lead you to find value in unexpected places.

Why should I do business with you… and not your competitor? Whether you are a retailer, manufacturer, distributor, or service provider – if you cannot answer this question, you are surely losing customers, clients and market share. This eye-opening book reveals how identifying your competitive advantages (and trumpeting them to the marketplace) is the most surefire way to close deals, retain clients, and stay miles ahead of the competition. The five fatal flaws of most companies: • They don’t have a competitive advantage but think they do • They have a competitive advantage but don’t know what it is—so they lower prices instead • They know what their competitive advantage is but neglect to tell clients about it • They mistake “strengths” for competitive advantages • They don’t concentrate on competitive advantages when making strategic and operational decisions The good news is that you can overcome these costly mistakes – by identifying your competitive advantages and creating new ones. Consultant, public speaker, and competitive advantage expert Jaynie Smith will show you how scores of small and large companies substantially increased their sales by focusing on their competitive advantages. When advising a CEO frustrated by his salespeople’s inability to close deals, Smith discovered that his company stayed on schedule 95 percent of the time – an achievement no one else in his industry could claim. By touting this and other competitive advantages to customers, closing rates increased by 30 percent—and so did company revenues. Jack Welch has said, “If you don’t have a competitive advantage, don’t compete.” This straight-to-the-point book is filled with insightful stories and specific steps on how to pinpoint your competitive advantages, develop new ones, and get the message out about them.

The number one New York Times best seller that examines how people can champion new ideas in their careers and everyday life - and how leaders can fight groupthink, from the author of Think Again and co-author of Option B. With Give and Take, Adam Grant not only introduced a landmark new paradigm for success but also established himself as one of his generation’s most compelling and provocative thought leaders. In Originals he again addresses the challenge of improving the world, but now from the perspective of becoming original: choosing to champion novel ideas and values that go against the grain, battle conformity, and buck outdated traditions. How can we originate new ideas, policies, and practices without risking it all? Using surprising studies and stories spanning business, politics, sports, and entertainment, Grant explores how to recognize a good idea, speak up without getting silenced, build a coalition of allies, choose the right time to act, and manage fear and doubt; how parents and teachers can nurture originality in children; and how leaders can build cultures that welcome dissent. Learn from an entrepreneur who pitches his start-ups by highlighting the reasons not to invest, a woman at Apple who challenged Steve Jobs from three levels below, an analyst who overturned the rule of secrecy at the CIA, a billionaire financial wizard who fires employees for failing to criticize him, and a TV executive who didn’t even work in comedy but saved Seinfeld from the cutting-room floor. The payoff is a set of groundbreaking insights about rejecting conformity and improving the status quo.

In The $100 Startup, Chris Guillebeau tells you how to lead of life of adventure, meaning and purpose - and earn a good living. Still in his early 30s, Chris is on the verge of completing a tour of every country on earth - he's already visited more than 175 nations - and yet he’s never held a "real job" or earned a regular paycheck. Rather, he has a special genius for turning ideas into income, and he uses what he earns both to support his life of adventure and to give back. There are many others like Chris - those who've found ways to opt out of traditional employment and create the time and income to pursue what they find meaningful. Sometimes, achieving that perfect blend of passion and income doesn't depend on shelving what you currently do. You can start small with your venture, committing little time or money, and wait to take the real plunge when you're sure it's successful. In preparing to write this book, Chris identified 1,500 individuals who have built businesses earning $50,000 or more from a modest investment (in many cases, $100 or less), and from that group he’s chosen to focus on the 50 most intriguing case studies. In nearly all cases, people with no special skills discovered aspects of their personal passions that could be monetized, and were able to restructure their lives in ways that gave them greater freedom and fulfillment. Here, finally, distilled into one easy-to-use guide, are the most valuable lessons from those who’ve learned how to turn what they do into a gateway to self-fulfillment. It’s all about finding the intersection between your "expertise" - even if you don’t consider it such - and what other people will pay for. You don’t need an MBA, a business plan or even employees. All you need is a product or service that springs from what you love to do anyway, people willing to pay, and a way to get paid. Not content to talk in generalities, Chris tells you exactly how many dollars his group of unexpected entrepreneurs required to get their projects up and running; what these individuals did in the first weeks and months to generate significant cash; some of the key mistakes they made along the way, and the crucial insights that made the business stick. Among Chris’s key principles: if you’re good at one thing, you’re probably good at something else; never teach a man to fish - sell him the fish instead; and in the battle between planning and action, action wins. In ancient times, people who were dissatisfied with their lives dreamed of finding magic lamps, buried treasure, or streets paved with gold. Today, we know that it’s up to us to change our lives. And the best part is, if we change our own life, we can help others change theirs. This remarkable book will start you on your way.

Bold is a radical, how-to guide for using exponential technologies, moonshot thinking, and crowd-powered tools to create extraordinary wealth while also positively impacting the lives of billions. Exploring the exponential technologies that are disrupting today's Fortune 500 companies and enabling upstart entrepreneurs to go from "I've got an idea" to "I run a billion-dollar company" far faster than ever before, the authors provide exceptional insight into the power of 3-D printing, artificial intelligence, robotics, networks and sensors, and synthetic biology. Drawing on insights from billionaire entrepreneurs Larry Page, Elon Musk, Richard Branson, and Jeff Bezos, the audiobook offers the best practices that allow anyone to leverage today's hyper connected crowd like never before. The authors teach how to design and use incentive competitions, launch million-dollar crowdfunding campaigns to tap into tens of billions of dollars of capital, and build communities - armies of exponentially enabled individuals willing and able to help today's entrepreneurs make their boldest dreams come true. Bold is both a manifesto and a manual. It is today's exponential entrepreneur's go-to resource on the use of emerging technologies, thinking at scale, and the awesome impact of crowd-powered tools.

The answer is simple: come up with 10 ideas a day. It doesn't matter if they are good or bad, the key is to exercise your "idea muscle", to keep it toned, and in great shape. People say ideas are cheap and execution is everything but that is NOT true. Execution is a consequence, a subset of good, brilliant idea. And good ideas require daily work. Ideas may be easy if we are only coming up with one or two but if you open this book to any of the pages and try to produce more than three, you will feel a burn, scratch your head, and you will be sweating, and working hard. There is a turning point when you reach idea number six for the day, you still have four to go, and your mind muscle is getting a workout. By the time you list those last ideas to make it to 10 you will see for yourself what "sweating the idea muscle" means. As you practice the daily idea generation you become an idea machine. When we become idea machines we are flooded with lots of bad ideas but also with some that are very good. This happens by the sheer force of the number, because we are coming up with 3,650 ideas per year (at 10 a day). When you are inspired by an extraordinary idea, all of your thoughts break their chains, you go beyond limitations and your capacity to act expands in every direction. Forces and abilities you did not know you had come to the surface, and you realize you are capable of doing great things. As you practice with the suggested prompts in this book your ideas will get better, you will be a source of great insight for others, people will find you magnetic, and they will want to hang out with you because you have so much to offer. When you practice every day your life will transform, in no more than 180 days, because it has no other evolutionary choice. Life changes for the better when we become the source of positive, insightful, and helpful ideas. Don't believe a word I say. Instead, challenge yourself.

A Guide to Resilience: How to Bounce Back from Life's Inevitable Problems Christian Moore is convinced that each of us has a power hidden within, something that can get us through any kind of adversity. That power is resilience. In The Resilience Breakthrough, Moore delivers a practical primer on how you can become more resilient in a world of instability and narrowing opportunity, whether you're facing financial troubles, health setbacks, challenges on the job, or any other problem. We can each have our own resilience breakthrough, Moore argues, and can each learn how to use adverse circumstances as potent fuel for overcoming life's hardships. As he shares engaging real-life stories and brutally honest analyses of his own experiences, Moore equips you with 27 resilience-building tools that you can start using today - in your personal life or in your organization.

What if someone told you that your behavior was controlled by a powerful, invisible force? Most of us would be skeptical of such a claim--but it's largely true. Our brains are constantly transmitting and receiving signals of which we are unaware. Studies show that these constant inputs drive the great majority of our decisions about what to do next--and we become conscious of the decisions only after we start acting on them. Many may find that disturbing. But the implications for leadership are profound. In this provocative yet practical book, renowned speaking coach and communication expert Nick Morgan highlights recent research that shows how humans are programmed to respond to the nonverbal cues of others--subtle gestures, sounds, and signals--that elicit emotion. He then provides a clear, useful framework of seven "power cues" that will be essential for any leader in business, the public sector, or almost any context. You'll learn crucial skills, from measuring nonverbal signs of confidence, to the art and practice of gestures and vocal tones, to figuring out what your gut is really telling you. This concise and engaging guide will help leaders and aspiring leaders of all stripes to connect powerfully, communicate more effectively, and command influence.

New York Times bestselling author and social media expert Gary Vaynerchuk shares hard-won advice on how to connect with customers and beat the competition. A mash-up of the best elements of Crush It! and The Thank You Economy with a fresh spin, Jab, Jab, Jab, Right Hook is a blueprint to social media marketing strategies that really works. When managers and marketers outline their social media strategies, they plan for the "right hook"—their next sale or campaign that's going to knock out the competition. Even companies committed to jabbing—patiently engaging with customers to build the relationships crucial to successful social media campaigns—want to land the punch that will take down their opponent or their customer's resistance in one blow. Right hooks convert traffic to sales and easily show results. Except when they don't. Thanks to massive change and proliferation in social media platforms, the winning combination of jabs and right hooks is different now. Vaynerchuk shows that while communication is still key, context matters more than ever. It's not just about developing high-quality content, but developing high-quality content perfectly adapted to specific social media platforms and mobile devices—content tailor-made for Facebook, Instagram, Pinterest, Twitter and Tumblr.

From the best-selling author of The Black Swan and one of the foremost thinkers of our time, Nassim Nicholas Taleb, a book on how some things actually benefit from disorder. In The Black Swan Taleb outlined a problem, and in Antifragile he offers a definitive solution: how to gain from disorder and chaos while being protected from fragilities and adverse events. For what Taleb calls the "antifragile" is actually beyond the robust, because it benefits from shocks, uncertainty, and stressors, just as human bones get stronger when subjected to stress and tension. The antifragile needs disorder in order to survive and flourish. Taleb stands uncertainty on its head, making it desirable, even necessary, and proposes that things be built in an antifragile manner. The antifragile is immune to prediction errors. Why is the city-state better than the nation-state, why is debt bad for you, and why is everything that is both modern and complicated bound to fail? The audiobook spans innovation by trial and error, health, biology, medicine, life decisions, politics, foreign policy, urban planning, war, personal finance, and economic systems. And throughout, in addition to the street wisdom of Fat Tony of Brooklyn, the voices and recipes of ancient wisdom, from Roman, Greek, Semitic, and medieval sources, are heard loud and clear. Extremely ambitious and multidisciplinary, Antifragile provides a blueprint for how to behave - and thrive - in a world we don't understand, and which is too uncertain for us to even try to understand and predict. Erudite and witty, Taleb’s message is revolutionary: What is not antifragile will surely perish.

The Cluetrain Manifesto began as a Web site in 1999 when the authors, who have worked variously at IBM, Sun Microsystems, the Linux Journal, and NPR, posted 95 theses about the new reality of the networked marketplace. Ten years after its original publication, their message remains more relevant than ever. For example, thesis no. 2: “Markets consist of human beings, not demographic sectors”; thesis no. 20: “Companies need to realize their markets are often laughing. At them.” The book enlarges on these themes through dozens of stories and observations about business in America and how the Internet will continue to change it all. With a new introduction and chapters by the authors, and commentary by Jake McKee, JP Rangaswami, and Dan Gillmor, this book is essential reading for anybody interested in the Internet and e-commerce, and is especially vital for businesses navigating the topography of the wired marketplace.

From the founders of the trailblazing software company 37signals, here is a different kind of business book one that explores a new reality. Today, anyone can be in business. Tools that used to be out of reach are now easily accessible. Technology that cost thousands is now just a few bucks or even free. Stuff that was impossible just a few years ago is now simple.That means anyone can start a business. And you can do it without working miserable 80-hour weeks or depleting your life savings. You can start it on the side while your day job provides all the cash flow you need. Forget about business plans, meetings, office space - you don't need them. With its straightforward language and easy-is-better approach, Rework is the perfect playbook for anyone who's ever dreamed of doing it on their own. Hardcore entrepreneurs, small-business owners, people stuck in day jobs who want to get out, and artists who don't want to starve anymore will all find valuable inspiration and guidance in these pages. It's time to rework work.


Tesla's main source of inspiration.
Roger Joseph Boscovich, a physicist, astronomer, mathematician, philosopher, diplomat, poet, theologian, Jesuit priest, and polymath, published the first edition of his famous work, Philosophiae Naturalis Theoria Redacta Ad Unicam Legem Virium In Natura Existentium (Theory Of Natural Philosophy Derived To The Single Law Of Forces Which Exist In Nature), in Vienna, in 1758, containing his atomic theory and his theory of forces. A second edition was published in 1763 in Venice

Bill Clinton's Georgetown mentor's history of the Conspiracy since the Boer War in South Africa.
TRAGEDY AND HOPE shows the years 1895-1950 as a period of transition from the world dominated by Europe in the nineteenth century to the world of three blocs in the twentieth century. With clarity, perspective, and cumulative impact, Professor Quigley examines the nature of that transition through two world wars and a worldwide economic depression. As an interpretative historian, he tries to show each event in the full complexity of its historical context. The result is a unique work, notable in several ways. It gives a picture of the world in terms of the influence of different cultures and outlooks upon each other; it shows, more completely than in any similar work, the influence of science and technology on human life; and it explains, with unprecedented clarity, how the intricate financial and commercial patterns of the West prior to 1914 influenced the development of today’s world.

This is the July, 2016 ALTA (Asymmetric Linguistic Trends Analysis) Report. Also known as 'the Web Bot' report, this series is brought to you by halfpasthuman.com. This report covers your future world from July 2016 through to 2031. Forecasts are created using predictive linguistics (from the inventor) and cover your planet, your population, your economy and markets, and your Space Goat Farts where you will find all the 'unknown' and 'officially denied' woo-woo that will be shaping your environment over these next few decades.

Time is considered as an independent entity which cannot be reduced to the concept of matter, space or field. The point of discussion is the "time flow" conception of N A Kozyrev (1908-1983), an outstanding Russian astronomer and natural scientist. In addition to a review of the experimental studies of "the active properties of time", by both Kozyrev and modern scientists, the reader will find different interpretations of Kozyrev's views and some developments of his ideas in the fields of geophysics, astrophysics, general relativity and theoretical mechanics.

How UFO Time Engines work - Clif High

The webpage discusses the workings of UFO time engines according to N.A. Kozyrev's experiments. The LL1 engine is described as a hollow metal sphere with a pool of mercury metal inside. When activated by electrical energy, it creates a uni-polar magnetic field causing the mercury to spin at a high rate and induce "time stuff" to accumulate on its surface. The accrued time stuff is siphoned down magnetically to the radiating antennae on the bottom of the vessel, providing self-sustaining power and allowing for time travel. The environment inside UFOs is likely volatile and not suitable for humans.

The Body Electric tells the fascinating story of our bioelectric selves. Robert O. Becker, a pioneer in the filed of regeneration and its relationship to electrical currents in living things, challenges the established mechanistic understanding of the body. He found clues to the healing process in the long-discarded theory that electricity is vital to life. But as exciting as Becker's discoveries are, pointing to the day when human limbs, spinal cords, and organs may be regenerated after they have been damaged, equally fascinating is the story of Becker's struggle to do such original work. The Body Electric explores new pathways in our understanding of evolution, acupuncture, psychic phenomena, and healing.

Unique, controversial, and frequently cited, this survey offers highly detailed accounts concerning the development of ideas and theories about the nature of electricity and space (aether). Readily accessible to general readers as well as high school students, teachers, and undergraduates, it includes much information unavailable elsewhere. This single-volume edition comprises both The Classical Theories and The Modern Theories, which were originally published separately. The first volume covers the theories of classical physics from the age of the Greek philosophers to the late 19th century. The second volume chronicles discoveries that led to the advances of modern physics, focusing on special relativity, quantum theories, general relativity, matrix mechanics, and wave mechanics. Noted historian of science I. Bernard Cohen, who reviewed these books for Scientific American, observed, "I know of no other history of electricity which is as sound as Whittaker's. All those who have found stimulation from his works will read this informative and accurate history with interest and profit."

The third edition of the defining text for the graduate-level course in Electricity and Magnetism has finally arrived! It has been 37 years since the first edition and 24 since the second. The new edition addresses the changes in emphasis and applications that have occurred in the field, without any significant increase in length.

Objects are a ubiquitous presence and few of us stop and think what they mean in our lives. This is the job of philosophers and this is what Jean Baudrillard does in his book. This is required reading for followers of Baudrillard, and he is perhaps the most assessable to the General Reader. Baudrillard is most associated with Post Modernism, and this early book sets the stage for that journey to the post modern world.
We are all surrounded by objects, but how many times have we thought about what those objects represent. If we took the time to think about the symbolism, we could arrive at easy solutions. We have been so accustomed to advertising the automobile representing freedom is an easy conclusion. But what about furniture? What about chairs? What about the arrangement of furniture? Watches? Collecting objects? Baudrillard literally opens up a new world and creates the universe of objects.
It is not that the critique of a society or objects has not been done before, but Baudrillard’s approach is new. Baudrillard examines objects as signs with a smattering of Post-Marxist thought. In his analysis of objects as signs, he ushers in the Post-Modern age and world for which he would be known. Heady stuff to be sure, but is presented by Baudrillard in a readily accessible manner. He articulates his thesis in a straightforward manner, avoiding the hyper-technical terminology he used in his later writings.

Moving away from the Marxist/Freudian approaches that had concerned him earlier, Baudrillard developed in this book a theory of contemporary culture that relies on displacing economic notions of cultural production with notions of cultural expenditure.

The book begins with Sidis's discovery of the first law of physical laws: "Among the physical laws it is a general characteristic that there is reversibility in time; that is, should the whole universe trace back the various positions that bodies in it have passed through in a given interval of time, but in the reverse order to that in which these positions actually occurred, then the universe, in this imaginary case, would still obey the same laws." Recent discoveries of dark matter are predicted by him in this book, and he goes on to show that the "Big Bang" is wrong. Sidis (SIGH-dis) shows that it is far more likely the universe is eternal

In this book you will encounter rare information regarding your true identity - the conscious self in the body - and how you may break the hypnotic spell your senses and thinking have cast about you since childhood.

Do we see the world as it truly is? In The Case Against Reality, pioneering cognitive scientist Donald Hoffman says no? we see what we need in order to survive. Our visual perceptions are not a window onto reality, Hoffman shows us, but instead are interfaces constructed by natural selection. The objects we see around us are not unlike the file icons on our computer desktops: while shaped like a small folder on our screens, the files themselves are made of a series of ones and zeros - too complex for most of us to understand. In a similar way, Hoffman argues, evolution has shaped our perceptions into simplistic illusions to help us navigate the world around us. Yet now these illusions can be manipulated by advertising and design.
Drawing on thirty years of Hoffman's own influential research, as well as evolutionary biology, game theory, neuroscience, and philosophy, The Case Against Reality makes the mind-bending yet utterly convincing case that the world is nothing like what we see through our eyes.

At the height of the Cold War, JFK risked committing the greatest crime in human history: starting a nuclear war. Horrified by the specter of nuclear annihilation, Kennedy gradually turned away from his long-held Cold Warrior beliefs and toward a policy of lasting peace. But to the military and intelligence agencies in the United States, who were committed to winning the Cold War at any cost, Kennedy’s change of heart was a direct threat to their power and influence. Once these dark “Unspeakable” forces recognized that Kennedy’s interests were in direct opposition to their own, they tagged him as a dangerous traitor, plotted his assassination, and orchestrated the subsequent cover-up.

2020 saw a spike in deaths in America, smaller than you might imagine during a pandemic, some of which could be attributed to COVID and to initial treatment strategies that were not effective. But then, in 2021, the stats people expected went off the rails. The CEO of the OneAmerica insurance company publicly disclosed that during the third and fourth quarters of 2021, death in people of working age (18–64) was 40 percent higher than it was before the pandemic. Significantly, the majority of the deaths were not attributed to COVID. A 40 percent increase in deaths is literally earth-shaking. Even a 10 percent increase in excess deaths would have been a 1-in-200-year event. But this was 40 percent. And therein lies a story—a story that starts with obvious questions: - What has caused this historic spike in deaths among younger people? - What has caused the shift from old people, who are expected to die, to younger people, who are expected to keep living?

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

The Tavistock Institute, in Sussex, England, describes itself as a nonprofit charity that applies social science to contemporary issues and problems. But this book posits that it is the world’s center for mass brainwashing and social engineering activities. It grew from a somewhat crude beginning at Wellington House into a sophisticated organization that was to shape the destiny of the entire planet, and in the process, change the paradigm of modern society. In this eye-opening work, both the Tavistock network and the methods of brainwashing and psychological warfare are uncovered.

A seminal and controversial figure in the history of political thought and public relations, Edward Bernays (1891–1995), pioneered the scientific technique of shaping and manipulating public opinion, which he famously dubbed “engineering of consent.” During World War I, he was an integral part of the U.S. Committee on Public Information (CPI), a powerful propaganda apparatus that was mobilized to package, advertise and sell the war to the American people as one that would “Make the World Safe for Democracy.” The CPI would become the blueprint in which marketing strategies for future wars would be based upon.
Bernays applied the techniques he had learned in the CPI and, incorporating some of the ideas of Walter Lipmann, as well as his uncle, Sigmund Freud, became an outspoken proponent of propaganda as a tool for democratic and corporate manipulation of the population. His 1928 bombshell Propaganda lays out his eerily prescient vision for using propaganda to regiment the collective mind in a variety of areas, including government, politics, art, science and education. To read this book today is to frightfully comprehend what our contemporary institutions of government and business have become in regards to organized manipulation of the masses.

Undressing the Bible: in Hebrew, the Old Testament speaks for itself, explicitly and transparently. It tells of mysterious beings, special and powerful ones, that appeared on Earth.
Aliens?
Former earthlings?
Superior civilizations, that have always been present on our planet?
Creators, manipulators, geneticists. Aviators, warriors, despotic rulers. And scientists, possessing very advanced knowledge, special weapons and science-fiction-like technologies.
Once naked, the Bible is very different from how it has always been told to us: it does not contain any spiritual, omnipotent and omniscient God, no eternity. No apples and no creeping, tempting, serpents. No winged angels. Not even the Red Sea: the people of the Exodus just wade through a simple reed bed.
Writer and journalist Giorgio Cattaneo sits down with Italy's most renowned biblical translator for his first long interview about his life's work for the English audience. A decade long official Bible translator for the Church and lifelong researcher of ancient myths and tales, Mauro Bilglino is a unicum in his field of expertise and research. A fine connoisseur of dead languages, from ancient Greek to Hebrew and medieval Latin, he focused his attention and efforts on the accurate translating of the bible.
The encounter with Mauro Biglino and his work - the journalist writes - is profoundly healthy, stimulating and inevitably destabilizing: it forces us to reconsider the solidity of the awareness that nourishes many of our common beliefs. And it is a testament to the courage that is needed, today more than ever, to claim the full dignity of free research.

Most people have heard of Jesus Christ, considered the Messiah by Christians, and who lived 2000 years ago. But very few have ever heard of Sabbatai Zevi, who declared himself the Messiah in 1666. By proclaiming redemption was available through acts of sin, he amassed a following of over one million passionate believers, about half the world's Jewish population during the 17th century.Although many Rabbis at the time considered him a heretic, his fame extended far and wide. Sabbatai's adherents planned to abolish many ritualistic observances, because, according to the Talmud, holy obligations would no longer apply in the Messianic time. Fasting days became days of feasting and rejoicing. Sabbateans encouraged and practiced sexual promiscuity, adultery, incest and religious orgies.After Sabbati Zevi's death in 1676, his Kabbalist successor, Jacob Frank, expanded upon and continued his occult philosophy. Frankism, a religious movement of the 18th and 19th centuries, centered on his leadership, and his claim to be the reincarnation of the Messiah Sabbatai Zevi. He, like Zevi, would perform "strange acts" that violated traditional religious taboos, such as eating fats forbidden by Jewish dietary laws, ritual sacrifice, and promoting orgies and sexual immorality. He often slept with his followers, as well as his own daughter, while preaching a doctrine that the best way to imitate God was to cross every boundary, transgress every taboo, and mix the sacred with the profane. Hebrew University of Jerusalem Professor Gershom Scholem called Jacob Frank, "one of the most frightening phenomena in the whole of Jewish history".Jacob Frank would eventually enter into an alliance formed by Adam Weishaupt and Meyer Amshel Rothschild called the Order of the Illuminati. The objectives of this organization was to undermine the world's religions and power structures, in an effort to usher in a utopian era of global communism, which they would covertly rule by their hidden hand: the New World Order. Using secret societies, such as the Freemasons, their agenda has played itself out over the centuries, staying true to the script. The Illuminati handle opposition by a near total control of the world's media, academic opinion leaders, politicians and financiers. Still considered nothing more than theory to many, more and more people wake up each day to the possibility that this is not just a theory, but a terrifying Satanic conspiracy.

This is the first English translation of this revolutionary essay by Vladimir I. Vernadsky, the great Russian-Ukrainian biogeochemist. It was first published in 1930 in French in the Revue générale des sciences pures et appliquées. In it, Vernadsky makes a powerful and provocative argument for the need to develop what he calls “a new physics,” something he felt was clearly necessitated by the implications of the groundbreaking work of Louis Pasteur among few others, but also something that was required to free science from the long-lasting effects of the work of Isaac Newton, most notably.
For hundreds of years, science had developed in a direction which became increasingly detached from the breakthroughs made in the study of life and the natural sciences, detached even from human life itself, and committed reductionists and small-minded scientists were resolved to the fact that ultimately all would be reduced to “the old physics.” The scientific revolution of Einstein was a step in the right direction, but here Vernadsky insists that there is more progress to be made. He makes a bold call for a new physics, taking into account, and fundamentally based upon, the striking anomalies of life and human life.

Using an inspired combination of geometric logic and metaphors from familiar human experience, Bucky invites readers to join him on a trip through a four-dimensional Universe, where concepts as diverse as entropy, Einstein's relativity equations, and the meaning of existence become clear, understandable, and immediately involving. In his own words: "Dare to be naive... It is one of our most exciting discoveries that local discovery leads to a complex of further discoveries." Here are three key examples or concepts from "Synergetics":

Tensegrity

Tensegrity, or tensional integrity, refers to structural systems that use a combination of tension and compression components. The simplest example of this is the "tensegrity triangle", where three struts are held in position not by touching one another but by tensioned wires. These systems are stable and flexible. Tensegrity structures are pervasive in natural systems, from the cellular level up to larger biological and even cosmological scales.

Vector Equilibrium (VE)

The Vector Equilibrium, often referred to by Fuller as the "VE", is a geometric form that he saw as the central form in his synergetic geometry. It’s essentially a cuboctahedron. Fuller noted that the VE is the only geometric form wherein all the vectors (lines from the center to the vertices) are of equal length and angular relationship. Because of this, it’s seen as a condition of absolute equilibrium, where the forces of push and pull are balanced.

Closest Packing of Spheres

Fuller was fascinated by how spheres could be packed together in the tightest possible configuration, a concept he often linked to how nature organizes systems. For example, when you stack oranges in a grocery store, they form a hexagonal pattern, and the spheres (oranges) are in closest-packed arrangement. Fuller related this principle to atomic structures and even cosmic organization.

To prepare Americans and freedom loving people everywhere for our current global wartime reality that few understand, here comes The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare (CG5GW) by Lieutenant General, U.S. Army (Retired) Michael T. Flynn and Sergeant, U.S. Army (Retired) Boone Cutler. General Flynn rose to the highest levels of the intelligence community and served as the National Security Advisor to the 45th POTUS. Sergeant Boone Cutler ran the ground game as a wartime Psychological Operations team sergeant in the United States Army. Together, these two combat veterans put their combined experience and expertise into an illuminating fifth-generation warfare information series called The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare. Introduction to 5GW is the first session of the multipart series. The series, complete with easy-to-understand diagrams, is written for all of humanity in every freedom loving country.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Biosphere :

  • Vernadsky defined the biosphere as the thin layer of Earth where life exists, encompassing all living organisms and the parts of the Earth where they interact. This includes the depths of the oceans to the upper layers of the atmosphere.
  • He posited that life plays a critical role in transforming the Earth's environment. In this view, living organisms are not just passive inhabitants of the planet, but active agents of change. This idea contrasts with more traditional views that saw life as simply adapting to pre-existing environmental conditions.
  • One example of this transformative power is the oxygen-rich atmosphere, which was created by photosynthesizing organisms over billions of years.

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Noosphere :

  • The concept of the noosphere can be seen as the next evolutionary stage following the biosphere. While the biosphere represents the realm of life, the noosphere represents the realm of human thought.
  • Vernadsky believed that, just as life transformed the Earth through the biosphere, human thought and collective intelligence would transform the planet in the era of the noosphere. This transformation would be characterized by the dominance of cultural evolution over biological evolution.
  • In this paradigm, human knowledge, technology, and cultural developments would become the primary drivers of change on the planet, influencing its future direction.
  • The term "noosphere" is derived from the Greek word “nous” meaning "mind" or "intellect" and "sphaira" meaning "sphere." So, the noosphere can be thought of as the "sphere of human thought."

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

A close analysis of the architecture of the stupa―a Buddhist symbolic form that is found throughout South, Southeast, and East Asia. The author, who trained as an architect, examines both the physical and metaphysical levels of these buildings, which derive their meaning and significance from Buddhist and Brahmanist influences.

Building on his extensive research into the sacred symbols and creation myths of the Dogon of Africa and those of ancient Egypt, India, and Tibet, Laird Scranton investigates the myths, symbols, and traditions of prehistoric China, providing further evidence that the cosmology of all ancient cultures arose from a single now-lost source.

It is at the same time a history of language, a guide to foreign tongues, and a method for learning them. It shows, through basic vocabularies, family resemblances of languages―Teutonic, Romance, Greek―helpful tricks of translation, key combinations of roots and phonetic patterns. It presents by common-sense methods the most helpful approach to the mastery of many languages; it condenses vocabulary to a minimum of essential words; it simplifies grammar in an entirely new way; and it teaches a languages as it is actually used in everyday life.
But this book is more than a guide to foreign languages; it goes deep into the roots of all knowledge as it explores the history of speech. It lights up the dim pathways of prehistory and unfolds the story of the slow growth of human expression from the most primitive signs and sounds to the elaborate variations of the highest cultures. Without language no knowledge would be possible; here we see how language is at once the source and the reservoir of all we know.

Taking only the most elementary knowledge for granted, Lancelot Hogben leads readers of this famous book through the whole course from simple arithmetic to calculus. His illuminating explanation is addressed to the person who wants to understand the place of mathematics in modern civilization but who has been intimidated by its supposed difficulty. Mathematics is the language of size, shape, and order―a language Hogben shows one can both master and enjoy.

A complete manual for the study and practice of Raja Yoga, the path of concentration and meditation. These timeless teachings is a treasure to be read and referred to again and again by seekers treading the spiritual path. The classic Sutras, at least 4,000 years old, cover the yogic teachings on ethics, meditation, and physical postures, and provide directions for dealing with situations in daily life. The Sutras are presented here in the purest form, with the original Sanskrit and with translation, transliteration, and commentary by Sri Swami Satchidananda, one of the most respected and revered contemporary Yoga masters. Sri Swamiji offers practical advice based on his own experience for mastering the mind and achieving physical, mental and emotional harmony.

William Strauss and Neil Howe will change the way you see the world - and your place in it. With blazing originality, The Fourth Turning illuminates the past, explains the present, and reimagines the future. Most remarkably, it offers an utterly persuasive prophecy about how America’s past will predict its future.

Strauss and Howe base this vision on a provocative theory of American history. The authors look back 500 years and uncover a distinct pattern: Modern history moves in cycles, each one lasting about the length of a long human life, each composed of four eras - or "turnings" - that last about 20 years and that always arrive in the same order. In The Fourth Turning, the authors illustrate these cycles using a brilliant analysis of the post-World War II period.

First comes a High, a period of confident expansion as a new order takes root after the old has been swept away. Next comes an Awakening, a time of spiritual exploration and rebellion against the now-established order. Then comes an Unraveling, an increasingly troubled era in which individualism triumphs over crumbling institutions. Last comes a Crisis - the Fourth Turning - when society passes through a great and perilous gate in history. Together, the four turnings comprise history's seasonal rhythm of growth, maturation, entropy, and rebirth.

4th Turning

Excess Deaths & Why RFK Jr. Can Win The Democratic Presidential Race - Ed Dowd | Part 1 of 2 - 06-21-2023

All original edition. Nothing added, nothing removed. This book traces the history of the ancient Khazar Empire, a major but almost forgotten power in Eastern Europe, which in the Dark Ages became converted to Judaism. Khazaria was finally wiped out by the forces of Genghis Khan, but evidence indicates that the Khazars themselves migrated to Poland and formed the cradle of Western Jewry. To the general reader the Khazars, who flourished from the 7th to 11th century, may seem infinitely remote today. Yet they have a close and unexpected bearing on our world, which emerges as Koestler recounts the fascinating history of the ancient Khazar Empire.

At about the time that Charlemagne was Emperor in the West. The Khazars' sway extended from the Black Sea to the Caspian, from the Caucasus to the Volga, and they were instrumental in stopping the Muslim onslaught against Byzantium, the eastern jaw of the gigantic pincer movement that in the West swept across northern Africa and into Spain.Thereafter the Khazars found themselves in a precarious position between the two major world powers: the Eastern Roman Empire in Byzantium and the triumphant followers of Mohammed.As Koestler points out, the Khazars were the Third World of their day. They chose a surprising method of resisting both the Western pressure to become Christian and the Eastern to adopt Islam. Rejecting both, they converted to Judaism. Mr. Koestler speculates about the ultimate faith of the Khazars and their impact on the racial composition and social heritage of modern Jewry.

Few people noticed the secret codewords used by our astronauts to describe the moon. Until now, few knew about the strange moving lights they reported.
George H. Leonard, former NASA scientist, fought through the official veil of secrecy and studied thousands of NASA photographs, spoke candidly with dozens of NASA officials, and listened to hours and hours of astronauts' tapes.
Here, Leonard presents the stunning and inescapable evidence discovered during his in-depth investigation:

  • Immense mechanical rigs, some over a mile long, working the lunar surface.
  • Strange geometric ground markings and symbols.
  • Lunar constructions several times higher than anything built on Earth.
  • Vehicles, tracks, towers, pipes, conduits, and conveyor belts running in and across moon craters.
Somebody else is indeed on the Moon, and engaged in activities on a massive scale. Our space agencies, and many of the world's top scientists, have known for years that there is intelligent life on the moon.

The article delves into the history of the Khazars, a polity in the Northern Caucasus that existed from the mid-seventh century until about 970 CE. Contrary to popular belief, the term "Khazars" is misleading as it was a multiethnic entity, and it's uncertain which specific group adopted Judaism. The Khazars first emerged in the seventh century, defeating the Bulgars, which led to the Bulgars' dispersion to various regions. The Khazar Empire was established through the expulsion of the Bulgars and was multiethnic in nature. The language spoken by the Khazars is debated, with some suggesting Turkic origins and others pointing to Slavic. The Khazars had several cities and fortresses, with significant archaeological findings. The Khazars had interactions with various empires, including wars with the Arabs and alliances with Byzantine emperors. By the mid-10th century, the Khazar capital of Itil was destroyed by the Russians. The article concludes that much of what is known about the Khazars is based on limited sources.

#Khazars #History #Caucasus #Judaism #Bulgars #Empire #Multiethnic #LanguageDebate #ArabWars #ByzantineAlliances #Itil #RussianInvasion #Archaeology #ReligiousConversion #TabletMag

In The Science of the Dogon, Laird Scranton demonstrated that the cosmological structure described in the myths and drawings of the Dogon runs parallel to modern science--atomic theory, quantum theory, and string theory--their drawings often taking the same form as accurate scientific diagrams that relate to the formation of matter.

Sacred Symbols of the Dogon uses these parallels as the starting point for a new interpretation of the Egyptian hieroglyphic language. By substituting Dogon cosmological drawings for equivalent glyph-shapes in Egyptian words, a new way of reading and interpreting the Egyptian hieroglyphs emerges. Scranton shows how each hieroglyph constitutes an entire concept, and that their meanings are scientific in nature.

The Dogon people of Mali, West Africa, are famous for their unique art and advanced cosmology. The Dogon’s creation story describes how the one true god, Amma, created all the matter of the universe. Interestingly, the myths that depict his creative efforts bear a striking resemblance to the modern scientific definitions of matter, beginning with the atom and continuing all the way to the vibrating threads of string theory. Furthermore, many of the Dogon words, symbols, and rituals used to describe the structure of matter are quite similar to those found in the myths of ancient Egypt and in the daily rituals of Judaism. For example, the modern scientific depiction of the informed universe as a black hole is identical to Amma’s Egg of the Dogon and the Egyptian Benben Stone.

The Science of the Dogon offers a case-by-case comparison of Dogon descriptions and drawings to corresponding scientific definitions and diagrams from authors like Stephen Hawking and Brian Greene, then extends this analysis to the counterparts of these symbols in both the ancient Egyptian and Hebrew religions. What is ultimately revealed is the scientific basis for the language of the Egyptian hieroglyphs, which was deliberately encoded to prevent the knowledge of these concepts from falling into the hands of all but the highest members of the Egyptian priesthood.

Anthony C. Yu’s translation of The Journey to the West,initially published in 1983, introduced English-speaking audiences to the classic Chinese novel in its entirety for the first time. Written in the sixteenth century, The Journey to the West tells the story of the fourteen-year pilgrimage of the monk Xuanzang, one of China’s most famous religious heroes, and his three supernatural disciples, in search of Buddhist scriptures. Throughout his journey, Xuanzang fights demons who wish to eat him, communes with spirits, and traverses a land riddled with a multitude of obstacles, both real and fantastical. An adventure rich with danger and excitement, this seminal work of the Chinese literary canonis by turns allegory, satire, and fantasy.

With over a hundred chapters written in both prose and poetry, The Journey to the West has always been a complicated and difficult text to render in English while preserving the lyricism of its language and the content of its plot. But Yu has successfully taken on the task, and in this new edition he has made his translations even more accurate and accessible. The explanatory notes are updated and augmented, and Yu has added new material to his introduction, based on his original research as well as on the newest literary criticism and scholarship on Chinese religious traditions. He has also modernized the transliterations included in each volume, using the now-standard Hanyu Pinyin romanization system. Perhaps most important, Yu has made changes to the translation itself in order to make it as precise as possible.

One of the great works of Chinese literature, The Journey to the West is not only invaluable to scholars of Eastern religion and literature, but, in Yu’s elegant rendering, also a delight for any reader.

The Oera Linda Book is a 19th-century translation by Dr. Ottema and WIlliam R. Sandbach of an old manuscript written in the Old Frisian language that records historical, mythological, and religious themes of remote antiquity, compiled between 2194 BC and AD 803.

  • The Oera Linda book challenges traditional views of pre-Christian societies.
  • Christianization is likened to a "great reset" that erased previous civilizations.
  • The Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people.
  • The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting patterns in history.
  • The importance of identity and understanding one's roots is highlighted.
  • The Oera Linda book offers wisdom and insights into several European languages.

The Oera Linda book offers a fresh perspective on our history, challenging the notion that pre-Christian societies were uncivilized. It suggests that the Christianization of societies was a form of "great reset," erasing and demonizing what existed before. The Oera Linda writings hint at an advanced civilization with its own laws, writing, and societal structures. Jan Ott's translation from the Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people. The text also touches upon the guilt many feel today, even if they aren't religious, about issues like climate change and historical slavery. It criticizes the way science is sometimes treated like a religion, with scientists acting as its preachers. The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting that understanding history requires recognizing patterns and cycles. Christianity is portrayed as one of the most significant resets in history, with sects fighting and erasing each other's scriptures. The importance of identity is highlighted, with a focus on the Fryans, a tribe that faced challenges from another tribe from Finland. This other tribe had a different moral compass, leading to conflicts and eventual assimilation. The text suggests that the true history of the Fryans and their values might have been distorted by subsequent Christian narratives. The Oera Linda book is seen as a source of wisdom, shedding light on the origins of several European languages and offering insights into values like freedom, truth, and justice.

#OeraLinda #History #Christianization #GreatReset #FryanLanguage #JanOtt #Civilization #OldTestament #Church #SpiritualAbuse #Identity #Fryans #Autland #Finland #Slavery #Christianity #Sects #Genocide #Torture #Bible #Freedom #Truth #Justice #Righteousness #Language #German #Dutch #Frisian #English #Scandinavian #Wisdom #Inspiration #European #Values

The Talmud is one of the most important holy books of the Hebrew religion and of the world. No English translation of the book existed until the author presented this work. To this day, very little of the actual text seems available in English -- although we find many interpretive commentaries on what it is supposed to mean. The Talmud has a reputation for being long and difficult to digest, but Polano has taken what he believes to be the best material and put it into extremely readable form. As far as holy books of the world are concerned, it is on par with The Koran, The Bhagavad-Gita and, of course, The Bible, in importance. This clearly written edition will allow many to experience The Talmud who may have otherwise not had the chance.

This five-volume set is the only complete English rendering of The Zohar, the fundamental rabbinic work on Jewish mysticism that has fascinated readers for more than seven centuries. In addition to being the primary reference text for kabbalistic studies, this magnificent work is arranged in the form of a commentary on the Bible, bringing to the surface the deeper meanings behind the commandments and biblical narrative. As The Zohar itself proclaims: Woe unto those who see in the Law nothing but simple narratives and ordinary words .... Every word of the Law contains an elevated sense and a sublime mystery .... The narratives of the Law are but the raiment Thin which it is swathed.

Twenty-one years ago, at a friend's request, a Massachusetts professor sketched out a blueprint for nonviolent resistance to repressive regimes. It would go on to be translated, photocopied, and handed from one activist to another, traveling from country to country across the globe: from Iran to Venezuela―where both countries consider Gene Sharp to be an enemy of the state―to Serbia; Afghanistan; Vietnam; the former Soviet Union; China; Nepal; and, more recently and notably, Tunisia, Egypt, Yemen, Libya, and Syria, where it has served as a guiding light of the Arab Spring.

This short, pithy, inspiring, and extraordinarily clear guide to overthrowing a dictatorship by nonviolent means lists 198 specific methods to consider, depending on the circumstances: sit-ins, popular nonobedience, selective strikes, withdrawal of bank deposits, revenue refusal, walkouts, silence, and hunger strikes. From Dictatorship to Democracy is the remarkable work that has made the little-known Sharp into the world's most effective and sought-after analyst of resistance to authoritarian regimes.

Bill Cooper, former United States Naval Intelligence Briefing Team member, reveals information that remains hidden from the public eye. This information has been kept in topsecret government files since the 1940s. His audiences hear the truth unfold as he writes about the assassination of John F. Kennedy, the war on drugs, the secret government, and UFOs. Bill is a lucid, rational, and powerful speaker whose intent is to inform and to empower his audience. Standing room only is normal. His presentation and information transcend partisan affiliations as he clearly addresses issues in a way that has a striking impact on listeners of all backgrounds and interests. He has spoken to many groups throughout the United States and has appeared regularly on many radio talk shows and on television. In 1988 Bill decided to "talk" due to events then taking place worldwide, events that he had seen plans for back in the early 1970s. Bill correctly predicted the lowering of the Iron Curtain, the fall of the Berlin Wall, and the invasion of Panama. All Bill's predictions were on record well before the events occurred. Bill is not a psychic. His information comes from top secret documents that he read while with the Intelligence Briefing Team and from over seventeen years of research.

The argument that the 16th Amendment (which concerns the federal income tax) was not properly ratified and thus is invalid has been a topic of debate among some tax protesters and scholars. One of the individuals associated with this theory is Bill Benson, who asserted that the 16th Amendment was fraudulently ratified. Here's a brief overview of the argument: 1. Research and Documentation: Bill Benson, along with another individual named M.J. "Red" Beckman, wrote a two-volume work called "The Law That Never Was" in the 1980s. This work was a product of Benson's extensive travels to various state archives to examine the original ratification documents related to the 16th Amendment. 2. Claims of Irregularities: In his work, Benson presented evidence that claimed many of the states either did not ratify the 16th Amendment properly or made mistakes in their resolutions. Some of these alleged irregularities included misspellings, incorrect wording, and other deviations from the proposed amendment. 3. Philander Knox's Role: In 1913, Philander Knox, who was the U.S. Secretary of State at the time, declared that the 16th Amendment had been ratified by the necessary three-fourths of the states. Benson's contention is that Knox was aware of the various discrepancies and irregularities in the ratification process but chose to fraudulently declare the amendment ratified anyway. 4. Legal Challenges and Court Rulings: Over the years, some tax protesters have used Benson's findings to challenge the legality of the income tax. However, these challenges have been consistently rejected by the courts. In fact, several courts have addressed Benson's research and arguments directly and found them to be without legal merit. The courts have repeatedly upheld the validity of the 16th Amendment. 5. Counterarguments: Critics of Benson's theory argue that even if there were minor discrepancies in the wording or format of the ratification documents, they do not invalidate the overarching intent of the states to ratify the amendment. Additionally, they assert that there's no substantive evidence that Knox acted fraudulently. It's worth noting that despite the popularity of this theory among certain groups, the legal consensus in the U.S. is that the 16th Amendment was validly ratified and is a legitimate part of the U.S. Constitution. Those who refuse to pay income taxes based on this theory have faced legal penalties.

The article delves into the evolution of the concept of the ether in physics. Historically, the ether was postulated to explain the propagation of light, with figures like Newton and Huygens suggesting its existence. By the late 19th century, Maxwell's electromagnetic theory linked light's propagation to the ether, a theory experimentally validated by Hertz in 1888. Lorentz expanded on this, focusing on wave transmission in moving media. The article contrasts the English approach, which sought tangible models, with the phenomenological view, which aimed for a descriptive approach without specific hypotheses. The piece also touches on various mechanical theories and models proposed over the years, emphasizing the challenges in defining the ether's properties and its evolving nature in scientific discourse.

As an Amazon Associate I earn from qualifying purchases.


Clif High w/ David Rodriguez: September Fall Bombshell Intel You Don’t Wanna Miss – 09-14-2023

Clif High w/ David Rodriguez: September Fall Bombshell Intel You Don't Wanna Miss - 09-14-2023

Clif High w/ David Rodriguez: September Fall Bombshell Intel You Don't Wanna Miss - 09-14-2023

Episode Summary:

Nino's corner TV hosts a conversation with Cliff High, who is described as a mad scientist type of intellect. The discussion revolves around the current state of the world, which seems to be in the midst of a war that's escalating. Cliff has developed software that measures building and release tension, emotional indicators that suggest societal unrest. The software has shown alarming levels of tension, much higher than usual. Cliff compares the current situation to past events like 9/11, suggesting that the world might be on the brink of another significant event. He believes that the upcoming event might be orchestrated to divert attention from the looming financial crisis. The conversation touches on the potential for directed energy weapons to be used in this event, with a focus on the U.S. central region. The discussion also delves into the potential consequences of such an attack, including the destruction of the internet's backbone.

#NinosCorner #CliffHigh #GlobalTensions #Software #EmotionalUnrest #9/11 #FinancialCrisis #DirectedEnergyWeapons #USCentral #InternetDisruption #Predictions #War #EmotionalTension #ReleaseTension #BuildingTension #UpcomingEvent #Diversions #Conversations #PotentialFallout #MajorEvent #GlobalState #Escalation #PotentialAttack #SignificantEvent #Warnings

Clif High w/ David Rodriguez: September Fall Bombshell Intel You Don't Wanna Miss - 09-14-2023

Hi, folks. Welcome to Nino’s corner TV. I am joined with Cliff High, once again, long awaited. I haven't talked to you in a long time, Cliff, and I gotta tell you, I'm honored to have you back on. I love our conversation.

I miss our conversations, to be honest. Yeah, you're one of the mad, I would like to say geniuses out there that I consider like a mad scientist type of intellect. I love having you on the show, Matt. So thank you for coming back. Sure, no worries, guy.

No worries. Glad to do it. I've had so many guests on my show, both on YouTube and on my back channels. And I know this is going to go pretty deep, but it looks like we're right in the smack dab middle of this war. It looks like it's really starting to escalate.

It looks like there's no slowing down. Both sides are going all in. And I know you've created that software. Are you still using that software? What can you tell us?

Cliff, I'll let you have the floor. What are you seeing pan out right now? What are you seeing happening? What's going on?

All right, so my software has a certain bit of alarm showing, right? Okay, so my software has a range of values for building and release tension. Okay? So there are two different types of emotional tension. Building tension where you're getting ready to fight, and then the release where you're releasing it.

Right. So, like Terry Cassidy the other day was releasing all over.

Anyway, a reminder. Yeah. So here's the thing. So the top end of my scale is of the delta between the building tension and the release tension is 580. Sometimes is only the difference is only in the threes.

Okay. Now these are just numbers. The numbers are not in and of themselves meaningful because they change slightly as I adjust numbers on the words. But what's important is the level of the range has been consistent since more or less consistent. I've had to enlarge the range a couple of times since, say like 2001.

All right, so now we have a situation where the delta is not within that range. It's out here at 81 point something. Okay, so 13 times higher than our usual that is the tension in which are you talking about? Like you could tell by the chatter on the internet. Correct.

My software is going through and picking up language that's being leaked, picking up the emotions, and it gets it right and it gets it like that. And we'd have building tension and then you'd have release of that language. Right. And so what we're looking at now, this is release. That's like an outpouring, grief, suffering, wailing, all of that kind of shit, right?

It could also be happiness. Okay. That's release partying. Let's party. That's release language now.

Right now it's hovering at 81 something.

This would be like looking like building tension. Release tension. Building tension release tension building tension. Release tension. Wow.

Right? So here's the thing. Is there a way to tell between the two? Between the release? Yeah, it's release language that is dominating what kind of release it is.

I don't think it's a party. Okay. So I think it's pretty negative. I get confirmation on my stuff by watching people that are psychic that have proven records as like remote viewers or psychic intuitives or whatever, right. And all over the internet, no matter what language, iranian, Russian, Estonian, Albanian, all of the psychics are picking something up, all right?

And my buddy Dick Algier, and I'm going to talk to him tomorrow, and we're going to do a video on this. He and his remote viewing group are also picking up something way big. Now, here's the thing with this. I'm not going to get into the details on his, but he has talked about this on JC's, on Beyond Mystic Channel. They had a remote viewing, Dick and his group, everybody goes to Remote View and they all get this same subject, but it's nowhere near what the question was.

And so everybody know we screwed up, something went wonky. So they do it again and it happens again. Everybody gets the same thing, but it's nowhere near what they were the question they were being asked. So basically what happens is like this if you're a psychic and you go out or a remote viewer. So remote viewers are like, in my opinion, they are the black belts of psychic, okay?

They're trained, all right? So they train themselves in a martial arts fashion to get better at their craft, whereas a psychic just goes along right. And doesn't really know, they never examine it and so on. Honed in. Correct.

Okay, so the remote viewers here are saying that they want to go and look at this target. Here's the target. And that's where they're being sent by the remote viewing tasking. But their view is always pulled over this way, no matter what they do, okay? And it's because this thing is so damn big that it overshadows their ability to get at that some kind of event.

Correct. Okay, so here's the thing. I'll let Dick characterize it tomorrow in his group and stuff, right? But conceptually, this is the same thing that's happening with that 81 number, okay? We're going to have some event that's going to have so much release language following it that it's going to dominate everything.

And so I'm saying that this is between three and 13 times as Emotive as 911. Holy shit. And bigger than Lahaina.

So if you really think about this, we've kind of got a pigeonholed right now with Biden and everything that's happening with the House hearings. The walls are closing in on them. They're going to start playing. You don't think so they don't care about that. They don't care about that.

That's a minor little ripple to them. But they have to make some kind of big move. Correct. They have to make no. Okay, so in my understanding that would not be accurate.

Okay. Now what's driving everything is the dollar, the money. Okay? And so here's the deal. 911 was done to cover a financial situation.

All of the financial records that would have exposed all of the deep state and everything were in building seven. And what happened to it? Magically, it disappeared, right. As along with all the records. And we had that event that brought in the Patriot Act.

So I would not be surprised right now that there was some dictatorial law 2000 pages of crap that's already ready to go for whatever this event is. Okay? I believe that it's my thinking that this event is going to be triggered is triggered in the future by events that are going on now relative to the financial situation. And that in our Great War, the Great Awakening, the politics in the United States, all of that is a minor little battlefield. Okay?

It's not the main deal. So if this were World War II and whatever this is that's coming is the equivalent of like D Day. All of the political stuff that we've gone through in the last year are the little skirmishes in northern Africa between Rommel and the various British generals. Okay? They're big deals, but they don't really alter the nature of the war.

All of that outcome is for sure already. So it could be some kind of a financial apocalypse? Well, no, it wouldn't be like that. Okay, so the financial apocalypse is already happening. So this is a little tricky.

So stick with me on this, all right? Hyperinflation is not an economic or a fiscal thing, okay? You're going along, you got inflation at 40%, and then in one month inflation could jump to 100 or 120%. Okay? It doesn't happen because of how much money they're putting into the system at that stage.

It is entirely a psychological wave that sweeps through the population where they say, holy shit, this is not worth toilet paper. I've got to spend this thing right now and get some level of value out of it because tomorrow it's going to be worth less. So if it took one of these to buy a sheet of toilet paper today, it'll take two or three of them to buy a sheet of toilet paper tomorrow, so I'd better spend it today. That's what hyperinflation is. It's this emotion, this tension, this building tension, value around the value of the currency, and it just triggers and the whole population within days because one person starts panic spending, buying everything they can, as though they were suddenly trying to hoard things, right?

And the grocery store owner sees this, mrs. Jones, why are you buying three carts full of steaks? That kind of thing. Right, exactly. Panic buying.

And the panic starts to so the panic ultimately spreads up into the financial people all right? And so the people that the Federal Reserve cannot have a hyperinflationary episode work through the population of the US. They could sort of deal with it if it worked through dollars that are outside of our country. Right. They could manage that a little bit.

It would cause big problems here. We'd get up to, like, maybe 60% inflation, but somewhere between where we're at now, which is like 40% inflation and 60% inflation, is the potential to trigger over to hyperinflation, where everybody, as soon as you get paid, you spend it all that day. Okay? This has huge ramifications for a system that is run on credit cards and electronics. Because at the end of every month, when people got paid with paychecks or the end of every week, there's going to be a massive spike of spending and then everything dries up in the rest of that week and it really alters the nature of the social order.

So the powers that be, the Federal Reserve, the mother Weffers, they're fighting among themselves all the time. Our Federal Reserve right now is caught in a quandary. Do they try and save the Federal Reserve note and thus themselves? Or do they pay attention to what Klaus Schwab and the mother Weffers want to do? It is my thinking that the upcoming hyperinflationary wave that could hit the US.

Has to be offset in a 911 kind of a fashion. They need an
event to try and cover their ass. So I don't think we're talking about banks failing. I don't think we're talking about digital anything. I think we're talking about a physical attack, and I believe it'll probably be directed energy weapons because of the efficiency of that attack.

Okay, so there was all kinds of magic. So the Khazarian mafia employed thousands, thousands of Jewish witches prior to 911, and they worked the magic, right? And they worked it up for the entire month of August and for the first ten days of September, we watched this those of us that track this shit online, we watched this happen. We didn't know what it was going to lead to, but it led to 911. Okay, so it is my thinking was at work before 911, they were going all in for that.

Okay? Correct. So they're trying to work the spiritual side, the financial side, the psychological side, the war side, all of it together in a package. This is how you have to think. Holistically right?

And so, in my opinion, they will have an event, and they will try and capitalize on and control as much of their problems as they can with this one event. But to my way of thinking all right, so my way of thinking is that things are not static over time, that humans learn. Humans have an experience. We harden with time. Right?

And so if you beat me every day for a week about the shoulders, my shoulders could get pretty tough. Right? On that next week, they'll be sore. Two weeks after that, you won't be able to beat my shoulders to any good effect at all because I will have toughened up. This is the nature of our reality.

Okay? So my thinking is that this was 911 and that kept them going until 2020 on their plan, right? But we can't have another 911. Our emotional upheaval and stuff is way the hell up here already. Whatever higher than that.

Correct. In order for them to control us, they need to have something, as I was saying, between three and 13 times higher than 911 to try and extend that out into 2024. Now, bear in mind, look how long they got with 911. We're up so high that all they're hoping to do is to control one more year. So you see their desperation almost nuclear, probably.

There you go. Now let's discuss that. Okay, so I'm not of the opinion that they can do a nuke, all right? And here's why. In order for a nuke to be used, they would have to involve several thousands of people, all right?

And they're not in a position now where they can go around and clean up those several thousands of people afterwards that they don't talk. And look at how shaky everything is in terms of their ability to ensure silence, right? You got all these whistleblowers people that used to be down and dirty, they ain't getting paid, so now they're talking, right?

And they can't be bribed anymore because the paper is no good because it's all interconnected and the paper doesn't have any purchasing power, right? So what if you get a million dollars? Big deal. That's just not going to keep you silent that long, especially at this level. This goes along with Juan Savings vent of Cuban Missile Crisis 2.0.

Okay, let's stop right there though. Okay, so that was nukes. Now here's the thing about nukes. A small nuke, not like suitcase, but like a small nuke that could be used on a city requires a big airplane. It requires a crew, it requires fuel.

There's paper trails left everywhere. There's people involved, there's airports, there's the potential for security. That all is going to come back and bite them in the ass. And they're so desperate to control through this year that they don't want to deal with any kind of fallout in between from whatever the hell there is they're doing. And it's a cost issue, okay?

It costs you real money to bribe several thousands of people, even if they don't know why they're being bribed or what's going on. It is easier to have a screen in China, Indonesia, Malaysia, India, the United States, even somebody sitting behind a screen pushing a button on a drone that releases a series of energy weapons. There is a cost to this, but it's far less than thousands of people loading a nuke. It's only maybe 50 people. Wait, you're talking about direct energy weapons.

Correct. What we saw in Lahaina. But they had to blame climate change on no, no. Okay, so track me on this. All right, so there's three types of directed energy weapons, all right?

There's the sonic one, and we're not going to really deal with that at this time, but there's the lasers, and then there's the high power microwaves. Now, the lasers are part of the process, but the damage is done by the high power microwaves. The high power microwaves, though, have a failure.

I would think I'm getting the picture here. Are you talking about a mass die off of people with a vaccine? I don't know. It's going to be really magnificently violent. But here's my thinking, okay?

All right. So what I think they're going to do, because of the nature of what I've got in my data, and maybe I have yet to talk to Dick, and I have yet to even watch his video that he sent me on their debriefing. They're so kind to do that. Dick and his crew are just such nice guys. But anyway, so here's what I think that's going to happen.

We'll just say that down here there's a valley, and this is the target in the place that I think this is going to happen, there's a pretty consistent cloud cover.

What I think they're going to do is I think they're going to use a laser, and they're going to disrupt the cloud cover with the lasers. Lasers are a clear view energy weapon. They don't work through clouds, right? But lasers can be used to remove a cloud cover such that your high power microwave can beam in through it. Because if a high power microwave starts beaming in and hits a high enough water level in the clouds, it does all of the damage and stuff up there.

So my thinking because of some of the stuff I've got in the data is that this X right here, okay? So my description on this is this valley and mountains and other things that make me think of Cheyenne Mountain, denver Airport, and one other place I'm not going to go into. Okay? So let's just assume that I'm correct about this, that it's going to be one of these mountainous places. So I'm thinking that this attack that's going to take place is planned right now for Central US.

But they're going to blame it on a natural event. But it's not going to be climate change. It's going to be a meteor. It's going to be a system. Everything they're going to take right now, here's the thing, okay?

So my data sets have provided me hints, and that's all it is, just hints. Just made me psychically. Tune in and think of these three particular places cheyenne Mountain and the Denver airport. Then there's this one other one that would be really bizarre. It has these kind of criteria in terms of what it looks like, but if they hit that one, it would destroy the internet.

Okay. It would break the backbone of the internet for some period of time, especially in the US. It would slice us into regions because of the place there has this particular set of equipment. Right. And so it would be really strange.

It would be like with the ten days of darkness. Correct. Only it wouldn't be ten days. It'd be like in the United States, it'd be like ten years. Because we don't have enough replacement equipment.

We don't have the people to do it. If they do this, bear in mind down here, it's going to look like a nuke hit, okay? Because this directed energy weapon can just keep beaming on down there. Also, so grasp this, this high power microwave. You'll sometimes see it as HPW for just regular wave or HPM.

That's what they used to destroy the 911 towers as they were falling. That's what caused the free fall and the dustification of the 911 towers. So they just sighted down on the towers, hit a button, and dissolved it on the way down. So there was 1.25 million tons of material in the towers. Do you know how much they hauled off?

Do you know how much they actually hauled off? 40 truckloads. 40 truckloads of material. Wow. So where did the 1.25 million tons go?

It was turned into dust and gas. And so this is what I think is going to happen. Now, if this is the Denver airport, they're after whatever the hell is underneath it, okay? So they would just keep going and going and going and going until there was just a big smoking crater in the ground. Because we also can say it would make sense.

Also Cheyenne Mountain, because correct. Trump shut down Cheyenne Mountain. That's basically their opposition right there. That's our stronghold. And also Cheyenne mountain was connected to whatever the hell's under Maui.

Wow. So they got to take that out. I don't know. They got to take out Cheyenne mountain. See, I think these guys are not very sophisticated, so I wouldn't do things this way, but I'm not a bad guy.

Okay. But I think they have to do something that is energetic and psychologically captivating. And the second part of it controls how much is the first part is used. They need so much energy into this that they capture our minds and hold them for a year. They want to get us into release language, know, in flux so that they can move us and control us for a year.

Denver, it'd be a target. Not just the airport, the whole place. Well, there's the thing with the directed energy weapons. They spread out. They're precise, but they're not like pinpoint, right?

So they spread out in their effect. So just beaming it down in on the airport is probably going to do a lot of damage to the whole region. What may even affect all of Colorado for all I know, because they got to go through if they were going to get the Denver airport, they've got to get that huge layer on top. This has to happen before the election cycle,
so it has to happen between now and November of 21. Okay?

So in my opinion, it's not connected to the elections directly, okay? It's connected to the finances, all right? And so in my opinion, this would have to happen before April 3 of next year. And again, in my opinion I'm sorry, that's what Juanito says. He says the same thing.

That the timeline. Okay, let me explain this. Let me just tell me this adds up to you. October testing of the national emergency system is October 4. He said that lines up with about six months out, which would be November, December, January, February, March, April, April, okay, it's a power number, a power time, April 4.

Here's the deal about that, okay? So that's correct. All of that's factual. There's another thing to take into consideration. These people are into the dark arts, our enemies, all right?

So bear in mind, we fight warlocks and witches. So I'm a shaman. Okay? I know magic. I can do magic.

I can do everything a warlock does. It's just I got better things to do, right? So here's the thing. I know that and I know that they must cooperate in their magic with cycles. So I'm not so sure that they would let it go beyond the first part of March.

It's going to be much better for them to do it in the winter than it is in the spring. Just, that's why things happen in the fall, right, to set us up so they can magnify the winter effect on our minds and control us that much longer. You know how you feel in the winter, right? Is it because it's so freezing? Why would they do it in the winter, okay, because there's less light, all right?

This is really spooky, dude. We are light beings, okay? So if you wrap yourself up in tinfoil, not only will you overheat, you will have a fantastic experience in your pineal gland as all of your biophotons are pushed back into your body. I do not recommend this, okay? It can kill you, but it is akin to a psychedelic without taking a drug.

It is that powerful. We are light beings. We react to the sun, we react to light from the stars, we react to reflected light, et cetera, et cetera. In the winter, we have so much less because of the angles of the sun and stuff, especially up in the northern hemisphere, so they're going to try and harmonize. So what if I wrap myself in tinfoil and take a psychedelic?

Oh, you wouldn't survive. No way. No way. Dude, the bigger you are, the more biophotons you extrude. Okay, I'm sorry, bigger you are, as I said, or what did you say?

Yeah, the larger mass. You have the physical mass, whether it's fat or muscle, doesn't matter much. There's slight gain with muscle over fat, but you emit more biophotons. Okay. So bigger people are going to suffer.

The effects have a bigger trip, so to speak, than smaller, thinner people. It's just the way it works. You're just not going to get as much of this bounce back into the pineal gland. Now, if your pineal gland is calcified, you're not going to feel very much. You just get overheated and you're going to throw up.

Right. And like I say, it can kill you, so don't do this. But my point being that we are light creatures and look, dude, how many times have you been treated with light for your injuries? The red light pads, all of those kind of things, right? Yeah.

Come to think of it, yes. And you know, if you were to be like up in the Northeast in the winter, you know how you would feel less light in the day? You don't care so much about the cold, but it's the light that impacts you. So I think these guys would harmonize. And so of course I'm thinking they're going to maybe do it before January ish.

Right. Maybe it could get as far as February, but shortly thereafter, the angles don't favor them. The next time they would have an opportunity would be the next fall. I don't think they can survive that long economically. I agree.

That's too late. Juanito and I have talked about this, and I've had some other people on that. This fall looks like a vertical jump in the drama. Are you seeing that as well this fall? Just because I'm saying it on my program.

That's what that release language is. Release language is Carrie Cassidy's drama that hit you the other day. She was like nine out of ten of her statements were release language. Yeah. That wet fish just slapping you upside the face.

I mean, I could hear the blows over here while I was sweeping. Yeah, I'm abused Cliff. Yeah.

At least you heal quick. It's all right.

So then what happens after that, as that happens, and this event, whatever this event is, which you say is going to be your theory is it could be direct energy weapon. Right. That makes the most sense. What's the aftermath of that? Do you have any kind of reading on that?

Okay. All right. The bad guys don't want you to know that this is part of the war, so they're going to have to do everything they can. So they are creating any warm temperatures that exist in their climate change model. That's all entirely hoaxed up.

Right. So we would expect a massive, massive, massive psychological operation all focusing on this being a natural occurrence of a meteor hitting us. They may even throw act of God. You want to impeach Biden and you get a meteor, that kind of shit. They'll do everything, just pile on the psychological crap after this supposed meteor hits us, and then they're going to get on the case and be serious about it.

On any blowback that people would say it wasn't a meteor, but could it be? Maybe. Could they play the alien card prematurely? Could they do that right now? Could that be the next thing?

That's why they were so pissed about the congress yesterday or the other day. Okay, so you know they showed two alien bodies in the Mexican congress, right? Oh, Mexican. Yeah, Mexican. Congress.

Okay, but see, here's the thing. There was verbiage, quite a bit of verbiage coming out of the Department of Defense that was saying, all this is bogus. And it's like, why does our Department of Defense give a crap about what the Mexican Congress hears about space aliens? Maybe they care because they didn't want that whole shock value to be taken away from them. Got you.

And it's already starting to spread around the planet. People are now starting to sell space alien artifacts on ebay, that kind of thing. Not the artifacts of the space aliens, but what the humans did in carving the space aliens that they interacted with, et cetera. Right? So does this event, since you can foresee this coming, and I'm sure the white hats can, the good guys can.

We all can. Now my audience can. Now that we see this event coming, can we stop this, or do we need to stop it, or does it need to happen? Okay, so there you go. Dude, that's above my pay grade.

That's a question for universe. All right? So I'm a doer in the body. My job is to do shit on this planet, to learn and to die, okay? So I'm not the thinker, I'm not the knower of information like that.

So I don't know if enough of us were looking in Denver or looking at Cheyenne Mountain, would they do it? If enough of us say it's not going to be a nuke, it's going to look like a meteor, they're going to fake a meteor, they're going to do it directed energy weapons. Will they do it? What's his name just said he isn't going to run out of Utah. Yeah.

Okay, so why did he do that? Because enough of us are looking at him and saying, crime, crime, crime. And look at what's happened with the mother weapons themselves. The level of degradation is huge. The last conference, this is a panic move that they have to pay.

They have to play this card. They have no choice right now. It could be stopped, okay? Not necessarily by you and me directly forming a huge mass of people that are all looking at the same place, but maybe because we all get excited about something like this, maybe because we're all psychic and we're feeling something coming like this. Our white hat guys pay attention and go do shit, okay?

So this is kind of like the quandary that you faced the other day when Carrie was hitting you with that mackerel all right, because she was saying that why didn't the interceptor platform stop it? Why didn't the military stop it? Well, we don't have interceptor platforms, that for one thing.

But anyway, though but you see my point here, right? I don't know if this has to happen. If it happens, then we must be moved by universe to fight fiercely any psychological stuff that comes on out, because maybe we'll break them right there. Maybe so many people will know in advance that they're going to fake up a meteor that when they come on out and say, oh, look, Denver Airport just got hit by a meteor. Everybody and their brother is just going to erupt and just be a giant riot on the Internet and the planet and so on, and we'll get rid of them all.

Wouldn't they have to use MSM to bring forth this problem? In other words, problem reaction, solution. So wouldn't they probably a month before the meteor hits, start putting it out on television and saying, oh, it's coming, there's something, or was that there's already been two of those really two new objects in our solar system. One from about three months back. I remember Lester Holt talked about a mothership that came into our solar system.

Yeah. And beyond all of the space aliens and all of that. But I'm saying that there's two rocks they've identified, so maybe they've got their candidates lined up, right? Wow. So we could be looking at some kind of catastrophe that's going to surpass 911.

An attack. It's not a catastrophe, an attack that they'll blame on nature. They'll have to blame it on nature like some God, whatever. That will probably be an event that happens before April. That's what we're here.

We're not psychic. We're just saying this is our no, we are psychic. Everybody that gets on the Internet
and just types shit, leaks out language because they're psychic and they don't have any other way to get it out. And I pick that up. And also I talk to people that know they're psychic that have routines, that have rituals, or in the case of, like the remote viewers that know rigid protocols that have formality and that are successful and have a huge track record.

And the psychics are saying some shit's coming at us now. I'm going to talk to Dick Algae tomorrow afternoon, and he'll put it up on his site at some point, right? And he will show his drawings and these kind of things as to what he's got on this. And you go watch that, and then maybe you're going to want to interview Dick Algae and talk to him about that from his viewpoint, right? Did you make that connection?

Yes, I will. I will send you email. No worries. I'll tell Dick, et cetera. Okay.

He's in Hawaii so you got time.

Uh, so you need to personally ask him questions about what he saw, how he did it, et cetera, et cetera, so that you will be assured, as I am, that he's, in essence, validating what I'm getting numerically. So bear in mind, what shocked me was not any particular kind of language coming through. It was the numeric sums that I run every damn time on this language in order to get the delta of the release versus tension to see if we're going to go into a building tension period or if we're going into release. Now, if I were to say it, I would suggest that an 81 level of a release value would last about a year. Could it be a coronal mass injection?

Could it be a solar flare that they blame it on? Might be. I don't know what they're going to pick, but they're going to cause it because I've seen some news on that. And so maybe they use that. Okay, see, that's a little difficult.

So here's their real problem, all right? So think of it this way. If they use a directed energy weapon and slam into Cheyenne or any place in the United States, continental United States, right, it doesn't matter where, but if they use a do and they do that, then what's Putin going to say? What are all these world leaders going to say when these fuckers say, hey, it's a meteor. Putin's going to say, no, we didn't see anything coming in.

All these other places are going to say, no, it's no meteor. We don't see shit coming. Know you guys are lying. And Putin, he's based he'll call them liars to their face, right? And all of us and see, now we're at that point where they probably, in my estimation, are having ambivalence about every single move they make.

And something this large is going to cause them many repeated trips to the toilet as they ponder this, right, because it's going to release their bowels every time they think about the potential blowback on this because it's so vulnerable to their psychological operation not working. And here's the thing. So you're a professional fighter. Have you ever had any fights that were not in a ring, not supervised? Yeah, many.

Okay, so you know the feeling then as the situation evolves into a fight and how the language builds up in tension and then at some point it's no longer language, it shifts over into the physical, right? Okay. At the point that it shifts over into the physical, that's the point at which we enter into an area of the unknown. We don't know how it's going to come out, right. But we know that two things about this.

There's going to be that the fight is ongoing now and that the outcome is irreversible. You can't stop the fight in the middle and everybody go back to their positions. It's not organized that way. So you will feel that issue of change, that state of flux, go through your body. And I bet you, you felt it in your gut.

You would feel a little bit of butterflies before you started getting moving, right, as the language is rising, okay? So that's what's affecting them. And they've got butterflies like mad because it's going to be irreversible once they do it. And with an 81 value on my metrics, and that would go for a year, imagine what would happen that would go for a year. If we had enough normies that believed them, if there was enough control mechanisms that they could put in, what would be the other side of that 81 value in release language?

Hang them. Right? Which is going to happen anyway. But no, there is that option, okay? What I'm talking about is lynch mobs.

Now, so I grew up in the south, okay? Streets. This will be the big one, right? So if they do this and they're not able to get enough normies to stifle the rest of the opposition to all the bullshit they're putting out because they need a certain mass of normies to be able to stand up to the rest of us saying, hang them. Right?

And if they don't, they'll be pulled out of airplanes, their limos will be stopped on the road. People will decide, I'm an assassin, I'm a hitman. And maybe they won't make it because of the security and so forth. But imagine Bill Gates being his security people, having to kill people that were coming to kill Bill Gates. That's going to freak that motherfucker right out.

They'll quit. They won't put their life in danger that much. They'll be done. They'll be on his own. Okay, so there's the problem guy, all right, so it's estimated that 1% of the human population at any given time is a psychopath, okay?

So we have 311 millions in the US. That means we got 3.11 million psychopaths. So there's a lot of psychopaths. They don't react the way that and then there's this other group. It's estimated that there's 3% of the population are sociopaths.

And a sociopath, he'll go along with the psychopath, he'll kill for the psychopath, right? But the sociopath, they're not wedded to this ideology that the psychopath has, and they'll flee. So I agree with you. Those people would not put their lives at risk. But I bet you Bill Gates got his security people out of that 3.1 million psychopaths, and so they would stay to fight just because of the fight.

Yeah, well, no, I get it. Totally the same cartels. Exactly.

So under those circumstances, you would have fierce fights from the security people around these individuals, right? But they would get whittled down, and eventually they would be killed or go away, and the individuals would be hung or shot or whatever the hell, right? And so that's what they're facing. And I think that there's a couple of people at the head of the cabal that recognize this, that they're about to reach a point of uncertainty, and that scares the absolute crap out of these guys. Now, me, as I say, I'm a shaman.

I live in a world of uncertainty. I harmonize with uncertainty and irreversibility. So I don't care if my day gets disrupted and stuff intrudes and there's new actions, okay? I had plans, but universe decided otherwise, right? And so I'm cool with uncertainty.

These guys are very rigid in what they want to accomplish, how they think their lives exist, and they tools, and these types of ceremonies is to control their circumstances so they can control and stay on that rigid control. And so I surrendered all control when I was a kid and I got into paranoid schizophrenia, right? You can't control shit at that level. So universe taught me to not care. And so I can do things that are seriously impossible for all of these other for these psychopaths, right?

They have to have the control, and they would melt down and just you've seen these kind of people in like, the tranny FAW, right? If something is out of their control, they just have a fit. They just can't do anything, right? And this is where we're at now, in my opinion. All right, so sometime back maybe.

Okay, so shortly after our last conversation, I went into hiatus, right? This is where I have internal things I have to do. And so I don't do videos and shit, right? I just do my audios and just let it go at that couple of substacks occasionally. And so maybe I was off for three or four months here this time for me.

You were gone for over a year. I missed. Well, there we go. There we go. Okay, so it's been a while.

I hadn't really thought. I've been working my ass off, dude, you wouldn't believe what I've gotten into. I knew you were going to come around again. Yeah, exactly. So I'm surfaced here and now we're ready to go on this.

Now our enemy's ability to control us is fading anyway. I think some of the people up there know it. How desperate that's going to make them, I don't know. Will they act out of character, so to speak, and put themselves in a situation where they deliberately invoke the uncertainty? That's my big question here.

I'm of the opinion that we will still get, because it's in the data that we'll still get the 81 release value, even if they don't do the Op, all right? Even if they don't hit us with the directed energy weapons, there's reason to suspect that that will occur, not because of my stuff, but because of Dick Algaeier and his stuff, right. Arrest that maybe creates that. That would do it, right? And so if you had that level of action, if we had the midnight arrest the night of the long knives that kind of thing that would create the release language and that would propel it forward some number of months.

Wouldn't go for a year, though, that way, because it wouldn't be under control, they wouldn't be hyping it and keeping us unstable and so on. We would come to recognize it, we'd come to grips with it. We would internalize it, and then we'd go on. So maybe that 81 would if they did the Night of the Long Knives and arrested all these fuckers, and then we had trials and stuff might go on six, eight months, but it's not going to be the as well. I'm sorry.

That could take it off. Correct. So that's the quandary we're at. What are we looking at? Right.

Right now, my mind, as well as Dick Algiers and his people, think it's going
to be an attack. Can we change the future, though? Right. An individual can change their own future by their own thoughts. Can a collective of individuals change the collective future by a collective thinking about things in a certain way that is unknown.

That's our point of uncertainty now. And so it may be that if we got enough of the population and we have no idea how much that would be, but if we got enough of the population to think about this and view this ahead of time that it would actually prevent them from doing it because they would be singled out ahead of time. Everybody looking at them, and they wouldn't be able to feel comfortable doing that. It's going to put them in a world of hurt because they've got to do something. There will have to be some reactions there, but I don't know, guy.

I mean, my stuff I've always thought was it was malleable. All right? But Dick and these guys in the remote viewing, they get images like, so Daz remote viewed the lahaina hit down to the coastline a year and some months ahead of time. My gosh, that's incredible. And what is he seeing as of?

Right. Let I'll let Dick talk to that. He's part of Dick's team. I don't feel know I'll talk to Dick tomorrow. But you should ask him that because he'll have drawings and all kinds of stuff to show you.

Right. So we can all maybe do a roundtable together. Are you charging? Sure. Well, okay, I'd do that, but I just intrude.

You really need to talk to Dick. Right. That's fine with me. However you want to set this, I'll I'll take the torch and run with right. I'll send you an email today, and you can start negotiating with him, and I'll put in a word for you so that he should talk to you.

Thank you so much, Cliff. Sure. So we're in it. We're heading into, I guess what we could say, a massive event that's going to have a release. So it's tension and then release.

Tension and then release. Right. Looking at right. Now we're tension and we're going to come into a release, correct? Correct.

And then here's the thing. When we change, right, when people in the US. Are seeing that we're winning the war and we'll use a metric here, you and I will have a little temporal marker here, okay? So our temporal marker is when Kerry Cassidy calms down. Okay?

So when Kerry Cassidy calms down, that's a shift in a different way. And we're going to have building tension dominate from that point. Get I shouldn't get on her case. That's actually a good marker. All right, I'll go with that.

Okay, so when she calms down from that point on, we're in a period of time where building tension is going to dominate. And that's good because we'll have questions about our uncertainty, about the ability to rebuild. So we'll have building tension as we go about rebuilding the country. Right? And so we're getting close, dude.

We're getting real close. Cliff, thank you so much. You are always a pleasure to have on my program. Please, come on more often, please. Well, now I will be able to.

Right? Okay. So I've investigated a lot of stuff, and I've done a lot of research for a lot of people, including myself. Now, some of the research I was doing for some of the people led me to examine some of my own thinking. And that's why I had to take off such a long hiatus, because I had to get deep into it.

And I have yet to reveal a lot of the stuff that I've come across. Okay? So I've gotten into shit that you just won't believe, dude. So I found some stuff in Iranian literature, or not Iranian, Persian, and it's even pre Persian, because it wasn't Persian, the nation state. It was just the people living there that are talking about the period of time where the Elohim, the space aliens that are in the Torah, that are behind the Old Testament, where those guys had to change their command and control structures in their mind to machine software.

Okay? So they had this machine. So it's my opinion that the Elohim came down here to capture humans in order to jack us into these machines and make us into their slaves because they don't want their minds operating these machines. I don't think their minds can do it. That's another issue.

But anyway, so they come down here, they get us, they get all these people, and then they jack them into these machines. And you run these machines, you are the spaceship's control system. And then at some point, you die and they get another human. That's how gross this is, right? It's not a pleasant thing to work with these people, but at some point, this ancient society that lived in Iran made notes that they knew that the Elohim had had to change the command and control language.

Why? Because there was a revolt. There was a rebellion among the humans. And what had they done? They had allowed us to control all the machinery in their entire empire.

We were controlling their water pumps, their heating, everything through our minds. In this mind and machine interface, we knew the control code so well that when we revolted, everything shut down. What do we call this story today? You know this story. What do we call this story?

What I'm telling you now is the root of a story that is so fucking famous that you knew it when you were five years old. The Tower of Babel. Oh, wow. Yeah. Okay.

That's why the confounding of the language. Wow, that's incredible, man.

We destroyed the program ourselves. Correct. Okay. Realizing that we had control of their, I guess, of their equipment through our minds, and we shut them down. Right.

And that was the point where they had to go around and slaughter humans like mad. Okay. They had to kill. There again, kind of we're at that point again in humanity, right. We're fighting the same enemy, in a sense.

The L may still be here in Antarctica. They may be on the moon. I don't know about that. Right. But I do know that the mother weppers worship the L as Satanists worship Satan.

Okay? They think of the L in this exact same way that a Satanist thinks of this image of Lucifer. Wow, that's fascinating. Oh, also, by the way, the bahopenet, the image, the horned goat and all of that and the fingers and stuff. Yeah, that's the L.

That's what they look like. The transgender agenda is really the Elohim. Yeah. Wow. Now the good news, okay, we're winning.

We're winning everywhere on all different kinds of fronts, little tiny bits at a time. And every time you take a little bit of that foundation away, their footing gets more unsure. Just today, we learned that Washington State University, the doctors are no longer going to prescribe drugs. They're no longer going to do treatments for transgenders. This is a big operation east of the mountains here in my state.

The fact that that university's doctors are freaking out to the point where they're not going to do it means it's just the first in a whole series of dominoes. Pretty soon, all these hospitals are saying, Fuck, no, I'm not going to do that now. Okay? So some of this I don't think that this actually had anything to do with Washington State University, but I got contacted by a guy that said that some of the doctor he was a doctor. I won't say anything at all about him, but some of the doctors he interacted with had heard somebody, I think, on the Wu circuit, talking about the future retribution against these guys.

And so they were getting paranoid about their own patients coming back later to off them. Yes, we've talked about that because, hello. That's going to be an obvious response. That's going to be the most obvious response. Any doctor that's administering this shit, you better know there's going to be one person at least that's going to want.

Also think about the tranny FAW. You fuck somebody up by cutting their dick off. And especially the women giving them the synthetic hormones, the testosterone, what that does to a woman's mind. They're going to be so unstable.

And imagine when they get older and they're older, they're in their 20s, their life is destroyed, and they decide to blame you, the doctor, and come after you. Yeah. The retribution, the we haven't seen that yet. And that's coming.

Cliff, thank you so much for joining. Going to I'm going to go on YouTube and tell everybody that we did this interview and tell them to get over and watch it because this is epic. This is huge. Thank you so much. Sure.

No worries. Guy. I'll send dick all guy or your way. Thank you, Cliff. God bless you.

Okay, we'll do this again in the future. You take care. You got it, Cliff.


The number-one best-selling pioneer of "fratire" and a leading evolutionary psychologist team up to create the dating book for guys. Whether they conducted their research in life or in the lab, experts Tucker Max and Dr. Geoffrey Miller have spent the last 20-plus years learning what women really want from their men, why they want it, and how men can deliver those qualities. The short answer: Become the best version of yourself possible, then show it off. It sounds simple, but it's not. If it were, Tinder would just be the stuff you use to start a fire. Becoming your best self requires honesty, self-awareness, hard work, and a little help. Through their website and podcasts, Max and Miller have already helped over one million guys take their first steps toward Miss Right. They have collected all of their findings in Mate, an evidence-driven, seriously funny playbook that will teach you to become a more sexually attractive and romantically successful man, the right way: No "seduction techniques" No moralizing No bullshit Just honest, straightforward talk about the most ethical, effective way to pursue the win-win relationships you want with the women who are best for you. Much of what they've discovered will surprise you, some of it will not, but all of it is important and often misunderstood. So listen up, and stop being stupid!

Words of affirmation, quality time, gifts, acts of service, physical touching - learning these love languages will get your marriage off to a great start or enhance a long-standing one! Chapman explains the purpose of each "language" and shows you how to identify the one that's meaningful to your spouse now. Updated to reflect the complexities of relationships in today's world, this new edition of The 5 Love Languages reveals intrinsic truths and provides action steps in each chapter that will help you on your way to a healthier relationship. Also includes an updated personal profile. With a divorce rate that hovers around 50 percent, don't let yourself become a statistic. In Things I Wish I'd Known Before We Got Married, Gary Chapman teaches you and your future spouse how to work together as an intimate team! He shares with engaged couples practical tips he wishes he knew before he got married. Discussion centers around love, romance, conflict resolution, forgiveness, and sexual fulfillment. Included are insightful questions, suggestions, and exercises.

A one-page tool to reinvent yourself and your career. The global best seller Business Model Generation introduced a unique visual way to summarize and creatively brainstorm any business or product idea on a single sheet of paper. Business Model You uses the same powerful one-page tool to teach listeners how to draw "personal business models," which reveal new ways their skills can be adapted to the changing needs of the marketplace to reveal new, more satisfying, career and life possibilities. Produced by the same team that created Business Model Generation, this audiobook is based on the Business Model Canvas methodology, which has quickly emerged as the world's leading business model description and innovation technique. This book shows listeners how to: - Understand business model thinking and diagram their current personal business model - Understand the value of their skills in the marketplace and define their purpose - Articulate a vision for change - Create a new personal business model harmonized with that vision - And most important, test and implement the new model When you implement the one-page tool from Business Model You, you create a game-changing business model for your life and career.

The bible for bringing cutting-edge products to larger markets—now revised and updated with new insights into the realities of high-tech marketing In Crossing the Chasm, Geoffrey A. Moore shows that in the Technology Adoption Life Cycle—which begins with innovators and moves to early adopters, early majority, late majority, and laggards—there is a vast chasm between the early adopters and the early majority. While early adopters are willing to sacrifice for the advantage of being first, the early majority waits until they know that the technology actually offers improvements in productivity. The challenge for innovators and marketers is to narrow this chasm and ultimately accelerate adoption across every segment. This third edition brings Moore's classic work up to date with dozens of new examples of successes and failures, new strategies for marketing in the digital world, and Moore's most current insights and findings. He also includes two new appendices, the first connecting the ideas in Crossing the Chasm to work subsequently published in his Inside the Tornado, and the second presenting his recent groundbreaking work for technology adoption models for high-tech consumer markets.

Endless terror. Refugee waves. An unfixable global economy. Surprising election results. New billion-dollar fortunes. Miracle medical advances. What if they were all connected? What if you could understand why? The Seventh Sense is the story of what all of today's successful figures see and feel: the forces that are invisible to most of us but explain everything from explosive technological change to uneasy political ripples. The secret to power now is understanding our new age of networks. Not merely the Internet, but also webs of trade, finance, and even DNA. Based on his years of advising generals, CEOs, and politicians, Ramo takes us into the opaque heart of our world's rapidly connected systems and teaches us what the losers are not yet seeing -- and what the victors of this age already know.

This lushly illustrated history of popular entertainment takes a long-zoom approach, contending that the pursuit of novelty and wonder is a powerful driver of world-shaping technological change. Steven Johnson argues that, throughout history, the cutting edge of innovation lies wherever people are working the hardest to keep themselves and others amused. Johnson’s storytelling is just as delightful as the inventions he describes, full of surprising stops along the journey from simple concepts to complex modern systems. He introduces us to the colorful innovators of leisure: the explorers, proprietors, showmen, and artists who changed the trajectory of history with their luxurious wares, exotic meals, taverns, gambling tables, and magic shows. In Wonderland, Johnson compellingly argues that observers of technological and social trends should be looking for clues in novel amusements. You’ll find the future wherever people are having the most fun.

Nothing “goes viral.” If you think a popular movie, song, or app came out of nowhere to become a word-of-mouth success in today’s crowded media environment, you’re missing the real story. Each blockbuster has a secret history—of power, influence, dark broadcasters, and passionate cults that turn some new products into cultural phenomena. Even the most brilliant ideas wither in obscurity if they fail to connect with the right network, and the consumers that matter most aren't the early adopters, but rather their friends, followers, and imitators -- the audience of your audience. In his groundbreaking investigation, Atlantic senior editor Derek Thompson uncovers the hidden psychology of why we like what we like and reveals the economics of cultural markets that invisibly shape our lives. Shattering the sentimental myths of hit-making that dominate pop culture and business, Thompson shows quality is insufficient for success, nobody has "good taste," and some of the most popular products in history were one bad break away from utter failure. It may be a new world, but there are some enduring truths to what audiences and consumers want. People love a familiar surprise: a product that is bold, yet sneakily recognizable. Every business, every artist, every person looking to promote themselves and their work wants to know what makes some works so successful while others disappear. Hit Makers is a magical mystery tour through the last century of pop culture blockbusters and the most valuable currency of the twenty-first century—people’s attention. From the dawn of impressionist art to the future of Facebook, from small Etsy designers to the origin of Star Wars, Derek Thompson leaves no pet rock unturned to tell the fascinating story of how culture happens and why things become popular. In Hit Makers, Derek Thompson investigates: · The secret link between ESPN's sticky programming and the The Weeknd's catchy choruses · Why Facebook is today’s most important newspaper · How advertising critics predicted Donald Trump · The 5th grader who accidentally launched "Rock Around the Clock," the biggest hit in rock and roll history · How Barack Obama and his speechwriters think of themselves as songwriters · How Disney conquered the world—but the future of hits belongs to savvy amateurs and individuals · The French collector who accidentally created the Impressionist canon · Quantitative evidence that the biggest music hits aren’t always the best · Why almost all Hollywood blockbusters are sequels, reboots, and adaptations · Why one year--1991--is responsible for the way pop music sounds today · Why another year --1932--created the business model of film · How data scientists proved that “going viral” is a myth · How 19th century immigration patterns explain the most heard song in the Western Hemisphere

Ours is often called an information economy, but at a moment when access to information is virtually unlimited, our attention has become the ultimate commodity. In nearly every moment of our waking lives, we face a barrage of efforts to harvest our attention. This condition is not simply the byproduct of recent technological innovations but the result of more than a century's growth and expansion in the industries that feed on human attention. Wu’s narrative begins in the nineteenth century, when Benjamin Day discovered he could get rich selling newspapers for a penny. Since then, every new medium—from radio to television to Internet companies such as Google and Facebook—has attained commercial viability and immense riches by turning itself into an advertising platform. Since the early days, the basic business model of “attention merchants” has never changed: free diversion in exchange for a moment of your time, sold in turn to the highest-bidding advertiser. Full of lively, unexpected storytelling and piercing insight, The Attention Merchants lays bare the true nature of a ubiquitous reality we can no longer afford to accept at face value.

Some people think that in today’s hyper-competitive world, it’s the tough, take-no-prisoners type who comes out on top. But in reality, argues New York Times bestselling author Dave Kerpen, it’s actually those with the best people skills who win the day. Those who build the right relationships. Those who truly understand and connect with their colleagues, their customers, their partners. Those who can teach, lead, and inspire. In a world where we are constantly connected, and social media has become the primary way we communicate, the key to getting ahead is being the person others like, respect, and trust. Because no matter who you are or what profession you're in, success is contingent less on what you can do for yourself, but on what other people are willing to do for you. Here, through 53 bite-sized, easy-to-execute, and often counterintuitive tips, you’ll learn to master the 11 People Skills that will get you more of what you want at work, at home, and in life. For example, you’ll learn: · The single most important question you can ever ask to win attention in a meeting · The one simple key to networking that nobody talks about · How to remain top of mind for thousands of people, everyday · Why it usually pays to be the one to give the bad news · How to blow off the right people · And why, when in doubt, buy him a Bonsai A book best described as “How to Win Friends and Influence People for today’s world,” The Art of People shows how to charm and win over anyone to be more successful at work and outside of it.

Business Model Generation is a handbook for visionaries, game changers, and challengers striving to defy outmoded business models and design tomorrow's enterprises. If your organization needs to adapt to harsh new realities, but you don't yet have a strategy that will get you out in front of your competitors, you need Business Model Generation. Co-created by 470 "Business Model Canvas" practitioners from 45 countries, the book features a beautiful, highly visual, 4-color design that takes powerful strategic ideas and tools, and makes them easy to implement in your organization. It explains the most common Business Model patterns, based on concepts from leading business thinkers, and helps you reinterpret them for your own context. You will learn how to systematically understand, design, and implement a game-changing business model--or analyze and renovate an old one. Along the way, you'll understand at a much deeper level your customers, distribution channels, partners, revenue streams, costs, and your core value proposition. Business Model Generation features practical innovation techniques used today by leading consultants and companies worldwide, including 3M, Ericsson, Capgemini, Deloitte, and others. Designed for doers, it is for those ready to abandon outmoded thinking and embrace new models of value creation: for executives, consultants, entrepreneurs, and leaders of all organizations. If you're ready to change the rules, you belong to "the business model generation!"

#1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER If you want to build a better future, you must believe in secrets. The great secret of our time is that there are still uncharted frontiers to explore and new inventions to create. In Zero to One, legendary entrepreneur and investor Peter Thiel shows how we can find singular ways to create those new things. Thiel begins with the contrarian premise that we live in an age of technological stagnation, even if we’re too distracted by shiny mobile devices to notice. Information technology has improved rapidly, but there is no reason why progress should be limited to computers or Silicon Valley. Progress can be achieved in any industry or area of business. It comes from the most important skill that every leader must master: learning to think for yourself. Doing what someone else already knows how to do takes the world from 1 to n, adding more of something familiar. But when you do something new, you go from 0 to 1. The next Bill Gates will not build an operating system. The next Larry Page or Sergey Brin won’t make a search engine. Tomorrow’s champions will not win by competing ruthlessly in today’s marketplace. They will escape competition altogether, because their businesses will be unique. Zero to One presents at once an optimistic view of the future of progress in America and a new way of thinking about innovation: it starts by learning to ask the questions that lead you to find value in unexpected places.

Why should I do business with you… and not your competitor? Whether you are a retailer, manufacturer, distributor, or service provider – if you cannot answer this question, you are surely losing customers, clients and market share. This eye-opening book reveals how identifying your competitive advantages (and trumpeting them to the marketplace) is the most surefire way to close deals, retain clients, and stay miles ahead of the competition. The five fatal flaws of most companies: • They don’t have a competitive advantage but think they do • They have a competitive advantage but don’t know what it is—so they lower prices instead • They know what their competitive advantage is but neglect to tell clients about it • They mistake “strengths” for competitive advantages • They don’t concentrate on competitive advantages when making strategic and operational decisions The good news is that you can overcome these costly mistakes – by identifying your competitive advantages and creating new ones. Consultant, public speaker, and competitive advantage expert Jaynie Smith will show you how scores of small and large companies substantially increased their sales by focusing on their competitive advantages. When advising a CEO frustrated by his salespeople’s inability to close deals, Smith discovered that his company stayed on schedule 95 percent of the time – an achievement no one else in his industry could claim. By touting this and other competitive advantages to customers, closing rates increased by 30 percent—and so did company revenues. Jack Welch has said, “If you don’t have a competitive advantage, don’t compete.” This straight-to-the-point book is filled with insightful stories and specific steps on how to pinpoint your competitive advantages, develop new ones, and get the message out about them.

The number one New York Times best seller that examines how people can champion new ideas in their careers and everyday life - and how leaders can fight groupthink, from the author of Think Again and co-author of Option B. With Give and Take, Adam Grant not only introduced a landmark new paradigm for success but also established himself as one of his generation’s most compelling and provocative thought leaders. In Originals he again addresses the challenge of improving the world, but now from the perspective of becoming original: choosing to champion novel ideas and values that go against the grain, battle conformity, and buck outdated traditions. How can we originate new ideas, policies, and practices without risking it all? Using surprising studies and stories spanning business, politics, sports, and entertainment, Grant explores how to recognize a good idea, speak up without getting silenced, build a coalition of allies, choose the right time to act, and manage fear and doubt; how parents and teachers can nurture originality in children; and how leaders can build cultures that welcome dissent. Learn from an entrepreneur who pitches his start-ups by highlighting the reasons not to invest, a woman at Apple who challenged Steve Jobs from three levels below, an analyst who overturned the rule of secrecy at the CIA, a billionaire financial wizard who fires employees for failing to criticize him, and a TV executive who didn’t even work in comedy but saved Seinfeld from the cutting-room floor. The payoff is a set of groundbreaking insights about rejecting conformity and improving the status quo.

In The $100 Startup, Chris Guillebeau tells you how to lead of life of adventure, meaning and purpose - and earn a good living. Still in his early 30s, Chris is on the verge of completing a tour of every country on earth - he's already visited more than 175 nations - and yet he’s never held a "real job" or earned a regular paycheck. Rather, he has a special genius for turning ideas into income, and he uses what he earns both to support his life of adventure and to give back. There are many others like Chris - those who've found ways to opt out of traditional employment and create the time and income to pursue what they find meaningful. Sometimes, achieving that perfect blend of passion and income doesn't depend on shelving what you currently do. You can start small with your venture, committing little time or money, and wait to take the real plunge when you're sure it's successful. In preparing to write this book, Chris identified 1,500 individuals who have built businesses earning $50,000 or more from a modest investment (in many cases, $100 or less), and from that group he’s chosen to focus on the 50 most intriguing case studies. In nearly all cases, people with no special skills discovered aspects of their personal passions that could be monetized, and were able to restructure their lives in ways that gave them greater freedom and fulfillment. Here, finally, distilled into one easy-to-use guide, are the most valuable lessons from those who’ve learned how to turn what they do into a gateway to self-fulfillment. It’s all about finding the intersection between your "expertise" - even if you don’t consider it such - and what other people will pay for. You don’t need an MBA, a business plan or even employees. All you need is a product or service that springs from what you love to do anyway, people willing to pay, and a way to get paid. Not content to talk in generalities, Chris tells you exactly how many dollars his group of unexpected entrepreneurs required to get their projects up and running; what these individuals did in the first weeks and months to generate significant cash; some of the key mistakes they made along the way, and the crucial insights that made the business stick. Among Chris’s key principles: if you’re good at one thing, you’re probably good at something else; never teach a man to fish - sell him the fish instead; and in the battle between planning and action, action wins. In ancient times, people who were dissatisfied with their lives dreamed of finding magic lamps, buried treasure, or streets paved with gold. Today, we know that it’s up to us to change our lives. And the best part is, if we change our own life, we can help others change theirs. This remarkable book will start you on your way.

Bold is a radical, how-to guide for using exponential technologies, moonshot thinking, and crowd-powered tools to create extraordinary wealth while also positively impacting the lives of billions. Exploring the exponential technologies that are disrupting today's Fortune 500 companies and enabling upstart entrepreneurs to go from "I've got an idea" to "I run a billion-dollar company" far faster than ever before, the authors provide exceptional insight into the power of 3-D printing, artificial intelligence, robotics, networks and sensors, and synthetic biology. Drawing on insights from billionaire entrepreneurs Larry Page, Elon Musk, Richard Branson, and Jeff Bezos, the audiobook offers the best practices that allow anyone to leverage today's hyper connected crowd like never before. The authors teach how to design and use incentive competitions, launch million-dollar crowdfunding campaigns to tap into tens of billions of dollars of capital, and build communities - armies of exponentially enabled individuals willing and able to help today's entrepreneurs make their boldest dreams come true. Bold is both a manifesto and a manual. It is today's exponential entrepreneur's go-to resource on the use of emerging technologies, thinking at scale, and the awesome impact of crowd-powered tools.

The answer is simple: come up with 10 ideas a day. It doesn't matter if they are good or bad, the key is to exercise your "idea muscle", to keep it toned, and in great shape. People say ideas are cheap and execution is everything but that is NOT true. Execution is a consequence, a subset of good, brilliant idea. And good ideas require daily work. Ideas may be easy if we are only coming up with one or two but if you open this book to any of the pages and try to produce more than three, you will feel a burn, scratch your head, and you will be sweating, and working hard. There is a turning point when you reach idea number six for the day, you still have four to go, and your mind muscle is getting a workout. By the time you list those last ideas to make it to 10 you will see for yourself what "sweating the idea muscle" means. As you practice the daily idea generation you become an idea machine. When we become idea machines we are flooded with lots of bad ideas but also with some that are very good. This happens by the sheer force of the number, because we are coming up with 3,650 ideas per year (at 10 a day). When you are inspired by an extraordinary idea, all of your thoughts break their chains, you go beyond limitations and your capacity to act expands in every direction. Forces and abilities you did not know you had come to the surface, and you realize you are capable of doing great things. As you practice with the suggested prompts in this book your ideas will get better, you will be a source of great insight for others, people will find you magnetic, and they will want to hang out with you because you have so much to offer. When you practice every day your life will transform, in no more than 180 days, because it has no other evolutionary choice. Life changes for the better when we become the source of positive, insightful, and helpful ideas. Don't believe a word I say. Instead, challenge yourself.

A Guide to Resilience: How to Bounce Back from Life's Inevitable Problems Christian Moore is convinced that each of us has a power hidden within, something that can get us through any kind of adversity. That power is resilience. In The Resilience Breakthrough, Moore delivers a practical primer on how you can become more resilient in a world of instability and narrowing opportunity, whether you're facing financial troubles, health setbacks, challenges on the job, or any other problem. We can each have our own resilience breakthrough, Moore argues, and can each learn how to use adverse circumstances as potent fuel for overcoming life's hardships. As he shares engaging real-life stories and brutally honest analyses of his own experiences, Moore equips you with 27 resilience-building tools that you can start using today - in your personal life or in your organization.

What if someone told you that your behavior was controlled by a powerful, invisible force? Most of us would be skeptical of such a claim--but it's largely true. Our brains are constantly transmitting and receiving signals of which we are unaware. Studies show that these constant inputs drive the great majority of our decisions about what to do next--and we become conscious of the decisions only after we start acting on them. Many may find that disturbing. But the implications for leadership are profound. In this provocative yet practical book, renowned speaking coach and communication expert Nick Morgan highlights recent research that shows how humans are programmed to respond to the nonverbal cues of others--subtle gestures, sounds, and signals--that elicit emotion. He then provides a clear, useful framework of seven "power cues" that will be essential for any leader in business, the public sector, or almost any context. You'll learn crucial skills, from measuring nonverbal signs of confidence, to the art and practice of gestures and vocal tones, to figuring out what your gut is really telling you. This concise and engaging guide will help leaders and aspiring leaders of all stripes to connect powerfully, communicate more effectively, and command influence.

New York Times bestselling author and social media expert Gary Vaynerchuk shares hard-won advice on how to connect with customers and beat the competition. A mash-up of the best elements of Crush It! and The Thank You Economy with a fresh spin, Jab, Jab, Jab, Right Hook is a blueprint to social media marketing strategies that really works. When managers and marketers outline their social media strategies, they plan for the "right hook"—their next sale or campaign that's going to knock out the competition. Even companies committed to jabbing—patiently engaging with customers to build the relationships crucial to successful social media campaigns—want to land the punch that will take down their opponent or their customer's resistance in one blow. Right hooks convert traffic to sales and easily show results. Except when they don't. Thanks to massive change and proliferation in social media platforms, the winning combination of jabs and right hooks is different now. Vaynerchuk shows that while communication is still key, context matters more than ever. It's not just about developing high-quality content, but developing high-quality content perfectly adapted to specific social media platforms and mobile devices—content tailor-made for Facebook, Instagram, Pinterest, Twitter and Tumblr.

From the best-selling author of The Black Swan and one of the foremost thinkers of our time, Nassim Nicholas Taleb, a book on how some things actually benefit from disorder. In The Black Swan Taleb outlined a problem, and in Antifragile he offers a definitive solution: how to gain from disorder and chaos while being protected from fragilities and adverse events. For what Taleb calls the "antifragile" is actually beyond the robust, because it benefits from shocks, uncertainty, and stressors, just as human bones get stronger when subjected to stress and tension. The antifragile needs disorder in order to survive and flourish. Taleb stands uncertainty on its head, making it desirable, even necessary, and proposes that things be built in an antifragile manner. The antifragile is immune to prediction errors. Why is the city-state better than the nation-state, why is debt bad for you, and why is everything that is both modern and complicated bound to fail? The audiobook spans innovation by trial and error, health, biology, medicine, life decisions, politics, foreign policy, urban planning, war, personal finance, and economic systems. And throughout, in addition to the street wisdom of Fat Tony of Brooklyn, the voices and recipes of ancient wisdom, from Roman, Greek, Semitic, and medieval sources, are heard loud and clear. Extremely ambitious and multidisciplinary, Antifragile provides a blueprint for how to behave - and thrive - in a world we don't understand, and which is too uncertain for us to even try to understand and predict. Erudite and witty, Taleb’s message is revolutionary: What is not antifragile will surely perish.

The Cluetrain Manifesto began as a Web site in 1999 when the authors, who have worked variously at IBM, Sun Microsystems, the Linux Journal, and NPR, posted 95 theses about the new reality of the networked marketplace. Ten years after its original publication, their message remains more relevant than ever. For example, thesis no. 2: “Markets consist of human beings, not demographic sectors”; thesis no. 20: “Companies need to realize their markets are often laughing. At them.” The book enlarges on these themes through dozens of stories and observations about business in America and how the Internet will continue to change it all. With a new introduction and chapters by the authors, and commentary by Jake McKee, JP Rangaswami, and Dan Gillmor, this book is essential reading for anybody interested in the Internet and e-commerce, and is especially vital for businesses navigating the topography of the wired marketplace.

From the founders of the trailblazing software company 37signals, here is a different kind of business book one that explores a new reality. Today, anyone can be in business. Tools that used to be out of reach are now easily accessible. Technology that cost thousands is now just a few bucks or even free. Stuff that was impossible just a few years ago is now simple.That means anyone can start a business. And you can do it without working miserable 80-hour weeks or depleting your life savings. You can start it on the side while your day job provides all the cash flow you need. Forget about business plans, meetings, office space - you don't need them. With its straightforward language and easy-is-better approach, Rework is the perfect playbook for anyone who's ever dreamed of doing it on their own. Hardcore entrepreneurs, small-business owners, people stuck in day jobs who want to get out, and artists who don't want to starve anymore will all find valuable inspiration and guidance in these pages. It's time to rework work.


Tesla's main source of inspiration.
Roger Joseph Boscovich, a physicist, astronomer, mathematician, philosopher, diplomat, poet, theologian, Jesuit priest, and polymath, published the first edition of his famous work, Philosophiae Naturalis Theoria Redacta Ad Unicam Legem Virium In Natura Existentium (Theory Of Natural Philosophy Derived To The Single Law Of Forces Which Exist In Nature), in Vienna, in 1758, containing his atomic theory and his theory of forces. A second edition was published in 1763 in Venice

Bill Clinton's Georgetown mentor's history of the Conspiracy since the Boer War in South Africa.
TRAGEDY AND HOPE shows the years 1895-1950 as a period of transition from the world dominated by Europe in the nineteenth century to the world of three blocs in the twentieth century. With clarity, perspective, and cumulative impact, Professor Quigley examines the nature of that transition through two world wars and a worldwide economic depression. As an interpretative historian, he tries to show each event in the full complexity of its historical context. The result is a unique work, notable in several ways. It gives a picture of the world in terms of the influence of different cultures and outlooks upon each other; it shows, more completely than in any similar work, the influence of science and technology on human life; and it explains, with unprecedented clarity, how the intricate financial and commercial patterns of the West prior to 1914 influenced the development of today’s world.

This is the July, 2016 ALTA (Asymmetric Linguistic Trends Analysis) Report. Also known as 'the Web Bot' report, this series is brought to you by halfpasthuman.com. This report covers your future world from July 2016 through to 2031. Forecasts are created using predictive linguistics (from the inventor) and cover your planet, your population, your economy and markets, and your Space Goat Farts where you will find all the 'unknown' and 'officially denied' woo-woo that will be shaping your environment over these next few decades.

Time is considered as an independent entity which cannot be reduced to the concept of matter, space or field. The point of discussion is the "time flow" conception of N A Kozyrev (1908-1983), an outstanding Russian astronomer and natural scientist. In addition to a review of the experimental studies of "the active properties of time", by both Kozyrev and modern scientists, the reader will find different interpretations of Kozyrev's views and some developments of his ideas in the fields of geophysics, astrophysics, general relativity and theoretical mechanics.

How UFO Time Engines work - Clif High

The webpage discusses the workings of UFO time engines according to N.A. Kozyrev's experiments. The LL1 engine is described as a hollow metal sphere with a pool of mercury metal inside. When activated by electrical energy, it creates a uni-polar magnetic field causing the mercury to spin at a high rate and induce "time stuff" to accumulate on its surface. The accrued time stuff is siphoned down magnetically to the radiating antennae on the bottom of the vessel, providing self-sustaining power and allowing for time travel. The environment inside UFOs is likely volatile and not suitable for humans.

The Body Electric tells the fascinating story of our bioelectric selves. Robert O. Becker, a pioneer in the filed of regeneration and its relationship to electrical currents in living things, challenges the established mechanistic understanding of the body. He found clues to the healing process in the long-discarded theory that electricity is vital to life. But as exciting as Becker's discoveries are, pointing to the day when human limbs, spinal cords, and organs may be regenerated after they have been damaged, equally fascinating is the story of Becker's struggle to do such original work. The Body Electric explores new pathways in our understanding of evolution, acupuncture, psychic phenomena, and healing.

Unique, controversial, and frequently cited, this survey offers highly detailed accounts concerning the development of ideas and theories about the nature of electricity and space (aether). Readily accessible to general readers as well as high school students, teachers, and undergraduates, it includes much information unavailable elsewhere. This single-volume edition comprises both The Classical Theories and The Modern Theories, which were originally published separately. The first volume covers the theories of classical physics from the age of the Greek philosophers to the late 19th century. The second volume chronicles discoveries that led to the advances of modern physics, focusing on special relativity, quantum theories, general relativity, matrix mechanics, and wave mechanics. Noted historian of science I. Bernard Cohen, who reviewed these books for Scientific American, observed, "I know of no other history of electricity which is as sound as Whittaker's. All those who have found stimulation from his works will read this informative and accurate history with interest and profit."

The third edition of the defining text for the graduate-level course in Electricity and Magnetism has finally arrived! It has been 37 years since the first edition and 24 since the second. The new edition addresses the changes in emphasis and applications that have occurred in the field, without any significant increase in length.

Objects are a ubiquitous presence and few of us stop and think what they mean in our lives. This is the job of philosophers and this is what Jean Baudrillard does in his book. This is required reading for followers of Baudrillard, and he is perhaps the most assessable to the General Reader. Baudrillard is most associated with Post Modernism, and this early book sets the stage for that journey to the post modern world.
We are all surrounded by objects, but how many times have we thought about what those objects represent. If we took the time to think about the symbolism, we could arrive at easy solutions. We have been so accustomed to advertising the automobile representing freedom is an easy conclusion. But what about furniture? What about chairs? What about the arrangement of furniture? Watches? Collecting objects? Baudrillard literally opens up a new world and creates the universe of objects.
It is not that the critique of a society or objects has not been done before, but Baudrillard’s approach is new. Baudrillard examines objects as signs with a smattering of Post-Marxist thought. In his analysis of objects as signs, he ushers in the Post-Modern age and world for which he would be known. Heady stuff to be sure, but is presented by Baudrillard in a readily accessible manner. He articulates his thesis in a straightforward manner, avoiding the hyper-technical terminology he used in his later writings.

Moving away from the Marxist/Freudian approaches that had concerned him earlier, Baudrillard developed in this book a theory of contemporary culture that relies on displacing economic notions of cultural production with notions of cultural expenditure.

The book begins with Sidis's discovery of the first law of physical laws: "Among the physical laws it is a general characteristic that there is reversibility in time; that is, should the whole universe trace back the various positions that bodies in it have passed through in a given interval of time, but in the reverse order to that in which these positions actually occurred, then the universe, in this imaginary case, would still obey the same laws." Recent discoveries of dark matter are predicted by him in this book, and he goes on to show that the "Big Bang" is wrong. Sidis (SIGH-dis) shows that it is far more likely the universe is eternal

In this book you will encounter rare information regarding your true identity - the conscious self in the body - and how you may break the hypnotic spell your senses and thinking have cast about you since childhood.

Do we see the world as it truly is? In The Case Against Reality, pioneering cognitive scientist Donald Hoffman says no? we see what we need in order to survive. Our visual perceptions are not a window onto reality, Hoffman shows us, but instead are interfaces constructed by natural selection. The objects we see around us are not unlike the file icons on our computer desktops: while shaped like a small folder on our screens, the files themselves are made of a series of ones and zeros - too complex for most of us to understand. In a similar way, Hoffman argues, evolution has shaped our perceptions into simplistic illusions to help us navigate the world around us. Yet now these illusions can be manipulated by advertising and design.
Drawing on thirty years of Hoffman's own influential research, as well as evolutionary biology, game theory, neuroscience, and philosophy, The Case Against Reality makes the mind-bending yet utterly convincing case that the world is nothing like what we see through our eyes.

At the height of the Cold War, JFK risked committing the greatest crime in human history: starting a nuclear war. Horrified by the specter of nuclear annihilation, Kennedy gradually turned away from his long-held Cold Warrior beliefs and toward a policy of lasting peace. But to the military and intelligence agencies in the United States, who were committed to winning the Cold War at any cost, Kennedy’s change of heart was a direct threat to their power and influence. Once these dark “Unspeakable” forces recognized that Kennedy’s interests were in direct opposition to their own, they tagged him as a dangerous traitor, plotted his assassination, and orchestrated the subsequent cover-up.

2020 saw a spike in deaths in America, smaller than you might imagine during a pandemic, some of which could be attributed to COVID and to initial treatment strategies that were not effective. But then, in 2021, the stats people expected went off the rails. The CEO of the OneAmerica insurance company publicly disclosed that during the third and fourth quarters of 2021, death in people of working age (18–64) was 40 percent higher than it was before the pandemic. Significantly, the majority of the deaths were not attributed to COVID. A 40 percent increase in deaths is literally earth-shaking. Even a 10 percent increase in excess deaths would have been a 1-in-200-year event. But this was 40 percent. And therein lies a story—a story that starts with obvious questions: - What has caused this historic spike in deaths among younger people? - What has caused the shift from old people, who are expected to die, to younger people, who are expected to keep living?

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

The Tavistock Institute, in Sussex, England, describes itself as a nonprofit charity that applies social science to contemporary issues and problems. But this book posits that it is the world’s center for mass brainwashing and social engineering activities. It grew from a somewhat crude beginning at Wellington House into a sophisticated organization that was to shape the destiny of the entire planet, and in the process, change the paradigm of modern society. In this eye-opening work, both the Tavistock network and the methods of brainwashing and psychological warfare are uncovered.

A seminal and controversial figure in the history of political thought and public relations, Edward Bernays (1891–1995), pioneered the scientific technique of shaping and manipulating public opinion, which he famously dubbed “engineering of consent.” During World War I, he was an integral part of the U.S. Committee on Public Information (CPI), a powerful propaganda apparatus that was mobilized to package, advertise and sell the war to the American people as one that would “Make the World Safe for Democracy.” The CPI would become the blueprint in which marketing strategies for future wars would be based upon.
Bernays applied the techniques he had learned in the CPI and, incorporating some of the ideas of Walter Lipmann, as well as his uncle, Sigmund Freud, became an outspoken proponent of propaganda as a tool for democratic and corporate manipulation of the population. His 1928 bombshell Propaganda lays out his eerily prescient vision for using propaganda to regiment the collective mind in a variety of areas, including government, politics, art, science and education. To read this book today is to frightfully comprehend what our contemporary institutions of government and business have become in regards to organized manipulation of the masses.

Undressing the Bible: in Hebrew, the Old Testament speaks for itself, explicitly and transparently. It tells of mysterious beings, special and powerful ones, that appeared on Earth.
Aliens?
Former earthlings?
Superior civilizations, that have always been present on our planet?
Creators, manipulators, geneticists. Aviators, warriors, despotic rulers. And scientists, possessing very advanced knowledge, special weapons and science-fiction-like technologies.
Once naked, the Bible is very different from how it has always been told to us: it does not contain any spiritual, omnipotent and omniscient God, no eternity. No apples and no creeping, tempting, serpents. No winged angels. Not even the Red Sea: the people of the Exodus just wade through a simple reed bed.
Writer and journalist Giorgio Cattaneo sits down with Italy's most renowned biblical translator for his first long interview about his life's work for the English audience. A decade long official Bible translator for the Church and lifelong researcher of ancient myths and tales, Mauro Bilglino is a unicum in his field of expertise and research. A fine connoisseur of dead languages, from ancient Greek to Hebrew and medieval Latin, he focused his attention and efforts on the accurate translating of the bible.
The encounter with Mauro Biglino and his work - the journalist writes - is profoundly healthy, stimulating and inevitably destabilizing: it forces us to reconsider the solidity of the awareness that nourishes many of our common beliefs. And it is a testament to the courage that is needed, today more than ever, to claim the full dignity of free research.

Most people have heard of Jesus Christ, considered the Messiah by Christians, and who lived 2000 years ago. But very few have ever heard of Sabbatai Zevi, who declared himself the Messiah in 1666. By proclaiming redemption was available through acts of sin, he amassed a following of over one million passionate believers, about half the world's Jewish population during the 17th century.Although many Rabbis at the time considered him a heretic, his fame extended far and wide. Sabbatai's adherents planned to abolish many ritualistic observances, because, according to the Talmud, holy obligations would no longer apply in the Messianic time. Fasting days became days of feasting and rejoicing. Sabbateans encouraged and practiced sexual promiscuity, adultery, incest and religious orgies.After Sabbati Zevi's death in 1676, his Kabbalist successor, Jacob Frank, expanded upon and continued his occult philosophy. Frankism, a religious movement of the 18th and 19th centuries, centered on his leadership, and his claim to be the reincarnation of the Messiah Sabbatai Zevi. He, like Zevi, would perform "strange acts" that violated traditional religious taboos, such as eating fats forbidden by Jewish dietary laws, ritual sacrifice, and promoting orgies and sexual immorality. He often slept with his followers, as well as his own daughter, while preaching a doctrine that the best way to imitate God was to cross every boundary, transgress every taboo, and mix the sacred with the profane. Hebrew University of Jerusalem Professor Gershom Scholem called Jacob Frank, "one of the most frightening phenomena in the whole of Jewish history".Jacob Frank would eventually enter into an alliance formed by Adam Weishaupt and Meyer Amshel Rothschild called the Order of the Illuminati. The objectives of this organization was to undermine the world's religions and power structures, in an effort to usher in a utopian era of global communism, which they would covertly rule by their hidden hand: the New World Order. Using secret societies, such as the Freemasons, their agenda has played itself out over the centuries, staying true to the script. The Illuminati handle opposition by a near total control of the world's media, academic opinion leaders, politicians and financiers. Still considered nothing more than theory to many, more and more people wake up each day to the possibility that this is not just a theory, but a terrifying Satanic conspiracy.

This is the first English translation of this revolutionary essay by Vladimir I. Vernadsky, the great Russian-Ukrainian biogeochemist. It was first published in 1930 in French in the Revue générale des sciences pures et appliquées. In it, Vernadsky makes a powerful and provocative argument for the need to develop what he calls “a new physics,” something he felt was clearly necessitated by the implications of the groundbreaking work of Louis Pasteur among few others, but also something that was required to free science from the long-lasting effects of the work of Isaac Newton, most notably.
For hundreds of years, science had developed in a direction which became increasingly detached from the breakthroughs made in the study of life and the natural sciences, detached even from human life itself, and committed reductionists and small-minded scientists were resolved to the fact that ultimately all would be reduced to “the old physics.” The scientific revolution of Einstein was a step in the right direction, but here Vernadsky insists that there is more progress to be made. He makes a bold call for a new physics, taking into account, and fundamentally based upon, the striking anomalies of life and human life.

Using an inspired combination of geometric logic and metaphors from familiar human experience, Bucky invites readers to join him on a trip through a four-dimensional Universe, where concepts as diverse as entropy, Einstein's relativity equations, and the meaning of existence become clear, understandable, and immediately involving. In his own words: "Dare to be naive... It is one of our most exciting discoveries that local discovery leads to a complex of further discoveries." Here are three key examples or concepts from "Synergetics":

Tensegrity

Tensegrity, or tensional integrity, refers to structural systems that use a combination of tension and compression components. The simplest example of this is the "tensegrity triangle", where three struts are held in position not by touching one another but by tensioned wires. These systems are stable and flexible. Tensegrity structures are pervasive in natural systems, from the cellular level up to larger biological and even cosmological scales.

Vector Equilibrium (VE)

The Vector Equilibrium, often referred to by Fuller as the "VE", is a geometric form that he saw as the central form in his synergetic geometry. It’s essentially a cuboctahedron. Fuller noted that the VE is the only geometric form wherein all the vectors (lines from the center to the vertices) are of equal length and angular relationship. Because of this, it’s seen as a condition of absolute equilibrium, where the forces of push and pull are balanced.

Closest Packing of Spheres

Fuller was fascinated by how spheres could be packed together in the tightest possible configuration, a concept he often linked to how nature organizes systems. For example, when you stack oranges in a grocery store, they form a hexagonal pattern, and the spheres (oranges) are in closest-packed arrangement. Fuller related this principle to atomic structures and even cosmic organization.

To prepare Americans and freedom loving people everywhere for our current global wartime reality that few understand, here comes The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare (CG5GW) by Lieutenant General, U.S. Army (Retired) Michael T. Flynn and Sergeant, U.S. Army (Retired) Boone Cutler. General Flynn rose to the highest levels of the intelligence community and served as the National Security Advisor to the 45th POTUS. Sergeant Boone Cutler ran the ground game as a wartime Psychological Operations team sergeant in the United States Army. Together, these two combat veterans put their combined experience and expertise into an illuminating fifth-generation warfare information series called The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare. Introduction to 5GW is the first session of the multipart series. The series, complete with easy-to-understand diagrams, is written for all of humanity in every freedom loving country.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Biosphere :

  • Vernadsky defined the biosphere as the thin layer of Earth where life exists, encompassing all living organisms and the parts of the Earth where they interact. This includes the depths of the oceans to the upper layers of the atmosphere.
  • He posited that life plays a critical role in transforming the Earth's environment. In this view, living organisms are not just passive inhabitants of the planet, but active agents of change. This idea contrasts with more traditional views that saw life as simply adapting to pre-existing environmental conditions.
  • One example of this transformative power is the oxygen-rich atmosphere, which was created by photosynthesizing organisms over billions of years.

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Noosphere :

  • The concept of the noosphere can be seen as the next evolutionary stage following the biosphere. While the biosphere represents the realm of life, the noosphere represents the realm of human thought.
  • Vernadsky believed that, just as life transformed the Earth through the biosphere, human thought and collective intelligence would transform the planet in the era of the noosphere. This transformation would be characterized by the dominance of cultural evolution over biological evolution.
  • In this paradigm, human knowledge, technology, and cultural developments would become the primary drivers of change on the planet, influencing its future direction.
  • The term "noosphere" is derived from the Greek word “nous” meaning "mind" or "intellect" and "sphaira" meaning "sphere." So, the noosphere can be thought of as the "sphere of human thought."

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

A close analysis of the architecture of the stupa―a Buddhist symbolic form that is found throughout South, Southeast, and East Asia. The author, who trained as an architect, examines both the physical and metaphysical levels of these buildings, which derive their meaning and significance from Buddhist and Brahmanist influences.

Building on his extensive research into the sacred symbols and creation myths of the Dogon of Africa and those of ancient Egypt, India, and Tibet, Laird Scranton investigates the myths, symbols, and traditions of prehistoric China, providing further evidence that the cosmology of all ancient cultures arose from a single now-lost source.

It is at the same time a history of language, a guide to foreign tongues, and a method for learning them. It shows, through basic vocabularies, family resemblances of languages―Teutonic, Romance, Greek―helpful tricks of translation, key combinations of roots and phonetic patterns. It presents by common-sense methods the most helpful approach to the mastery of many languages; it condenses vocabulary to a minimum of essential words; it simplifies grammar in an entirely new way; and it teaches a languages as it is actually used in everyday life.
But this book is more than a guide to foreign languages; it goes deep into the roots of all knowledge as it explores the history of speech. It lights up the dim pathways of prehistory and unfolds the story of the slow growth of human expression from the most primitive signs and sounds to the elaborate variations of the highest cultures. Without language no knowledge would be possible; here we see how language is at once the source and the reservoir of all we know.

Taking only the most elementary knowledge for granted, Lancelot Hogben leads readers of this famous book through the whole course from simple arithmetic to calculus. His illuminating explanation is addressed to the person who wants to understand the place of mathematics in modern civilization but who has been intimidated by its supposed difficulty. Mathematics is the language of size, shape, and order―a language Hogben shows one can both master and enjoy.

A complete manual for the study and practice of Raja Yoga, the path of concentration and meditation. These timeless teachings is a treasure to be read and referred to again and again by seekers treading the spiritual path. The classic Sutras, at least 4,000 years old, cover the yogic teachings on ethics, meditation, and physical postures, and provide directions for dealing with situations in daily life. The Sutras are presented here in the purest form, with the original Sanskrit and with translation, transliteration, and commentary by Sri Swami Satchidananda, one of the most respected and revered contemporary Yoga masters. Sri Swamiji offers practical advice based on his own experience for mastering the mind and achieving physical, mental and emotional harmony.

William Strauss and Neil Howe will change the way you see the world - and your place in it. With blazing originality, The Fourth Turning illuminates the past, explains the present, and reimagines the future. Most remarkably, it offers an utterly persuasive prophecy about how America’s past will predict its future.

Strauss and Howe base this vision on a provocative theory of American history. The authors look back 500 years and uncover a distinct pattern: Modern history moves in cycles, each one lasting about the length of a long human life, each composed of four eras - or "turnings" - that last about 20 years and that always arrive in the same order. In The Fourth Turning, the authors illustrate these cycles using a brilliant analysis of the post-World War II period.

First comes a High, a period of confident expansion as a new order takes root after the old has been swept away. Next comes an Awakening, a time of spiritual exploration and rebellion against the now-established order. Then comes an Unraveling, an increasingly troubled era in which individualism triumphs over crumbling institutions. Last comes a Crisis - the Fourth Turning - when society passes through a great and perilous gate in history. Together, the four turnings comprise history's seasonal rhythm of growth, maturation, entropy, and rebirth.

4th Turning

Excess Deaths & Why RFK Jr. Can Win The Democratic Presidential Race - Ed Dowd | Part 1 of 2 - 06-21-2023

All original edition. Nothing added, nothing removed. This book traces the history of the ancient Khazar Empire, a major but almost forgotten power in Eastern Europe, which in the Dark Ages became converted to Judaism. Khazaria was finally wiped out by the forces of Genghis Khan, but evidence indicates that the Khazars themselves migrated to Poland and formed the cradle of Western Jewry. To the general reader the Khazars, who flourished from the 7th to 11th century, may seem infinitely remote today. Yet they have a close and unexpected bearing on our world, which emerges as Koestler recounts the fascinating history of the ancient Khazar Empire.

At about the time that Charlemagne was Emperor in the West. The Khazars' sway extended from the Black Sea to the Caspian, from the Caucasus to the Volga, and they were instrumental in stopping the Muslim onslaught against Byzantium, the eastern jaw of the gigantic pincer movement that in the West swept across northern Africa and into Spain.Thereafter the Khazars found themselves in a precarious position between the two major world powers: the Eastern Roman Empire in Byzantium and the triumphant followers of Mohammed.As Koestler points out, the Khazars were the Third World of their day. They chose a surprising method of resisting both the Western pressure to become Christian and the Eastern to adopt Islam. Rejecting both, they converted to Judaism. Mr. Koestler speculates about the ultimate faith of the Khazars and their impact on the racial composition and social heritage of modern Jewry.

Few people noticed the secret codewords used by our astronauts to describe the moon. Until now, few knew about the strange moving lights they reported.
George H. Leonard, former NASA scientist, fought through the official veil of secrecy and studied thousands of NASA photographs, spoke candidly with dozens of NASA officials, and listened to hours and hours of astronauts' tapes.
Here, Leonard presents the stunning and inescapable evidence discovered during his in-depth investigation:

  • Immense mechanical rigs, some over a mile long, working the lunar surface.
  • Strange geometric ground markings and symbols.
  • Lunar constructions several times higher than anything built on Earth.
  • Vehicles, tracks, towers, pipes, conduits, and conveyor belts running in and across moon craters.
Somebody else is indeed on the Moon, and engaged in activities on a massive scale. Our space agencies, and many of the world's top scientists, have known for years that there is intelligent life on the moon.

The article delves into the history of the Khazars, a polity in the Northern Caucasus that existed from the mid-seventh century until about 970 CE. Contrary to popular belief, the term "Khazars" is misleading as it was a multiethnic entity, and it's uncertain which specific group adopted Judaism. The Khazars first emerged in the seventh century, defeating the Bulgars, which led to the Bulgars' dispersion to various regions. The Khazar Empire was established through the expulsion of the Bulgars and was multiethnic in nature. The language spoken by the Khazars is debated, with some suggesting Turkic origins and others pointing to Slavic. The Khazars had several cities and fortresses, with significant archaeological findings. The Khazars had interactions with various empires, including wars with the Arabs and alliances with Byzantine emperors. By the mid-10th century, the Khazar capital of Itil was destroyed by the Russians. The article concludes that much of what is known about the Khazars is based on limited sources.

#Khazars #History #Caucasus #Judaism #Bulgars #Empire #Multiethnic #LanguageDebate #ArabWars #ByzantineAlliances #Itil #RussianInvasion #Archaeology #ReligiousConversion #TabletMag

In The Science of the Dogon, Laird Scranton demonstrated that the cosmological structure described in the myths and drawings of the Dogon runs parallel to modern science--atomic theory, quantum theory, and string theory--their drawings often taking the same form as accurate scientific diagrams that relate to the formation of matter.

Sacred Symbols of the Dogon uses these parallels as the starting point for a new interpretation of the Egyptian hieroglyphic language. By substituting Dogon cosmological drawings for equivalent glyph-shapes in Egyptian words, a new way of reading and interpreting the Egyptian hieroglyphs emerges. Scranton shows how each hieroglyph constitutes an entire concept, and that their meanings are scientific in nature.

The Dogon people of Mali, West Africa, are famous for their unique art and advanced cosmology. The Dogon’s creation story describes how the one true god, Amma, created all the matter of the universe. Interestingly, the myths that depict his creative efforts bear a striking resemblance to the modern scientific definitions of matter, beginning with the atom and continuing all the way to the vibrating threads of string theory. Furthermore, many of the Dogon words, symbols, and rituals used to describe the structure of matter are quite similar to those found in the myths of ancient Egypt and in the daily rituals of Judaism. For example, the modern scientific depiction of the informed universe as a black hole is identical to Amma’s Egg of the Dogon and the Egyptian Benben Stone.

The Science of the Dogon offers a case-by-case comparison of Dogon descriptions and drawings to corresponding scientific definitions and diagrams from authors like Stephen Hawking and Brian Greene, then extends this analysis to the counterparts of these symbols in both the ancient Egyptian and Hebrew religions. What is ultimately revealed is the scientific basis for the language of the Egyptian hieroglyphs, which was deliberately encoded to prevent the knowledge of these concepts from falling into the hands of all but the highest members of the Egyptian priesthood.

Anthony C. Yu’s translation of The Journey to the West,initially published in 1983, introduced English-speaking audiences to the classic Chinese novel in its entirety for the first time. Written in the sixteenth century, The Journey to the West tells the story of the fourteen-year pilgrimage of the monk Xuanzang, one of China’s most famous religious heroes, and his three supernatural disciples, in search of Buddhist scriptures. Throughout his journey, Xuanzang fights demons who wish to eat him, communes with spirits, and traverses a land riddled with a multitude of obstacles, both real and fantastical. An adventure rich with danger and excitement, this seminal work of the Chinese literary canonis by turns allegory, satire, and fantasy.

With over a hundred chapters written in both prose and poetry, The Journey to the West has always been a complicated and difficult text to render in English while preserving the lyricism of its language and the content of its plot. But Yu has successfully taken on the task, and in this new edition he has made his translations even more accurate and accessible. The explanatory notes are updated and augmented, and Yu has added new material to his introduction, based on his original research as well as on the newest literary criticism and scholarship on Chinese religious traditions. He has also modernized the transliterations included in each volume, using the now-standard Hanyu Pinyin romanization system. Perhaps most important, Yu has made changes to the translation itself in order to make it as precise as possible.

One of the great works of Chinese literature, The Journey to the West is not only invaluable to scholars of Eastern religion and literature, but, in Yu’s elegant rendering, also a delight for any reader.

The Oera Linda Book is a 19th-century translation by Dr. Ottema and WIlliam R. Sandbach of an old manuscript written in the Old Frisian language that records historical, mythological, and religious themes of remote antiquity, compiled between 2194 BC and AD 803.

  • The Oera Linda book challenges traditional views of pre-Christian societies.
  • Christianization is likened to a "great reset" that erased previous civilizations.
  • The Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people.
  • The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting patterns in history.
  • The importance of identity and understanding one's roots is highlighted.
  • The Oera Linda book offers wisdom and insights into several European languages.

The Oera Linda book offers a fresh perspective on our history, challenging the notion that pre-Christian societies were uncivilized. It suggests that the Christianization of societies was a form of "great reset," erasing and demonizing what existed before. The Oera Linda writings hint at an advanced civilization with its own laws, writing, and societal structures. Jan Ott's translation from the Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people. The text also touches upon the guilt many feel today, even if they aren't religious, about issues like climate change and historical slavery. It criticizes the way science is sometimes treated like a religion, with scientists acting as its preachers. The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting that understanding history requires recognizing patterns and cycles. Christianity is portrayed as one of the most significant resets in history, with sects fighting and erasing each other's scriptures. The importance of identity is highlighted, with a focus on the Fryans, a tribe that faced challenges from another tribe from Finland. This other tribe had a different moral compass, leading to conflicts and eventual assimilation. The text suggests that the true history of the Fryans and their values might have been distorted by subsequent Christian narratives. The Oera Linda book is seen as a source of wisdom, shedding light on the origins of several European languages and offering insights into values like freedom, truth, and justice.

#OeraLinda #History #Christianization #GreatReset #FryanLanguage #JanOtt #Civilization #OldTestament #Church #SpiritualAbuse #Identity #Fryans #Autland #Finland #Slavery #Christianity #Sects #Genocide #Torture #Bible #Freedom #Truth #Justice #Righteousness #Language #German #Dutch #Frisian #English #Scandinavian #Wisdom #Inspiration #European #Values

The Talmud is one of the most important holy books of the Hebrew religion and of the world. No English translation of the book existed until the author presented this work. To this day, very little of the actual text seems available in English -- although we find many interpretive commentaries on what it is supposed to mean. The Talmud has a reputation for being long and difficult to digest, but Polano has taken what he believes to be the best material and put it into extremely readable form. As far as holy books of the world are concerned, it is on par with The Koran, The Bhagavad-Gita and, of course, The Bible, in importance. This clearly written edition will allow many to experience The Talmud who may have otherwise not had the chance.

This five-volume set is the only complete English rendering of The Zohar, the fundamental rabbinic work on Jewish mysticism that has fascinated readers for more than seven centuries. In addition to being the primary reference text for kabbalistic studies, this magnificent work is arranged in the form of a commentary on the Bible, bringing to the surface the deeper meanings behind the commandments and biblical narrative. As The Zohar itself proclaims: Woe unto those who see in the Law nothing but simple narratives and ordinary words .... Every word of the Law contains an elevated sense and a sublime mystery .... The narratives of the Law are but the raiment Thin which it is swathed.

Twenty-one years ago, at a friend's request, a Massachusetts professor sketched out a blueprint for nonviolent resistance to repressive regimes. It would go on to be translated, photocopied, and handed from one activist to another, traveling from country to country across the globe: from Iran to Venezuela―where both countries consider Gene Sharp to be an enemy of the state―to Serbia; Afghanistan; Vietnam; the former Soviet Union; China; Nepal; and, more recently and notably, Tunisia, Egypt, Yemen, Libya, and Syria, where it has served as a guiding light of the Arab Spring.

This short, pithy, inspiring, and extraordinarily clear guide to overthrowing a dictatorship by nonviolent means lists 198 specific methods to consider, depending on the circumstances: sit-ins, popular nonobedience, selective strikes, withdrawal of bank deposits, revenue refusal, walkouts, silence, and hunger strikes. From Dictatorship to Democracy is the remarkable work that has made the little-known Sharp into the world's most effective and sought-after analyst of resistance to authoritarian regimes.

Bill Cooper, former United States Naval Intelligence Briefing Team member, reveals information that remains hidden from the public eye. This information has been kept in topsecret government files since the 1940s. His audiences hear the truth unfold as he writes about the assassination of John F. Kennedy, the war on drugs, the secret government, and UFOs. Bill is a lucid, rational, and powerful speaker whose intent is to inform and to empower his audience. Standing room only is normal. His presentation and information transcend partisan affiliations as he clearly addresses issues in a way that has a striking impact on listeners of all backgrounds and interests. He has spoken to many groups throughout the United States and has appeared regularly on many radio talk shows and on television. In 1988 Bill decided to "talk" due to events then taking place worldwide, events that he had seen plans for back in the early 1970s. Bill correctly predicted the lowering of the Iron Curtain, the fall of the Berlin Wall, and the invasion of Panama. All Bill's predictions were on record well before the events occurred. Bill is not a psychic. His information comes from top secret documents that he read while with the Intelligence Briefing Team and from over seventeen years of research.

The argument that the 16th Amendment (which concerns the federal income tax) was not properly ratified and thus is invalid has been a topic of debate among some tax protesters and scholars. One of the individuals associated with this theory is Bill Benson, who asserted that the 16th Amendment was fraudulently ratified. Here's a brief overview of the argument: 1. Research and Documentation: Bill Benson, along with another individual named M.J. "Red" Beckman, wrote a two-volume work called "The Law That Never Was" in the 1980s. This work was a product of Benson's extensive travels to various state archives to examine the original ratification documents related to the 16th Amendment. 2. Claims of Irregularities: In his work, Benson presented evidence that claimed many of the states either did not ratify the 16th Amendment properly or made mistakes in their resolutions. Some of these alleged irregularities included misspellings, incorrect wording, and other deviations from the proposed amendment. 3. Philander Knox's Role: In 1913, Philander Knox, who was the U.S. Secretary of State at the time, declared that the 16th Amendment had been ratified by the necessary three-fourths of the states. Benson's contention is that Knox was aware of the various discrepancies and irregularities in the ratification process but chose to fraudulently declare the amendment ratified anyway. 4. Legal Challenges and Court Rulings: Over the years, some tax protesters have used Benson's findings to challenge the legality of the income tax. However, these challenges have been consistently rejected by the courts. In fact, several courts have addressed Benson's research and arguments directly and found them to be without legal merit. The courts have repeatedly upheld the validity of the 16th Amendment. 5. Counterarguments: Critics of Benson's theory argue that even if there were minor discrepancies in the wording or format of the ratification documents, they do not invalidate the overarching intent of the states to ratify the amendment. Additionally, they assert that there's no substantive evidence that Knox acted fraudulently. It's worth noting that despite the popularity of this theory among certain groups, the legal consensus in the U.S. is that the 16th Amendment was validly ratified and is a legitimate part of the U.S. Constitution. Those who refuse to pay income taxes based on this theory have faced legal penalties.

The article delves into the evolution of the concept of the ether in physics. Historically, the ether was postulated to explain the propagation of light, with figures like Newton and Huygens suggesting its existence. By the late 19th century, Maxwell's electromagnetic theory linked light's propagation to the ether, a theory experimentally validated by Hertz in 1888. Lorentz expanded on this, focusing on wave transmission in moving media. The article contrasts the English approach, which sought tangible models, with the phenomenological view, which aimed for a descriptive approach without specific hypotheses. The piece also touches on various mechanical theories and models proposed over the years, emphasizing the challenges in defining the ether's properties and its evolving nature in scientific discourse.

As an Amazon Associate I earn from qualifying purchases.


The Delingpod: The James Delingpole Podcast – Interview with Clif High – 11-04-2022

The Delingpod: The James Delingpole Podcast - Interview with Clif High - 11-04-2022

The Delingpod: The James Delingpole Podcast - Interview with Clif High - 11-04-2022

Episode Summary:

The PDF document is a transcript of a conversation between James and Cliff, a self-described schizotypical individual who has had unique experiences and insights through the use of psychedelic drugs. Cliff discusses his ability to access a space he calls "hyperspace" where he interacts with non-human minds. He believes that his schizotypical characteristics and psychedelic drug use allow him to journey to hyperspace and interact with other minds, gaining valuable insights and ideas.

Cliff shares a story of exchanging ideas with a non-human entity in hyperspace, which he believes helped the entity's civilization. He also discusses his understanding of the human psyche, stating that all humans are inherently psychic but are unaware of it due to societal conditioning. According to Cliff, people's choice of language reveals their psychic nature as it often precedes events and behaviors. He has developed a system to analyze language on the internet, extracting psychic leaks from the vast amount of data. This system has allowed him to make predictions, including the rise of Bitcoin, which he knew about before it was named.

Cliff has worked as a software programmer for various companies, including Microsoft, IBM, and airlines. He created a system that analyzes language on the internet, extracting psychic leaks from the data. He believes that humans are inherently psychic, and their choice of language reveals their psychic nature. This insight has allowed him to make various predictions, including the rise of Bitcoin, which he was aware of before it was named.

He further elaborates on his understanding of reality, consciousness, and the experience of death. According to Cliff, reality is vibratory, with everything vibrating into and out of existence at a rapid rate. Consciousness is the force that allows for this continuous recreation, bridging the gaps of non-existence or the "void". Cliff believes that consciousness is permanent and is what people refer to as God. He does not adhere to any religion but has a deep understanding and belief in consciousness and the vibratory nature of reality.

Cliff also shares his experiences with death, stating that he has died three times in his life. Each time, he has had unique experiences that confirm to him that death is not the end. He believes that everyone has a personal experience of heaven after death, but the experience is not uniform for all. Cliff's perspective is a blend of spirituality, philosophy, and personal experience, offering a unique viewpoint on life, death, and reality.

#Cliff #Hyperspace #Psychedelics #NonHumanMinds #Insights #Schizotypical #Language #PsychicLeaks #Bitcoin #Predictions #Reality #Vibratory #Consciousness #God #Death #Spirituality #Philosophy #Experience #Heaven #Afterlife #Life #Understanding #Internet #Analysis #Programming #Microsoft #IBM #Airlines #Society #Conditioning #Existence #Void #Meditation #Energy #Frequency

Key Takeaways:
  • Cliff identifies as a schizotypical individual, gaining unique insights through psychedelic experiences in "hyperspace".
  • In hyperspace, he interacts with non-human minds, exchanging valuable ideas and insights.
  • Cliff perceives psychic leaks in language, which he believes precede events and behaviors.
  • He developed a system to analyze language on the internet, extracting psychic leaks and making predictions, like the rise of Bitcoin.
  • Cliff explores the vibratory nature of reality and the permanence of consciousness, which he equates to God.
  • He shares experiences of dying three times, each time gaining unique insights into the afterlife and consciousness.
  • Cliff believes everyone has a personal, unique experience of heaven after death.
  • His perspective is a blend of spirituality, philosophy, and personal experience, offering a unique viewpoint on life, death, and reality.
Key Takeaways:
  • Cliff predicted the rise of Bitcoin before it was named, utilizing his system of analyzing psychic leaks in language.
  • He suggests that everyone has a personal and unique experience of heaven after death, although the experiences are not uniform for all.
  • Through his understanding of vibratory reality and consciousness, Cliff implies that individuals can gain deeper insights into the nature of existence and reality.
Chat with this Episode via ChatGPT

The Delingpod: The James Delingpole Podcast - Interview with Clif High - 11-04-2022

Welcome to the delingpod with me, James. Delingpod? And I know I always, always say I'm excited about this week's special guest, but I really am excited. I'm bouncing up and down and I see he's got his whiteboard in the background. It is none other than the legendary Cliff.

Hi, Cliff. Welcome to the delingpod. I've been so thank you very much. Now I don't know how far down the rabbit hole we're going to go. I just wanted to congratulate you, first of all, on that, your podcast, there's a Bug in My Woo, I think it was called, was just one.

I mean, I think you really pushed the boat out there.

Do you agree with me? Yes. The woo thing is a deliberate strategy and a tactic and that was a bit of work to get into that. Yes. Well, we might go on to that if we've got time.

But I know that the people listening to this or watching this are going to be divided between those who are going, oh my God, it's clif high, I'm so excited. And those who are going, who is this guy? Why do we want to listen to him and why should we listen to what he has to say? So for the benefit of those who don't know who you are, can you sort of explain what you do and how it is that you have these kind of insights into what's going on in the world and the way things are going to pan out?

I took a lot of drugs. I took a lot of psychedelic drugs in the psychedelic states I was able because all right, let me back up even further. I am what is described as a schizotypical, that is, a person who has survived, a family member who was a primary Schizophrenic and an early onset Schizophrenic. These people usually die young. My brother died young.

He passed in middle age. He was a lifelong schizophrenic. Siblings that survived Schizophrenic families are called schizotypical. This is not a psychiatric definition, this is a sociological definition, more of a collection of parameters, but it defines a certain kind of a mindset. It is my belief that because of my genetics, because of my schizotypical characteristics, I am able to take psychedelic drugs and I am able to journey to a place that I call hyperspace.

In hyperspace I am able to interact with what I call the other minds that are not human. A mind, other minds. There's much we can discuss about that, but I just call it the other. It is clearly a mind that is not human. In doing so, in my youth, I was fortunate enough to have an occasion to interact with a being that was a hominid, that was another that was amicable, and we transacted.

In hyperspace, I was able to exchange in hyperspace, there is no you exchange things of value, but obviously these are ideas and not material goods. Because there is no matter in hyperspace. You journey there through the psychedelic drug. How he got there, I do not know. There is not language as we describe it there.

There are thoughts that are made expressed in the medium of hyperspace by your mind that are not vibratory excitement of air, as I'm doing now. So I don't know how he got there. It was difficult to communicate. I was able to learn things. I did him a great favor by presenting him with an idea that may have aided his civilization.

And it was an idea that they did not natively arise on their own. It is the idea of a sacrificial surface. We call this idea paint. They were having a crises on their planet that involved conditions of an environmental change, and they had no way of coping with it. And because of the nature of the being that he was, they did not have sacrificial coverings like clothing.

Okay, they had decorative clothing, but they're just a strange being. In any event, though I taught him about the idea of paint, a great deal of deliberate experimenting on mine, I did not know how to make paint at that time. I had to go to my local state library and immerse myself in the chemistry of paint and try and get this idea across to this being. And he got the idea in exchange for that, he gave me the idea that all emotion for all hominids is intricately related to our vagus nervous system, and that our vagus nervous system is what allows us to peer through our energy bodies and extract patterns from universe that we might think of as present. I took that one stage further because of things that he taught me and applied that to language.

I then wrote a series of programs. I made my living as a software programmer for microsoft, IBM, gecmark, british airlines, american airlines for years. And as a programmer, I devised a system that went out on the internet and brought in millions and millions and millions of words and reduced them down to a thick word soup, from which I extracted all of the psychic leaks that people are continuously leaking out. One of the key things I learned from this individual in hyperspace is that all humans are incredibly psychic. We are trapped within a mind control that forbids us from seeing our own psychic nature, but it must leak out, and it leaks out in our choice of language.

Our choice of language precedes behavior and events by some distance. I was able to tap into that. That's probably my biggest claim to fame. So I knew about bitcoin before it had been named bitcoin. Thus I was able to be there when bitcoin was ten cents and take advantage of I have known about things because of things, right?

So because of this language aspect, and because of the knowledge I learned in hyperspace, I have learned things here in this material that I find to be of value for humans because others have listened to me. There are now many millionaires in cryptocurrencies that just listened to me and made their own decisions. I was not advising people to buy or sell or do anything. I'm just pointing out what is available to be seen if one knows how to see it. That has got to be the best self job description I've ever heard and an unbeatable intro to any podcast.

Thank you. At that point, I tell you, Cliff, at that point there's going to be a fork. Some people are going to be going, I'm not going to listen to anymore of this crazy shit. It's already gone too far down the rabbit hole. And other people are going, I had no idea that Cliff was this cool.

Anyway, you'll be pleased to hear that I'm in the latter camp. But it's good that you do have that, I think even the normis. And as you know, I was, until very recently a Norman myself. This has been a very steep learning curve for me this last six to nine months, whatever. But I think one thing that normally need to deal with somebody like you is they need a kind of anchor to the reality that they understand.

And I think they can probably relate to the idea of algorithms, of sort of searching words.

They examine word frequency, is that right? No, actually I do that to throw out all the meaningless words. Okay. So there's a key aspect of this that I've sort of hinted at, but I've never really gotten into the details of my emotional reduction engine. I figured out a way in programming to reduce words down to some quantified numeric, values, intensity, duration, in other words.

So I did a lot of work. I mean, I did over decades of work figuring out things. So I would put out on a forum, I would put out an outrageous statement that we should never ever celebrate Christmas unless Santa Claus has a blue beard. Something just really strange, right? And then I would use algorithm to find how far this word propagated out into this phrase propagates out into the internet.

So I was tracking language much more intensely than in mere frequency. So I never cared about frequency. Then I discovered some key things that I won't reveal the totality of it, but in England, in the UK, I'm sure you still maintain some of the older linguistic ways where they would say, oh, my palm is inching and it means something, right? It means you're going to get money, relatives, or, you know, I got a toothache. It means my aunt's got, you know.

So there's this like psychic connection kind of stuff to your body and the clues that your body provides. I was able to systematize that. Okay? So I was able to find the language of people leaking out in their casual conversation and gardening fora that would tell me that there was a new financial system coming. And I did it on the terms of hundreds and hundreds of millions of what I called reads.

And a read was finding these keywords and then gathering 2048 words on either side of them should it exist, and then coming back and running this thing through my engine. So I would run these routines where I had servers just sitting all over the place, dragging stuff off the internet, capturing words and capturing metadata about the words where we found them and so on. And then we'd run that for 18 or 20 days, and then I'd run processing for 18 or 20 days. It was a batch system. Because of the nature of the way I developed it, it was never interactive in that sense.

Right. I had to trigger it off and run it this way. And I would go through 100 million internet captures in order to produce an individual report. The vast majority of the 100 million internet captures were thrown out because it was conscious language, and I was not after conscious language, after that inadvertent slip of using one word as opposed to another. So I can give you a flavor of it by saying that there's three different types of language.

There's immediacy language, there's shortterm language, and then there's long term. Longterm generally tends to be legal language, right? And informal language that's going to have a long term impact on you. Short term language is like the everyday kind of stuff.

Immediacy language has an immediacy effect out to about three or four days, maximally out to three weeks. Shortterm language is from the beginning of the fourth week until the end of the third month, and long term languages from the end of the third month, out 19 months. And so by slotting language into these different slots, I could get an idea of when that thing is approaching to us, so to speak. And so that's what I did for timing. The timing clues were just terrible.

It was just terrible, terrible, terrible. Like 1215 years of work to get even close on that. And then the censorship, and then I got polluted by this blue chicken space cult, and it caused my data to go wonky. Nonetheless, for a while there, it was dialed in very accurately, and that's what allowed a lot of people to make themselves millionaires following my crypto analysis and these kinds of things. Good.

I wish I'd been a cliffhigh fan at that point. I'm a bit late in the game to pick up on this newfangled thing called bitcoin, but maybe there'll be other trends that you can spot that will help us all listening. I can tell you about those now. Yeah. So it's not a problem.

Don't worry about it. Good, because actually, one of the many things I love about you, cliff, is that you bring a message of hope. Now, there are lots of people on the internet engaging in what you might call woo, or sort of variations on woo. People have gone down the rabbit hole. But A, I think a lot of them are bullshitters.

They're sort of regurgitating what they've heard elsewhere. And I'm not going to name any names, but we know who they are.

Absolutely. You can also well, maybe they do carry messages, but I trust your messages of hope more than I do those of other people. I think there's something about you which I think is honorable and informed. Maybe I'm wrong. Well, no, you're correct.

Thank you for that. I count myself an honorable man. Right. So I'm a Sigma male, which is an unusual thing in our society. Sigma males are like alpha males, but we basically think beyond our own deaths, and we don't really necessarily want to involve ourselves in the social order.

And we generally live alone, are self isolating. And I have found that among Sigma males, you will frequently, if you can identify a sigma male, usually they have that characteristic we call honor. And I found Sigma males that are the head of motorcycle gangs right. That are nonetheless honorable men. And so I take that as a compliment.

I understand that as a compliment, and that is something I hold myself, too, is this particular category of honor. And this is very necessary, in my opinion now, because that's what gives us the hope that we all want. Yeah, well, totally. One of my experiences in the last six months, say, is finding God. I was brought up a Church of England, and I went to one of those schools where you had chapel services every day and twice a day on Sundays.

But religion was not the same thing as actually believing in God. Where are you on that one, by the way? Do you have a religion? No, I don't have a religion.

I'm not a joiner. Okay, so Sigma males, I'm a schizotypical. So schizotypicals are isolated. Something people don't know about schizophrenics is that schizophrenics have a tendency to put out pheromones that make people uncomfortable around them. So individuals not of my family could not stand being around my brother because he put out pheromones that basically caused them to freak out.

So a lot of mentally ill produced stuff in their sweat that makes us feel bad around them. And if you ever encounter an emotionally disturbed individual in the street and you get close enough to them, you will feel that reason to back off. And it is a pheromone. And so these issues with schizophrenics are formative in terms of how we relate to people and so on. Right.

So it was not in the nature of my family to be joiners just because of that. And I am an a Sigma male, so I'm not a joyner. So I would not have a religion in the sense of belonging to an organization that way. And I do not count religion, which is the organized discussion and analysis of an understanding, a philosophical or spiritual understanding, as being that spiritual understanding. So I live in the Whoo.

I've also lived in the woot, right? So in my world, I go by that old, and I don't even know where it appears, but that old Christian saying that a man's self is God, okay? So in yourself is God. Now, I have gone to some great examination into examining reality, some great thought into examining reality, and I've come up with a theory that I called a wobble. And this Wooble explains magnetism in a way that no physicist in quantum mechanics or anything can explain magnetism.

And I can measure the explanation. There's a part of my magnetism theory that has a measurement in it, and I can make that measurement that validates that theory. It proves itself. Okay? The underlying core of that theory is that the reality we live in is a vibratory reality.

Like Nikola Tesla says, frequency is everything, vibration is everything. Well, we are vibrating at 22 trillion times a second. We are vibrating into existence and out of existence 22 trillion times a second. And in between each of those vibrations into existence is a gap that the meditators called the void. And I'm a deep zazan meditator, and I've come close to touching the void and I know it exists.

And this void is a space where there is nonexistent. It happens so fast, our minds are not aware of it at any conscious level, but they do. They are aware of it. And I will tell you right now that there is one thing and one thing only that causes us to recreate our bodies 22 trillion times a second, to jump the gap of the void, so to speak. And that one thing is consciousness.

So in my understanding of reality, and if you go look at my video called Just Another Wu Cult, I get into these various frequencies. But if you go all the way down to 22 trillion times a second and touch through the gap, you touch consciousness that is there, that exist in permanency. That is what people call God. Okay? So I know I live in that consciousness.

So for me, I've never felt the need for a religion. No. But it's reassuring to have confirmation that God, as we call Him, exists. I think that's cool. Okay, so I've had confirmation in another way much more striking and brutal, and that is that I've died in this body three times in this life.

In this body's life, I have perished three times. Most recently was on Friday the 13th July in 2018 when I perished of colon cancer. They took a colon cancer out of me that was 5 CM by 5 CM by 4 had blocked my intestine, and I had lost £50 in the course of less than six months, and I perished. And in that perishing, I had the same experience that I'd had the previous two times of dying and so I had three times as a trend. And so I know that that's what happens when I die.

And so I have confirmation that death is not the end. Right? And is it better that the world that we go to after death better? We have to be careful about words. Better.

How do you define better? And so on. It is different. There's no fear. There's plenty of good stuff about it and it's different.

It is simply part of what we're doing. And so in my understanding, what happens is that you die. And if you are of a sufficiently deep understanding or accurate understanding, you are presented with the image of the mechanism of reality as it exists. Otherwise you're presented with what may be described as an artificial reality, very much like the artificial reality that we're in now. You would find it very difficult to tell the difference between this material that we're in now and the artificial reality that presents itself after death.

For most people, that is the case. Myself, I've died so many times and have lived so many times that I'm at that point where I'm interacting with it on the mechanistic level. So I do not experience or see what others would necessarily see. It is not a ubiquitous experience for all. And in fact, I can assure you that everyone who dies has a personal experience of heaven.

An absolutely perfect existence of timeless joy in heaven. I can assure you that this does indeed exist. But it is far more complicated than that statement would tend to suggest. Right. Where are you on good and evil?

I like good. I don't like evil. Yeah, they are objectively. They do exist, don't they? I mean, they're not just yes, all of our reality, if you go and look at my Wobble video, it gets into it deeper.

But all of our reality is based on asymmetry based on duality. There is the pulse that keeps us created 22 times, trillion times a second and there's the void. And so we're always oscillating between these two aspects. There's always going to be oscillation. There must be a counterposition for any position that anything ever assumes in this reality as we go forward.

So evil must exist simply, if for no other reason than to define good. Yes, funny enough, that was exactly how I explained it to somebody the other day. Somebody was saying, well, how do you know evil? Evil exists? Or how do you know good exists?

And yeah, the duality makes total sense to me. It seems to me look, we are living in extraordinary times, I mean, even unprecedented times. Have we had anything like this before? Not in the last 2780 years. There may have been a period of time, actually in around 1100, in the 1100 BC in which we had a chaotic time within humanity.

And that was the collapse of the Bronze Age civilization, right? Yes, I remember you mentioned that on the bug podcast. Okay, so in modern history and going back before the Romans, there's never been a time like this, correct? Right. And that itself is so amazing to me.

On the other side of the pulse, where all of us exist in our non alive state, the medium psychosis, it's called that point of time between lives, that's the land of permanence, okay? The realm of permanence is basically what we all call it there. Over here is the place where change can occur, okay? Change can only occur because of the pulse. The fact that we have the void allows us to move very much like moving pictures, only we're doing it at 22 trillion times a second because it allows our blood to move, our hair to grow, all of this kind of stuff, right.

It's got to be at that fantastic rate. But this ability of change is why the material exists. The material is where all of the matter exists, right? Where we are. The material exists for us to encounter change in order that we may be able to learn and grow and then take that back to the other side with us and thus grow and mature in progress through our various incarnations.

What has happened here in this reality? The material has been hijacked, in my opinion, and it has been hijacked for at least the last 2780 years, if not for the previous 2780 years. And it has been as though there has been a spell on us. The last such spell that was put on us was on September 11, 2001. The attack on the World Trade Center put a spell on the whole planet that froze us for the next 15 years.

They put these spells on us, the powers of the be, to put the mind control on us in order that they might freeze our emotional progress, if you will. And in doing so, we get change. But it's at a very mundane kind of a level, very trivial kind of change right now, as you say, we are in an extraordinary period of time where the ability of them to put the spell on us is breaking. Why you changed over these last nine months at such a core level is specifically why their spell is breaking, okay? Because there are billions of all of us going through the same thing.

Now. People like myself, David Ike, Max Egan, universe had us addressed those same issues decades back such that we would be here now to talk to all of you as you're going through these same issues, okay, so that we can all get on the same page, because universe has decided that they won't be able to put spells on us anymore, and we shall have change. This change is going to undo thousands of years of history, and we're going to start fresh. It is the most sparkling diamond of pure change that could ever it's a great gift to all of us. You cannot know how great this gift is.

Well, that's exciting, but I know that leavening this joy and excitement. You've also mentioned that loads of people are going to die in the process before we reach this.

It's a crossing. As we progress up and through the change, many people will leave us, right? Yes. I suppose you're not going to make this new omelet without breaking a few eggs. Before we go there.

I just wanted to go back slightly because you mentioned earlier rather excitingly, I think that we've all got these natural, tremendous you didn't say psychic powers. What did you say? We've got intuition, psychic abilities. Abilities. And is that in our pineal gland?

Is that wherein it lies? No, the pineal things. Okay, so we only have four senses. We don't have five senses. What we call the sense of touch is a sensation.

There is no sense organ there. All of our sense organs are up in our cranium. Okay? Sense organs are complete subsystems, so you do not hear the sound and then decode it. Your ears do that for you, just as your eyes decode the light and give you the image in the back of your brain so that you don't actually have to see the little light and put it all together and structure your reality that way and you're delivered taste and smell.

These are obscure to our science because they are complete subsystems. The pineal gland is such a complete subsystem. Okay, the pineal gland is extremely interesting. Now, in an unfortunate sense, I got to go outside the body to describe what's going to happen, all right, with the pineal gland. So when you die, your soul okay, so all humans are born through the process wherein the mother actually inhales the soul that will become her offspring, of the being that will become her offspring.

It enters in through her breath. The soul goes in, and the soul can be thought of as like a personally designed template for your body that is impressed over the developing fetus in that woman. So if your soul did not go into that woman, it would go into some other woman, but you would arise the same way out of either of those two women with some small physical differences based on the genetics, the inheritance characteristics of that woman. But the soul describes your body in a very detailed template format. Your soul is not self aware.

Your soul does not have consciousness. You are conscious. But your soul is a separate thing from you that is not conscious in the same way you are. Your soul is conscious of its task and its duties, and that's it. At the end of every life, your soul is reduced to a single drop of what we in the material here call intuition.

The single drop that the soul is reduced to is the sum total of everything you have learned from your experience with the Karma that your body had to deal with. Not your knowledge, not your emotions, but the Karma karmic things that's reduced to a single drop of what we call intuition. It is your pineal gland that accesses that intuition through its subsystem. So we do have five senses. But the pineal gland, even though it's a sensor, it's not as though the other senses so in the material.

We don't really think of the pineal gland as like taste or smell or something, but it delivers to you intuition. And so if you do things and fill your pineal gland full of calcium and you have a bad diet and stuff and it's not functioning, then you will have very little intuitive ability. Right. So it's really very important to keep your pineal gland decalcified. That's interesting.

Yeah, because I've just been taking this fermented skate liver oil, which apparently is very cool. I love that stuff. Yeah, it's really good. The stuff of Vikings. Yeah.

It goes back to your Saxon roots. Yeah. Well, I think I've noticed the difference. So some people are just more in tune with one of my I don't know whether you saw the podcast I did with a friend of mine called Jonathan Miles Lee, who was very, very he got me on to drinking distilled water and taking microdoses of psilocybin and into the importance of the pineal gland. And he was very I mean, he was psychic.

All sorts of interesting experiences. But most of us are just living like we're sort of these lump and beings, aren't we just completely in denial, right? We're condensate. Okay. It is not true that E equals MC squared.

Einstein was 100% wrong about that. The nuclear explosions in atom bombs and nuclear reactors are, in fact, electrical reactions. They're not nuclear. There's no such thing as nuclear forces. It's all vibrations.

Right? And so we are vibrating. We are spirit that motivates matter. Matter is very dense, and you can't extract the energy back out of it. All you can do is rip the electrical bonds, and that's what creates the nuclear explosions.

But matter being dense, that's what gives us the lump and feeling. But the psychic aspect of this, you've got to be very careful about it because some people are extremely psychic. I was extremely psychic in those last six months before I died. It was because my body was deteriorating on me, and it was basically becoming more and more simply pure vibration. And as a pure vibrating antenna, I pick up ancillary I would ruminate with what was going around on me.

Right. So I became extremely psychic. So many of the people that I will meet in the course of my life and have met that are psychic individuals don't have a good body. Their bodies are not doing well. They're vibrating too much.

They're taking substances that make them psychic, more psychic and increase. That vibration at the cost of their adrenal gland and all these other functions within the body. I personally would never drink distilled water. It leaps minerals out of the gut and it is a precursor. Your gut has only got one cell thick of lining on it with the villi to take nutrients out of there.

And distilled water can disturb that greatly and potentially could cause colon cancer. I died from that and the pain of that, it's not something to occult. Okay, Cliff, what do I do about that one? Obviously, the target is full of shit. Okay, so here's what you do.

You can have filtered water and distilled water, but distilled water, water wants to have minerals in it. So you need to have some level of effective mineralization in the body if you're going to be dealing with distilled water. Filtered water is different. All right? So you can distill water out and simply let it sit out so that it can become oxygenated and it will grab some level of minerals, nitrogen, etc.

E from the air. However, another way to do it is to get very pure filtered water and then make sure you have adequate minerals in your diet. And these are like 93 trace minerals you need. You can look them up. It's like folic acid.

Put a couple of drops in your water and you're good. So you just need to be advised that psychic ability is okay. It's great, but it frequently comes at the expense of your body, and that's not good in your overall general progress from life to life. Right? Okay, so let's go back to what's going on now and this extraordinary thing.

It seems to me that the world has been hijacked for a very long time, actually, by an elite. Or maybe the elite are in the service of a higher power which is tormented and evil, whatever it is. You call it, the bug. It's just a placeholder, right? Okay, so you're right.

We've been captured. All governments have been infiltrated and captured. And now it has become visible. And as it becomes visible, that alone is a catalyst to cause your thinking to change, which can cause a change in you, which will turn feedback into this loop. And you cause a change in the reality around you by having made that change internally.

So look at what has happened. We have a situation where the powers that be have decided that they need to call the herd. They need to kill us all off. The reason that they need to do this is they can't pay pensions. Our financial system is breaking down and they can no longer it's not going to last two more years.

It's not even going to last one more year. Absent the COVID and everything we would have had the mother of all crashes in the financial system in 2020, late 2020 would have been the ultimate death of all of the financial system. Structure. We're there now with the backdoor repo on the overnight on the Federal Reserve, the swapping of all of these DRS, they're trying to jen us up to the next level of system, and it's all of debt slavery. Now, in the past, every 100 years, they would institute a plague and then followed by wars or a war, followed by plagues.

They would alternate it sometime. If you look back through history, basically every 100 to 120 years, this happens all the way back to the Middle Ages and the plague years and the origination of the plague laws, okay? So the plague, the Black Death, in my opinion, was engineered by the power elite, and there is even some evidence that you can find that supports this. And they're attempting to do this playbook all over again. But some of the humans, some of the herd, have wired up for the last long time, maybe 60 years, there's been an active self organizing collective that has put together a plan and has engaged with the Bug, the power elite, the captured governments, and is in the process of undoing them.

And this plan, in my opinion, is brilliant, absolute, shining brilliance. And step by step by step, we shall have victory. And we're very, very close, right? Because there are two scores of thought on this, one of which is that what you're saying is the purest hopeium. And hopeium is a trick designed to fool us into thinking that good things are going to happen, when actually it's not.

They don't. Sure, no. hopeium is a bugs weapon because they put up the savior and then allow it to crash. Put it up and allow it to crash because they're feeding off that emotion from the crash. And I'm not offering hope him, okay?

I'm just giving you a projection, and I'm saying that this shall occur. I could be 100% wrong, but I have evidence to support my projection, in my opinion. And then there's something else. I have a pretty incredible track record in projecting future occurrences. Okay, so tell me, first of all about the do we call them White House, the people who sort of formulated this plan.

I call them Asalk self organizing collective. Right. And these will be what? People like you and me? I mean, generals?

No, not generals astute military analysts, okay? People that would have been in the if we had to give them a rank, I would say they would be in the colonels. Some of them would be called Iron Eagles, okay? So in our country here, you have a lieutenant colonel, a lieutenant colonel that has a one insignia. And then when they become a full colonel, they become what we call full bird, and they get this little image of this stylized eagle for their emblem.

If they do not become a general, that eagle becomes iron, so to speak. They're going to finish out their career as a colonel, all right? So these Iron Eagles are people that don't have any political pressure to try and advance their career. They are content, and they've got all these resources, and they have acumen, and they are astute, and they've been trained by the best lifelong university ever in observation, and they saw the bug, and they decided among them how to best do it. And they put a lot of thought in it over a lot of years and came up with a very incredible, clever plan.

Not clever, brilliant. There's a difference. And do we know what the plan is? You obviously know what it is. You're going to tell us what it is?

Or is that giving away? No, there are very few. Okay, so I know the plan. I'm not involved with these individuals. I'm simply an A student analyst on my own, and I was trained by my father, and I am my father's son.

My father had a very interesting military career. He was in the United States Military. He was an Iron Eagle, and he exited the military after a lifetime career there. But he began his military career as an inductee in the Korean War, in which, in the second engagement, he was involved Heartbreak Ridge. He saved his entire company and another company after the officers were wiped out, and he took the objective, and bear in mind, he'd only been in country, like, 15 or 20 days at that point, and he was given a battlefield commission.

Okay? So that shocked the hell out of him, for one. And so he went through the War college, and I went through it with him. So I've been trained in these kind of analysis, and so I have been able, with my acumen, to be able to see certain things being said or done years ahead of the point of it. And so I'll give you an example.

I think it was maybe back in March or April of 2020, maybe it was even earlier. I'd have to go and look. But then President Trump made a curious statement in a speech. He said, I have great enemies, powerful enemies. They're very displeased with me.

I have to go away. It will be for a short while. Do not be afraid. Things will get better. Now, why should he say these things in the course at the intro to a speech back then?

So Trump, in my opinion and I've analyzed him, I don't know Trump, the personality. I've never followed him. I didn't watch any TV or any of that kind of stuff. So I've only done this after the fact. But I've analyzed his actions and stuff, and he's been dropping clues to what's going on this entire time in his presidency.

So he's been doing things. So he told us he had to go away for a while, but it was legit, and that he had to go away because he's got big, powerful enemies, specifically the Big Pharma. And so we see things like that. If you see several thousands of those kinds of things going on, then you can say, the reality being presented to me, to my eyes, ears and so on, is not the reality that isn't in existence. And thus we can make certain conclusions about what's actually happening.

And so you hear people say, oh, you're never going to get rid of the infiltrators, and all of the people that are duplicitous in occupying roles, they should not yet. Okay, that may well be the case. In our experience. They've had a long run, they've been very successful and so on. But I see now certain things that are occurring that are very curious, and that is that, yes, there are FEMA camps in the United States, and so maybe you could think they're going to be used for COVID quarantine or something, right?

But curiously, the military is involved in a very large couple, more than a couple of projects building prisons. Even at this extraordinary time of hyperinflation. They're busting their butts to build these big ass prisons in a couple of places in the United States. They're not large scale quarantine camps like we see the Australians building for their population. This is a specific prison situation, right.

And these prisons have various interesting accoutrement with them that suggests something other than an ordinary situation. In other words, these prisons are being built with courthouses. You don't usually do that unless you're going to be running. Unless you're basically what I'm saying is I'm seeing people in the military getting set up for a production run of prisoners. They're going to be able to run them through a court situation and then right into the prison right there.

And so this is very unusual. It would not make any sense at all. Does not make any sense at all from the perspective of the captured institutions doing it. It doesn't aid them in any way, shape or form because they're not trying to encapsulate a relatively small number of people. They want to visit a great number of people, the whole country.

So there's all these things that are not hoping, that are evidence, and we see it all over the place. Is there a sock equivalent in the UK? Please say yes. Yes, it is. Okay, so here's the thing.

This is why Americans are having such a hard time, all right, and the rest of the world for that matter, because so many people clue in America as the great shining beacon on the hill and their source of hope, right? Yeah. All right. So here's the problem for Americans and for everybody else. This is not about Trump.

This is not about Trump coming back. This is not about anything that has been brought up within any of the political structure that you've heard about so far. This is, as I said, this is about removing the book. This is about freeing humanity. This sock set out to liberate humanity at some point they discovered it was not simply the United States.

It may have been very early in their investigation that they saw that this was global and growing larger, that it was a giant octopus upon us all. And this socks set out to liberate all of humanity. So, yes, I can assure you that the UK is involved, as is Denmark, Sweden, France, any country you care to name. There will be some level of representation or contact in those countries because it is globally coordinated. And so I know that there are iron eagles in various countries that are participating, but it is not 100% military.

It is necessary that the military be the face and take over the brunt of it because some ugly stuff has to be done. So I'm not giving hope you I'm not saying that we're all going into the wizard of Oz land as of any particular day. I'm saying we've got a very long, hard years of suffering, years of deprivation, years of shortages, years of your life changing until you will no longer even remember what we used to call normal. And in that process, in that process of going through that, the agony and the suffering and the death, we will become a free humanity. And that is worth it.

Right? When you say they go do some ugly stuff, what do you mean? People dying everywhere. So many people dying that the nature of our social order changes. So many people dying that someone will come to you and say, james, we're going to need you to work next Saturday to come in on the body disposal group where we're going to need you with your dogs to go from apartment to apartment to apartment to see if people have died and to flag them and this kind of thing.

Are you talking specifically about the go away phone? Anyway? You're talking about what I call the death jab.

It's that bad? Because it's interesting, isn't it? You know, Cliff, I'm just about the only job I don't want to exaggerate. I'm not the only one. I'm just about certainly the only ex mainstream media journalist to have to be on your side of the argument to believe that this is a kill shot and stuff.

And people sort of, I imagine, if they talk about me at all, have conversations like, whatever happened to James Denningpal? He used to be his boat went round that bend in the river. Yes. They think I'm just completely mad. If they saw this podcast, they'd think I was even madder.

I mean, I can tell you, isn't it, it wouldn't be wrong. But here's the thing. Just because you're crazy, it doesn't mean you're wrong, right? They are trying to kill us. Here's something that I tell people.

Nothing in this world today makes any sense at all. Bring up any kind of thing you want to talk about. There's aspects of it that just make no sense. The powers that be what they're doing, the populist response. The populace is out here saying basically, what's going on?

We don't know. Nothing makes sense at all. All right? But if you will slot one single idea into your thinking, everything will become instantly clear and instantly makes sense. And that one single idea is they want to kill you.

If you plot that in, if you go on in and you say it is a deliberate, depopulation agenda to kill as many humans as possible, then it all makes sense. Then it makes sense. Why are they continuing with the jab when we've got thousands dead and the swine flu was shut down with only 25 dead? And why do we have all of these different things happening? All of it makes sense if you just say they're trying to kill us.

And so I don't know how people are going to conceptualize the they, but sooner or later, you start looking at who the they are, and then you see that they're trying to kill you with bad food, with too much electromagnetic radiation around you in all these different ways anyway. And so it all makes sense that they do want to kill you. And then you start looking into Bill Gates. You find out that he said the best thing that could happen to humanity would be 2 billion people dying right away, and then another 2 billion dying in about five years. And by the way, he's the head of all of these vaccine projects, but he's not a virologist, and there's no medical degree or anything like that.

And so why would you ever want to take a product produced by an individual who has a stated goal of killing off at least four sevenths of humanity? Where in your life have you ever gotten medical care free? I mean, in your case, it's different. Here in the United States, we pay for everything, and yet they're giving away these death jabs, and so obviously, they want to give them to you. And there's another thing about this.

As in advertising, if the product is free, you are the product. Yes. So there we are. And so if you think about it that way, they're trying to kill us, it all makes sense. Then you can start analyzing, is there some substance to that idea?

And you go and you see some doctors that say, in my clinic, 62% of the people presenting themselves with illnesses that are vaccinated have blood clots, micro blood clots, and elevated Ddimer tests. And so then you can tell someone that's had the shot. You can go find out if they're trying to kill you, go get this simple blood test called a Ddimer, and you guys have free medical stuff. Well, hey, turns out I hear that the medical system in the UK, they don't want to do this de dimer test that no matter what you do, unless you go to an outside physician, they're not going to do it for you unless you present at the hospital. I don't know that that's true, but that's what I'm being told.

How come? Because all this seems obvious to me. Crazy, but obvious. So how come so many people I mean, number one, how come so many doctors who've sworn the Hippocratic oath or whatever and you thought became doctors to do good, to heal people? Okay, politicians, we understand why they're doing what they do because they're just like they have no principles.

But doctors are captured.

Here's how they capture them. The medical school is designed to cultivate a particular kind of mind. That mind is dominated by memory, not cognition. Most doctors would have a hard time coming into a new situation and analyzing it and coming to an effective conclusion to fight their way out of a paper sack. I've seen doctors that can tell you every bone and all of this kind of stuff.

They've got memories all over that can't figure out a mechanical latch on a garden gate even after I've demonstrated it to them. And so they do not think, they don't analyze. And then these memory beings, these doctors that are all memory and jammed full, are captured by the institutions that they work for, and they're like everybody else, they're amenable to being squeezed by the salary, being able to support their families and so on. So they may indeed have good intentions and see no evil in anything they're doing because they believe the mainstream media, they haven't examined the results of their own actions and thus are not that way. Now, I was just on another interview with Greg Hunter here in the US.

And I brought up this thing because this guy called me. He's a doctor, and he's quit his job several days back, and he drove from where he was in the Midwest and the US. Down to California, basically in a mental fog because one day he went into work and he actually had to fill out paperwork that brought a staggering idea to his he's an Er doc or a hospitalist and brought a staggering idea to him, and that nine out of every ten people he put on a ventilator died. And now he understands that he shouldn't have put them on ventilators. He's starting to grasp it, right, starting to understand nine out of the ten people that he put on ventilators died.

And he's understanding now that his lack of attention and his lack of thinking has caused him to be in this position. And he's been killing vaccinated people with ventilators that got the so called delta variant. Yes. And of course, you know that it's illegal for you in the United States to know which variant you have. The reason it's illegal is because the test that would tell you which variant you have has to be certified in order to certify that test.

It costs several million dollars. Nobody is willing to do it so when they say delta variant, they're just making it up. It could be Moo, Lambda Epsilon, it doesn't make any difference. And we also now know that all of the vaccines as of like two weeks ago perhaps are 100% ineffective because there's no longer a COVID circulating in the general population on the planet has the spike protein that is in the vaccines. They have 17 or 16 other spike proteins because there are 17 spike proteins involved in this.

And so all the vaccines have that one spike protein in them to supposedly protect. And it's not circulating in the wild anymore. The vaccines that we know, don't we, from the vaccines, socalled vaccines, were prepared before the pandemic. They've been sort of doing the rounds, waiting for an opportunity. Do you think they were actually designed as kill shots or is it a kind of byproduct of their rush process?

No, it was not rushed. It took them well over a year. From the Falky emails, we know that Falkie's chief engineer, virology engineer was succeeded in attaching a spike protein to the coronavirus somewhere before 2015 and bragged about it in a video in 2015 16. So they put the spike protein on the coronavirus to cause this. At that point they were also engineering the vaccines along with the progress of that attachment of spike proteins.

Spike proteins were delivered in a final form for the vaccine to Mederna and to pfizer in 2019, early 2019, ahead of the pandemic being released the next year. I tumbled to the pandemic when I was watching the Chinese Dark Web before they shut it down on April 1 in 2020. And I saw the activity in late 19 in China that was circulating on the web and really freaked out. And so the bioweapon was deliberately released and sometime in 2019 and they've had this all set up. The kill shot is designed to kill, that's his point.

And the way it kills is they don't want to kill everybody. The day they go in, only one out of 3000 people drop dead that day from the shot. An additional one out of 3000 will drop dead in the subsequent week. But everybody is getting damaged. And the idea is that they'll give you enough shots that you'll just go home and die one day and they won't have to worry about you.

We have that situation here now where EMT people, ambulance people are telling me that a shift does not go by, that they don't go and haul a dead person out of an apartment that simply died alone following a shot of some number of them. They don't know if they've had two shots, one shot or whatever, they're just hauling dead people out of apartments all over the place. These are not old people, they're middle aged and reasonably young. So it was a death shot. It had to be done in this way in order to get as many people as possible to take it.

This is why the Biden administration and everybody was trying to get an extraordinary number for herd immunity. If you go to an animal vet, and if you go to a vet, if you go to an animal hubandrus that deals with herds, they will tell you all throughout history, herd immunity is 12%. Not 70, not 80. It's 12% of a herd of cows, 12% of a herd of goats or sheep. If you get that many immune, you don't have a problem.

Okay? So this idea of getting 70% of the United States shot with this stuff was intended to kill people. It was not intended to create herd immunity. And as a matter of fact, now we've already reached 80% of the people in the United States have either contracted and developed natural immunity to COVID or are vaccinated. So we should technically be able to simply cease vaccinations now, not put the effort into it and not worry about it anymore and be good isn't part of the problem with their plan.

Or maybe they've got a counter plan here. The people who are not taking the job are the very people who they ought to most want to eliminate. People like you and me and the cupid difficult people. That is indeed their biggest issue. Their thing was that we should not have existed.

It shouldn't have rolled out this way. Okay, so the self organizing collective came into existence and became global sometime in the became active in the early part of this millennium, right? As the century changed, there was a plan on the part of the bad guys, the globalists, whatever we want to call it. That plan was able to be implemented to a certain degree. The SoC became aware of it and started tracking the plan in about 2004, electronically.

And so they knew that the plan was to put Obama in office for eight years, followed by Hillary Clinton for eight years. Obama was to get his goal was to have all of the guns in the United States taken away the same way they did in Australia about the same time you noticed that we go through those same events, and they tried to do it here. Obama said that he never had any scandals, which is bullshit, all these other things. But Obama administration had more mass shootings that have ever existed in the United States, and most of them were concentrated on schools and all of this kind of thing. And poor Alex Jones got all kinds of deep problems for the Sandy Hook issue.

Now the Sandy Hook school shooting is being resurrected because they're trying to again get our guns under Biden, because Trump put the plan back. Hillary Clinton was not supposed to lose. They cheated to get Hillary Clinton to win. But the sock knew the cheat was going to happen. And they had previously asked Trump to occupy this role in the giant battle against good and evil against evil from good side.

And so Trump was to be president. He was President, but he was definitely acting within his role, within the sock. He put their plans back four years, so they're having to rush everything right now. Their plans were to have a nuclear war that would take out all of us cussed ones. We were going to lose this nuclear war in the west.

It was going to hit the United States, it was going to hit Australia, it was going to hit England, and we were going to lose and we were going to lose our constitution here in the United States and in Australia as the Chinese came in as the winners of the war. Because the losers don't get to keep the Constitution, right? Yes. When we took over Germany at the end of World War II, we gave them the Constitution we wanted, and so that was the plan. Well, Hillary Clinton didn't get to have her nuclear war.

The bioweapon was supposed to come after the nuclear war to finish off the last part of the process. So they've been thrown all out of kilter by the sock and are now struggling to maintain the status quo and recover, even as parts of their plan still are attempting to be pumped out. And so Biden is now attempting to make up for the failure of Obama in taking our guns and to maneuver us into this next war, et cetera, et cetera. They're trying to rush it all. They had a plan that this was supposed to go down by 2050.

This is all written down. We've seen this stuff written down since the 1860s in freemason literature and so on. So we know what the plan is, that their plan is, and for some reason, something motivated them to bring that plan forward from 2050 to 2020. That, I think was their undoing. And in any event, though they shall be undone.

I'm not offering opium here because this is a war we're going to suffer. Lots of us will die in this process, but we will win because we are determined to win. Because the thing is, the SoC formed itself up and has control of the military and a big chunk of the power. They know that they're dealing with an insurrection, an insurrection that is truly evil and is global. And the only way to deal with an insurrection is through a counter insurrection.

A counterinsurgency, right. Yeah. And so this counterinsurgency has two main elements. It has the military and the populace. The military is on board and doing stuff.

Now, as we note from your reaction, from your personal change over these last six months. Now the populace is getting involved and becoming awake. As we reach a certain point of everything being awake, when we reach a certain number of awake individuals in the populace, then things can go into a much more active and visible level of the theater of this. War. And that is coming very quickly.

Yes, this is good to hear, but if you went into any of the various chat groups I'm in, one of the most common complaints is like, we are so few. Why do so few people get it? It's so obvious to us. Are you telling me that this is going to change? This has changed.

Here's the problem. The chat groups and every way in which you communicate is controlled by the enemy. The enemy employs thousands of people, each running hundreds of cell phones and hundreds of computers through gang software to control and create the impression they want. All right? The enemy is attempting this is an information war.

At this stage, they live and die by information. The more information we have, the weaker they become. They are desperate to muddy that and delay that and destroy our ability to get information any way they can. Thus all the censorship and all of these things. So all of these things tell us how weak they are because they're not in control.

If they were in control, they wouldn't have to censor us, they wouldn't give a rat to us what we were saying because they were in control. Just like in Australia, they don't care what the population says because the population doesn't have guns. And so basically they're in control. Now the population is starting to take different actions and so it's become a little bit upsetting down there, but so this is the war we face. So I'm able to say, because of the software I've written and the analysis I've run, that that process of controlling the dialogue on the media, on the social media, is breaking down very, very rapidly.

And so you are correct that people are saying this, but they're saying that they think they know they're awake and they just don't see it in the people around them. But their experience is altered and controlled by their enemy. So if they were to take another approach to that experience, they may find that the people around them that they think are asleep are not. So you have to go and talk to that person to see if they're awake. Right?

And so you may be able to you don't have the appropriate conversations with these individuals because it is not appropriate within the milieu that has been described for you and the paradigm you're operating in within the structure controlled by our enemy. Very soon now, it's already happening, but very soon here in the United States and throughout the rest of the world, there will become a certain level of openness and you will find a great many people that will also be able to describe that. I'm awake too. I just didn't want to say anything because I thought you were asleep. Right.

And now you've got people that are your relatives that are taking the shots and all of this kind of stuff. But a lot of these people that have taken the shots are waking up themselves because they're experiencing the death shot. So I've had numbers of people contact me to say, they took one shot, they're feeling so bad, what can they do? They're not ever going to take another one, blah, blah, blah. And so I give them what I hope I can in the way of their body, and then I point them to some areas that can assist them in aiding their mind and getting their head wrapped around all of this.

And so that's happening all over now. We can't believe the numbers that are coming out because the bad guys control the media, the evil controls the media. So of course they're going to tell you that over half of the United States has been jabbed. I don't think that's true. I think it's far, far, far less.

And I know millions of people that have gotten one shot and aren't going back for the next. I know this because I haunt the deep web and I have all this software that can go out and find stuff for me, right, and I've got conversations between parts of the deep state saying, well, shit, we've got 15 million doses of this stuff, we've got to get somewhere else. It's just going to go bad up here. These people are not coming back for the second shot. Yeah.

And so I see these things and so I know that this is available out there. Anybody can do this kind of research that I do right now. You could begin doing it on your own without my software, because there are so many people like ourselves that are doing their bit in this war, standing up and making videos, saying, look what I learned today. Yeah. And then that's all you have to do.

But you're not going to see it on the controlled media, so you're not going to see it on YouTube, right? You're going to see it on BitChute, Rumble, Odyssey, all of these other platforms. So as long as you're corralled, all you're going to see are the other sheep. If you've decided you're not a sheep anymore, you got to get out of the corral. Yeah.

Is there any hope? You're right. My parents have taken the vaccine and sorry, not the right word, but they've had the shot, the death shot. You control that language, can't help it.

They both did so reluctantly, and I think they regret having done so. They did it because peer pressure, all sorts of things. Is there any hope for them? Can people who've had the death shot do anything? Yes, there are things that can be done.

If you go to my Twitter feed, I put up an image of things that the vaccinated can do. There are things to do. The first thing you need to do is start having a dedimer test every six months, because the dedimer test looks for the debris in your blood that indicates you're having these microclots. The microclots are going to induce exertion intolerance. They're going to cause strokes, all of these other different kinds of problems for you.

And that's the real problem. If you're having those, you can get on blood thinners that at least eliminates that part of it. Yeah. There are remedial actions you can take to strip the material that was injected into you out of your body. So we know that the ibermectin binds the spike protein and puts it out through your gut.

So you excrete it or comes out of the urine. We know that nak, an acetylcysteine, provides cellular repair, clears the lungs and AIDS in the electrical charge in the blood and other effects. It also AIDS in boosting glutathione. If you take glutathione itself, then you can get rid of what's known as the SPIONs. These are the things that make the people magnetic.

These are super paramagnetic, iron oxide, nanoparticles. Glutathione will get rid of those C 60, which is this called butt. Mr. Fullernee this product here, C 60 in olive oil, induces apoptosis in cells and kills off the damaged cells that the spike protein is damaged. So you get them out of your body.

It also induces stem cells, so you'll replace those cells. So there are things you can do. You can take chaga to protect you from encountering the COVID Again, your problem as a vaccinated person is that your immune system has been damaged. It will continue to be damaged as long as you don't take remedial action. The very first time you encounter COVID, you will have a very bad reaction because your body has been primed for that reaction.

It's called pathogenic priming, or antibody dependent enhancement. And so you can do things there. One thing you can do is to prevent yourself from having a receptive cell. A receptive cell has a positive charge on the outside of it, and it allows the virus to attach to the outside of it. A cell has to be both receptive and permissive in order for the virus to take over that cell.

Just having cells that are not receptive means you won't encounter covet. It won't get into your body. You can do that by just walking around constantly, sipping on chaga tea, taking lots of vitamin D until your vitamin D is raised way up there, and so on and so on. So these routines are known and you can find this information on the Internet. And it does work.

That's good. I'm going to leap ahead to another question I was dying to ask you. The Bug, this super entity, on one level, it's extremely powerful because it's taken over. I mean, it's got humans at high levels to operate on its behalf. Is that right?

Am I right in thinking that people like Boris Johnson, the awful President Bieber of Canada, they're all kind of creatures of the Bug? They've just been brainwashed? Correct. They're mind controlled, and it's very subtle and very deep and very pervasive. The bug, in my understanding the bug was the very first thing I encountered in hyperspace.

Okay? I encountered this being that I thought all of hyperspace was like this first encounter and it is not okay because I popped into hyperspace in a bugs laboratory. I call them a bug, but they look basically like they're called mantids, but they look more like an ant. Being in hyperspace, when you pop into hyperspace because you're getting there from a psychedelic you don't have your body, your spherical because in space the sphere is the most efficient form. You can then express your body by remembering what you look like.

Very difficult under psychedelics to have this kind of mental control. That's why perhaps people like Joe Rogan only go to hyperspace for a few brief seconds and then come back out. But that people like myself that have some of the schizophrenic tendencies have some perhaps quirky genetics that make us more able to exist in there. But nonetheless, I encountered the bug at my very first entry into hyperspace and learned just from that encounter. And then when I encountered this other being, the guy who told me about the Vegas nervous system, he told me that they had to have the bug in their solar system and they had many planets in their solar system and they got rid of the bug and that they actually had the bug physically in their solar system and it was over a thousand years.

If I understand the numerics, numerics don't translate well in hyperspace, but if I understand it, it was over a thousand year war getting the bug thrown out of their solar system. And the bug is the most ancient of all of the life's life forms that this hominid that I was discussing the things with that his species had ever encountered. And so the bug is extremely ancient and it's an insect. That doesn't change, it's invariant. It doesn't like us.

We're noisy, we're psychic, we change all the time, we do things badly. According to it, the bug created communism. It created all of the top down hierarchical structures and we've existed under it for all of my life and for thousands of years because the bug put this on us at least 3000 years ago, if not much further. So on one level it's supremely powerful because it can control all these people, the people in positions of power. And it's been effectively ruling the world for 2000 or 700 years or longer.

And yet at the same time it seems to have weaknesses. It's very weak. How does that work? Okay, so they are insects. This other that I encountered, this first one is an insect.

And so I encountered a very ancient being, I don't know how old it was, probably several thousands of years. It was very powerful. Now it threw me out of its environment with its mind, basically. What are you doing here in my laboratory and kicked me out. I came back because I was so angry because all of these different reasons I have authority issues and I wasn't going to take this crap from an insect.

So I came back. Okay. And when I came back I discovered something. Even though I was a sphere, I could project power. Now at that point I'd been taking martial arts since I was eleven.

So I understood fighting and this sort of thing. And so I fought the bug with my mind and it was like freaked out that I came back. And then it was freaked out that I was able to throw a barrier up that prevented it from getting in at my thoughts. And then it was freaked out that I was able to project the barrier and push on. The bug took a great deal of energy and it threw me out of its environment that point into the rest of hyperspace.

So the bugs are powerful enough to be able to cordon off spaces in hyperspace and keep the rest of the activity out of there while they do their experiments and stuff. But the bugs are they don't have digits like we do. They're not manipulative. They don't have technology. They have to work through other beings and they have to do it at a resonance level that is always inimitable to those other beings because it's buglike and we're not bugs.

So there's always a tendency on the part of the other beings to break free because we don't want to be bugs and we don't want to think like bugs and act like bugs. So it is a part of universe, in this duality of universe, in Materia, the bug is not allowed to rule always, forever, constantly, because its very presence sets up the opposition to it. Right? Makes sense. I bet the bugs love the Chinese more than they love us.

This is the thing the bugs love. So they don't like black people, okay? The bug has decided the whites have to go. So there's a white people genocide going on now because they can control the other races easier. This is why the Wegars in China are being eliminated because they're Aryan, okay?

So they're Chinese white people, so to speak, right? And bug through all of its control mechanisms does not like sovereign individuals that are self actualizing. And so bug, you've got to join the hive. It's got to be a hive mind. So there are Chinese, there are 140 different racial groups in China's and there are Chinese subsets in there that are not cooperative with the bug.

We know that these are the people that are not cooperative. And so this is like the way Gars Ube, the Yao, these are the people that the CCB will not give vaccines to because they intend harvesting their organs, okay? And they know you can't sell a liver that's been vaccinated just as in this country in my country, you can't give blood if you've been vaccinated nor donate any organs. That should be a big damn thing to everyone. Yes.

That leads me to a question that I've been dying to ask you.

Okay. I had a good education. I was taught how to think. No, sorry, you were schooled. Okay.

When I went to university, I was blessed with a particularly brilliant tutor who enabled me to think for myself, to think critically. And I was very, very lucky. And I'm always grateful to him. It's the best thing that happened to me intellectually. But I wasn't the only one who had this education or this experience, let's say.

So why is it that why are so many people still now being taken in by this shit?

Because it's so pervasive and because the bug can think of they think out 1000 years and then they work all the way back to this moment to figure out what they're going to need for that thousand year plan. The bug understands emotions even though it doesn't have them. It attempts to manipulate emotions and frequently goes overboard, but it understands them, but it does not experience them. And so this is our key thing. I know emotionality, as I was told on one of the journeys to hyperspace, is the key to breaking free of the book.

You can break mind control if you can get the emotions whipped up enough. Our mind control is from the minute you are born. Okay? So the mind control starts everywhere. So people males are circumcised as infants as an act of mind control.

I can tell you this right now, but it's not as you think. It's not as you're thinking right now. Circumcised males have lost between 2 million and 5 million sensors. These sensors react to hormones produced by the women that they're having sex with. It is these hormonal receptors that allow for males to mate for life because of the bonding that takes place during that intercourse at the hormonal level.

Absent in all cultures. In all cultures where circumcision is practiced, divorce rates are 50% or higher. In cultures where you don't have circumcision, look at what you have. I, as an example, am not circumcised. I've been married for 48 years.

Okay? This is a rarity in our social order. That is how deep this goes. Specifically targeting 2 million receptors because of the effect on the brain later on. So why is there a huge struggle?

You have to ask yourself. You can go down these rabbit holes. Here's another weird rabbit hole for you. OK, straws. Straws and sippy cups.

Yeah, straws and sippy cups alter the brain. And so if you want to grow up to be an actual selfactualizing male I cannot speak for females because I'm not one. Right? And I'll never be one. This is the nature of reality.

I'll never be born reincarnated as a female. I will always be male. But if you want to grow up as a selfactualizing male. Don't drink from straws, because there's a different function in drinking from a straw that shapes your mouth differently, changes the nature of your jaw, changes the nature of your throat, and affects big chunks of your brain. And the longer you sip on straws and little sippy things, the longer you will be infantile.

Wow. It's a bit late for me now to go back into my youth and not drink. But you can change. You will see a remarkable change in as little as six months, eliminating all sucking motions. Wow.

So no cocktails, or at least by martinis if you had a drink? No. If you had a drink, you need to take that full. There's a different action in the throat. It is difficult for people that sip a lot to get a custom and climate change to that.

And as soon as they do, it will really start changing your brain and how you carry yourself in reality. What do I need to do? Tell me. Just take a regular cup. No straw or anything.

Don't suck your lip with liquids. Take a mouthful and drink it and swallow. Oh, I see. Yes. But that makes it harder to drink it when it's hot.

Well, there's something else. Yeah. Look at our diets and the things that we do. So I'm an iconoclast. I don't do things the way that other people do.

I examine everything before I'll do it and so forth. It takes me a long time to examine stuff, but I examine the frequency of the lights. I examine how I drink and all of these different kinds of things and adopt those things that make sense. Our social order is so taken over by the bug that it affects whether or not you arrive with a foreskin in life. Right.

So every aspect of our lives are being controlled by things. And if you examine these things with the idea sort of asking yourself, is the bug doing this? Is this something that is beneficial for the bug? By changing the social order, you will see a great many things that are indeed that way. That's extraordinary.

So what can we do? People are going to be desperate to know what can we do to prepare ourselves for the shit storm that's coming? What's your advice? Well, you have very little time. Okay.

Because the next thing that's up the sock is already today. We're in the midst of the economic breakdown, so the financial system is breaking down such that our economy can be freed. You and I have never lived our lives in a sound money situation. I touched one 10th sound money in the form of silver coins when I was a kid, but they were withdrawn from circulation before I was, like, two or three years old. So sound money is coming.

It will change the global economy, and we will truly have prosperity based on that. But there is no quantum financial system. There's no Nisara, no socialist reengineering. Nobody's going to put money in your bank account. Banks are going to fail.

Vast quantities of banks around the planet are going to fail. Huge industries are going to fail. We have to restructure our entire social order for humanity. It's going to take decades, perhaps hundreds of years. We're beginning it in earnest as of a few weeks ago and the Chinese bonds are starting to crumble.

The bond situation is going to take down the rest of the banking system. It's happening now. So you need to look at your immediate needs for the next six to eight months and then start getting together with neighbors and friends and forming communities to get through this all this time. We're still going to have the oppressors trying to oppress us. So we have to do this stuff knowing that they're out there trying to oppress us and doing things.

And we have to take actions around that oppression to maintain ourselves over these next few months as we get into this, the horror time. And the horror time is going to be threefold. It's going to be the financial structure system collapsing and that's going to have impacts on food and all kinds of social stuff. There's also going to be tons of information coming out about evil and how evil things have been and for how long they've been. We're all going to be forced to deal with it.

And then on the other side of that is the dieoff, the evil and the exposure and the financial system crumbling have to come ahead of January and the beginning of next year, the depth of winter in northern hemisphere because that's when the diaphragm to come and we're going to be really occupied in that for a long time. We've got to get our minds right ahead of that. So the sock is doing things now in my opinion, that I've sussed out. It's doing things now to bring these things to a head fairly rapidly. And something else that will be coming out is the audits here in the United States that will show that indeed Trump won all 50 states and indeed it was the largest ever, most massive steel of votes.

And indeed every single country on this planet that uses machine counted votes has to look at what they've been doing. So it's not just audit Arizona. It's not just audit one county in Arizona. It's not just audit that state. It's audit all states, all countries because we've all been captured and that's coming out.

So when that comes out, mindset changes and the people around you will start changing. Even if they've never looked at your podcast, you will see them changing and you'll know, that's good to hear. Where are you on gold? I mean, should one buy physical gold? Is that a good thing?

Yeah, I love this stuff. Okay, so here's the thing. So I was just talking about this with Greg hunter. Cryptos are good because they're not controlled by the bug. It wants centralized digital currency, not decentralized.

The cryptos were released by the sock back when, all right? It was designed for that purpose. I like gold and silver because we're going to be trading with that. We're going to have a period of time after the financial system crashes that we have to rebuild our economy during this very terrible time where we're getting all this ugly information and people are dying in that period of time. We will need sound money.

We will have terrible, terrible circumstances. There won't be much to buy, all right? But for those things that you're going to buy, you can get cash because cash will still trade for some period coins and bills, and you can get gold and silver to be used there as well, and also with crypto. Cryptos will continue and will preserve value. But we're going to get into a funny situation as of next january.

And that funny situation could be phrased this way, that we may go into January with, say, bitcoin at $100,000 per bitcoin, and we may come out of January with bitcoin being worth $9,000. Okay? But it won't be 9000 petro dollars. It'll be 9000 new dollars with their new purchasing power such that bitcoin per se hasn't lost any of its purchasing power, even though it may have lost 90% of its petrodollar valuation. Yes, I see that.

Okay, so food, cryptos, gold. Here's the other thing, too. We're in a period of shortages, so things that require maintenance, you better get those parts. Anything requiring a chip, forget it. You have to figure out something else to do for that device when it breaks down because you won't be able to replace that chip.

So if you need clothing for the winter, you better buy it now. It may not be available this winter. We won't have supply chain and shipping and so on. The war is about to come out into the public. When that does, we can expect some responses and reprisals from the deep state as it is fighting this retreating action.

And it will do everything it can to harm as many humans as it can during that period of time that it's getting beat down. Hopefully this is the only hopeium, is that I personally think that there are reasons to suspect we will not go to a national to national war. So in other words, they could devolve. This is what they wanted. They wanted China to defeat the US.

And the west in a nuclear exchange. Hopefully that need not occur now. Okay? Hopefully we're past that. Now that their plans are so disrupted, we know that they're losing.

There's great many areas of evidence to suggest that the bug and his group are losing and it's just a matter of time before and that we must take these steps. So basically it's like Gandhi facing the people during the salt marshes, right? He was going there to get salt and he knew he was going to be beat, but he had to take the beating. And that's where we're at now. We've got tough times ahead of us.

We'll survive them, but we're going to get injured in that tough time and we're just going to have to take the pain because we're there now. Yeah.

Why are the Cabal so into pedophilia and child sacrifice and stuff like that? Longevity Adrenal. You ever see the movie Monsters Inc. Yeah. Okay?

That's all about adrenochrome. All of these monsters, the Cabal were going into children's bedrooms to make them fearful and scream and cry. That's what they have to do to produce Adrenochrome. So here's a terrible secret for everyone. Schizophrenics die most frequently from Adrenochrome overdoses.

Schizophrenics rarely die of cancer. I had a terrible cancer that was 30 years undiagnosed and I suffered greatly for 30 years and when they cut it out of me, not a sign of metastasizer, but it was growing for 30 years, okay, all my lymph nodes are clean and so on. Something about Schizophrenics protects us from dying from cancer. Not that we don't get it, we just don't usually die from it. That something is the fact that Schizophrenics run with their Adrenals just going constantly.

When your Adrenal complex goes constantly, it degrades your body but it produces Adrenochrome, which is the oxidized form of the Adrenal hormones. People that are not Schizophrenics that take Adrenochrome find that it is a longevity substance, that it restores youthful function and sometimes youthful appearance as well to a huge degree and it is super psychedelic, okay? And this is why Schizophrenics are always not there, it's because they're constantly under psychedelic load. Adriacrom also may be what protects me in hyperspace because I was, I think, a fully formed Schizophrenic and should have died before my brother. But in an early age I became aware of my mental illness and I deliberately set out to kill myself or cure myself with psychedelics and I did both.

So I think that has protected me and given me something of a view of this. But I know that the Adrenochrome is the whole goal for the Powers that Beat. Now the bug on the other side of that doesn't care if these guys live or die or how long they live or so on, right, but it needs something to motivate them and Adrenochrome is the ultimate drug, you get it from a living adrenal gland can't be extracted from a corpse, okay? So it is the most horrific thing you've ever started to even think about and that's coming out. You're going to get inundated about information about this and it is going to be truly, truly horrifying.

And so many people are going to exit this planet because of the circumstances that they're going to be facing. They will not want to live with it, they just won't. Even want to think about it. Can you explain that? You mean the bad guys are the good guys?

No, the normies. So many of the norms are going to be shocked at what has been going on and how industrialized it is. Okay, so there are a lot of the bug adherence, there are a lot of the powers that be, they need a lot of adrenochrome. So right now on this planet, there are more slaves than have ever existed in all of humanity's history. There are more children now dying to produce adrenochrome than you can possibly imagine.

And it is a production, it is an industrialized process. And this, if you plug that in, so if you plug in the idea that they're trying to kill us and you keep plugging in all these horrific ideas, all of reality will make sense to you. So this makes sense of all of the horrors going on at the southern border here. This makes sense of all of the grooming gangs in the UK, all of the mass immigration. This makes sense as to why Soros is paying for all of this.

It makes sense as to why Soros is on his 12th liver and his 7th heart. Yeah. Are we going to get killed saying this stuff?

There had been a time ten or 15 years ago that that might have been the case. No longer is that the case. Too many people are talking about it. There are individuals that they won't touch for whatever reason. I don't know that individuals are protected, but there are individuals that can say things and get away with it.

And others don't know me. I'm paranoid. I'm assuming people are trying to kill me. I've got stalkers, I live in a walled compound, I'm heavily armed just because people try and stalk me. I'm a 40 year martial arts veteran and so I know people are trying to kill me.

And so it's just an ordinary part of life. They're not specifically trying to kill me for this anymore because this information is out there too much. Right, I see. Yeah. Well, I'm assuming that if they kill me, at least I go to heaven.

Exactly. And you'll never suffer, so they just bring you that much closer to your rewards. Now, in that process, by the way, in your medium psychoses, the more activity you do here on Earth in a given life, that lengthens the medium psychosis. So you will see instances of people, especially in India, where a child says he's got two families, he's five, remembers his previous life, they can go back and tell you all his previous brothers and all of this kind of thing. And that was an individual that died young and didn't do much in his life.

So his medium psychosis, the time between lives was very short for all of us, you included, that are out here broadcasting and putting themselves out and doing all of this stuff. We're doing a lot in this life. And so we can expect that our medium psychosis will be very long indeed because you go through heaven and hell. The hell is the part of your soul being reducing all of its experience down into the intuition that you'll take into your next life. And then the heaven is where you are.

Your consciousness is during that period of time. And this is what is called the long rest or the long sleep. And so it's a really complicated guy. The woo is deep and it is very old. But there are people now, Obama I know for sure and the man that he claims to be, Michelle, his wife, I know both of these individuals to be participants in what I call the war through time.

And so there are things you can do to affect how and where and when you are reborn. Some of us will not do that because it has consequences. Others in the service of the bug, they do do that. And so this is why you will see Obama going to visit a statue in Egypt that looks exactly like him carved several thousand years ago because in his previous life that was him. Right.

And he had a long medium psychosis, a long rest, and popped out into this life. And so this also, if you plug in these things, a lot of this stuff starts making even more sense. Yeah, well, presumably I hope there are bad consequences for this kind of shit that they do. Yes, they can delay and delay and delay, but the scales are here now. The time that these things occur that come out are the shift of ages.

Astrology is us looking at the energies of life and making certain categories and decisions about them. But those energies exist whether we would care to examine them or not. And so as we change from the Age of PISCES into the Age of Aquarius, as we have done, certain energies are now popping in that didn't exist in the past and we are responding to those. It is at these cusp points, these great changes that you find things happening to the planet such as we are going through right now. And it is at these periods of time that the scales of justice are balanced.

And so there's a lot of misery coming to our enemies. Yes, yes. But ultimate reward for the good guys, I mean, presumably good does get rewarded ultimately by the universe or whatever. That's above my pay grade. I don't make those kinds of decisions.

Right, right. Because then you have to what is a reward? Who would be giving the reward? That implies an ownership of the being that's being rewarded and so on. So I don't know.

The universe quite works that way. I know that we are here to learn what to do and what not to do and that I know that when we go into our medium psychosis. We allow the changes that we experience here to alter our beings. Bear in mind that we're permanent beings, eternal beings that are simply mortal. Okay?

We live many lives. We're not eternal, we're not immortal, but we are eternal. And so we allow ourselves to be changed so we can grow. And this, again is a great boon to not be static and constant the way everything is in the land of permanence. So in my reality here, things are as they are.

But I don't answer why questions because that goes to intent and I can never suss out intent. And I just basically attempt to look and accept and make decisions based on what I see. Well, Cliff, I've so enjoyed this and it's going to just completely blow people's minds, which of course is exactly what you want. Very quickly, when you talk about psychedelics, which ones you're talking about? DMT.

Iwasca DMT is too quick. I like masculine and I like shrooms. I like yellow teachers or Thai teachers. It's a particular type of psilocybubensis. But when I take mushrooms, I take shamanic level doses.

Right. I don't do these things as recreational, so I used to make my own mescaline, which is taken from the San Pedro cactus from Peyote. And masculine, in my opinion, is the best for reaching and sustaining time in hyperspace. It is not a particularly good psychedelic relative to the other uses, like getting off of smoking or quitting opiates. Right?

You're better off taking mushrooms. Never take LSD or any of the synthetics if you want to get the hyperspace. They just will not bust you through. DMT will bust you through, but it's going to haul you back real quick. Okay, that's good.

Yes. Anyway, I'm sorry, I've got my supper waiting for me and I measured it's late. Well, while we still got food available. But Cliff, it's been fantastic. I've so enjoyed this.

And just my remind my listeners, please support me on patreon and SubscribeStar if my website is working again. If you didn't at the moment, you can support me on PayPal as well and check out Cliff's other do you want to plug anything? Cliff, have you got any? No, I'm old. Retired guy.

I got into bitcoin. I don't need to sell things. Yes, so hold on to cryptos and are there any other things that I want to know about that? No, that's basically it. Okay, we're going to go through tough times.

We'll pull out. Cool. Okay. Thanks a lot, Cliff. It's been great to talk to you.

Okay. Okay. Yeah. Bye bye. Thank you.

Bye.

Close video.


View me!

The number-one best-selling pioneer of "fratire" and a leading evolutionary psychologist team up to create the dating book for guys. Whether they conducted their research in life or in the lab, experts Tucker Max and Dr. Geoffrey Miller have spent the last 20-plus years learning what women really want from their men, why they want it, and how men can deliver those qualities. The short answer: Become the best version of yourself possible, then show it off. It sounds simple, but it's not. If it were, Tinder would just be the stuff you use to start a fire. Becoming your best self requires honesty, self-awareness, hard work, and a little help. Through their website and podcasts, Max and Miller have already helped over one million guys take their first steps toward Miss Right. They have collected all of their findings in Mate, an evidence-driven, seriously funny playbook that will teach you to become a more sexually attractive and romantically successful man, the right way: No "seduction techniques" No moralizing No bullshit Just honest, straightforward talk about the most ethical, effective way to pursue the win-win relationships you want with the women who are best for you. Much of what they've discovered will surprise you, some of it will not, but all of it is important and often misunderstood. So listen up, and stop being stupid!

Words of affirmation, quality time, gifts, acts of service, physical touching - learning these love languages will get your marriage off to a great start or enhance a long-standing one! Chapman explains the purpose of each "language" and shows you how to identify the one that's meaningful to your spouse now. Updated to reflect the complexities of relationships in today's world, this new edition of The 5 Love Languages reveals intrinsic truths and provides action steps in each chapter that will help you on your way to a healthier relationship. Also includes an updated personal profile. With a divorce rate that hovers around 50 percent, don't let yourself become a statistic. In Things I Wish I'd Known Before We Got Married, Gary Chapman teaches you and your future spouse how to work together as an intimate team! He shares with engaged couples practical tips he wishes he knew before he got married. Discussion centers around love, romance, conflict resolution, forgiveness, and sexual fulfillment. Included are insightful questions, suggestions, and exercises.

A one-page tool to reinvent yourself and your career. The global best seller Business Model Generation introduced a unique visual way to summarize and creatively brainstorm any business or product idea on a single sheet of paper. Business Model You uses the same powerful one-page tool to teach listeners how to draw "personal business models," which reveal new ways their skills can be adapted to the changing needs of the marketplace to reveal new, more satisfying, career and life possibilities. Produced by the same team that created Business Model Generation, this audiobook is based on the Business Model Canvas methodology, which has quickly emerged as the world's leading business model description and innovation technique. This book shows listeners how to: - Understand business model thinking and diagram their current personal business model - Understand the value of their skills in the marketplace and define their purpose - Articulate a vision for change - Create a new personal business model harmonized with that vision - And most important, test and implement the new model When you implement the one-page tool from Business Model You, you create a game-changing business model for your life and career.

The bible for bringing cutting-edge products to larger markets—now revised and updated with new insights into the realities of high-tech marketing In Crossing the Chasm, Geoffrey A. Moore shows that in the Technology Adoption Life Cycle—which begins with innovators and moves to early adopters, early majority, late majority, and laggards—there is a vast chasm between the early adopters and the early majority. While early adopters are willing to sacrifice for the advantage of being first, the early majority waits until they know that the technology actually offers improvements in productivity. The challenge for innovators and marketers is to narrow this chasm and ultimately accelerate adoption across every segment. This third edition brings Moore's classic work up to date with dozens of new examples of successes and failures, new strategies for marketing in the digital world, and Moore's most current insights and findings. He also includes two new appendices, the first connecting the ideas in Crossing the Chasm to work subsequently published in his Inside the Tornado, and the second presenting his recent groundbreaking work for technology adoption models for high-tech consumer markets.

Endless terror. Refugee waves. An unfixable global economy. Surprising election results. New billion-dollar fortunes. Miracle medical advances. What if they were all connected? What if you could understand why? The Seventh Sense is the story of what all of today's successful figures see and feel: the forces that are invisible to most of us but explain everything from explosive technological change to uneasy political ripples. The secret to power now is understanding our new age of networks. Not merely the Internet, but also webs of trade, finance, and even DNA. Based on his years of advising generals, CEOs, and politicians, Ramo takes us into the opaque heart of our world's rapidly connected systems and teaches us what the losers are not yet seeing -- and what the victors of this age already know.

This lushly illustrated history of popular entertainment takes a long-zoom approach, contending that the pursuit of novelty and wonder is a powerful driver of world-shaping technological change. Steven Johnson argues that, throughout history, the cutting edge of innovation lies wherever people are working the hardest to keep themselves and others amused. Johnson’s storytelling is just as delightful as the inventions he describes, full of surprising stops along the journey from simple concepts to complex modern systems. He introduces us to the colorful innovators of leisure: the explorers, proprietors, showmen, and artists who changed the trajectory of history with their luxurious wares, exotic meals, taverns, gambling tables, and magic shows. In Wonderland, Johnson compellingly argues that observers of technological and social trends should be looking for clues in novel amusements. You’ll find the future wherever people are having the most fun.

Nothing “goes viral.” If you think a popular movie, song, or app came out of nowhere to become a word-of-mouth success in today’s crowded media environment, you’re missing the real story. Each blockbuster has a secret history—of power, influence, dark broadcasters, and passionate cults that turn some new products into cultural phenomena. Even the most brilliant ideas wither in obscurity if they fail to connect with the right network, and the consumers that matter most aren't the early adopters, but rather their friends, followers, and imitators -- the audience of your audience. In his groundbreaking investigation, Atlantic senior editor Derek Thompson uncovers the hidden psychology of why we like what we like and reveals the economics of cultural markets that invisibly shape our lives. Shattering the sentimental myths of hit-making that dominate pop culture and business, Thompson shows quality is insufficient for success, nobody has "good taste," and some of the most popular products in history were one bad break away from utter failure. It may be a new world, but there are some enduring truths to what audiences and consumers want. People love a familiar surprise: a product that is bold, yet sneakily recognizable. Every business, every artist, every person looking to promote themselves and their work wants to know what makes some works so successful while others disappear. Hit Makers is a magical mystery tour through the last century of pop culture blockbusters and the most valuable currency of the twenty-first century—people’s attention. From the dawn of impressionist art to the future of Facebook, from small Etsy designers to the origin of Star Wars, Derek Thompson leaves no pet rock unturned to tell the fascinating story of how culture happens and why things become popular. In Hit Makers, Derek Thompson investigates: · The secret link between ESPN's sticky programming and the The Weeknd's catchy choruses · Why Facebook is today’s most important newspaper · How advertising critics predicted Donald Trump · The 5th grader who accidentally launched "Rock Around the Clock," the biggest hit in rock and roll history · How Barack Obama and his speechwriters think of themselves as songwriters · How Disney conquered the world—but the future of hits belongs to savvy amateurs and individuals · The French collector who accidentally created the Impressionist canon · Quantitative evidence that the biggest music hits aren’t always the best · Why almost all Hollywood blockbusters are sequels, reboots, and adaptations · Why one year--1991--is responsible for the way pop music sounds today · Why another year --1932--created the business model of film · How data scientists proved that “going viral” is a myth · How 19th century immigration patterns explain the most heard song in the Western Hemisphere

Ours is often called an information economy, but at a moment when access to information is virtually unlimited, our attention has become the ultimate commodity. In nearly every moment of our waking lives, we face a barrage of efforts to harvest our attention. This condition is not simply the byproduct of recent technological innovations but the result of more than a century's growth and expansion in the industries that feed on human attention. Wu’s narrative begins in the nineteenth century, when Benjamin Day discovered he could get rich selling newspapers for a penny. Since then, every new medium—from radio to television to Internet companies such as Google and Facebook—has attained commercial viability and immense riches by turning itself into an advertising platform. Since the early days, the basic business model of “attention merchants” has never changed: free diversion in exchange for a moment of your time, sold in turn to the highest-bidding advertiser. Full of lively, unexpected storytelling and piercing insight, The Attention Merchants lays bare the true nature of a ubiquitous reality we can no longer afford to accept at face value.

Some people think that in today’s hyper-competitive world, it’s the tough, take-no-prisoners type who comes out on top. But in reality, argues New York Times bestselling author Dave Kerpen, it’s actually those with the best people skills who win the day. Those who build the right relationships. Those who truly understand and connect with their colleagues, their customers, their partners. Those who can teach, lead, and inspire. In a world where we are constantly connected, and social media has become the primary way we communicate, the key to getting ahead is being the person others like, respect, and trust. Because no matter who you are or what profession you're in, success is contingent less on what you can do for yourself, but on what other people are willing to do for you. Here, through 53 bite-sized, easy-to-execute, and often counterintuitive tips, you’ll learn to master the 11 People Skills that will get you more of what you want at work, at home, and in life. For example, you’ll learn: · The single most important question you can ever ask to win attention in a meeting · The one simple key to networking that nobody talks about · How to remain top of mind for thousands of people, everyday · Why it usually pays to be the one to give the bad news · How to blow off the right people · And why, when in doubt, buy him a Bonsai A book best described as “How to Win Friends and Influence People for today’s world,” The Art of People shows how to charm and win over anyone to be more successful at work and outside of it.

Business Model Generation is a handbook for visionaries, game changers, and challengers striving to defy outmoded business models and design tomorrow's enterprises. If your organization needs to adapt to harsh new realities, but you don't yet have a strategy that will get you out in front of your competitors, you need Business Model Generation. Co-created by 470 "Business Model Canvas" practitioners from 45 countries, the book features a beautiful, highly visual, 4-color design that takes powerful strategic ideas and tools, and makes them easy to implement in your organization. It explains the most common Business Model patterns, based on concepts from leading business thinkers, and helps you reinterpret them for your own context. You will learn how to systematically understand, design, and implement a game-changing business model--or analyze and renovate an old one. Along the way, you'll understand at a much deeper level your customers, distribution channels, partners, revenue streams, costs, and your core value proposition. Business Model Generation features practical innovation techniques used today by leading consultants and companies worldwide, including 3M, Ericsson, Capgemini, Deloitte, and others. Designed for doers, it is for those ready to abandon outmoded thinking and embrace new models of value creation: for executives, consultants, entrepreneurs, and leaders of all organizations. If you're ready to change the rules, you belong to "the business model generation!"

#1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER If you want to build a better future, you must believe in secrets. The great secret of our time is that there are still uncharted frontiers to explore and new inventions to create. In Zero to One, legendary entrepreneur and investor Peter Thiel shows how we can find singular ways to create those new things. Thiel begins with the contrarian premise that we live in an age of technological stagnation, even if we’re too distracted by shiny mobile devices to notice. Information technology has improved rapidly, but there is no reason why progress should be limited to computers or Silicon Valley. Progress can be achieved in any industry or area of business. It comes from the most important skill that every leader must master: learning to think for yourself. Doing what someone else already knows how to do takes the world from 1 to n, adding more of something familiar. But when you do something new, you go from 0 to 1. The next Bill Gates will not build an operating system. The next Larry Page or Sergey Brin won’t make a search engine. Tomorrow’s champions will not win by competing ruthlessly in today’s marketplace. They will escape competition altogether, because their businesses will be unique. Zero to One presents at once an optimistic view of the future of progress in America and a new way of thinking about innovation: it starts by learning to ask the questions that lead you to find value in unexpected places.

Why should I do business with you… and not your competitor? Whether you are a retailer, manufacturer, distributor, or service provider – if you cannot answer this question, you are surely losing customers, clients and market share. This eye-opening book reveals how identifying your competitive advantages (and trumpeting them to the marketplace) is the most surefire way to close deals, retain clients, and stay miles ahead of the competition. The five fatal flaws of most companies: • They don’t have a competitive advantage but think they do • They have a competitive advantage but don’t know what it is—so they lower prices instead • They know what their competitive advantage is but neglect to tell clients about it • They mistake “strengths” for competitive advantages • They don’t concentrate on competitive advantages when making strategic and operational decisions The good news is that you can overcome these costly mistakes – by identifying your competitive advantages and creating new ones. Consultant, public speaker, and competitive advantage expert Jaynie Smith will show you how scores of small and large companies substantially increased their sales by focusing on their competitive advantages. When advising a CEO frustrated by his salespeople’s inability to close deals, Smith discovered that his company stayed on schedule 95 percent of the time – an achievement no one else in his industry could claim. By touting this and other competitive advantages to customers, closing rates increased by 30 percent—and so did company revenues. Jack Welch has said, “If you don’t have a competitive advantage, don’t compete.” This straight-to-the-point book is filled with insightful stories and specific steps on how to pinpoint your competitive advantages, develop new ones, and get the message out about them.

The number one New York Times best seller that examines how people can champion new ideas in their careers and everyday life - and how leaders can fight groupthink, from the author of Think Again and co-author of Option B. With Give and Take, Adam Grant not only introduced a landmark new paradigm for success but also established himself as one of his generation’s most compelling and provocative thought leaders. In Originals he again addresses the challenge of improving the world, but now from the perspective of becoming original: choosing to champion novel ideas and values that go against the grain, battle conformity, and buck outdated traditions. How can we originate new ideas, policies, and practices without risking it all? Using surprising studies and stories spanning business, politics, sports, and entertainment, Grant explores how to recognize a good idea, speak up without getting silenced, build a coalition of allies, choose the right time to act, and manage fear and doubt; how parents and teachers can nurture originality in children; and how leaders can build cultures that welcome dissent. Learn from an entrepreneur who pitches his start-ups by highlighting the reasons not to invest, a woman at Apple who challenged Steve Jobs from three levels below, an analyst who overturned the rule of secrecy at the CIA, a billionaire financial wizard who fires employees for failing to criticize him, and a TV executive who didn’t even work in comedy but saved Seinfeld from the cutting-room floor. The payoff is a set of groundbreaking insights about rejecting conformity and improving the status quo.

In The $100 Startup, Chris Guillebeau tells you how to lead of life of adventure, meaning and purpose - and earn a good living. Still in his early 30s, Chris is on the verge of completing a tour of every country on earth - he's already visited more than 175 nations - and yet he’s never held a "real job" or earned a regular paycheck. Rather, he has a special genius for turning ideas into income, and he uses what he earns both to support his life of adventure and to give back. There are many others like Chris - those who've found ways to opt out of traditional employment and create the time and income to pursue what they find meaningful. Sometimes, achieving that perfect blend of passion and income doesn't depend on shelving what you currently do. You can start small with your venture, committing little time or money, and wait to take the real plunge when you're sure it's successful. In preparing to write this book, Chris identified 1,500 individuals who have built businesses earning $50,000 or more from a modest investment (in many cases, $100 or less), and from that group he’s chosen to focus on the 50 most intriguing case studies. In nearly all cases, people with no special skills discovered aspects of their personal passions that could be monetized, and were able to restructure their lives in ways that gave them greater freedom and fulfillment. Here, finally, distilled into one easy-to-use guide, are the most valuable lessons from those who’ve learned how to turn what they do into a gateway to self-fulfillment. It’s all about finding the intersection between your "expertise" - even if you don’t consider it such - and what other people will pay for. You don’t need an MBA, a business plan or even employees. All you need is a product or service that springs from what you love to do anyway, people willing to pay, and a way to get paid. Not content to talk in generalities, Chris tells you exactly how many dollars his group of unexpected entrepreneurs required to get their projects up and running; what these individuals did in the first weeks and months to generate significant cash; some of the key mistakes they made along the way, and the crucial insights that made the business stick. Among Chris’s key principles: if you’re good at one thing, you’re probably good at something else; never teach a man to fish - sell him the fish instead; and in the battle between planning and action, action wins. In ancient times, people who were dissatisfied with their lives dreamed of finding magic lamps, buried treasure, or streets paved with gold. Today, we know that it’s up to us to change our lives. And the best part is, if we change our own life, we can help others change theirs. This remarkable book will start you on your way.

Bold is a radical, how-to guide for using exponential technologies, moonshot thinking, and crowd-powered tools to create extraordinary wealth while also positively impacting the lives of billions. Exploring the exponential technologies that are disrupting today's Fortune 500 companies and enabling upstart entrepreneurs to go from "I've got an idea" to "I run a billion-dollar company" far faster than ever before, the authors provide exceptional insight into the power of 3-D printing, artificial intelligence, robotics, networks and sensors, and synthetic biology. Drawing on insights from billionaire entrepreneurs Larry Page, Elon Musk, Richard Branson, and Jeff Bezos, the audiobook offers the best practices that allow anyone to leverage today's hyper connected crowd like never before. The authors teach how to design and use incentive competitions, launch million-dollar crowdfunding campaigns to tap into tens of billions of dollars of capital, and build communities - armies of exponentially enabled individuals willing and able to help today's entrepreneurs make their boldest dreams come true. Bold is both a manifesto and a manual. It is today's exponential entrepreneur's go-to resource on the use of emerging technologies, thinking at scale, and the awesome impact of crowd-powered tools.

The answer is simple: come up with 10 ideas a day. It doesn't matter if they are good or bad, the key is to exercise your "idea muscle", to keep it toned, and in great shape. People say ideas are cheap and execution is everything but that is NOT true. Execution is a consequence, a subset of good, brilliant idea. And good ideas require daily work. Ideas may be easy if we are only coming up with one or two but if you open this book to any of the pages and try to produce more than three, you will feel a burn, scratch your head, and you will be sweating, and working hard. There is a turning point when you reach idea number six for the day, you still have four to go, and your mind muscle is getting a workout. By the time you list those last ideas to make it to 10 you will see for yourself what "sweating the idea muscle" means. As you practice the daily idea generation you become an idea machine. When we become idea machines we are flooded with lots of bad ideas but also with some that are very good. This happens by the sheer force of the number, because we are coming up with 3,650 ideas per year (at 10 a day). When you are inspired by an extraordinary idea, all of your thoughts break their chains, you go beyond limitations and your capacity to act expands in every direction. Forces and abilities you did not know you had come to the surface, and you realize you are capable of doing great things. As you practice with the suggested prompts in this book your ideas will get better, you will be a source of great insight for others, people will find you magnetic, and they will want to hang out with you because you have so much to offer. When you practice every day your life will transform, in no more than 180 days, because it has no other evolutionary choice. Life changes for the better when we become the source of positive, insightful, and helpful ideas. Don't believe a word I say. Instead, challenge yourself.

A Guide to Resilience: How to Bounce Back from Life's Inevitable Problems Christian Moore is convinced that each of us has a power hidden within, something that can get us through any kind of adversity. That power is resilience. In The Resilience Breakthrough, Moore delivers a practical primer on how you can become more resilient in a world of instability and narrowing opportunity, whether you're facing financial troubles, health setbacks, challenges on the job, or any other problem. We can each have our own resilience breakthrough, Moore argues, and can each learn how to use adverse circumstances as potent fuel for overcoming life's hardships. As he shares engaging real-life stories and brutally honest analyses of his own experiences, Moore equips you with 27 resilience-building tools that you can start using today - in your personal life or in your organization.

What if someone told you that your behavior was controlled by a powerful, invisible force? Most of us would be skeptical of such a claim--but it's largely true. Our brains are constantly transmitting and receiving signals of which we are unaware. Studies show that these constant inputs drive the great majority of our decisions about what to do next--and we become conscious of the decisions only after we start acting on them. Many may find that disturbing. But the implications for leadership are profound. In this provocative yet practical book, renowned speaking coach and communication expert Nick Morgan highlights recent research that shows how humans are programmed to respond to the nonverbal cues of others--subtle gestures, sounds, and signals--that elicit emotion. He then provides a clear, useful framework of seven "power cues" that will be essential for any leader in business, the public sector, or almost any context. You'll learn crucial skills, from measuring nonverbal signs of confidence, to the art and practice of gestures and vocal tones, to figuring out what your gut is really telling you. This concise and engaging guide will help leaders and aspiring leaders of all stripes to connect powerfully, communicate more effectively, and command influence.

New York Times bestselling author and social media expert Gary Vaynerchuk shares hard-won advice on how to connect with customers and beat the competition. A mash-up of the best elements of Crush It! and The Thank You Economy with a fresh spin, Jab, Jab, Jab, Right Hook is a blueprint to social media marketing strategies that really works. When managers and marketers outline their social media strategies, they plan for the "right hook"—their next sale or campaign that's going to knock out the competition. Even companies committed to jabbing—patiently engaging with customers to build the relationships crucial to successful social media campaigns—want to land the punch that will take down their opponent or their customer's resistance in one blow. Right hooks convert traffic to sales and easily show results. Except when they don't. Thanks to massive change and proliferation in social media platforms, the winning combination of jabs and right hooks is different now. Vaynerchuk shows that while communication is still key, context matters more than ever. It's not just about developing high-quality content, but developing high-quality content perfectly adapted to specific social media platforms and mobile devices—content tailor-made for Facebook, Instagram, Pinterest, Twitter and Tumblr.

From the best-selling author of The Black Swan and one of the foremost thinkers of our time, Nassim Nicholas Taleb, a book on how some things actually benefit from disorder. In The Black Swan Taleb outlined a problem, and in Antifragile he offers a definitive solution: how to gain from disorder and chaos while being protected from fragilities and adverse events. For what Taleb calls the "antifragile" is actually beyond the robust, because it benefits from shocks, uncertainty, and stressors, just as human bones get stronger when subjected to stress and tension. The antifragile needs disorder in order to survive and flourish. Taleb stands uncertainty on its head, making it desirable, even necessary, and proposes that things be built in an antifragile manner. The antifragile is immune to prediction errors. Why is the city-state better than the nation-state, why is debt bad for you, and why is everything that is both modern and complicated bound to fail? The audiobook spans innovation by trial and error, health, biology, medicine, life decisions, politics, foreign policy, urban planning, war, personal finance, and economic systems. And throughout, in addition to the street wisdom of Fat Tony of Brooklyn, the voices and recipes of ancient wisdom, from Roman, Greek, Semitic, and medieval sources, are heard loud and clear. Extremely ambitious and multidisciplinary, Antifragile provides a blueprint for how to behave - and thrive - in a world we don't understand, and which is too uncertain for us to even try to understand and predict. Erudite and witty, Taleb’s message is revolutionary: What is not antifragile will surely perish.

The Cluetrain Manifesto began as a Web site in 1999 when the authors, who have worked variously at IBM, Sun Microsystems, the Linux Journal, and NPR, posted 95 theses about the new reality of the networked marketplace. Ten years after its original publication, their message remains more relevant than ever. For example, thesis no. 2: “Markets consist of human beings, not demographic sectors”; thesis no. 20: “Companies need to realize their markets are often laughing. At them.” The book enlarges on these themes through dozens of stories and observations about business in America and how the Internet will continue to change it all. With a new introduction and chapters by the authors, and commentary by Jake McKee, JP Rangaswami, and Dan Gillmor, this book is essential reading for anybody interested in the Internet and e-commerce, and is especially vital for businesses navigating the topography of the wired marketplace.

From the founders of the trailblazing software company 37signals, here is a different kind of business book one that explores a new reality. Today, anyone can be in business. Tools that used to be out of reach are now easily accessible. Technology that cost thousands is now just a few bucks or even free. Stuff that was impossible just a few years ago is now simple.That means anyone can start a business. And you can do it without working miserable 80-hour weeks or depleting your life savings. You can start it on the side while your day job provides all the cash flow you need. Forget about business plans, meetings, office space - you don't need them. With its straightforward language and easy-is-better approach, Rework is the perfect playbook for anyone who's ever dreamed of doing it on their own. Hardcore entrepreneurs, small-business owners, people stuck in day jobs who want to get out, and artists who don't want to starve anymore will all find valuable inspiration and guidance in these pages. It's time to rework work.


Tesla's main source of inspiration.
Roger Joseph Boscovich, a physicist, astronomer, mathematician, philosopher, diplomat, poet, theologian, Jesuit priest, and polymath, published the first edition of his famous work, Philosophiae Naturalis Theoria Redacta Ad Unicam Legem Virium In Natura Existentium (Theory Of Natural Philosophy Derived To The Single Law Of Forces Which Exist In Nature), in Vienna, in 1758, containing his atomic theory and his theory of forces. A second edition was published in 1763 in Venice

Bill Clinton's Georgetown mentor's history of the Conspiracy since the Boer War in South Africa.
TRAGEDY AND HOPE shows the years 1895-1950 as a period of transition from the world dominated by Europe in the nineteenth century to the world of three blocs in the twentieth century. With clarity, perspective, and cumulative impact, Professor Quigley examines the nature of that transition through two world wars and a worldwide economic depression. As an interpretative historian, he tries to show each event in the full complexity of its historical context. The result is a unique work, notable in several ways. It gives a picture of the world in terms of the influence of different cultures and outlooks upon each other; it shows, more completely than in any similar work, the influence of science and technology on human life; and it explains, with unprecedented clarity, how the intricate financial and commercial patterns of the West prior to 1914 influenced the development of today’s world.

This is the July, 2016 ALTA (Asymmetric Linguistic Trends Analysis) Report. Also known as 'the Web Bot' report, this series is brought to you by halfpasthuman.com. This report covers your future world from July 2016 through to 2031. Forecasts are created using predictive linguistics (from the inventor) and cover your planet, your population, your economy and markets, and your Space Goat Farts where you will find all the 'unknown' and 'officially denied' woo-woo that will be shaping your environment over these next few decades.

Time is considered as an independent entity which cannot be reduced to the concept of matter, space or field. The point of discussion is the "time flow" conception of N A Kozyrev (1908-1983), an outstanding Russian astronomer and natural scientist. In addition to a review of the experimental studies of "the active properties of time", by both Kozyrev and modern scientists, the reader will find different interpretations of Kozyrev's views and some developments of his ideas in the fields of geophysics, astrophysics, general relativity and theoretical mechanics.

How UFO Time Engines work - Clif High

The webpage discusses the workings of UFO time engines according to N.A. Kozyrev's experiments. The LL1 engine is described as a hollow metal sphere with a pool of mercury metal inside. When activated by electrical energy, it creates a uni-polar magnetic field causing the mercury to spin at a high rate and induce "time stuff" to accumulate on its surface. The accrued time stuff is siphoned down magnetically to the radiating antennae on the bottom of the vessel, providing self-sustaining power and allowing for time travel. The environment inside UFOs is likely volatile and not suitable for humans.

The Body Electric tells the fascinating story of our bioelectric selves. Robert O. Becker, a pioneer in the filed of regeneration and its relationship to electrical currents in living things, challenges the established mechanistic understanding of the body. He found clues to the healing process in the long-discarded theory that electricity is vital to life. But as exciting as Becker's discoveries are, pointing to the day when human limbs, spinal cords, and organs may be regenerated after they have been damaged, equally fascinating is the story of Becker's struggle to do such original work. The Body Electric explores new pathways in our understanding of evolution, acupuncture, psychic phenomena, and healing.

Unique, controversial, and frequently cited, this survey offers highly detailed accounts concerning the development of ideas and theories about the nature of electricity and space (aether). Readily accessible to general readers as well as high school students, teachers, and undergraduates, it includes much information unavailable elsewhere. This single-volume edition comprises both The Classical Theories and The Modern Theories, which were originally published separately. The first volume covers the theories of classical physics from the age of the Greek philosophers to the late 19th century. The second volume chronicles discoveries that led to the advances of modern physics, focusing on special relativity, quantum theories, general relativity, matrix mechanics, and wave mechanics. Noted historian of science I. Bernard Cohen, who reviewed these books for Scientific American, observed, "I know of no other history of electricity which is as sound as Whittaker's. All those who have found stimulation from his works will read this informative and accurate history with interest and profit."

The third edition of the defining text for the graduate-level course in Electricity and Magnetism has finally arrived! It has been 37 years since the first edition and 24 since the second. The new edition addresses the changes in emphasis and applications that have occurred in the field, without any significant increase in length.

Objects are a ubiquitous presence and few of us stop and think what they mean in our lives. This is the job of philosophers and this is what Jean Baudrillard does in his book. This is required reading for followers of Baudrillard, and he is perhaps the most assessable to the General Reader. Baudrillard is most associated with Post Modernism, and this early book sets the stage for that journey to the post modern world.
We are all surrounded by objects, but how many times have we thought about what those objects represent. If we took the time to think about the symbolism, we could arrive at easy solutions. We have been so accustomed to advertising the automobile representing freedom is an easy conclusion. But what about furniture? What about chairs? What about the arrangement of furniture? Watches? Collecting objects? Baudrillard literally opens up a new world and creates the universe of objects.
It is not that the critique of a society or objects has not been done before, but Baudrillard’s approach is new. Baudrillard examines objects as signs with a smattering of Post-Marxist thought. In his analysis of objects as signs, he ushers in the Post-Modern age and world for which he would be known. Heady stuff to be sure, but is presented by Baudrillard in a readily accessible manner. He articulates his thesis in a straightforward manner, avoiding the hyper-technical terminology he used in his later writings.

Moving away from the Marxist/Freudian approaches that had concerned him earlier, Baudrillard developed in this book a theory of contemporary culture that relies on displacing economic notions of cultural production with notions of cultural expenditure.

The book begins with Sidis's discovery of the first law of physical laws: "Among the physical laws it is a general characteristic that there is reversibility in time; that is, should the whole universe trace back the various positions that bodies in it have passed through in a given interval of time, but in the reverse order to that in which these positions actually occurred, then the universe, in this imaginary case, would still obey the same laws." Recent discoveries of dark matter are predicted by him in this book, and he goes on to show that the "Big Bang" is wrong. Sidis (SIGH-dis) shows that it is far more likely the universe is eternal

In this book you will encounter rare information regarding your true identity - the conscious self in the body - and how you may break the hypnotic spell your senses and thinking have cast about you since childhood.

Do we see the world as it truly is? In The Case Against Reality, pioneering cognitive scientist Donald Hoffman says no? we see what we need in order to survive. Our visual perceptions are not a window onto reality, Hoffman shows us, but instead are interfaces constructed by natural selection. The objects we see around us are not unlike the file icons on our computer desktops: while shaped like a small folder on our screens, the files themselves are made of a series of ones and zeros - too complex for most of us to understand. In a similar way, Hoffman argues, evolution has shaped our perceptions into simplistic illusions to help us navigate the world around us. Yet now these illusions can be manipulated by advertising and design.
Drawing on thirty years of Hoffman's own influential research, as well as evolutionary biology, game theory, neuroscience, and philosophy, The Case Against Reality makes the mind-bending yet utterly convincing case that the world is nothing like what we see through our eyes.

At the height of the Cold War, JFK risked committing the greatest crime in human history: starting a nuclear war. Horrified by the specter of nuclear annihilation, Kennedy gradually turned away from his long-held Cold Warrior beliefs and toward a policy of lasting peace. But to the military and intelligence agencies in the United States, who were committed to winning the Cold War at any cost, Kennedy’s change of heart was a direct threat to their power and influence. Once these dark “Unspeakable” forces recognized that Kennedy’s interests were in direct opposition to their own, they tagged him as a dangerous traitor, plotted his assassination, and orchestrated the subsequent cover-up.

2020 saw a spike in deaths in America, smaller than you might imagine during a pandemic, some of which could be attributed to COVID and to initial treatment strategies that were not effective. But then, in 2021, the stats people expected went off the rails. The CEO of the OneAmerica insurance company publicly disclosed that during the third and fourth quarters of 2021, death in people of working age (18–64) was 40 percent higher than it was before the pandemic. Significantly, the majority of the deaths were not attributed to COVID. A 40 percent increase in deaths is literally earth-shaking. Even a 10 percent increase in excess deaths would have been a 1-in-200-year event. But this was 40 percent. And therein lies a story—a story that starts with obvious questions: - What has caused this historic spike in deaths among younger people? - What has caused the shift from old people, who are expected to die, to younger people, who are expected to keep living?

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

The Tavistock Institute, in Sussex, England, describes itself as a nonprofit charity that applies social science to contemporary issues and problems. But this book posits that it is the world’s center for mass brainwashing and social engineering activities. It grew from a somewhat crude beginning at Wellington House into a sophisticated organization that was to shape the destiny of the entire planet, and in the process, change the paradigm of modern society. In this eye-opening work, both the Tavistock network and the methods of brainwashing and psychological warfare are uncovered.

A seminal and controversial figure in the history of political thought and public relations, Edward Bernays (1891–1995), pioneered the scientific technique of shaping and manipulating public opinion, which he famously dubbed “engineering of consent.” During World War I, he was an integral part of the U.S. Committee on Public Information (CPI), a powerful propaganda apparatus that was mobilized to package, advertise and sell the war to the American people as one that would “Make the World Safe for Democracy.” The CPI would become the blueprint in which marketing strategies for future wars would be based upon.
Bernays applied the techniques he had learned in the CPI and, incorporating some of the ideas of Walter Lipmann, as well as his uncle, Sigmund Freud, became an outspoken proponent of propaganda as a tool for democratic and corporate manipulation of the population. His 1928 bombshell Propaganda lays out his eerily prescient vision for using propaganda to regiment the collective mind in a variety of areas, including government, politics, art, science and education. To read this book today is to frightfully comprehend what our contemporary institutions of government and business have become in regards to organized manipulation of the masses.

Undressing the Bible: in Hebrew, the Old Testament speaks for itself, explicitly and transparently. It tells of mysterious beings, special and powerful ones, that appeared on Earth.
Aliens?
Former earthlings?
Superior civilizations, that have always been present on our planet?
Creators, manipulators, geneticists. Aviators, warriors, despotic rulers. And scientists, possessing very advanced knowledge, special weapons and science-fiction-like technologies.
Once naked, the Bible is very different from how it has always been told to us: it does not contain any spiritual, omnipotent and omniscient God, no eternity. No apples and no creeping, tempting, serpents. No winged angels. Not even the Red Sea: the people of the Exodus just wade through a simple reed bed.
Writer and journalist Giorgio Cattaneo sits down with Italy's most renowned biblical translator for his first long interview about his life's work for the English audience. A decade long official Bible translator for the Church and lifelong researcher of ancient myths and tales, Mauro Bilglino is a unicum in his field of expertise and research. A fine connoisseur of dead languages, from ancient Greek to Hebrew and medieval Latin, he focused his attention and efforts on the accurate translating of the bible.
The encounter with Mauro Biglino and his work - the journalist writes - is profoundly healthy, stimulating and inevitably destabilizing: it forces us to reconsider the solidity of the awareness that nourishes many of our common beliefs. And it is a testament to the courage that is needed, today more than ever, to claim the full dignity of free research.

Most people have heard of Jesus Christ, considered the Messiah by Christians, and who lived 2000 years ago. But very few have ever heard of Sabbatai Zevi, who declared himself the Messiah in 1666. By proclaiming redemption was available through acts of sin, he amassed a following of over one million passionate believers, about half the world's Jewish population during the 17th century.Although many Rabbis at the time considered him a heretic, his fame extended far and wide. Sabbatai's adherents planned to abolish many ritualistic observances, because, according to the Talmud, holy obligations would no longer apply in the Messianic time. Fasting days became days of feasting and rejoicing. Sabbateans encouraged and practiced sexual promiscuity, adultery, incest and religious orgies.After Sabbati Zevi's death in 1676, his Kabbalist successor, Jacob Frank, expanded upon and continued his occult philosophy. Frankism, a religious movement of the 18th and 19th centuries, centered on his leadership, and his claim to be the reincarnation of the Messiah Sabbatai Zevi. He, like Zevi, would perform "strange acts" that violated traditional religious taboos, such as eating fats forbidden by Jewish dietary laws, ritual sacrifice, and promoting orgies and sexual immorality. He often slept with his followers, as well as his own daughter, while preaching a doctrine that the best way to imitate God was to cross every boundary, transgress every taboo, and mix the sacred with the profane. Hebrew University of Jerusalem Professor Gershom Scholem called Jacob Frank, "one of the most frightening phenomena in the whole of Jewish history".Jacob Frank would eventually enter into an alliance formed by Adam Weishaupt and Meyer Amshel Rothschild called the Order of the Illuminati. The objectives of this organization was to undermine the world's religions and power structures, in an effort to usher in a utopian era of global communism, which they would covertly rule by their hidden hand: the New World Order. Using secret societies, such as the Freemasons, their agenda has played itself out over the centuries, staying true to the script. The Illuminati handle opposition by a near total control of the world's media, academic opinion leaders, politicians and financiers. Still considered nothing more than theory to many, more and more people wake up each day to the possibility that this is not just a theory, but a terrifying Satanic conspiracy.

This is the first English translation of this revolutionary essay by Vladimir I. Vernadsky, the great Russian-Ukrainian biogeochemist. It was first published in 1930 in French in the Revue générale des sciences pures et appliquées. In it, Vernadsky makes a powerful and provocative argument for the need to develop what he calls “a new physics,” something he felt was clearly necessitated by the implications of the groundbreaking work of Louis Pasteur among few others, but also something that was required to free science from the long-lasting effects of the work of Isaac Newton, most notably.
For hundreds of years, science had developed in a direction which became increasingly detached from the breakthroughs made in the study of life and the natural sciences, detached even from human life itself, and committed reductionists and small-minded scientists were resolved to the fact that ultimately all would be reduced to “the old physics.” The scientific revolution of Einstein was a step in the right direction, but here Vernadsky insists that there is more progress to be made. He makes a bold call for a new physics, taking into account, and fundamentally based upon, the striking anomalies of life and human life.

Using an inspired combination of geometric logic and metaphors from familiar human experience, Bucky invites readers to join him on a trip through a four-dimensional Universe, where concepts as diverse as entropy, Einstein's relativity equations, and the meaning of existence become clear, understandable, and immediately involving. In his own words: "Dare to be naive... It is one of our most exciting discoveries that local discovery leads to a complex of further discoveries." Here are three key examples or concepts from "Synergetics":

Tensegrity

Tensegrity, or tensional integrity, refers to structural systems that use a combination of tension and compression components. The simplest example of this is the "tensegrity triangle", where three struts are held in position not by touching one another but by tensioned wires. These systems are stable and flexible. Tensegrity structures are pervasive in natural systems, from the cellular level up to larger biological and even cosmological scales.

Vector Equilibrium (VE)

The Vector Equilibrium, often referred to by Fuller as the "VE", is a geometric form that he saw as the central form in his synergetic geometry. It’s essentially a cuboctahedron. Fuller noted that the VE is the only geometric form wherein all the vectors (lines from the center to the vertices) are of equal length and angular relationship. Because of this, it’s seen as a condition of absolute equilibrium, where the forces of push and pull are balanced.

Closest Packing of Spheres

Fuller was fascinated by how spheres could be packed together in the tightest possible configuration, a concept he often linked to how nature organizes systems. For example, when you stack oranges in a grocery store, they form a hexagonal pattern, and the spheres (oranges) are in closest-packed arrangement. Fuller related this principle to atomic structures and even cosmic organization.

To prepare Americans and freedom loving people everywhere for our current global wartime reality that few understand, here comes The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare (CG5GW) by Lieutenant General, U.S. Army (Retired) Michael T. Flynn and Sergeant, U.S. Army (Retired) Boone Cutler. General Flynn rose to the highest levels of the intelligence community and served as the National Security Advisor to the 45th POTUS. Sergeant Boone Cutler ran the ground game as a wartime Psychological Operations team sergeant in the United States Army. Together, these two combat veterans put their combined experience and expertise into an illuminating fifth-generation warfare information series called The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare. Introduction to 5GW is the first session of the multipart series. The series, complete with easy-to-understand diagrams, is written for all of humanity in every freedom loving country.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Biosphere :

  • Vernadsky defined the biosphere as the thin layer of Earth where life exists, encompassing all living organisms and the parts of the Earth where they interact. This includes the depths of the oceans to the upper layers of the atmosphere.
  • He posited that life plays a critical role in transforming the Earth's environment. In this view, living organisms are not just passive inhabitants of the planet, but active agents of change. This idea contrasts with more traditional views that saw life as simply adapting to pre-existing environmental conditions.
  • One example of this transformative power is the oxygen-rich atmosphere, which was created by photosynthesizing organisms over billions of years.

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Noosphere :

  • The concept of the noosphere can be seen as the next evolutionary stage following the biosphere. While the biosphere represents the realm of life, the noosphere represents the realm of human thought.
  • Vernadsky believed that, just as life transformed the Earth through the biosphere, human thought and collective intelligence would transform the planet in the era of the noosphere. This transformation would be characterized by the dominance of cultural evolution over biological evolution.
  • In this paradigm, human knowledge, technology, and cultural developments would become the primary drivers of change on the planet, influencing its future direction.
  • The term "noosphere" is derived from the Greek word “nous” meaning "mind" or "intellect" and "sphaira" meaning "sphere." So, the noosphere can be thought of as the "sphere of human thought."

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

A close analysis of the architecture of the stupa―a Buddhist symbolic form that is found throughout South, Southeast, and East Asia. The author, who trained as an architect, examines both the physical and metaphysical levels of these buildings, which derive their meaning and significance from Buddhist and Brahmanist influences.

Building on his extensive research into the sacred symbols and creation myths of the Dogon of Africa and those of ancient Egypt, India, and Tibet, Laird Scranton investigates the myths, symbols, and traditions of prehistoric China, providing further evidence that the cosmology of all ancient cultures arose from a single now-lost source.

It is at the same time a history of language, a guide to foreign tongues, and a method for learning them. It shows, through basic vocabularies, family resemblances of languages―Teutonic, Romance, Greek―helpful tricks of translation, key combinations of roots and phonetic patterns. It presents by common-sense methods the most helpful approach to the mastery of many languages; it condenses vocabulary to a minimum of essential words; it simplifies grammar in an entirely new way; and it teaches a languages as it is actually used in everyday life.
But this book is more than a guide to foreign languages; it goes deep into the roots of all knowledge as it explores the history of speech. It lights up the dim pathways of prehistory and unfolds the story of the slow growth of human expression from the most primitive signs and sounds to the elaborate variations of the highest cultures. Without language no knowledge would be possible; here we see how language is at once the source and the reservoir of all we know.

Taking only the most elementary knowledge for granted, Lancelot Hogben leads readers of this famous book through the whole course from simple arithmetic to calculus. His illuminating explanation is addressed to the person who wants to understand the place of mathematics in modern civilization but who has been intimidated by its supposed difficulty. Mathematics is the language of size, shape, and order―a language Hogben shows one can both master and enjoy.

A complete manual for the study and practice of Raja Yoga, the path of concentration and meditation. These timeless teachings is a treasure to be read and referred to again and again by seekers treading the spiritual path. The classic Sutras, at least 4,000 years old, cover the yogic teachings on ethics, meditation, and physical postures, and provide directions for dealing with situations in daily life. The Sutras are presented here in the purest form, with the original Sanskrit and with translation, transliteration, and commentary by Sri Swami Satchidananda, one of the most respected and revered contemporary Yoga masters. Sri Swamiji offers practical advice based on his own experience for mastering the mind and achieving physical, mental and emotional harmony.

William Strauss and Neil Howe will change the way you see the world - and your place in it. With blazing originality, The Fourth Turning illuminates the past, explains the present, and reimagines the future. Most remarkably, it offers an utterly persuasive prophecy about how America’s past will predict its future.

Strauss and Howe base this vision on a provocative theory of American history. The authors look back 500 years and uncover a distinct pattern: Modern history moves in cycles, each one lasting about the length of a long human life, each composed of four eras - or "turnings" - that last about 20 years and that always arrive in the same order. In The Fourth Turning, the authors illustrate these cycles using a brilliant analysis of the post-World War II period.

First comes a High, a period of confident expansion as a new order takes root after the old has been swept away. Next comes an Awakening, a time of spiritual exploration and rebellion against the now-established order. Then comes an Unraveling, an increasingly troubled era in which individualism triumphs over crumbling institutions. Last comes a Crisis - the Fourth Turning - when society passes through a great and perilous gate in history. Together, the four turnings comprise history's seasonal rhythm of growth, maturation, entropy, and rebirth.

4th Turning

Excess Deaths & Why RFK Jr. Can Win The Democratic Presidential Race - Ed Dowd | Part 1 of 2 - 06-21-2023

All original edition. Nothing added, nothing removed. This book traces the history of the ancient Khazar Empire, a major but almost forgotten power in Eastern Europe, which in the Dark Ages became converted to Judaism. Khazaria was finally wiped out by the forces of Genghis Khan, but evidence indicates that the Khazars themselves migrated to Poland and formed the cradle of Western Jewry. To the general reader the Khazars, who flourished from the 7th to 11th century, may seem infinitely remote today. Yet they have a close and unexpected bearing on our world, which emerges as Koestler recounts the fascinating history of the ancient Khazar Empire.

At about the time that Charlemagne was Emperor in the West. The Khazars' sway extended from the Black Sea to the Caspian, from the Caucasus to the Volga, and they were instrumental in stopping the Muslim onslaught against Byzantium, the eastern jaw of the gigantic pincer movement that in the West swept across northern Africa and into Spain.Thereafter the Khazars found themselves in a precarious position between the two major world powers: the Eastern Roman Empire in Byzantium and the triumphant followers of Mohammed.As Koestler points out, the Khazars were the Third World of their day. They chose a surprising method of resisting both the Western pressure to become Christian and the Eastern to adopt Islam. Rejecting both, they converted to Judaism. Mr. Koestler speculates about the ultimate faith of the Khazars and their impact on the racial composition and social heritage of modern Jewry.

Few people noticed the secret codewords used by our astronauts to describe the moon. Until now, few knew about the strange moving lights they reported.
George H. Leonard, former NASA scientist, fought through the official veil of secrecy and studied thousands of NASA photographs, spoke candidly with dozens of NASA officials, and listened to hours and hours of astronauts' tapes.
Here, Leonard presents the stunning and inescapable evidence discovered during his in-depth investigation:

  • Immense mechanical rigs, some over a mile long, working the lunar surface.
  • Strange geometric ground markings and symbols.
  • Lunar constructions several times higher than anything built on Earth.
  • Vehicles, tracks, towers, pipes, conduits, and conveyor belts running in and across moon craters.
Somebody else is indeed on the Moon, and engaged in activities on a massive scale. Our space agencies, and many of the world's top scientists, have known for years that there is intelligent life on the moon.

The article delves into the history of the Khazars, a polity in the Northern Caucasus that existed from the mid-seventh century until about 970 CE. Contrary to popular belief, the term "Khazars" is misleading as it was a multiethnic entity, and it's uncertain which specific group adopted Judaism. The Khazars first emerged in the seventh century, defeating the Bulgars, which led to the Bulgars' dispersion to various regions. The Khazar Empire was established through the expulsion of the Bulgars and was multiethnic in nature. The language spoken by the Khazars is debated, with some suggesting Turkic origins and others pointing to Slavic. The Khazars had several cities and fortresses, with significant archaeological findings. The Khazars had interactions with various empires, including wars with the Arabs and alliances with Byzantine emperors. By the mid-10th century, the Khazar capital of Itil was destroyed by the Russians. The article concludes that much of what is known about the Khazars is based on limited sources.

#Khazars #History #Caucasus #Judaism #Bulgars #Empire #Multiethnic #LanguageDebate #ArabWars #ByzantineAlliances #Itil #RussianInvasion #Archaeology #ReligiousConversion #TabletMag

In The Science of the Dogon, Laird Scranton demonstrated that the cosmological structure described in the myths and drawings of the Dogon runs parallel to modern science--atomic theory, quantum theory, and string theory--their drawings often taking the same form as accurate scientific diagrams that relate to the formation of matter.

Sacred Symbols of the Dogon uses these parallels as the starting point for a new interpretation of the Egyptian hieroglyphic language. By substituting Dogon cosmological drawings for equivalent glyph-shapes in Egyptian words, a new way of reading and interpreting the Egyptian hieroglyphs emerges. Scranton shows how each hieroglyph constitutes an entire concept, and that their meanings are scientific in nature.

The Dogon people of Mali, West Africa, are famous for their unique art and advanced cosmology. The Dogon’s creation story describes how the one true god, Amma, created all the matter of the universe. Interestingly, the myths that depict his creative efforts bear a striking resemblance to the modern scientific definitions of matter, beginning with the atom and continuing all the way to the vibrating threads of string theory. Furthermore, many of the Dogon words, symbols, and rituals used to describe the structure of matter are quite similar to those found in the myths of ancient Egypt and in the daily rituals of Judaism. For example, the modern scientific depiction of the informed universe as a black hole is identical to Amma’s Egg of the Dogon and the Egyptian Benben Stone.

The Science of the Dogon offers a case-by-case comparison of Dogon descriptions and drawings to corresponding scientific definitions and diagrams from authors like Stephen Hawking and Brian Greene, then extends this analysis to the counterparts of these symbols in both the ancient Egyptian and Hebrew religions. What is ultimately revealed is the scientific basis for the language of the Egyptian hieroglyphs, which was deliberately encoded to prevent the knowledge of these concepts from falling into the hands of all but the highest members of the Egyptian priesthood.

Anthony C. Yu’s translation of The Journey to the West,initially published in 1983, introduced English-speaking audiences to the classic Chinese novel in its entirety for the first time. Written in the sixteenth century, The Journey to the West tells the story of the fourteen-year pilgrimage of the monk Xuanzang, one of China’s most famous religious heroes, and his three supernatural disciples, in search of Buddhist scriptures. Throughout his journey, Xuanzang fights demons who wish to eat him, communes with spirits, and traverses a land riddled with a multitude of obstacles, both real and fantastical. An adventure rich with danger and excitement, this seminal work of the Chinese literary canonis by turns allegory, satire, and fantasy.

With over a hundred chapters written in both prose and poetry, The Journey to the West has always been a complicated and difficult text to render in English while preserving the lyricism of its language and the content of its plot. But Yu has successfully taken on the task, and in this new edition he has made his translations even more accurate and accessible. The explanatory notes are updated and augmented, and Yu has added new material to his introduction, based on his original research as well as on the newest literary criticism and scholarship on Chinese religious traditions. He has also modernized the transliterations included in each volume, using the now-standard Hanyu Pinyin romanization system. Perhaps most important, Yu has made changes to the translation itself in order to make it as precise as possible.

One of the great works of Chinese literature, The Journey to the West is not only invaluable to scholars of Eastern religion and literature, but, in Yu’s elegant rendering, also a delight for any reader.

The Oera Linda Book is a 19th-century translation by Dr. Ottema and WIlliam R. Sandbach of an old manuscript written in the Old Frisian language that records historical, mythological, and religious themes of remote antiquity, compiled between 2194 BC and AD 803.

  • The Oera Linda book challenges traditional views of pre-Christian societies.
  • Christianization is likened to a "great reset" that erased previous civilizations.
  • The Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people.
  • The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting patterns in history.
  • The importance of identity and understanding one's roots is highlighted.
  • The Oera Linda book offers wisdom and insights into several European languages.

The Oera Linda book offers a fresh perspective on our history, challenging the notion that pre-Christian societies were uncivilized. It suggests that the Christianization of societies was a form of "great reset," erasing and demonizing what existed before. The Oera Linda writings hint at an advanced civilization with its own laws, writing, and societal structures. Jan Ott's translation from the Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people. The text also touches upon the guilt many feel today, even if they aren't religious, about issues like climate change and historical slavery. It criticizes the way science is sometimes treated like a religion, with scientists acting as its preachers. The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting that understanding history requires recognizing patterns and cycles. Christianity is portrayed as one of the most significant resets in history, with sects fighting and erasing each other's scriptures. The importance of identity is highlighted, with a focus on the Fryans, a tribe that faced challenges from another tribe from Finland. This other tribe had a different moral compass, leading to conflicts and eventual assimilation. The text suggests that the true history of the Fryans and their values might have been distorted by subsequent Christian narratives. The Oera Linda book is seen as a source of wisdom, shedding light on the origins of several European languages and offering insights into values like freedom, truth, and justice.

#OeraLinda #History #Christianization #GreatReset #FryanLanguage #JanOtt #Civilization #OldTestament #Church #SpiritualAbuse #Identity #Fryans #Autland #Finland #Slavery #Christianity #Sects #Genocide #Torture #Bible #Freedom #Truth #Justice #Righteousness #Language #German #Dutch #Frisian #English #Scandinavian #Wisdom #Inspiration #European #Values

The Talmud is one of the most important holy books of the Hebrew religion and of the world. No English translation of the book existed until the author presented this work. To this day, very little of the actual text seems available in English -- although we find many interpretive commentaries on what it is supposed to mean. The Talmud has a reputation for being long and difficult to digest, but Polano has taken what he believes to be the best material and put it into extremely readable form. As far as holy books of the world are concerned, it is on par with The Koran, The Bhagavad-Gita and, of course, The Bible, in importance. This clearly written edition will allow many to experience The Talmud who may have otherwise not had the chance.

This five-volume set is the only complete English rendering of The Zohar, the fundamental rabbinic work on Jewish mysticism that has fascinated readers for more than seven centuries. In addition to being the primary reference text for kabbalistic studies, this magnificent work is arranged in the form of a commentary on the Bible, bringing to the surface the deeper meanings behind the commandments and biblical narrative. As The Zohar itself proclaims: Woe unto those who see in the Law nothing but simple narratives and ordinary words .... Every word of the Law contains an elevated sense and a sublime mystery .... The narratives of the Law are but the raiment Thin which it is swathed.

Twenty-one years ago, at a friend's request, a Massachusetts professor sketched out a blueprint for nonviolent resistance to repressive regimes. It would go on to be translated, photocopied, and handed from one activist to another, traveling from country to country across the globe: from Iran to Venezuela―where both countries consider Gene Sharp to be an enemy of the state―to Serbia; Afghanistan; Vietnam; the former Soviet Union; China; Nepal; and, more recently and notably, Tunisia, Egypt, Yemen, Libya, and Syria, where it has served as a guiding light of the Arab Spring.

This short, pithy, inspiring, and extraordinarily clear guide to overthrowing a dictatorship by nonviolent means lists 198 specific methods to consider, depending on the circumstances: sit-ins, popular nonobedience, selective strikes, withdrawal of bank deposits, revenue refusal, walkouts, silence, and hunger strikes. From Dictatorship to Democracy is the remarkable work that has made the little-known Sharp into the world's most effective and sought-after analyst of resistance to authoritarian regimes.

Bill Cooper, former United States Naval Intelligence Briefing Team member, reveals information that remains hidden from the public eye. This information has been kept in topsecret government files since the 1940s. His audiences hear the truth unfold as he writes about the assassination of John F. Kennedy, the war on drugs, the secret government, and UFOs. Bill is a lucid, rational, and powerful speaker whose intent is to inform and to empower his audience. Standing room only is normal. His presentation and information transcend partisan affiliations as he clearly addresses issues in a way that has a striking impact on listeners of all backgrounds and interests. He has spoken to many groups throughout the United States and has appeared regularly on many radio talk shows and on television. In 1988 Bill decided to "talk" due to events then taking place worldwide, events that he had seen plans for back in the early 1970s. Bill correctly predicted the lowering of the Iron Curtain, the fall of the Berlin Wall, and the invasion of Panama. All Bill's predictions were on record well before the events occurred. Bill is not a psychic. His information comes from top secret documents that he read while with the Intelligence Briefing Team and from over seventeen years of research.

The argument that the 16th Amendment (which concerns the federal income tax) was not properly ratified and thus is invalid has been a topic of debate among some tax protesters and scholars. One of the individuals associated with this theory is Bill Benson, who asserted that the 16th Amendment was fraudulently ratified. Here's a brief overview of the argument: 1. Research and Documentation: Bill Benson, along with another individual named M.J. "Red" Beckman, wrote a two-volume work called "The Law That Never Was" in the 1980s. This work was a product of Benson's extensive travels to various state archives to examine the original ratification documents related to the 16th Amendment. 2. Claims of Irregularities: In his work, Benson presented evidence that claimed many of the states either did not ratify the 16th Amendment properly or made mistakes in their resolutions. Some of these alleged irregularities included misspellings, incorrect wording, and other deviations from the proposed amendment. 3. Philander Knox's Role: In 1913, Philander Knox, who was the U.S. Secretary of State at the time, declared that the 16th Amendment had been ratified by the necessary three-fourths of the states. Benson's contention is that Knox was aware of the various discrepancies and irregularities in the ratification process but chose to fraudulently declare the amendment ratified anyway. 4. Legal Challenges and Court Rulings: Over the years, some tax protesters have used Benson's findings to challenge the legality of the income tax. However, these challenges have been consistently rejected by the courts. In fact, several courts have addressed Benson's research and arguments directly and found them to be without legal merit. The courts have repeatedly upheld the validity of the 16th Amendment. 5. Counterarguments: Critics of Benson's theory argue that even if there were minor discrepancies in the wording or format of the ratification documents, they do not invalidate the overarching intent of the states to ratify the amendment. Additionally, they assert that there's no substantive evidence that Knox acted fraudulently. It's worth noting that despite the popularity of this theory among certain groups, the legal consensus in the U.S. is that the 16th Amendment was validly ratified and is a legitimate part of the U.S. Constitution. Those who refuse to pay income taxes based on this theory have faced legal penalties.

The article delves into the evolution of the concept of the ether in physics. Historically, the ether was postulated to explain the propagation of light, with figures like Newton and Huygens suggesting its existence. By the late 19th century, Maxwell's electromagnetic theory linked light's propagation to the ether, a theory experimentally validated by Hertz in 1888. Lorentz expanded on this, focusing on wave transmission in moving media. The article contrasts the English approach, which sought tangible models, with the phenomenological view, which aimed for a descriptive approach without specific hypotheses. The piece also touches on various mechanical theories and models proposed over the years, emphasizing the challenges in defining the ether's properties and its evolving nature in scientific discourse.

As an Amazon Associate I earn from qualifying purchases.


Clif is BACK to Help Humanity Navigate Through the Near Future CHAOS

Clif is BACK to Help Humanity Navigate Through the Near Future CHAOS - 12-14-2022

Clif is BACK to Help Humanity Navigate Through the Near Future CHAOS - 12-14-2022

Episode Summary:

The document features a conversation between Vicks from rotarue.com and Cliff High, a reputed future seer. Cliff discusses the current state of the world, emphasizing the planned implosion of FTX, a significant event in the crypto world. He suggests that global central banks, under the influence of the Kazahrian mafia, are trying to take down the crypto system to prop up the dying petrodollar. Cliff also touches upon the intricate connections between various influential personalities and the FTX scandal. He believes that the FTX scandal has deep ties with the COVID situation and how it affected the medical industry. The conversation also delves into the history of financial crises, drawing parallels between the current situation and the 1932 bond crash. Cliff predicts significant emotional upheavals in December and January, hinting at a larger scandal that might overshadow the FTX issue. The discussion also touches upon Veritasium, a crypto token, and its potential future trajectory.

#CliffHigh #FTX #Crypto #KazahrianMafia #Petrodollar #GlobalCentralBanks #FinancialCrises #1932BondCrash #EmotionalUpheavals #Veritasium #COVID #MedicalIndustry #Scandal #Predictions #Rotarue #FinancialHistory #GlobalEconomy #Currency #Decentralization #Blockchain #FutureSeer #EmotionalTension #PoliticalRamifications #DeepState #Bitcoin #Ethereum #FinancialMarkets #GlobalFinance #CryptoImplosion #FinancialPredictions #EconomicCollapse #DigitalCurrency #CryptoScandal

Key Takeaways:
  • The FTX implosion was a planned event with significant implications for the crypto world.
  • Global central banks are trying to undermine cryptos to support the dying petrodollar.
  • The FTX scandal has deep ties with the COVID situation and its impact on the medical industry.
  • Historical parallels can be drawn between the current situation and the 1932 bond crash.
  • Cliff predicts significant emotional upheavals in the coming months, hinting at larger scandals.
Predictions:
  • Significant emotional upheavals are expected in December '23 and January '24.
  • A larger scandal might overshadow the FTX issue in the coming months.
  • The FTX scandal's ties with the COVID situation will become more evident, especially its impact on the medical industry.
Chat with this Episode via ChatGPT

Clif is BACK to Help Humanity Navigate Through the Near Future CHAOS - 12-14-2022

Hey, guys. Vicks. We're rotarue.com. We have the man, the myth, the legend, the future seer of all. Cliff High here to talk about what the hell is going on.

You have predicted this for very long time. Thank you for coming on Road. People love to see you. This is is going to the world. YouTube won't let me post anymore at the moment, but this is going to be free for every day.

Hopefully. If you are listening to this, share it with the world. It's time to wake everybody up. Hi, Cliff. How are you?

Busy. All kinds of crap happening. Yeah, you're on. What is it? Telegram.

You're all over telegram these days.

Give us a state of where we are according to Cliff. Okay, so we've just crossed the threshold into the Big Ugly. We've stepped into the house of the Big Ugly with the enrolling of this emotional outburst as a result of the FTX planned implosion, okay? This was planned. This was not an accident.

The people involved were chosen for their appearance, for their connections to be in that role. So our fried bank man and his twelve year old looking girlfriend I'm going to show the pictures while we're doing it. You go ahead. Anyway, so they were chosen specifically for their roles here in this fiasco, okay? And it is designed so do not be deceived.

So just imagine this, right? You're the Kazahrian mafia and basically you run the global central bank system of the planet. And global central banks are in a giant squeeze now because they don't have any major nuclear war or anything to COVID up the fact that they're all collapsing. And that the one currency that they've pegged it on, the petrodollar, is dying. And thus all the currencies that were pegged to that are all dying first.

And it's all coming back to the USA. And the Kazarian mafia does not want the people of the world to see this. So what they had decided to do was to take the system down from the outside by pulling out the guts of all of the cryptos, including the whole crypto world, and trying to prop up the dollar by removing the competition. And they did it through their usual tools. These people are not really inventive or creative or smart.

They're just merely clever and manipulative. And so that was their goal as this particular point in history. But if you're going to do that, why not make some money along the way, right? Why not use it to launder money for the Democrats as long as you're doing it? Why not use it to get a slush fund for your hitman as long as you're doing it, right?

And so that's what they did because they always pile on. So it's like they've got a big building somewhere with all these divisions and departments in it. And this is sort of like the chaos versus control kind of thing, right? And at the peak of the pyramid, the guy gets the evil thought. And as that evil thought goes down through the pyramid, each and every one of the departments piles on their particular individual agenda to that evil thought and you end up with this big pile that we're living in at the moment, right?

Because this is all part and parcel of the COVID These two are entirely related. And as you will see, FTX had dirty fingers all throughout the medical industry and all the COVID testing and all of this money was flowing through them in order to pollute the medical system, not just simply the political system. And so this is in my opinion, this is as I've alluded to on my true social. This is the 1000 petal lotus that sits in the middle of your pineal gland and it is unfolding one pedal at a time, okay? We're only on pedal number two.

You look at this company and I mean, it scares me to show this picture, but these are the companies within the crypto world that these guys invested in.

It is literally almost every the way I see just from the crypto side, not necessarily the medical side or the Ukraine stuff, that's all coming out or the regulators are knee deep in this. Not just Gary Gainsler, not just Mark Winget, the old CFT commissioner was working for them. It's a whole bunch of lawyers behind the scenes as well that both work for the CFT, the SEC and Alameda Research FX Ventures. This is the mess that needs unwinding in cryptos. Can it even be done?

Well, here's the thing, it actually could be done very easily because at the center of your chart, unfortunately down at the bottom, is the key component. They first bought into the data analytics, that entire group, and from there they polluted the data analytics that pumped them up so that people were looking at them from the outside, seeing the illusion that their analytical companies had put out on the net to prop them up. Just like Bankman's huge personality pump in the media was no accident that was so carefully designed and laid out. It was an entire media campaign. It might have taken a month to do all of that planning for it, let alone the actual implementation of it.

And here's his father, Joe Bankman, stanford professor, huge antitrumper and his mother, Stanford professor, huge anti trumper and Caroline Freeze, mother and father is right here, MIT, Glenn Ellison, Gary Ginsburg's boss at MIT, sarah Fisher, I look at her, Sarah Fisher, so they're married, they had Caroline Ellison, who was dating, they're all interbreeding Bankman freed. Sarah Ellison was actually her focus at MIT was learning how people running ecommerce sites can obfuscate information, hide information, and I'm like, holy shit, that's what they've been doing the whole time. So this whole thing is well, let's not skip over her, okay? Because it is Sarah Fischer. If you start hunting on Fisher through this.

You're going to find so many interconnections through that aspect of her lineage.

I think I'm correct that. You'll find Fischer going all the way back to the Titanic. Wow.

And upper echelons of university, upper echelons of banking, upper echelons. Have you ever, ever walked on a road they never came down with us? Commoners. So this has a long way to find out for cryptos. A lot of crypto people saying, oh, I'm going to catch the bottom would be to have your crypto in an exchange which will be gone anyway.

But I don't know how this will play out. Here's the thing. Yeah. I've got a lot of guesses, okay. But I use historical analogues to frame my guesses.

So let me move us a little bit this way. Okay. So in 1932 to 1933, there was a period that was approximately, it was slightly less than six months. And that caused the gold and other mining stocks to take a downward trend that they did not recover from for six years. But the bottom in there was about three and a half years on.

So about say 36 and a half into 37 somewhere in that period. Right. And then they started picking up in 1939. Wasn't it illegal to own gold at that time when they correct, yeah. So you were buying a company that was forced to sell the stuff to the government basically.

Right. So people thought, well I don't want that. Why should I want that? It used to be a good company. You could actually go and take your stock and use it to get gold from them.

Right. So anyway though, but 1939 was when we see the big response in the gold mining stocks and from then on it's basically history in terms of the recovery. Right. 39 through 42, then the war, etc. So I think that we will have at least a six year period because I think we're in an echo of this bond crisis.

So it is my opinion, and it's just an opinion, that FTX and the big X that's coming together will equal the 1932 bond crash that actually set off the depression that created the depression, that created the massive bread lines, men moving around, being kicked from town to town to town because there was no work. And that created the situation where we had US army people firing on us, civilians who had occupied their former factories trying to get work, basically. Right. All of this kind of stuff happened in this period of time. In these six years we had the outbreak of the Wobblies here.

Socialism erupted in the northwest. There were eleven people killed on the bridge in Centralia because they were socialists. All these different kinds of things, right. All of that occurred in that period of time. And I think we're in an analog to that, that I think that bonds don't matter as much now as the crypto world.

And that bonds in the 1930s relative to the stock market, it's the equivalent to look at the crypto world relative to the stock market today. Now, maybe that's a big explorer. That's what's coming in December. Okay, so we have something hitting us December, let's say 13th to 15th. Is it from your data?

I was just going to say yes. And so I ran the data just the other day, and the censorship really screws everything over. But I do get building and release emotional tension values that I can sort of trust, as we see because of the 13th. But in December 13, it's actually going to take two days to unwind. Okay.

It'll be like the emotions we have now, or at the beginning of yesterday morning when everything started really pouring out, everybody started making videos and all of that. In December, that's going to go on solid for two days. It'll just be that whipped up. I think it may be political. I think maybe it might be the political ramifications of where we're at now that appear in 30 days.

But if we were to chart this let me get rid of this, let me see something. But if we were to chart this, when we do it, when I run the data and I plop it in and create a graph out of it, I get something that goes along, and then we hit the 13 November, and then it rises up, which is where we're at now. And then it goes along for 30 days. And then we get a big rise. And then that goes along for about six months, maybe seven months.

The real problem is that the suggestion not problem.

The looming aspect of it for me is what's out there in January. Okay, so somewhere out here past December, so there's November. There's December, and that causes this. Then sometime in January, and I don't have any dates to go off of yet. I don't know if it's early in the month or later or whatever, we get a much bigger rise.

And that's the emotional it's a building emotional tension. Building emotion? Yeah. Okay. So this is all done on linguistics.

Building emotional tension is usually accompanied by near equal amounts of release language. They need not be compensatory. So you could have a bunch of little release language that in essence ate up all of the building tension, of the big single building tension language. Right. It appears from the linguistics that we're getting now, that we're getting a bunch of language in December that's centered around something cohesive.

So it might be centered around the FTX scandal. Maybe. I don't want to speculate, but it may be centered around personality, too. Is it possible? Because I look at the FTX scandal and I'm thinking, well, it's every exchange on the planet right now is completely rehypophagated.

And there are problems tracking bonds, stocks, you name it. Is it something that could be as big as everybody within the stock market is talking about it, instead of just much bigger than that. Much bigger than that. Okay. Much bigger than that.

We're talking about December. The relative magnitude would suggest maybe it's three times what we're dealing with now in terms of building emotional tension. So I would suspect that lots and lots of the crypto world, maybe as much as like 60% of our small little universe might know about FTX in some fashion now. So we're not even most normally they don't know what this is. Right.

But by the end of December, as we get into this such that by the time we're in January, people out here will know how much the personalities and the company of FTX influenced all of the stuff with COVID and how much they polluted and corrupted the medical establishment. Wow. And I suspect that in here this is speculation. Okay. So I don't know from any of the linguistics and the data, but I suspect that this order of magnitude up here may well be the issue of the round robin Democrats giving money to Ukraine in order that Ukraine can buy cryptos, in order that those cryptos can be cashed out and that money can be given back to them.

So it might be that order of magnitude. If we were to look at historical analogues for political scandals, it would be safe to bet that there's about a month lag between event and then explosion into the public consciousness of that event because we see that month lag. It was actually 32 days in my estimation when Watergate happened. So we had the burglary, there was stuff going on and then 32 days later our entire political stuff was just in uproar. Right.

And it went on until a Nixon left, that kind of thing. So I'm thinking it may be political, but I don't really have any linguistic clues to point me that way, other than the huge level of emotional involvement is going to sweep. It suggests that we're sweeping in a lot more like many more times in the population than the crypto community. So I mean, from your graph it looks you're going up and you're plateauing and then you're going up. Is there going to be a sudden release, do you think, of the release language or just going to continue?

Okay, so this is only plotting the building tension. So you have to understand that this graph really looks like this because we have released tension all the way along as these little things come out. So you get a sense of the release tension when you personally first saw the picture of Bankman and the woman right. Who looks like a girl.

Is that a woman? Man? Dude, I wouldn't go near that. Whatever. Right.

So you look twelve. You are twelve to me. Right. So anyway though, so there's constant release language, but the trend is that we keep building an emotional component that does not get released. Okay.

Now, it is true, though, that after this stuff in December, we go for some time before I see any significant release language, and then it appears just before whatever happens to hit us in January. So very upsetting period of time coming. Okay, meanwhile, on the financial side, we have anything could happen at any moment with the silver. All the silver is kind of disappearing over time. Banks around the world and central banks are actually buying gold at some point.

The price now, it might take the closing of the comics for any kind of well, you see, that's the thing that's the only exchange on the planet is the comics. As we go through this, I have always thought that all the exchanges will shut down. They're pretty much all criminal. If they shut down, we won't know the price of cryptos. We won't know the price of gold and silver.

We won't know the value of the dollar. We won't know anything as the criminality gets exposed. Now, you in the early days, back in 2017, when you were talking to me and snippy about cryptos, and you showed me the importance of crypto in the future, and I absolutely believe it, and I still believe it. You showed me very occasion, and I hadn't read at the time what his patent he filed for patent back 2013 or something like that? Something like that, yeah, early 2014.

And the patent is for peer to peer transactions. I knew he was going into the jamaican stock exchange. They signed a memorandum of understanding that they were going to bring him in because they knew they had corruption within their system. So he was working with them, and they were going to have a sound stock exchange, or they were attempting to do it. That's it.

Okay, but they were stymied by the same people that were sitting on reggie in New york. Yes. And that came out because they could not have they could not have those stock exchanges and that corruption cleaned up because of FTX. Yeah, that was their early channel to this.

SEC went behind the back. First of all, the sector, all the crypto companies come in, we'll work with, you never believe that, because they went around reggie, when they found out about the MoU, went to the Jamaican stock exchange and said, do not work with this guy, and they just dumped reggie like a hot potato. Then they came down with his bullshit lawsuit and all that. Currently, reggie middleton, who created there's reggie and his patent, and then there's the Veritasium token. The Veritasium token, he made 100 million of them.

He fully controlled 98 million of these tokens. 2 million were out there. He tried to sell more, but nobody wanted to buy them at $2 a piece. The SEC came in, and really, it's the only crypto ICO they really clamped down on and are still clamping down on, like what was it? EOS had to pay like $20 million when they raised $4 billion because they were team state.

They were the same guys as we're dealing with right now. So my question is, okay, we've got 98 million of Veritasium tokens in limbo, reggie claims. I have no idea what they're doing with them. They haven't sold them. They're just sitting in limbo and lock up.

As part of the agreement. There's 2 million tokens out there trading. Your data had Veritasium going one to one with bitcoin at some point. Yeah, or something to that effect. Now bitcoin crashes to Veritasium or Veritasium rises to bitcoin?

Both. Okay, so bitcoin's crashing now due to the machinations of the deep state, because they can't have an effective competitor to the crap dollar, to the petrol dollar, which is dying. So it's dropping. Bitcoin is dropping in relative terms to us. Currency at the same time that Veritasium is going to be rising.

This is another curiosity here. First off, I got to tell everybody I don't own any Veritasium. I have no interest in owning any of these cryptos or anything. I'm not selling a position on that, right? In order to clear out my own stuff.

I'm a hoddler. I hoddle bitcoin and ethereum. And that's it, guys. I got a few other coins just because I wanted to examine the technology. So I got a couple more, this kind of thing, right?

But I don't trade in them. So that disclaimer aside, let me state that the data suggested, all right? So I've always been keyed in looking at the data on temporal clues. All right, so you're a witch doctor. You're in the forest there.

You're drinking your brew. All of a sudden you get a psychedelic vision of a volcano going off, and you live near a volcano, right? So what do you do? The issue is when, right? So if you've got a psychic vision that's 2000 years out, you don't care.

All right, so in my particular position here was a wind issue. So I've always paid attention to temporal clues. And so, for instance, in my UFO forecast, it always showed up in around August, august to mid September was when all this stuff rolled out. Well, for Veritasium, it was always end of january and February, and we've got one hell of a january coming. And so I could speculate a let's just pull it out a wild ass scenario in which we have a generalized socioeconomic crash globally in the Western world and situation arrives where a strong leader who might have a teenage name, something like that shows up suddenly out of the blue to replace a now proven corrupt and illegal, I guess you'd have to say not infiltrated, but actively.

Enemy taking over the controls very rapidly. So maybe trump comes back because the federal government collapses under its own weight of corruption, right? The FBI not prosecuting these are going after these people. Judges not prosecuting sheriff's not or Marshall's not doing anything and they're all corrupt and this sort of thing and not doing anything and then one day people just start doing things right. So I've been involved in that in the 50s peripherally, when I've seen shit like that happen, where there were spontaneous social actions, where there was a problem in this little town we were living near.

And a sheriff just one night went out, knocked on a bunch of doors, came to my dad, and my dad actually put on his uniform for this. And they all went and confronted these people. And the sheriff arrested one of his own deputies and most of that deputy's family. And so if the sheriff had tried to do this with his other two deputies, they probably would have been all killed. But when everybody walked on up and they saw that basically the whole town's, male population standing there, most of them armed, it went very peacefully.

So I think we may have something like that occur very rapidly. If that's the case, then I can see those same people that organize that going and having a talk with Reggie and it would be coincidentally about that time in January or February I suspect, because of what I'm seeing now. Yeah. I always thought I knew. At some point, these exchanges have to either be destroyed completely, but with the derivatives, which is that's still possible.

But to be cleaned up in a system where they're supposed to settle trades within five days. I think they moved it to three days, or moving it to three days, it doesn't matter. They're not being settled and there's so many failure to delivers and all that stuff and there's the rehypothecation of bonds, of US bonds which is just crazy on the face of it. Yeah. But the reality is that system will crash on its own weight, I believe, very soon.

It is crashing. Yes. Look at the bleed out. Okay, so now we have to ask ourselves where did all the billions of dollars is it now even trillions that we sent to Ukraine go? It came back into these Democrats so they've got a really tiny scramble to COVID all that up, but they won't be able to.

But at the same time all of this money has disappeared. So now what's her name, green is asking for demanding accounting of dollars sent to Ukraine and now we're going to see how wasted and useless and so on. So any in all effort to support the Nazis in taking over and sustaining themselves in the Ukraine is going to collapse. We got political ramifications all around the planet to all kinds of governments that are tied in with these numb nuts and who would continue paying their taxes knowing that this is what they're doing with their money. Yeah, so the whole thing is coming down now.

So that's why we have this incredible jump in orders of magnitude. Let me tell you something that I don't know. It probably won't scare most people. It scared me when we had to do it. So my guy I Gore and I were running the routines and stuff and it's like the data is coming back in fast, furious, hot and heavy.

And my scale, the measurement that I'm using against it just won't accommodate that. We're just bumping up to the top of the edge. And it doesn't help me to plot things where everything is just writing along at the top edge. It doesn't show me anything. Right.

And so I actually had to alter for November 13 to get us up into this point, I had to alter my scale two orders of magnitude.

It is the 14 November that we're recording this right now just to finish up on, because I got to get a lot of this from the Veritasium people, the people who don't think Veritasium has any future at all. The reality of the people in charge asking Reggie to come forward to me that's to save the system if they can implement a okay, well, to replace it, if you want to think of it that way, to replace it with a otherwise it's over. Right, exactly. Such that the normies don't totally lose it. Right.

I got you. Okay. So that's a fair encapsulation of what happens. So it has never been a situation in my mind in reading that data that the existing deep state came to Reggie to save their ass. OK, it didn't look like that in the data, but it made no sense because all we had at the time that we were dealing with Veritasium and those data runs was the deep state in operation.

Now we had Trump, but at that point, no one could tell if he was deep state or not. Right. So I would characterize it as a situation where the new guy and that's what was in the data way back then, was that Reggie was being approached by the new leadership, right. Not by the old crowd. And so the new guy comes on in because they've got to keep the normies from freaking and so they must replace the system.

Even though a system technically really wouldn't be needed, we can't educate enough normies to that rapidly enough, so they need that reassurance. I think the loss assurity to the normies is just going to the threshold. It's the thing we trip over that once the normies can't be sure of all of this stuff, of anything, then everything really starts changing from that point, and we're in it now. So I'm staggered by the money involved here. Right.

Yeah. Whoa. Just looking at that chart, I showed each company like an investment of millions and billions. And that's just the stuff we know about. And if we get to the Fed, my work at the Fed basically says they're printing to infinity and not telling people about it.

And Catherine austin Fitz and her guy Skidmore have backed that up, and they're working off the actual government data. And that means the government actually decided okay, no, the government data that they're showing, yes. But the reality is any country in an unbacked monetary system, any country just can do whatever they want and tell the world as long as there's faith in that reporting, at least enough faith in the reporting cycles. And that's when it gets to me. When we do see any kind of change in our currency, any kind at all, to me it was always who would have the moral authority at that point in time to decide?

Can there be a decider, or do we just go back to what we used to use, or do we use them both? Do we use gold and silver as money and keep the Fiat money going and have cryptos be available to people? That's the model we've used in the past until each and every time that we've gone through one of these, that occurs each and every time. Okay, so in the crash in 18, 93, 94, which look how curious, it's always three years into the decade, right? In that crash, after that crash, money, actual physical species other than gold coins and stuff, was so restricted that people did business in stock certificates.

They would take the stock certificates to Ford Motor Company or whatever it was they owned, and they would go and trade with this. And so, when I was a youth and we went to see some friends in walkers hollow in missouri, way south missouri, and there was an old country store there where they had kept from the they had kept stock certificates pegged in a little clipboard or a peg board, kind of a thing, with a glass cover over it. And they would write down how much they had given in goods on each one of these stock certificates that they were holding for these people. Right? And so as far as I know, they probably never got compensated.

But it was just really interesting to see that still in the think we're going back to that to a multiple species trading environment for at least some time. We also had the analogs in 33 and the famous photograph of the guy buying the Bentley for a stack of silver coins and all these other trades that occurred as a result of that. So there was a fish farm, I think it was on Martin way near Olympia that was sold for silver in that period of time, the land for it. So those kinds of trades happened all around the country for at least a decade. You just don't see these kinds of things in official history books because you can't put anything in.

You can't really cram everything in there. And the Kazarians control the history book markets, right? So they don't want a lot of this stuff out there. But in Washington State, We had 100 Roy and a bunch of these other little towns working on actual wooden coins for eight years, something like that. People were coming up to Washington State to mine gold and then going back to live in California.

So it was not the world that was organized prior to the Depression, and we're coming into one of those. Not the world the way it was organized prior to FTX. Right. And people don't understand yet how key this FTX thing is to all of our current situation at the moment. So not only were the Democrats thieving from the treasury by this little circuitous loop, right?

But they used FTX to finance all of them and bribe all of those companies that were involved with killing all the people in Covet. Okay. Supporting the effort to kill the people. So that's what FTX did. They did all the ancillary stuff.

Polluted, I think we lost your microphone.

Amazing how that happens, right? When he gets into the juicy stuff.

We'll get this sorted. I got you now. There we go. Okay. That's curious.

Yeah. Anyway, though, it's a situation of where FTX was a serious engine for a lot of the stuff we went through. And when this unravels, it's not only going to unravel the COVID side, it's going to unravel all of the political side and the justice side as well. Yeah. The regulators, I'm just going to say but the justice side includes judges and stuff.

So how many of these people are FTX holders? Right. That kind of thing. And these people were chosen this was a slap in the face by the deep state choosing these two individuals. So, I mean, clearly it's bigger than these.

And they're really not bright people either. I mean, they're like book smart type of people. Like Caroline Elephant is supposedly welltrained, in math, but I'm talking about the king of math. But you hear her speaking, it's like, oh, my God. Exactly.

That's my point. Okay. Linguistically, these people are not up to the level that they're claiming. There is a certain so if you want to say somebody is erudite and educated, then you need to tell me that we're going to be talking with Jordan Peterson. Okay?

That's the kind of mind that I define as erudite and educated. Okay, now, he's not educated in math. If we were to talk about math, I would say Eric Weinstein. All right? And so this woman is not an Eric Weinstein.

This is a very immature mind, emotionally stunted and socially deprived. Well, I absolutely believe she's part of that pedo gang. I know she is. Here, for example, are the symbols. This is Sam Blankman fried's Twitter hand.

Look at that on his shirt, he's got that girl lover pedal symbol. And then Alameda research that Caroline Ellison ran has got the boy lover pedal symbol. I mean, these people have been groomed and placed there. They probably had almost zero to do with what was really going on. I mean, for these two kids to run a group of companies and buy outs like this, impossible.

And they're saying there was only like ten people there at Alameda, Researcher and FTX had a little more. This is not them. They were the front people, the lambs to be sacrificed, if you will. It's so much bigger than all of this shit put together. It's crazy, but it is like you said.

Now do you think the setup was for them to be taken out and get the blame and then bring on the regulations or is it something no, that's a side issue, dude. Go back to your chart. The key to that thing in the chart is the data analytics. That was a whole goal. Okay.

Right down here at the bottom, right, all the companies down there are the people that provide surety and certification.

You lost your bike again. Every time we get into the good stuff, they start cutting off poor cliff. Alright, you're back. Yeah. That's really weird because it appears to be a hardware fault, but it just shuts down on its own anyway.

Okay, so the data analytics and all of that, those are the people that are scrubbing or verifying data for the government and for financial institutions and stuff, right? And so these people have their hands on the data. So if you want to pollute our modern society and take it over, all you have to do is control the databases that everybody works off of, where they're always making these statements. 15% of the population does this, 85% does that, right. Well, they're getting that from these people with these data things.

So if you're in control of so it used to be we don't care who votes, we care who counts the votes. Now it's like we care who counts the votes, sort of, but we care a whole lot more who controls the data flow that influence how those votes are created. And that was the goal of all of this. So FTX was intended to be an explosion. These people were sacrificial lambs, as you point out.

They have to have somebody that's going to take the heat. And its goal is nothing we've seen yet. Some of it may emerge in December, but for my viewpoint, it was focused on the ultimate seizure of our society by way of seizure of the databases. So I'm sure you've seen some of these movies on the major services where someone like disappears from the social credit system and the cop sees something happen and he tries to hunt somebody down and why this person doesn't exist. And it turns out later on they've got a friend that scrubbed them from the databases or something like that.

It's all in the data. So if you control the data, you control the world of perception. And that is exactly what our friend over at Sarah Fischer Ellison, that is her area of study at MIT teaching economics in data obfuscation. It even says it on her bio right down here. Wide ranging issues addressing such as characteristics for small products, political companies.

Yeah, you look down even further. Okay. Empirically investigates the origins of countervailing power using the data from the pharmaceutical industry. Countervailing power, right. How to control people's minds with data.

And here it is right here. Ecommerce. Your best known research involves study of search and obfuscation, which means cover up. No. Okay, so I'm sorry, mix, but technically obfuscation simply means it is not easily seen.

Doesn't mean we take that we have a connotation of someone actively piling shit on it in order to shade it out of our existence. But technically it doesn't mean that. And from a computer viewpoint, because I've studied that, obfuscation really is the solving of a problem. And the problem is when you have a mass amount of data and you know you've got your answer in there, but the data is so large, how do you find it? That's really the best description of obfuscation because other data is going to mask it and so on, doesn't mean a person is actively doing it.

However, somebody who is skilled in essaying those kinds of effects knows how to put obfuscation on data such that others can't see it. All right? And let's not forget that her husband is by the way, she scares me. They both scare me, and they're both AntiTrumpers. And Glenn Ellison was the boss of Gary Ginsler and the father of Caroline, the Harry Potter lover.

You get down this path and it's like, oh my God. But t2hen I got kicked off YouTube today.

I'm like one of my last one of the last guys. I'm not completely off, so I just got one strike again, I usually just stop talking about things they care about. We have to talk about. In your data, you did have a $600 silver at some point in time. Now, when you say $600, I can't see a world where $600 silver will show up on the comics, but I can see a world where $600 costs $600 to buy an ounce of silver.

Yeah, and we're seeing that split now with these 50 60 70% premiums on silver. And it's only going to be a momentary the data, bear in mind, is just a snapshot. Okay. And so there's this really smart guy out there, Rafi the Wise. I don't think that's his official name, but it's Rafi.

He's a silver analyst. He works occasionally. Right. Chris Marcus over at our company, right? Correct.

So Rafi has got an opinion that I'm shading towards probably being fairly realistic and that my $600 silver under those circumstances would have been a happenstance of a snapshot at a particular time in history that I think is probably fairly close. And so Rafi has this idea that you will be able to buy a house. At the time he made this video, like maybe it was two or three or four months ago, right? But that's pertinent because we're in times where things happen very rapid. So three months ago, a house that was worth a million dollars in the short term in the future might be able to be bought for 15oz or 75oz of silver, he said.

Okay, and so basically he's saying that 75oz of silver would be the equivalent of purchasing power now of a million dollars. And I have a tendency to think that he's correct because of the kinds of things I'm seeing in the data. I get this idea that the price of silver will be an ephemeral, a moving target that is going to depend on your location, your ability to get silver from the place you're dealing with or to the place you want to sell it and the stuff that's happening at that moment. So that if we're looking at silver prices, what's the price of silver today? $21.

Okay, let's just say $20 if we were looking at that relative to where it might go. And let's just say that silver is going to end up at hang on a second, let me do some quick calcs.

Okay? So let's say that silver is going to end up at about 2000, $3,000 an ounce when it reaches a peak, okay? So we'll just go on those kinds of numbers. And these numbers are a fucking guess, all right? Because they're being valued in US.

Dollars, which are worthless, all right? So the $600 range is like right here and it's momentary. Now all of these numbers are going to be with this reach it, come back, reach it, come back, reach it, come back, reach it, come back. Just like that kind of an approach as we go up. Alligator team.

Exactly. But where you connect with a particular price is also going to be affected by your location. Because as this is occurring, you might be sitting in Montauk, New York, got a little pile of silver. You hear about a guy in California that bought himself some mega mansion in Hollywood, half a movie studio, two Bentleys and five trophy wives for 2oz of gold and a handful of silver, right? And you think, damn, I want some of that.

Problem is it's not happening in your location. It's going to be entirely separate and going to depend on the staggering amount of deprivation and crashes in those localities. So $600 silver in the middle of Kansas, that might be its peak. Silver in New York, it might go to $2,000 because there's going to be so much more frenetic activity and a lot more of it being traded and stuff that'll move it up. But out in Kansas, it's just you and your neighbors swapping a few coins back and forth and I think you've said this before and then self organizing collectives that basically little communities that will in the absence of this big overall control structure.

Do you see the little communities deciding what exactly your barter stuff is? Exactly because they will be bartering. Now, again, this is brief. This will be a brief situation. I say that for a lot of reasons.

One of the primary ones is the mere existence of the magamovement, okay? The fact that it exists, the fact that we have that word in our lexicon now speaks so many volumes to my consciousness about planning, future, all of this kind of stuff, that I know that this entire process right here might be encapsulated and done with in less than six months. So this is something that Rafi talks about, that the ability to seize the value of silver across time will be a very brief period of time. Here where you'll have the million dollar houses for the few 75oz of silver. And that might only last in your particular area.

Maybe it lasts two weeks some other place. Maybe it lasts three or four years because of the lack of activity. So it's not going to be ubiquitous. It's just going to be really strange. But there are people that won't like this happening, okay?

And these are the people that want things to be orderly, and we're going to go back to those people in charge, and they have worked to prepare things, and we're in the process of that unfolding. So I'm actually saying that I think Rafi will be absolutely correct. And I think that maybe you'll hear stories of million dollar houses being sold for 75oz of silver, but I think it will happen within this next year and not beyond that. I could be wrong on the time frame because it may be much more, much deeper and longer than I anticipate. And maybe we get sidetracked, so to speak, in dealing with the corruption and the criminality.

And it takes a longer time to repair the economics because we have to be emotionally diverted in dealing with the cleaning it all out before we rebuild it. Right. In your opinion, let's say we have that rappy type of big spikes and fallbacks and things like that, and there'll be a peak at some point that we've seen in the past, but in the past it's always been the control has brought the price to where they want it and they keep it in that range. Do you see a control structure going forward for pricing silver, or is that for pricing silver? Yes, but I see it as a voluntary control structure, not any kind of imposition.

And that is I actually see, we had stuff in the data that suggested that we would get and it was shocking even back when and we're talking, like, 2008 and stuff, right when we first started getting the hints of what would become Reggie and Veritasium, because those linguistic sets would build for years before we could get any sense out of them. Right? But no. So we will probably have a pricing structure that will be implemented by the new official dumb. This new official dumb will have popular support because we're going into an error of populism as we move into the aquarian age.

When that occurs, the new infrastructure created by the populist government will ask the populace to sell them silver. Okay? I think it will be asking for technical reasons, not economic reasons, all right? And I think the populace will respond, and that structure will evolve, but there won't be any demands that you do. So there won't be any restrictions on silver being used for other purposes and stuff.

They'll just do what they can to get what they need. Right? The amazing thing to me is knowing the tiny, tiny amount of silver holders there are in the united states, I'm not counting the JPMorgans of the world or the warren buffets or whatever they got. I think elon musk has a hell of a lot better if he wants to run his company. But I think if the government came out and said, hey, we need your silver, 99.9% of the population says, what do you mean you need my necklace?

Is that what you want? And then there'll be the people who hold larger fords of silver that will be able to decide whether they give it or not. Okay, well, here's the thing. Maybe because of the conditions at the time that the forecast originated, maybe we do get in a situation where something like the following happens that we get out of this goofy, wet induced climate hysteria and everybody realizes the vast amount of damage that the electric car industry is causing to the planet, and we stop making those, thus freeing up all of those resources for other stuff. And that we also understand that electric airplanes are a no brainer.

They're never going anywhere, we're not going to make these, and that we then also see, thus that would free up people like elon musk to reconvert those resources to other things. Right? And so I think we're going to get into that kind of a world where those forecasts may not have been talking about individuals like you and me that got a few coins in our pockets so much as the banks that they take over, the car companies that don't need this stuff anymore. The 5G tower creation companies that don't need this stuff anymore. Bear in mind now every single jet fighter has at least £1 of silver in it.

Every single cruise missile destroys a pound and a half of silver when it explodes. Every single 5G tower has a pound of palladium or a pound of platinum, £450 of copper, and two and a half pounds of silver. So once the government goes to hell and all that, those 5G towers are toast people. They're coming down. People just want that stuff, right?

So our world is going to be changed by us. And in the process of this roiling, boiling next hundred years we're going to go through all kinds of strange stuff and it would not surprise me that anything we could speculate right now would at least temporarily appear. But I'm pretty sure that this hoarding is at the larger level. I don't think they're going to care about the ten coins I've got. Right.

Yeah, they won't take your fillings out. So I want to go back to something that you had talked about a long time ago and it was about the Post Office. I think you called it the blue bankruptcy or something to that effect.

The Post office moves a billion dollars in money that's not really seen by people at any given moment. There's a billion dollars in their system. And so when it goes bust with the currency and they're really strapped now. Okay. Our Post office is teetering on the demands against it, the ability to pay employees, the ability to find employees, and the ability to keep the machinery running.

Living out here on the hinterland, I have postal service maybe 2 hours a day, none on Saturday. And that's just the way it is. Sometimes we don't have postal service at all that day because nobody had come into work. So this is just yeah, when it goes, we're in a world hurt. So I mean the reason I asked that is I do believe due to the derivative situation and fractional reserve nature of our banking system, as it sits, one of these two big to fill banks goes.

We pretty much know all of them will go. And then it's kind of like what do you use as the next bank? I think it'll be government run because there won't be fractional reserve. I don't know where they get the money and all that if all the banks have gone. That's why I see like, post offices have those bulletproof barriers.

The Post office is almost in every town around the country and could be useful as a nationwide banking system. Just to start off again, as far as let's just say the US uses gold and silver again along with some kind of crypto Identifier that we've talked about. Why not use the postal service? And oh, by the way, they also have a patent on a new voting system that came out in 2016 that used the blockchain. The US.

Postal Service. I think the US postal Service will be extremely more in use in the future than it has been over the past 50 years. Are we nominating, you for the new Postmaster General. That used to be a very powerful position. I know, but it was second only to outside of the Executive.

That was second only to the head of the Department of Agriculture. I see us going back to that. I do think that I should take some governmental posts when all this shit is done just because I've been fighting against the government for so long. And what they do I need to put my money where my mouth is. I need to put my mouth where my mouth was and work for the post office or the financial crimes unit of the CFTC or something like that.

You blocked out again on your ear.

There we go. Okay, so I had something curious happened the other day. I've been contacted by two separate groups within the local Republican Party and asked to run for office. Oh, my goodness. I'll vote for you club.

No, there's a problem for this, right? It's flattering. Yes. All of that's cool and so on. But what if you want then you got to do the fucking job.

I'm a terrible administrator. Think of a people person in the first place. Exactly. Your magic is just running around, hey, they're talking Secretary of State and one other rather prestigious position in my state. And it's like, no, people.

You don't want my personality in that job. Did you do it from home? No. Okay. Both of the jobs are they need a serious change agent in our state, and they need somebody that can get in there and do the incredible research that's required and then kick ass and slit throats.

I can do the slitting throats. I'm kicking ass. No worries. Right. But I'm just too old to get into the who did this to whom and for how much and how much.

I don't want to know all of that stuff at this stage. So, no, I'm just not a candidate for that. But you would be. I'd be a good administrator.

I do think I need to volunteer for something that is less bitching about it and more fixing it type of thing. Well, universe provides and guides. It will come along. Absolutely.

Wonderful discussion. Is there anything that we missed out on that you wanted to touch upon or any advice for everybody out there? Well, it's going to be rough, so take care of yourself. Right. If you've got Kryptos, no matter what, you're going to have emotional responses.

But even so, we're getting to a point where it doesn't matter if you're just in this social worker 30 days from now, you could have emotional responses to all the crap that's going on then. And so the thing you've got to understand is that that shit's just going to wash over you. Don't take it personally. Don't let it destroy your life and your health, because it's a long road. Okay?

So I'm doing exercises. I'm doing my stretching. I'm doing my long walks. 4 miles every morning on the beach, wind permitting. How's your greenhouse doing?

Great. Unfortunately, there's not a whole lot I can grow here in the winter that I can eat. Right. But nonetheless, doing great. Everything's just working fine.

But my point being that I'm concentrating on the really important stuff, which is good food every day. So here's the thing. If you really want to know how to do this, go and watch. What was that show? It was either like the movie Starlog 17 or something like that.

Great Escape, because there's this British prisoner that is just, like, immaculate and everybody says, well, how do you do it? And he says, Well, I watched my diet and all of these kinds of things. He lays out the four things you need to do to stay sane and survive the prison camp. We're in a prison camp, guys. So you don't want to get involved in all of this shit emotionally because it'll just degrade you and there's more coming that you cannot that we won't be able to avoid.

So get yourself as prepared as you possibly can. Very good advice. It goes back to the days when you're saying, we have to be dynamic. We can't be static. We can't sit there and say, we have to go.

Keep your eyes open. You don't have to get involved in all the crazy fights out there, but keep your eyes open and be ready to be ready to get in the fight with my new iPhone. Whoa, 35OZ. That's a sweet one. Well, hang on a second now.

I've got my new rule 8ft, right? Yeah. I'm within 8ft of a weapon on my property at any given time. Okay. I'm scared to see what it is.

Oh, samurai sword katana. What is it? A katana. A blackened full katana. What's a katana?

Samurai sword? Yeah, it's the long sword. I got to get one of those now. Well, the thing is, it's a really good one for chopping, brush even, so I go out and practice with it. But yeah, guys, it's getting scary now.

I live in a land of bears and fierce coyotes and stuff, so it's a good idea to have weapons around all the time anyway. Very good. Hey, Cliff, thank you so much. And I keep following Cliff on telegraph. He's posting all the time just for fun, just to stir things up, I think.

And Rotary to thank you and we'll see you very soon. Cool. Talk to you later. Right, bye.


View me!

The number-one best-selling pioneer of "fratire" and a leading evolutionary psychologist team up to create the dating book for guys. Whether they conducted their research in life or in the lab, experts Tucker Max and Dr. Geoffrey Miller have spent the last 20-plus years learning what women really want from their men, why they want it, and how men can deliver those qualities. The short answer: Become the best version of yourself possible, then show it off. It sounds simple, but it's not. If it were, Tinder would just be the stuff you use to start a fire. Becoming your best self requires honesty, self-awareness, hard work, and a little help. Through their website and podcasts, Max and Miller have already helped over one million guys take their first steps toward Miss Right. They have collected all of their findings in Mate, an evidence-driven, seriously funny playbook that will teach you to become a more sexually attractive and romantically successful man, the right way: No "seduction techniques" No moralizing No bullshit Just honest, straightforward talk about the most ethical, effective way to pursue the win-win relationships you want with the women who are best for you. Much of what they've discovered will surprise you, some of it will not, but all of it is important and often misunderstood. So listen up, and stop being stupid!

Words of affirmation, quality time, gifts, acts of service, physical touching - learning these love languages will get your marriage off to a great start or enhance a long-standing one! Chapman explains the purpose of each "language" and shows you how to identify the one that's meaningful to your spouse now. Updated to reflect the complexities of relationships in today's world, this new edition of The 5 Love Languages reveals intrinsic truths and provides action steps in each chapter that will help you on your way to a healthier relationship. Also includes an updated personal profile. With a divorce rate that hovers around 50 percent, don't let yourself become a statistic. In Things I Wish I'd Known Before We Got Married, Gary Chapman teaches you and your future spouse how to work together as an intimate team! He shares with engaged couples practical tips he wishes he knew before he got married. Discussion centers around love, romance, conflict resolution, forgiveness, and sexual fulfillment. Included are insightful questions, suggestions, and exercises.

A one-page tool to reinvent yourself and your career. The global best seller Business Model Generation introduced a unique visual way to summarize and creatively brainstorm any business or product idea on a single sheet of paper. Business Model You uses the same powerful one-page tool to teach listeners how to draw "personal business models," which reveal new ways their skills can be adapted to the changing needs of the marketplace to reveal new, more satisfying, career and life possibilities. Produced by the same team that created Business Model Generation, this audiobook is based on the Business Model Canvas methodology, which has quickly emerged as the world's leading business model description and innovation technique. This book shows listeners how to: - Understand business model thinking and diagram their current personal business model - Understand the value of their skills in the marketplace and define their purpose - Articulate a vision for change - Create a new personal business model harmonized with that vision - And most important, test and implement the new model When you implement the one-page tool from Business Model You, you create a game-changing business model for your life and career.

The bible for bringing cutting-edge products to larger markets—now revised and updated with new insights into the realities of high-tech marketing In Crossing the Chasm, Geoffrey A. Moore shows that in the Technology Adoption Life Cycle—which begins with innovators and moves to early adopters, early majority, late majority, and laggards—there is a vast chasm between the early adopters and the early majority. While early adopters are willing to sacrifice for the advantage of being first, the early majority waits until they know that the technology actually offers improvements in productivity. The challenge for innovators and marketers is to narrow this chasm and ultimately accelerate adoption across every segment. This third edition brings Moore's classic work up to date with dozens of new examples of successes and failures, new strategies for marketing in the digital world, and Moore's most current insights and findings. He also includes two new appendices, the first connecting the ideas in Crossing the Chasm to work subsequently published in his Inside the Tornado, and the second presenting his recent groundbreaking work for technology adoption models for high-tech consumer markets.

Endless terror. Refugee waves. An unfixable global economy. Surprising election results. New billion-dollar fortunes. Miracle medical advances. What if they were all connected? What if you could understand why? The Seventh Sense is the story of what all of today's successful figures see and feel: the forces that are invisible to most of us but explain everything from explosive technological change to uneasy political ripples. The secret to power now is understanding our new age of networks. Not merely the Internet, but also webs of trade, finance, and even DNA. Based on his years of advising generals, CEOs, and politicians, Ramo takes us into the opaque heart of our world's rapidly connected systems and teaches us what the losers are not yet seeing -- and what the victors of this age already know.

This lushly illustrated history of popular entertainment takes a long-zoom approach, contending that the pursuit of novelty and wonder is a powerful driver of world-shaping technological change. Steven Johnson argues that, throughout history, the cutting edge of innovation lies wherever people are working the hardest to keep themselves and others amused. Johnson’s storytelling is just as delightful as the inventions he describes, full of surprising stops along the journey from simple concepts to complex modern systems. He introduces us to the colorful innovators of leisure: the explorers, proprietors, showmen, and artists who changed the trajectory of history with their luxurious wares, exotic meals, taverns, gambling tables, and magic shows. In Wonderland, Johnson compellingly argues that observers of technological and social trends should be looking for clues in novel amusements. You’ll find the future wherever people are having the most fun.

Nothing “goes viral.” If you think a popular movie, song, or app came out of nowhere to become a word-of-mouth success in today’s crowded media environment, you’re missing the real story. Each blockbuster has a secret history—of power, influence, dark broadcasters, and passionate cults that turn some new products into cultural phenomena. Even the most brilliant ideas wither in obscurity if they fail to connect with the right network, and the consumers that matter most aren't the early adopters, but rather their friends, followers, and imitators -- the audience of your audience. In his groundbreaking investigation, Atlantic senior editor Derek Thompson uncovers the hidden psychology of why we like what we like and reveals the economics of cultural markets that invisibly shape our lives. Shattering the sentimental myths of hit-making that dominate pop culture and business, Thompson shows quality is insufficient for success, nobody has "good taste," and some of the most popular products in history were one bad break away from utter failure. It may be a new world, but there are some enduring truths to what audiences and consumers want. People love a familiar surprise: a product that is bold, yet sneakily recognizable. Every business, every artist, every person looking to promote themselves and their work wants to know what makes some works so successful while others disappear. Hit Makers is a magical mystery tour through the last century of pop culture blockbusters and the most valuable currency of the twenty-first century—people’s attention. From the dawn of impressionist art to the future of Facebook, from small Etsy designers to the origin of Star Wars, Derek Thompson leaves no pet rock unturned to tell the fascinating story of how culture happens and why things become popular. In Hit Makers, Derek Thompson investigates: · The secret link between ESPN's sticky programming and the The Weeknd's catchy choruses · Why Facebook is today’s most important newspaper · How advertising critics predicted Donald Trump · The 5th grader who accidentally launched "Rock Around the Clock," the biggest hit in rock and roll history · How Barack Obama and his speechwriters think of themselves as songwriters · How Disney conquered the world—but the future of hits belongs to savvy amateurs and individuals · The French collector who accidentally created the Impressionist canon · Quantitative evidence that the biggest music hits aren’t always the best · Why almost all Hollywood blockbusters are sequels, reboots, and adaptations · Why one year--1991--is responsible for the way pop music sounds today · Why another year --1932--created the business model of film · How data scientists proved that “going viral” is a myth · How 19th century immigration patterns explain the most heard song in the Western Hemisphere

Ours is often called an information economy, but at a moment when access to information is virtually unlimited, our attention has become the ultimate commodity. In nearly every moment of our waking lives, we face a barrage of efforts to harvest our attention. This condition is not simply the byproduct of recent technological innovations but the result of more than a century's growth and expansion in the industries that feed on human attention. Wu’s narrative begins in the nineteenth century, when Benjamin Day discovered he could get rich selling newspapers for a penny. Since then, every new medium—from radio to television to Internet companies such as Google and Facebook—has attained commercial viability and immense riches by turning itself into an advertising platform. Since the early days, the basic business model of “attention merchants” has never changed: free diversion in exchange for a moment of your time, sold in turn to the highest-bidding advertiser. Full of lively, unexpected storytelling and piercing insight, The Attention Merchants lays bare the true nature of a ubiquitous reality we can no longer afford to accept at face value.

Some people think that in today’s hyper-competitive world, it’s the tough, take-no-prisoners type who comes out on top. But in reality, argues New York Times bestselling author Dave Kerpen, it’s actually those with the best people skills who win the day. Those who build the right relationships. Those who truly understand and connect with their colleagues, their customers, their partners. Those who can teach, lead, and inspire. In a world where we are constantly connected, and social media has become the primary way we communicate, the key to getting ahead is being the person others like, respect, and trust. Because no matter who you are or what profession you're in, success is contingent less on what you can do for yourself, but on what other people are willing to do for you. Here, through 53 bite-sized, easy-to-execute, and often counterintuitive tips, you’ll learn to master the 11 People Skills that will get you more of what you want at work, at home, and in life. For example, you’ll learn: · The single most important question you can ever ask to win attention in a meeting · The one simple key to networking that nobody talks about · How to remain top of mind for thousands of people, everyday · Why it usually pays to be the one to give the bad news · How to blow off the right people · And why, when in doubt, buy him a Bonsai A book best described as “How to Win Friends and Influence People for today’s world,” The Art of People shows how to charm and win over anyone to be more successful at work and outside of it.

Business Model Generation is a handbook for visionaries, game changers, and challengers striving to defy outmoded business models and design tomorrow's enterprises. If your organization needs to adapt to harsh new realities, but you don't yet have a strategy that will get you out in front of your competitors, you need Business Model Generation. Co-created by 470 "Business Model Canvas" practitioners from 45 countries, the book features a beautiful, highly visual, 4-color design that takes powerful strategic ideas and tools, and makes them easy to implement in your organization. It explains the most common Business Model patterns, based on concepts from leading business thinkers, and helps you reinterpret them for your own context. You will learn how to systematically understand, design, and implement a game-changing business model--or analyze and renovate an old one. Along the way, you'll understand at a much deeper level your customers, distribution channels, partners, revenue streams, costs, and your core value proposition. Business Model Generation features practical innovation techniques used today by leading consultants and companies worldwide, including 3M, Ericsson, Capgemini, Deloitte, and others. Designed for doers, it is for those ready to abandon outmoded thinking and embrace new models of value creation: for executives, consultants, entrepreneurs, and leaders of all organizations. If you're ready to change the rules, you belong to "the business model generation!"

#1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER If you want to build a better future, you must believe in secrets. The great secret of our time is that there are still uncharted frontiers to explore and new inventions to create. In Zero to One, legendary entrepreneur and investor Peter Thiel shows how we can find singular ways to create those new things. Thiel begins with the contrarian premise that we live in an age of technological stagnation, even if we’re too distracted by shiny mobile devices to notice. Information technology has improved rapidly, but there is no reason why progress should be limited to computers or Silicon Valley. Progress can be achieved in any industry or area of business. It comes from the most important skill that every leader must master: learning to think for yourself. Doing what someone else already knows how to do takes the world from 1 to n, adding more of something familiar. But when you do something new, you go from 0 to 1. The next Bill Gates will not build an operating system. The next Larry Page or Sergey Brin won’t make a search engine. Tomorrow’s champions will not win by competing ruthlessly in today’s marketplace. They will escape competition altogether, because their businesses will be unique. Zero to One presents at once an optimistic view of the future of progress in America and a new way of thinking about innovation: it starts by learning to ask the questions that lead you to find value in unexpected places.

Why should I do business with you… and not your competitor? Whether you are a retailer, manufacturer, distributor, or service provider – if you cannot answer this question, you are surely losing customers, clients and market share. This eye-opening book reveals how identifying your competitive advantages (and trumpeting them to the marketplace) is the most surefire way to close deals, retain clients, and stay miles ahead of the competition. The five fatal flaws of most companies: • They don’t have a competitive advantage but think they do • They have a competitive advantage but don’t know what it is—so they lower prices instead • They know what their competitive advantage is but neglect to tell clients about it • They mistake “strengths” for competitive advantages • They don’t concentrate on competitive advantages when making strategic and operational decisions The good news is that you can overcome these costly mistakes – by identifying your competitive advantages and creating new ones. Consultant, public speaker, and competitive advantage expert Jaynie Smith will show you how scores of small and large companies substantially increased their sales by focusing on their competitive advantages. When advising a CEO frustrated by his salespeople’s inability to close deals, Smith discovered that his company stayed on schedule 95 percent of the time – an achievement no one else in his industry could claim. By touting this and other competitive advantages to customers, closing rates increased by 30 percent—and so did company revenues. Jack Welch has said, “If you don’t have a competitive advantage, don’t compete.” This straight-to-the-point book is filled with insightful stories and specific steps on how to pinpoint your competitive advantages, develop new ones, and get the message out about them.

The number one New York Times best seller that examines how people can champion new ideas in their careers and everyday life - and how leaders can fight groupthink, from the author of Think Again and co-author of Option B. With Give and Take, Adam Grant not only introduced a landmark new paradigm for success but also established himself as one of his generation’s most compelling and provocative thought leaders. In Originals he again addresses the challenge of improving the world, but now from the perspective of becoming original: choosing to champion novel ideas and values that go against the grain, battle conformity, and buck outdated traditions. How can we originate new ideas, policies, and practices without risking it all? Using surprising studies and stories spanning business, politics, sports, and entertainment, Grant explores how to recognize a good idea, speak up without getting silenced, build a coalition of allies, choose the right time to act, and manage fear and doubt; how parents and teachers can nurture originality in children; and how leaders can build cultures that welcome dissent. Learn from an entrepreneur who pitches his start-ups by highlighting the reasons not to invest, a woman at Apple who challenged Steve Jobs from three levels below, an analyst who overturned the rule of secrecy at the CIA, a billionaire financial wizard who fires employees for failing to criticize him, and a TV executive who didn’t even work in comedy but saved Seinfeld from the cutting-room floor. The payoff is a set of groundbreaking insights about rejecting conformity and improving the status quo.

In The $100 Startup, Chris Guillebeau tells you how to lead of life of adventure, meaning and purpose - and earn a good living. Still in his early 30s, Chris is on the verge of completing a tour of every country on earth - he's already visited more than 175 nations - and yet he’s never held a "real job" or earned a regular paycheck. Rather, he has a special genius for turning ideas into income, and he uses what he earns both to support his life of adventure and to give back. There are many others like Chris - those who've found ways to opt out of traditional employment and create the time and income to pursue what they find meaningful. Sometimes, achieving that perfect blend of passion and income doesn't depend on shelving what you currently do. You can start small with your venture, committing little time or money, and wait to take the real plunge when you're sure it's successful. In preparing to write this book, Chris identified 1,500 individuals who have built businesses earning $50,000 or more from a modest investment (in many cases, $100 or less), and from that group he’s chosen to focus on the 50 most intriguing case studies. In nearly all cases, people with no special skills discovered aspects of their personal passions that could be monetized, and were able to restructure their lives in ways that gave them greater freedom and fulfillment. Here, finally, distilled into one easy-to-use guide, are the most valuable lessons from those who’ve learned how to turn what they do into a gateway to self-fulfillment. It’s all about finding the intersection between your "expertise" - even if you don’t consider it such - and what other people will pay for. You don’t need an MBA, a business plan or even employees. All you need is a product or service that springs from what you love to do anyway, people willing to pay, and a way to get paid. Not content to talk in generalities, Chris tells you exactly how many dollars his group of unexpected entrepreneurs required to get their projects up and running; what these individuals did in the first weeks and months to generate significant cash; some of the key mistakes they made along the way, and the crucial insights that made the business stick. Among Chris’s key principles: if you’re good at one thing, you’re probably good at something else; never teach a man to fish - sell him the fish instead; and in the battle between planning and action, action wins. In ancient times, people who were dissatisfied with their lives dreamed of finding magic lamps, buried treasure, or streets paved with gold. Today, we know that it’s up to us to change our lives. And the best part is, if we change our own life, we can help others change theirs. This remarkable book will start you on your way.

Bold is a radical, how-to guide for using exponential technologies, moonshot thinking, and crowd-powered tools to create extraordinary wealth while also positively impacting the lives of billions. Exploring the exponential technologies that are disrupting today's Fortune 500 companies and enabling upstart entrepreneurs to go from "I've got an idea" to "I run a billion-dollar company" far faster than ever before, the authors provide exceptional insight into the power of 3-D printing, artificial intelligence, robotics, networks and sensors, and synthetic biology. Drawing on insights from billionaire entrepreneurs Larry Page, Elon Musk, Richard Branson, and Jeff Bezos, the audiobook offers the best practices that allow anyone to leverage today's hyper connected crowd like never before. The authors teach how to design and use incentive competitions, launch million-dollar crowdfunding campaigns to tap into tens of billions of dollars of capital, and build communities - armies of exponentially enabled individuals willing and able to help today's entrepreneurs make their boldest dreams come true. Bold is both a manifesto and a manual. It is today's exponential entrepreneur's go-to resource on the use of emerging technologies, thinking at scale, and the awesome impact of crowd-powered tools.

The answer is simple: come up with 10 ideas a day. It doesn't matter if they are good or bad, the key is to exercise your "idea muscle", to keep it toned, and in great shape. People say ideas are cheap and execution is everything but that is NOT true. Execution is a consequence, a subset of good, brilliant idea. And good ideas require daily work. Ideas may be easy if we are only coming up with one or two but if you open this book to any of the pages and try to produce more than three, you will feel a burn, scratch your head, and you will be sweating, and working hard. There is a turning point when you reach idea number six for the day, you still have four to go, and your mind muscle is getting a workout. By the time you list those last ideas to make it to 10 you will see for yourself what "sweating the idea muscle" means. As you practice the daily idea generation you become an idea machine. When we become idea machines we are flooded with lots of bad ideas but also with some that are very good. This happens by the sheer force of the number, because we are coming up with 3,650 ideas per year (at 10 a day). When you are inspired by an extraordinary idea, all of your thoughts break their chains, you go beyond limitations and your capacity to act expands in every direction. Forces and abilities you did not know you had come to the surface, and you realize you are capable of doing great things. As you practice with the suggested prompts in this book your ideas will get better, you will be a source of great insight for others, people will find you magnetic, and they will want to hang out with you because you have so much to offer. When you practice every day your life will transform, in no more than 180 days, because it has no other evolutionary choice. Life changes for the better when we become the source of positive, insightful, and helpful ideas. Don't believe a word I say. Instead, challenge yourself.

A Guide to Resilience: How to Bounce Back from Life's Inevitable Problems Christian Moore is convinced that each of us has a power hidden within, something that can get us through any kind of adversity. That power is resilience. In The Resilience Breakthrough, Moore delivers a practical primer on how you can become more resilient in a world of instability and narrowing opportunity, whether you're facing financial troubles, health setbacks, challenges on the job, or any other problem. We can each have our own resilience breakthrough, Moore argues, and can each learn how to use adverse circumstances as potent fuel for overcoming life's hardships. As he shares engaging real-life stories and brutally honest analyses of his own experiences, Moore equips you with 27 resilience-building tools that you can start using today - in your personal life or in your organization.

What if someone told you that your behavior was controlled by a powerful, invisible force? Most of us would be skeptical of such a claim--but it's largely true. Our brains are constantly transmitting and receiving signals of which we are unaware. Studies show that these constant inputs drive the great majority of our decisions about what to do next--and we become conscious of the decisions only after we start acting on them. Many may find that disturbing. But the implications for leadership are profound. In this provocative yet practical book, renowned speaking coach and communication expert Nick Morgan highlights recent research that shows how humans are programmed to respond to the nonverbal cues of others--subtle gestures, sounds, and signals--that elicit emotion. He then provides a clear, useful framework of seven "power cues" that will be essential for any leader in business, the public sector, or almost any context. You'll learn crucial skills, from measuring nonverbal signs of confidence, to the art and practice of gestures and vocal tones, to figuring out what your gut is really telling you. This concise and engaging guide will help leaders and aspiring leaders of all stripes to connect powerfully, communicate more effectively, and command influence.

New York Times bestselling author and social media expert Gary Vaynerchuk shares hard-won advice on how to connect with customers and beat the competition. A mash-up of the best elements of Crush It! and The Thank You Economy with a fresh spin, Jab, Jab, Jab, Right Hook is a blueprint to social media marketing strategies that really works. When managers and marketers outline their social media strategies, they plan for the "right hook"—their next sale or campaign that's going to knock out the competition. Even companies committed to jabbing—patiently engaging with customers to build the relationships crucial to successful social media campaigns—want to land the punch that will take down their opponent or their customer's resistance in one blow. Right hooks convert traffic to sales and easily show results. Except when they don't. Thanks to massive change and proliferation in social media platforms, the winning combination of jabs and right hooks is different now. Vaynerchuk shows that while communication is still key, context matters more than ever. It's not just about developing high-quality content, but developing high-quality content perfectly adapted to specific social media platforms and mobile devices—content tailor-made for Facebook, Instagram, Pinterest, Twitter and Tumblr.

From the best-selling author of The Black Swan and one of the foremost thinkers of our time, Nassim Nicholas Taleb, a book on how some things actually benefit from disorder. In The Black Swan Taleb outlined a problem, and in Antifragile he offers a definitive solution: how to gain from disorder and chaos while being protected from fragilities and adverse events. For what Taleb calls the "antifragile" is actually beyond the robust, because it benefits from shocks, uncertainty, and stressors, just as human bones get stronger when subjected to stress and tension. The antifragile needs disorder in order to survive and flourish. Taleb stands uncertainty on its head, making it desirable, even necessary, and proposes that things be built in an antifragile manner. The antifragile is immune to prediction errors. Why is the city-state better than the nation-state, why is debt bad for you, and why is everything that is both modern and complicated bound to fail? The audiobook spans innovation by trial and error, health, biology, medicine, life decisions, politics, foreign policy, urban planning, war, personal finance, and economic systems. And throughout, in addition to the street wisdom of Fat Tony of Brooklyn, the voices and recipes of ancient wisdom, from Roman, Greek, Semitic, and medieval sources, are heard loud and clear. Extremely ambitious and multidisciplinary, Antifragile provides a blueprint for how to behave - and thrive - in a world we don't understand, and which is too uncertain for us to even try to understand and predict. Erudite and witty, Taleb’s message is revolutionary: What is not antifragile will surely perish.

The Cluetrain Manifesto began as a Web site in 1999 when the authors, who have worked variously at IBM, Sun Microsystems, the Linux Journal, and NPR, posted 95 theses about the new reality of the networked marketplace. Ten years after its original publication, their message remains more relevant than ever. For example, thesis no. 2: “Markets consist of human beings, not demographic sectors”; thesis no. 20: “Companies need to realize their markets are often laughing. At them.” The book enlarges on these themes through dozens of stories and observations about business in America and how the Internet will continue to change it all. With a new introduction and chapters by the authors, and commentary by Jake McKee, JP Rangaswami, and Dan Gillmor, this book is essential reading for anybody interested in the Internet and e-commerce, and is especially vital for businesses navigating the topography of the wired marketplace.

From the founders of the trailblazing software company 37signals, here is a different kind of business book one that explores a new reality. Today, anyone can be in business. Tools that used to be out of reach are now easily accessible. Technology that cost thousands is now just a few bucks or even free. Stuff that was impossible just a few years ago is now simple.That means anyone can start a business. And you can do it without working miserable 80-hour weeks or depleting your life savings. You can start it on the side while your day job provides all the cash flow you need. Forget about business plans, meetings, office space - you don't need them. With its straightforward language and easy-is-better approach, Rework is the perfect playbook for anyone who's ever dreamed of doing it on their own. Hardcore entrepreneurs, small-business owners, people stuck in day jobs who want to get out, and artists who don't want to starve anymore will all find valuable inspiration and guidance in these pages. It's time to rework work.


Tesla's main source of inspiration.
Roger Joseph Boscovich, a physicist, astronomer, mathematician, philosopher, diplomat, poet, theologian, Jesuit priest, and polymath, published the first edition of his famous work, Philosophiae Naturalis Theoria Redacta Ad Unicam Legem Virium In Natura Existentium (Theory Of Natural Philosophy Derived To The Single Law Of Forces Which Exist In Nature), in Vienna, in 1758, containing his atomic theory and his theory of forces. A second edition was published in 1763 in Venice

Bill Clinton's Georgetown mentor's history of the Conspiracy since the Boer War in South Africa.
TRAGEDY AND HOPE shows the years 1895-1950 as a period of transition from the world dominated by Europe in the nineteenth century to the world of three blocs in the twentieth century. With clarity, perspective, and cumulative impact, Professor Quigley examines the nature of that transition through two world wars and a worldwide economic depression. As an interpretative historian, he tries to show each event in the full complexity of its historical context. The result is a unique work, notable in several ways. It gives a picture of the world in terms of the influence of different cultures and outlooks upon each other; it shows, more completely than in any similar work, the influence of science and technology on human life; and it explains, with unprecedented clarity, how the intricate financial and commercial patterns of the West prior to 1914 influenced the development of today’s world.

This is the July, 2016 ALTA (Asymmetric Linguistic Trends Analysis) Report. Also known as 'the Web Bot' report, this series is brought to you by halfpasthuman.com. This report covers your future world from July 2016 through to 2031. Forecasts are created using predictive linguistics (from the inventor) and cover your planet, your population, your economy and markets, and your Space Goat Farts where you will find all the 'unknown' and 'officially denied' woo-woo that will be shaping your environment over these next few decades.

Time is considered as an independent entity which cannot be reduced to the concept of matter, space or field. The point of discussion is the "time flow" conception of N A Kozyrev (1908-1983), an outstanding Russian astronomer and natural scientist. In addition to a review of the experimental studies of "the active properties of time", by both Kozyrev and modern scientists, the reader will find different interpretations of Kozyrev's views and some developments of his ideas in the fields of geophysics, astrophysics, general relativity and theoretical mechanics.

How UFO Time Engines work - Clif High

The webpage discusses the workings of UFO time engines according to N.A. Kozyrev's experiments. The LL1 engine is described as a hollow metal sphere with a pool of mercury metal inside. When activated by electrical energy, it creates a uni-polar magnetic field causing the mercury to spin at a high rate and induce "time stuff" to accumulate on its surface. The accrued time stuff is siphoned down magnetically to the radiating antennae on the bottom of the vessel, providing self-sustaining power and allowing for time travel. The environment inside UFOs is likely volatile and not suitable for humans.

The Body Electric tells the fascinating story of our bioelectric selves. Robert O. Becker, a pioneer in the filed of regeneration and its relationship to electrical currents in living things, challenges the established mechanistic understanding of the body. He found clues to the healing process in the long-discarded theory that electricity is vital to life. But as exciting as Becker's discoveries are, pointing to the day when human limbs, spinal cords, and organs may be regenerated after they have been damaged, equally fascinating is the story of Becker's struggle to do such original work. The Body Electric explores new pathways in our understanding of evolution, acupuncture, psychic phenomena, and healing.

Unique, controversial, and frequently cited, this survey offers highly detailed accounts concerning the development of ideas and theories about the nature of electricity and space (aether). Readily accessible to general readers as well as high school students, teachers, and undergraduates, it includes much information unavailable elsewhere. This single-volume edition comprises both The Classical Theories and The Modern Theories, which were originally published separately. The first volume covers the theories of classical physics from the age of the Greek philosophers to the late 19th century. The second volume chronicles discoveries that led to the advances of modern physics, focusing on special relativity, quantum theories, general relativity, matrix mechanics, and wave mechanics. Noted historian of science I. Bernard Cohen, who reviewed these books for Scientific American, observed, "I know of no other history of electricity which is as sound as Whittaker's. All those who have found stimulation from his works will read this informative and accurate history with interest and profit."

The third edition of the defining text for the graduate-level course in Electricity and Magnetism has finally arrived! It has been 37 years since the first edition and 24 since the second. The new edition addresses the changes in emphasis and applications that have occurred in the field, without any significant increase in length.

Objects are a ubiquitous presence and few of us stop and think what they mean in our lives. This is the job of philosophers and this is what Jean Baudrillard does in his book. This is required reading for followers of Baudrillard, and he is perhaps the most assessable to the General Reader. Baudrillard is most associated with Post Modernism, and this early book sets the stage for that journey to the post modern world.
We are all surrounded by objects, but how many times have we thought about what those objects represent. If we took the time to think about the symbolism, we could arrive at easy solutions. We have been so accustomed to advertising the automobile representing freedom is an easy conclusion. But what about furniture? What about chairs? What about the arrangement of furniture? Watches? Collecting objects? Baudrillard literally opens up a new world and creates the universe of objects.
It is not that the critique of a society or objects has not been done before, but Baudrillard’s approach is new. Baudrillard examines objects as signs with a smattering of Post-Marxist thought. In his analysis of objects as signs, he ushers in the Post-Modern age and world for which he would be known. Heady stuff to be sure, but is presented by Baudrillard in a readily accessible manner. He articulates his thesis in a straightforward manner, avoiding the hyper-technical terminology he used in his later writings.

Moving away from the Marxist/Freudian approaches that had concerned him earlier, Baudrillard developed in this book a theory of contemporary culture that relies on displacing economic notions of cultural production with notions of cultural expenditure.

The book begins with Sidis's discovery of the first law of physical laws: "Among the physical laws it is a general characteristic that there is reversibility in time; that is, should the whole universe trace back the various positions that bodies in it have passed through in a given interval of time, but in the reverse order to that in which these positions actually occurred, then the universe, in this imaginary case, would still obey the same laws." Recent discoveries of dark matter are predicted by him in this book, and he goes on to show that the "Big Bang" is wrong. Sidis (SIGH-dis) shows that it is far more likely the universe is eternal

In this book you will encounter rare information regarding your true identity - the conscious self in the body - and how you may break the hypnotic spell your senses and thinking have cast about you since childhood.

Do we see the world as it truly is? In The Case Against Reality, pioneering cognitive scientist Donald Hoffman says no? we see what we need in order to survive. Our visual perceptions are not a window onto reality, Hoffman shows us, but instead are interfaces constructed by natural selection. The objects we see around us are not unlike the file icons on our computer desktops: while shaped like a small folder on our screens, the files themselves are made of a series of ones and zeros - too complex for most of us to understand. In a similar way, Hoffman argues, evolution has shaped our perceptions into simplistic illusions to help us navigate the world around us. Yet now these illusions can be manipulated by advertising and design.
Drawing on thirty years of Hoffman's own influential research, as well as evolutionary biology, game theory, neuroscience, and philosophy, The Case Against Reality makes the mind-bending yet utterly convincing case that the world is nothing like what we see through our eyes.

At the height of the Cold War, JFK risked committing the greatest crime in human history: starting a nuclear war. Horrified by the specter of nuclear annihilation, Kennedy gradually turned away from his long-held Cold Warrior beliefs and toward a policy of lasting peace. But to the military and intelligence agencies in the United States, who were committed to winning the Cold War at any cost, Kennedy’s change of heart was a direct threat to their power and influence. Once these dark “Unspeakable” forces recognized that Kennedy’s interests were in direct opposition to their own, they tagged him as a dangerous traitor, plotted his assassination, and orchestrated the subsequent cover-up.

2020 saw a spike in deaths in America, smaller than you might imagine during a pandemic, some of which could be attributed to COVID and to initial treatment strategies that were not effective. But then, in 2021, the stats people expected went off the rails. The CEO of the OneAmerica insurance company publicly disclosed that during the third and fourth quarters of 2021, death in people of working age (18–64) was 40 percent higher than it was before the pandemic. Significantly, the majority of the deaths were not attributed to COVID. A 40 percent increase in deaths is literally earth-shaking. Even a 10 percent increase in excess deaths would have been a 1-in-200-year event. But this was 40 percent. And therein lies a story—a story that starts with obvious questions: - What has caused this historic spike in deaths among younger people? - What has caused the shift from old people, who are expected to die, to younger people, who are expected to keep living?

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

The Tavistock Institute, in Sussex, England, describes itself as a nonprofit charity that applies social science to contemporary issues and problems. But this book posits that it is the world’s center for mass brainwashing and social engineering activities. It grew from a somewhat crude beginning at Wellington House into a sophisticated organization that was to shape the destiny of the entire planet, and in the process, change the paradigm of modern society. In this eye-opening work, both the Tavistock network and the methods of brainwashing and psychological warfare are uncovered.

A seminal and controversial figure in the history of political thought and public relations, Edward Bernays (1891–1995), pioneered the scientific technique of shaping and manipulating public opinion, which he famously dubbed “engineering of consent.” During World War I, he was an integral part of the U.S. Committee on Public Information (CPI), a powerful propaganda apparatus that was mobilized to package, advertise and sell the war to the American people as one that would “Make the World Safe for Democracy.” The CPI would become the blueprint in which marketing strategies for future wars would be based upon.
Bernays applied the techniques he had learned in the CPI and, incorporating some of the ideas of Walter Lipmann, as well as his uncle, Sigmund Freud, became an outspoken proponent of propaganda as a tool for democratic and corporate manipulation of the population. His 1928 bombshell Propaganda lays out his eerily prescient vision for using propaganda to regiment the collective mind in a variety of areas, including government, politics, art, science and education. To read this book today is to frightfully comprehend what our contemporary institutions of government and business have become in regards to organized manipulation of the masses.

Undressing the Bible: in Hebrew, the Old Testament speaks for itself, explicitly and transparently. It tells of mysterious beings, special and powerful ones, that appeared on Earth.
Aliens?
Former earthlings?
Superior civilizations, that have always been present on our planet?
Creators, manipulators, geneticists. Aviators, warriors, despotic rulers. And scientists, possessing very advanced knowledge, special weapons and science-fiction-like technologies.
Once naked, the Bible is very different from how it has always been told to us: it does not contain any spiritual, omnipotent and omniscient God, no eternity. No apples and no creeping, tempting, serpents. No winged angels. Not even the Red Sea: the people of the Exodus just wade through a simple reed bed.
Writer and journalist Giorgio Cattaneo sits down with Italy's most renowned biblical translator for his first long interview about his life's work for the English audience. A decade long official Bible translator for the Church and lifelong researcher of ancient myths and tales, Mauro Bilglino is a unicum in his field of expertise and research. A fine connoisseur of dead languages, from ancient Greek to Hebrew and medieval Latin, he focused his attention and efforts on the accurate translating of the bible.
The encounter with Mauro Biglino and his work - the journalist writes - is profoundly healthy, stimulating and inevitably destabilizing: it forces us to reconsider the solidity of the awareness that nourishes many of our common beliefs. And it is a testament to the courage that is needed, today more than ever, to claim the full dignity of free research.

Most people have heard of Jesus Christ, considered the Messiah by Christians, and who lived 2000 years ago. But very few have ever heard of Sabbatai Zevi, who declared himself the Messiah in 1666. By proclaiming redemption was available through acts of sin, he amassed a following of over one million passionate believers, about half the world's Jewish population during the 17th century.Although many Rabbis at the time considered him a heretic, his fame extended far and wide. Sabbatai's adherents planned to abolish many ritualistic observances, because, according to the Talmud, holy obligations would no longer apply in the Messianic time. Fasting days became days of feasting and rejoicing. Sabbateans encouraged and practiced sexual promiscuity, adultery, incest and religious orgies.After Sabbati Zevi's death in 1676, his Kabbalist successor, Jacob Frank, expanded upon and continued his occult philosophy. Frankism, a religious movement of the 18th and 19th centuries, centered on his leadership, and his claim to be the reincarnation of the Messiah Sabbatai Zevi. He, like Zevi, would perform "strange acts" that violated traditional religious taboos, such as eating fats forbidden by Jewish dietary laws, ritual sacrifice, and promoting orgies and sexual immorality. He often slept with his followers, as well as his own daughter, while preaching a doctrine that the best way to imitate God was to cross every boundary, transgress every taboo, and mix the sacred with the profane. Hebrew University of Jerusalem Professor Gershom Scholem called Jacob Frank, "one of the most frightening phenomena in the whole of Jewish history".Jacob Frank would eventually enter into an alliance formed by Adam Weishaupt and Meyer Amshel Rothschild called the Order of the Illuminati. The objectives of this organization was to undermine the world's religions and power structures, in an effort to usher in a utopian era of global communism, which they would covertly rule by their hidden hand: the New World Order. Using secret societies, such as the Freemasons, their agenda has played itself out over the centuries, staying true to the script. The Illuminati handle opposition by a near total control of the world's media, academic opinion leaders, politicians and financiers. Still considered nothing more than theory to many, more and more people wake up each day to the possibility that this is not just a theory, but a terrifying Satanic conspiracy.

This is the first English translation of this revolutionary essay by Vladimir I. Vernadsky, the great Russian-Ukrainian biogeochemist. It was first published in 1930 in French in the Revue générale des sciences pures et appliquées. In it, Vernadsky makes a powerful and provocative argument for the need to develop what he calls “a new physics,” something he felt was clearly necessitated by the implications of the groundbreaking work of Louis Pasteur among few others, but also something that was required to free science from the long-lasting effects of the work of Isaac Newton, most notably.
For hundreds of years, science had developed in a direction which became increasingly detached from the breakthroughs made in the study of life and the natural sciences, detached even from human life itself, and committed reductionists and small-minded scientists were resolved to the fact that ultimately all would be reduced to “the old physics.” The scientific revolution of Einstein was a step in the right direction, but here Vernadsky insists that there is more progress to be made. He makes a bold call for a new physics, taking into account, and fundamentally based upon, the striking anomalies of life and human life.

Using an inspired combination of geometric logic and metaphors from familiar human experience, Bucky invites readers to join him on a trip through a four-dimensional Universe, where concepts as diverse as entropy, Einstein's relativity equations, and the meaning of existence become clear, understandable, and immediately involving. In his own words: "Dare to be naive... It is one of our most exciting discoveries that local discovery leads to a complex of further discoveries." Here are three key examples or concepts from "Synergetics":

Tensegrity

Tensegrity, or tensional integrity, refers to structural systems that use a combination of tension and compression components. The simplest example of this is the "tensegrity triangle", where three struts are held in position not by touching one another but by tensioned wires. These systems are stable and flexible. Tensegrity structures are pervasive in natural systems, from the cellular level up to larger biological and even cosmological scales.

Vector Equilibrium (VE)

The Vector Equilibrium, often referred to by Fuller as the "VE", is a geometric form that he saw as the central form in his synergetic geometry. It’s essentially a cuboctahedron. Fuller noted that the VE is the only geometric form wherein all the vectors (lines from the center to the vertices) are of equal length and angular relationship. Because of this, it’s seen as a condition of absolute equilibrium, where the forces of push and pull are balanced.

Closest Packing of Spheres

Fuller was fascinated by how spheres could be packed together in the tightest possible configuration, a concept he often linked to how nature organizes systems. For example, when you stack oranges in a grocery store, they form a hexagonal pattern, and the spheres (oranges) are in closest-packed arrangement. Fuller related this principle to atomic structures and even cosmic organization.

To prepare Americans and freedom loving people everywhere for our current global wartime reality that few understand, here comes The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare (CG5GW) by Lieutenant General, U.S. Army (Retired) Michael T. Flynn and Sergeant, U.S. Army (Retired) Boone Cutler. General Flynn rose to the highest levels of the intelligence community and served as the National Security Advisor to the 45th POTUS. Sergeant Boone Cutler ran the ground game as a wartime Psychological Operations team sergeant in the United States Army. Together, these two combat veterans put their combined experience and expertise into an illuminating fifth-generation warfare information series called The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare. Introduction to 5GW is the first session of the multipart series. The series, complete with easy-to-understand diagrams, is written for all of humanity in every freedom loving country.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Biosphere :

  • Vernadsky defined the biosphere as the thin layer of Earth where life exists, encompassing all living organisms and the parts of the Earth where they interact. This includes the depths of the oceans to the upper layers of the atmosphere.
  • He posited that life plays a critical role in transforming the Earth's environment. In this view, living organisms are not just passive inhabitants of the planet, but active agents of change. This idea contrasts with more traditional views that saw life as simply adapting to pre-existing environmental conditions.
  • One example of this transformative power is the oxygen-rich atmosphere, which was created by photosynthesizing organisms over billions of years.

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Noosphere :

  • The concept of the noosphere can be seen as the next evolutionary stage following the biosphere. While the biosphere represents the realm of life, the noosphere represents the realm of human thought.
  • Vernadsky believed that, just as life transformed the Earth through the biosphere, human thought and collective intelligence would transform the planet in the era of the noosphere. This transformation would be characterized by the dominance of cultural evolution over biological evolution.
  • In this paradigm, human knowledge, technology, and cultural developments would become the primary drivers of change on the planet, influencing its future direction.
  • The term "noosphere" is derived from the Greek word “nous” meaning "mind" or "intellect" and "sphaira" meaning "sphere." So, the noosphere can be thought of as the "sphere of human thought."

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

A close analysis of the architecture of the stupa―a Buddhist symbolic form that is found throughout South, Southeast, and East Asia. The author, who trained as an architect, examines both the physical and metaphysical levels of these buildings, which derive their meaning and significance from Buddhist and Brahmanist influences.

Building on his extensive research into the sacred symbols and creation myths of the Dogon of Africa and those of ancient Egypt, India, and Tibet, Laird Scranton investigates the myths, symbols, and traditions of prehistoric China, providing further evidence that the cosmology of all ancient cultures arose from a single now-lost source.

It is at the same time a history of language, a guide to foreign tongues, and a method for learning them. It shows, through basic vocabularies, family resemblances of languages―Teutonic, Romance, Greek―helpful tricks of translation, key combinations of roots and phonetic patterns. It presents by common-sense methods the most helpful approach to the mastery of many languages; it condenses vocabulary to a minimum of essential words; it simplifies grammar in an entirely new way; and it teaches a languages as it is actually used in everyday life.
But this book is more than a guide to foreign languages; it goes deep into the roots of all knowledge as it explores the history of speech. It lights up the dim pathways of prehistory and unfolds the story of the slow growth of human expression from the most primitive signs and sounds to the elaborate variations of the highest cultures. Without language no knowledge would be possible; here we see how language is at once the source and the reservoir of all we know.

Taking only the most elementary knowledge for granted, Lancelot Hogben leads readers of this famous book through the whole course from simple arithmetic to calculus. His illuminating explanation is addressed to the person who wants to understand the place of mathematics in modern civilization but who has been intimidated by its supposed difficulty. Mathematics is the language of size, shape, and order―a language Hogben shows one can both master and enjoy.

A complete manual for the study and practice of Raja Yoga, the path of concentration and meditation. These timeless teachings is a treasure to be read and referred to again and again by seekers treading the spiritual path. The classic Sutras, at least 4,000 years old, cover the yogic teachings on ethics, meditation, and physical postures, and provide directions for dealing with situations in daily life. The Sutras are presented here in the purest form, with the original Sanskrit and with translation, transliteration, and commentary by Sri Swami Satchidananda, one of the most respected and revered contemporary Yoga masters. Sri Swamiji offers practical advice based on his own experience for mastering the mind and achieving physical, mental and emotional harmony.

William Strauss and Neil Howe will change the way you see the world - and your place in it. With blazing originality, The Fourth Turning illuminates the past, explains the present, and reimagines the future. Most remarkably, it offers an utterly persuasive prophecy about how America’s past will predict its future.

Strauss and Howe base this vision on a provocative theory of American history. The authors look back 500 years and uncover a distinct pattern: Modern history moves in cycles, each one lasting about the length of a long human life, each composed of four eras - or "turnings" - that last about 20 years and that always arrive in the same order. In The Fourth Turning, the authors illustrate these cycles using a brilliant analysis of the post-World War II period.

First comes a High, a period of confident expansion as a new order takes root after the old has been swept away. Next comes an Awakening, a time of spiritual exploration and rebellion against the now-established order. Then comes an Unraveling, an increasingly troubled era in which individualism triumphs over crumbling institutions. Last comes a Crisis - the Fourth Turning - when society passes through a great and perilous gate in history. Together, the four turnings comprise history's seasonal rhythm of growth, maturation, entropy, and rebirth.

4th Turning

Excess Deaths & Why RFK Jr. Can Win The Democratic Presidential Race - Ed Dowd | Part 1 of 2 - 06-21-2023

All original edition. Nothing added, nothing removed. This book traces the history of the ancient Khazar Empire, a major but almost forgotten power in Eastern Europe, which in the Dark Ages became converted to Judaism. Khazaria was finally wiped out by the forces of Genghis Khan, but evidence indicates that the Khazars themselves migrated to Poland and formed the cradle of Western Jewry. To the general reader the Khazars, who flourished from the 7th to 11th century, may seem infinitely remote today. Yet they have a close and unexpected bearing on our world, which emerges as Koestler recounts the fascinating history of the ancient Khazar Empire.

At about the time that Charlemagne was Emperor in the West. The Khazars' sway extended from the Black Sea to the Caspian, from the Caucasus to the Volga, and they were instrumental in stopping the Muslim onslaught against Byzantium, the eastern jaw of the gigantic pincer movement that in the West swept across northern Africa and into Spain.Thereafter the Khazars found themselves in a precarious position between the two major world powers: the Eastern Roman Empire in Byzantium and the triumphant followers of Mohammed.As Koestler points out, the Khazars were the Third World of their day. They chose a surprising method of resisting both the Western pressure to become Christian and the Eastern to adopt Islam. Rejecting both, they converted to Judaism. Mr. Koestler speculates about the ultimate faith of the Khazars and their impact on the racial composition and social heritage of modern Jewry.

Few people noticed the secret codewords used by our astronauts to describe the moon. Until now, few knew about the strange moving lights they reported.
George H. Leonard, former NASA scientist, fought through the official veil of secrecy and studied thousands of NASA photographs, spoke candidly with dozens of NASA officials, and listened to hours and hours of astronauts' tapes.
Here, Leonard presents the stunning and inescapable evidence discovered during his in-depth investigation:

  • Immense mechanical rigs, some over a mile long, working the lunar surface.
  • Strange geometric ground markings and symbols.
  • Lunar constructions several times higher than anything built on Earth.
  • Vehicles, tracks, towers, pipes, conduits, and conveyor belts running in and across moon craters.
Somebody else is indeed on the Moon, and engaged in activities on a massive scale. Our space agencies, and many of the world's top scientists, have known for years that there is intelligent life on the moon.

The article delves into the history of the Khazars, a polity in the Northern Caucasus that existed from the mid-seventh century until about 970 CE. Contrary to popular belief, the term "Khazars" is misleading as it was a multiethnic entity, and it's uncertain which specific group adopted Judaism. The Khazars first emerged in the seventh century, defeating the Bulgars, which led to the Bulgars' dispersion to various regions. The Khazar Empire was established through the expulsion of the Bulgars and was multiethnic in nature. The language spoken by the Khazars is debated, with some suggesting Turkic origins and others pointing to Slavic. The Khazars had several cities and fortresses, with significant archaeological findings. The Khazars had interactions with various empires, including wars with the Arabs and alliances with Byzantine emperors. By the mid-10th century, the Khazar capital of Itil was destroyed by the Russians. The article concludes that much of what is known about the Khazars is based on limited sources.

#Khazars #History #Caucasus #Judaism #Bulgars #Empire #Multiethnic #LanguageDebate #ArabWars #ByzantineAlliances #Itil #RussianInvasion #Archaeology #ReligiousConversion #TabletMag

In The Science of the Dogon, Laird Scranton demonstrated that the cosmological structure described in the myths and drawings of the Dogon runs parallel to modern science--atomic theory, quantum theory, and string theory--their drawings often taking the same form as accurate scientific diagrams that relate to the formation of matter.

Sacred Symbols of the Dogon uses these parallels as the starting point for a new interpretation of the Egyptian hieroglyphic language. By substituting Dogon cosmological drawings for equivalent glyph-shapes in Egyptian words, a new way of reading and interpreting the Egyptian hieroglyphs emerges. Scranton shows how each hieroglyph constitutes an entire concept, and that their meanings are scientific in nature.

The Dogon people of Mali, West Africa, are famous for their unique art and advanced cosmology. The Dogon’s creation story describes how the one true god, Amma, created all the matter of the universe. Interestingly, the myths that depict his creative efforts bear a striking resemblance to the modern scientific definitions of matter, beginning with the atom and continuing all the way to the vibrating threads of string theory. Furthermore, many of the Dogon words, symbols, and rituals used to describe the structure of matter are quite similar to those found in the myths of ancient Egypt and in the daily rituals of Judaism. For example, the modern scientific depiction of the informed universe as a black hole is identical to Amma’s Egg of the Dogon and the Egyptian Benben Stone.

The Science of the Dogon offers a case-by-case comparison of Dogon descriptions and drawings to corresponding scientific definitions and diagrams from authors like Stephen Hawking and Brian Greene, then extends this analysis to the counterparts of these symbols in both the ancient Egyptian and Hebrew religions. What is ultimately revealed is the scientific basis for the language of the Egyptian hieroglyphs, which was deliberately encoded to prevent the knowledge of these concepts from falling into the hands of all but the highest members of the Egyptian priesthood.

Anthony C. Yu’s translation of The Journey to the West,initially published in 1983, introduced English-speaking audiences to the classic Chinese novel in its entirety for the first time. Written in the sixteenth century, The Journey to the West tells the story of the fourteen-year pilgrimage of the monk Xuanzang, one of China’s most famous religious heroes, and his three supernatural disciples, in search of Buddhist scriptures. Throughout his journey, Xuanzang fights demons who wish to eat him, communes with spirits, and traverses a land riddled with a multitude of obstacles, both real and fantastical. An adventure rich with danger and excitement, this seminal work of the Chinese literary canonis by turns allegory, satire, and fantasy.

With over a hundred chapters written in both prose and poetry, The Journey to the West has always been a complicated and difficult text to render in English while preserving the lyricism of its language and the content of its plot. But Yu has successfully taken on the task, and in this new edition he has made his translations even more accurate and accessible. The explanatory notes are updated and augmented, and Yu has added new material to his introduction, based on his original research as well as on the newest literary criticism and scholarship on Chinese religious traditions. He has also modernized the transliterations included in each volume, using the now-standard Hanyu Pinyin romanization system. Perhaps most important, Yu has made changes to the translation itself in order to make it as precise as possible.

One of the great works of Chinese literature, The Journey to the West is not only invaluable to scholars of Eastern religion and literature, but, in Yu’s elegant rendering, also a delight for any reader.

The Oera Linda Book is a 19th-century translation by Dr. Ottema and WIlliam R. Sandbach of an old manuscript written in the Old Frisian language that records historical, mythological, and religious themes of remote antiquity, compiled between 2194 BC and AD 803.

  • The Oera Linda book challenges traditional views of pre-Christian societies.
  • Christianization is likened to a "great reset" that erased previous civilizations.
  • The Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people.
  • The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting patterns in history.
  • The importance of identity and understanding one's roots is highlighted.
  • The Oera Linda book offers wisdom and insights into several European languages.

The Oera Linda book offers a fresh perspective on our history, challenging the notion that pre-Christian societies were uncivilized. It suggests that the Christianization of societies was a form of "great reset," erasing and demonizing what existed before. The Oera Linda writings hint at an advanced civilization with its own laws, writing, and societal structures. Jan Ott's translation from the Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people. The text also touches upon the guilt many feel today, even if they aren't religious, about issues like climate change and historical slavery. It criticizes the way science is sometimes treated like a religion, with scientists acting as its preachers. The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting that understanding history requires recognizing patterns and cycles. Christianity is portrayed as one of the most significant resets in history, with sects fighting and erasing each other's scriptures. The importance of identity is highlighted, with a focus on the Fryans, a tribe that faced challenges from another tribe from Finland. This other tribe had a different moral compass, leading to conflicts and eventual assimilation. The text suggests that the true history of the Fryans and their values might have been distorted by subsequent Christian narratives. The Oera Linda book is seen as a source of wisdom, shedding light on the origins of several European languages and offering insights into values like freedom, truth, and justice.

#OeraLinda #History #Christianization #GreatReset #FryanLanguage #JanOtt #Civilization #OldTestament #Church #SpiritualAbuse #Identity #Fryans #Autland #Finland #Slavery #Christianity #Sects #Genocide #Torture #Bible #Freedom #Truth #Justice #Righteousness #Language #German #Dutch #Frisian #English #Scandinavian #Wisdom #Inspiration #European #Values

The Talmud is one of the most important holy books of the Hebrew religion and of the world. No English translation of the book existed until the author presented this work. To this day, very little of the actual text seems available in English -- although we find many interpretive commentaries on what it is supposed to mean. The Talmud has a reputation for being long and difficult to digest, but Polano has taken what he believes to be the best material and put it into extremely readable form. As far as holy books of the world are concerned, it is on par with The Koran, The Bhagavad-Gita and, of course, The Bible, in importance. This clearly written edition will allow many to experience The Talmud who may have otherwise not had the chance.

This five-volume set is the only complete English rendering of The Zohar, the fundamental rabbinic work on Jewish mysticism that has fascinated readers for more than seven centuries. In addition to being the primary reference text for kabbalistic studies, this magnificent work is arranged in the form of a commentary on the Bible, bringing to the surface the deeper meanings behind the commandments and biblical narrative. As The Zohar itself proclaims: Woe unto those who see in the Law nothing but simple narratives and ordinary words .... Every word of the Law contains an elevated sense and a sublime mystery .... The narratives of the Law are but the raiment Thin which it is swathed.

Twenty-one years ago, at a friend's request, a Massachusetts professor sketched out a blueprint for nonviolent resistance to repressive regimes. It would go on to be translated, photocopied, and handed from one activist to another, traveling from country to country across the globe: from Iran to Venezuela―where both countries consider Gene Sharp to be an enemy of the state―to Serbia; Afghanistan; Vietnam; the former Soviet Union; China; Nepal; and, more recently and notably, Tunisia, Egypt, Yemen, Libya, and Syria, where it has served as a guiding light of the Arab Spring.

This short, pithy, inspiring, and extraordinarily clear guide to overthrowing a dictatorship by nonviolent means lists 198 specific methods to consider, depending on the circumstances: sit-ins, popular nonobedience, selective strikes, withdrawal of bank deposits, revenue refusal, walkouts, silence, and hunger strikes. From Dictatorship to Democracy is the remarkable work that has made the little-known Sharp into the world's most effective and sought-after analyst of resistance to authoritarian regimes.

Bill Cooper, former United States Naval Intelligence Briefing Team member, reveals information that remains hidden from the public eye. This information has been kept in topsecret government files since the 1940s. His audiences hear the truth unfold as he writes about the assassination of John F. Kennedy, the war on drugs, the secret government, and UFOs. Bill is a lucid, rational, and powerful speaker whose intent is to inform and to empower his audience. Standing room only is normal. His presentation and information transcend partisan affiliations as he clearly addresses issues in a way that has a striking impact on listeners of all backgrounds and interests. He has spoken to many groups throughout the United States and has appeared regularly on many radio talk shows and on television. In 1988 Bill decided to "talk" due to events then taking place worldwide, events that he had seen plans for back in the early 1970s. Bill correctly predicted the lowering of the Iron Curtain, the fall of the Berlin Wall, and the invasion of Panama. All Bill's predictions were on record well before the events occurred. Bill is not a psychic. His information comes from top secret documents that he read while with the Intelligence Briefing Team and from over seventeen years of research.

The argument that the 16th Amendment (which concerns the federal income tax) was not properly ratified and thus is invalid has been a topic of debate among some tax protesters and scholars. One of the individuals associated with this theory is Bill Benson, who asserted that the 16th Amendment was fraudulently ratified. Here's a brief overview of the argument: 1. Research and Documentation: Bill Benson, along with another individual named M.J. "Red" Beckman, wrote a two-volume work called "The Law That Never Was" in the 1980s. This work was a product of Benson's extensive travels to various state archives to examine the original ratification documents related to the 16th Amendment. 2. Claims of Irregularities: In his work, Benson presented evidence that claimed many of the states either did not ratify the 16th Amendment properly or made mistakes in their resolutions. Some of these alleged irregularities included misspellings, incorrect wording, and other deviations from the proposed amendment. 3. Philander Knox's Role: In 1913, Philander Knox, who was the U.S. Secretary of State at the time, declared that the 16th Amendment had been ratified by the necessary three-fourths of the states. Benson's contention is that Knox was aware of the various discrepancies and irregularities in the ratification process but chose to fraudulently declare the amendment ratified anyway. 4. Legal Challenges and Court Rulings: Over the years, some tax protesters have used Benson's findings to challenge the legality of the income tax. However, these challenges have been consistently rejected by the courts. In fact, several courts have addressed Benson's research and arguments directly and found them to be without legal merit. The courts have repeatedly upheld the validity of the 16th Amendment. 5. Counterarguments: Critics of Benson's theory argue that even if there were minor discrepancies in the wording or format of the ratification documents, they do not invalidate the overarching intent of the states to ratify the amendment. Additionally, they assert that there's no substantive evidence that Knox acted fraudulently. It's worth noting that despite the popularity of this theory among certain groups, the legal consensus in the U.S. is that the 16th Amendment was validly ratified and is a legitimate part of the U.S. Constitution. Those who refuse to pay income taxes based on this theory have faced legal penalties.

The article delves into the evolution of the concept of the ether in physics. Historically, the ether was postulated to explain the propagation of light, with figures like Newton and Huygens suggesting its existence. By the late 19th century, Maxwell's electromagnetic theory linked light's propagation to the ether, a theory experimentally validated by Hertz in 1888. Lorentz expanded on this, focusing on wave transmission in moving media. The article contrasts the English approach, which sought tangible models, with the phenomenological view, which aimed for a descriptive approach without specific hypotheses. The piece also touches on various mechanical theories and models proposed over the years, emphasizing the challenges in defining the ether's properties and its evolving nature in scientific discourse.

As an Amazon Associate I earn from qualifying purchases.